High-Tech Operator Certificate Program Course 3: Data Management Course 3-Day 1.

89
High-Tech Operator Certificate Program Course 3: Data Management Course 3-Day 1

Transcript of High-Tech Operator Certificate Program Course 3: Data Management Course 3-Day 1.

High-Tech Operator Certificate Program Course 3 Data Management

Course 3-Day 1

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 2

Welcome

Asset Management Functions and Features

Performance Indicators and Metrics

Management Tools and Dashboards

Report Generation

Document Management Functions and Features

Closing and Sneak Peek at Day 2

Agenda ndash Day 1

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 3

This course is the third course in a series of three that leads to a High-Tech Operator Certificate

This course provides an overview of the technologies available for managing information about assets and process performance

Course 1 Treatment and Distribution - Process Monitoring and Control addresses the devices used to monitor and control processes and equipment in water treatment and distribution systems

Course 2 Application and Tools reviews the high-tech tools available for capturing creating finding and using information about facilities assets and customers

Welcome

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 4

This course provides an overview of information management technologies both server-based and Web-hosted

By the end of today you will be able to

Describe the applications available for collecting performance data

Discuss the building blocks of an asset management system

Describe methods for managing and reporting performance

Present an overview of the functions of a document management system

Goals

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 5

How much experience do we have in this room

Introduce yourself

Your name

Where you work

Current position

Number of years working in the water industry

Introductions

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 6

Begin and end on time All questions are valid If you think it ask Respect the opinions of others Actively participate Today this course is your work therefore your full

attention is required Cell phones on silent Break times are scheduled however if you need

to stand or take a break before then please do so Have fun What other ground rules should we establish

Ground Rules

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 7

Welcome

Asset Management Functions and Features

Performance Indicators and Metrics

Management Tools and Dashboards

Report Generation

Document Management Functions and Features

Closing and Sneak Peek at Day 2

Agenda ndash Day 1

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 8

What is Asset Management

An integrated optimization process of ldquomanaging infrastructure assets to minimize the total cost of owning and operating them while continuously delivering the service levels customers desire at an acceptable level of riskrdquo

Managing Public Infrastructure Assets NACWA (AMSA) AMWA WEF AWWA 2001

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 9

Balancing Act

Operating amp maintaining aging facilitiesequipment is expensive and risky

Replacing assets before their life cycles are over is expensive though levels of service remain high

Balancing OampM with CIP lowers costs of ownership and balances risk with service

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 10

Why Asset Management

Itrsquos all about the money

Shows which assets have the best performance costs reliability

Ensures labor and materials are charged to the correct assets

Allows RampRampR decisions to be based on actual condition and performance

Leads to Reliability-Centered Maintenance and Operations

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 11

All utilities are feeling the pinch

New amp Aging Infrastructure

ResourceLimitations

OutdatedProcesses amp Systems

StakeholderInitiatives

Sustainability

IncreasingExpectations

New Regulations

Utilities

IncreasingCosts

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 12

Life-Cycle Asset Management

The International Model shows all functions that should be accomplished to manage life cycle of assets to receive the best ROI

Colors indicate the ldquostoplightrdquo results of benchmark studies hellip what utilities do well and what they do not

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 13

Life-Cycle Asset Management

1 Planning Strategies (CIP Expense Condition-Based Emergency Regulatory PrivateGrant funded organization and staff)

2 Creation and Acquisition (Purchase Lease and Donated Assets Hierarchy and Topology Integration Asset Naming and Numbering)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 14

Life-Cycle Asset Management

3 Financial Management (cost allocation and tracking asset hierarchy and topology cost assignment internal and external cost management historical and summary level cost analysis and reporting)

4 Operations (SCADA DCS and PLC integration EAMS maintenance inspection and purchasing event initiation asset database synchronization and GIS integration)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 15

Life-Cycle Asset Management

5 Maintenance (work order asset condition inspection and inventory management historical and summary level maintenance analysis and reporting condition assessment and scheduling)

6 Condition and Performance Monitoring (locations frequency connectivity with CMMS alarms)

7 Rehabilitation and Renewal (decision points key factors cost analyses data sources)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 16

Life-Cycle Asset Management

8 Replacement (CIP planning term depreciation)

9 Disposal and Rationalization (depreciated value actual value data sources)

10 Audit (frequency expertise responsibility)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 17

Life-Cycle Span vs Life-Cycle Cost

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 18

Essentials of Asset Management

Asset Identification - Each asset assigned a unique identifying hierarchical code

Cost Assignment - All manpower and material costs are charged to the unique asset to which they apply

Maintenance System and General Ledger Reconciliation - May be periodic or automatic within each time or materials transaction

Asset Prioritization - Not all assets get the same level of repair ndash depends on criticality

Reliability Engineering - Failure is redefined ndash then not allowed to occur

Failure Modes and Effects = ldquoorrdquo Root Cause Failure Analysis = ldquoandrdquo

All available within most existing AMSCMMS Applications

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 19

CMMS vs EAM

Computerized Maintenance Management Systems (CMMS) and Enterprise Asset Management systems (EAM) both manage large numbers of physical assets A CMMS manages the maintenance needs

assets and inventory of an organization

An EAM provides all the functions of a CMMS and adds human resource and financial management capabilities

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 20

Levels of Asset Management

This hierarchy shows the top-down relationships among the levels of asset management from life-cycle to hands-on maintenance and care

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 21

The Relationship BetweenMaintenance and Asset Management

Know performance

Understand characteristics

Provide datainformation

Are a source of history

Embody corporate memory

Most direct contact with assets is through OampM staffs who

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 22

Relies on Integration

Enterprise management integrates systems and functions to eliminate ldquostovepipesrdquo and allow unified management of capital

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 23

Seeks to Maximize Value

Enterprise asset management (EAM) means managing all physical assets of an organization throughout their service lives to maximize value

Enterprise means the inclusion of assets across departments and facilities and in some cases business units

It includes design construction commissioning operation maintenance and decommissioning replacement of equipment and facilities

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 24

Why CMMSsEAMs Fail

Vendors donrsquot know what YOUR best practice should behellipone size doesnrsquot fit all

You typically get more than you can use

Ease of use is a secondary concern

Information remains in specialized silos

Multiple vendors provide system technologies

Costs are underestimated

Reporting is a secondary concern

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 25

Welcome

Asset Management Functions and Features

Performance Indicators and Metrics

Management Tools and Dashboards

Report Generation

Document Management Functions and Features

Closing and Sneak Peek at Day 2

Agenda ndash Day 1

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 26

What are KPIs

Todayrsquos systems provide lots of data and information enough to keep a staff of specialists busy continuously analyzing it all

But a small subset of all that datainformation can provide quick indicators of the current performance of assets and processes

Different sets of indicators are useful to individuals of different disciplines (operations maintenance engineering finance etc)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 27

Why Identify KPIs

Limits information viewed to a manageable level

Greatly enhances decision-making capabilities

Minimizes the fire-fighting mentality

Ensures that OampM personnel are motivated and aligned with what management has defined as success for asset performance management

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 28

Pitfalls

Too few measuresmeasures that trade off poorly can improve one result at the expense of another (lowering downtime may lower quality)

Too many measures and too much collection analysis

Increases likelihood of errors

Takes more time and money

Doesnrsquot narrow the focus

12 to 25 KPIs are recommended

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 29

KPI Ideas Assets

Maximize

Asset availability

Output qty (gpm tph etc)

Quality (SS TFC etc)

Minimize

Downtime

Mean-time-between-failures

Maintenance costs

Power consumption

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 30

KPI Ideas People

Maximize

Maintenance wrench time

Capabilities

Minimize

Nonwrench time (driving getting supplies etc)

Time to complete

Rework

Labor costs

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 31

KPI Ideas Materials amp Services

Maximize

Productservice offerings

Stock availability

Minimize

Number of vendors

PO to delivery times

Inventory

Rush orders

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 32

KPI Ideas Other Factors

Maximize

Customer satisfaction

Performance to plan

Regulatory compliance

Safety

Minimize

WHAT WOULD YOU ADD

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 33

Expected vs Actual

Once key indicators have been identified expected levels of performance need to be set

Benchmarks

Goals

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 34

Welcome

Asset Management Functions and Features

Performance Indicators and Metrics

Management Tools and Dashboards

Report Generation

Document Management Functions and Features

Closing and Sneak Peek at Day 2

Agenda ndash Day 1

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 35

Management Tools and Dashboards

What manager wouldnt want a graphical user-interface that shows at a glance metrics and key performance indicators (KPIs) about how the utility is performing

Consider the alternatives

Complex reporting applications

Quizzing employees for information

Waiting for paper reports

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 36

Dashboards

Dashboards are reporting tools that consolidate and arrange numbers metrics and sometimes scorecards on a single screen

Theyre often tailored for a specific role and display metrics targeted for a single point-of-view or department

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 37

Scorecards

Scorecards are applications that show progress toward a benchmark goal or objective

They use KPIs which (if chosen wisely) actually indicate the performance of the utility

Scorecards may be part of dashboards but are different because they usually include multiple points-of-view

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 38

Comparing Technologies

Dashboard Scorecard

Purpose Monitors and measures operational processes

Monitors progress toward established objectives

Data Events Transactional Aggregates Consolidation

Refresh Rate

Near real-time (ldquolatest and greatestrdquo)

Periodic (ldquosnapshotsrdquo)

Measures Exceptions linked to operations

Targets linked to strategic plans

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 39

Why Use Them

1048707 CommunicateRefine Strategy

1048707 Increase Visibility

1048707 Increase Coordination

1048707 Increase Motivation

1048707 Give a Consistent View

1048707 Reduce Costs and Redundancy

1048707 Empower Users

1048707 Deliver Actionable Information

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 40

Benefits

A performance dashboard allows you to

Monitor critical processes and activities using metrics that trigger alerts when potential problems arise

Analyze the root cause of problems by exploring relevant and timely information from multiple sources and at various levels of detail

Manage people and processes to improve decisions optimize performance and steer the organization in the right direction

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 41

How to Implement

Define the key performance indicators (KPIs) that need to be measured in your dashboard (preferably no more than 10)

Identify the specific data needed to build your KPIs

Does the data exist

If so where

How can it be collected

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 42

How to Implement

If data-collection gaps exist find ways to fill the gaps then develop a plan to implement the changes

Find the simplest tool that meets your needs but still allows future growth

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 43

How to Implement

Budget for

The initial cost of the dashboard

Annual maintenance

Fees to implement the system

Cost of changes and updates

Start with one system

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 44

Rule 1 ndash Have Context

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

Q3 2007 Q4 2007 Q1 2008 Q2 2008

Benchmarks or Goals

Prior performance

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 45

Rule 2 - Segment

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

Q3 2007 Q4 2007 Q1 2008 Q2 2008

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 46

Rule 3 ndash Include Comments

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

Q3 2007 Q4 2007 Q1 2008 Q2 2008

Causes of good or poor performance

Ways to improve performance

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 47

Rules 4 amp 5

Keep your dashboard to 1 pagescreen (no more than 10 KEY metrics)

Change your dashboard as conditions change

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 48

Welcome

Asset Management Functions and Features

Performance Indicators and Metrics

Management Tools and Dashboards

Report Generation

Document Management Functions and Features

Closing and Sneak Peek at Day 2

Agenda ndash Day 1

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 49

What is a Report Generator

A good report generator is software that

Retrieves data from different sources

Has data analysis capabilities

Has modifiable templates for presenting data

Has features for consolidating data totaling at multiple levels charting conditional formatting and page-based output

Generates reports automatically and on demand

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 50

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 51

Standard Reports

Standard reports are predefined and generated

Periodically (end of shift day month etc)

Upon process events (batch completed critical process event)

By request (downtime analysis inventory levels)

Predefined with automatic updating of most recent data

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 52

Your Standard Reports

What standard reports do you produce

What information sources are needed

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 53

Ad Hoc Reports

Ad hoc reports are temporary reports created by a user when information is not available in standard reports

They are usually just printouts of information available on a single system (printing the alarm log at the time of a process failure)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 54

Ad Hoc Reports

What ad hoc reports have you produced

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 55

Steps in Generating a Report

1 Connect to a data source

2 Select a template

3 Select a data source

4 Add graphics

5 Print

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 56

Connect to Information Source

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 57

Select Template (Widget)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 58

Select a Data Source

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 59

Add Graphics

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 60

Print Report

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 61

Welcome

Asset Management Functions and Features

Performance Indicators and Metrics

Management Tools and Dashboards

Report Generation

Document Management Functions and Features

Closing and Sneak Peek at Day 2

Agenda ndash Day 1

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 62

Electronic Document Management

aka Electronic Content Management

Itrsquos the control of documents and their life cycle

How and when documents are created

How they are reviewed

How they are published

How they are used

How they are retained

Ultimately how they are destroyed

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 63

EDM Functions

EDM includes five basic functions

Capture of electronic and paper documents

Storage of the electronic files

Delivery to the end users

Preservation and destruction of the files

Management from creation to disposalhellip management is part of each other function

Wersquoll start with Storage since you need to know where theyrsquoll go before they get there

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 64

First What is a Document

In the old days a document was one or more sheets of paperhellipin the really old days it was a parchment sheepskin clay tablet or stone

Recently it was a word processed file

In todayrsquos EDM world a document is any electronic file of any size in any format that can be saved on a computer

What file formats do you use (doc png etc)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 65

Capturing Paper Documents

Electronic images of paper documents are created using scanners or multifunction printers

Optical Character Recognition (OCR) software is often used whether integrated into the hardware or as stand-alone software in order to convert digital images into editable text

Converting images into vector drawings is not as easy but getting better

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 66

Storage - Know Where They Go

Where are documents stored

Database repositories

Data warehouses

How do people get there

On-screen navigation

Storing documents involves some document management

Where they are stored (what server etc)

For how long they are stored

Migration from one storage media to another

Document destruction

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 67

Storage ndash Library Services

The storage function includes processes referred to as Library Services

They determine how documents will be filed and what methods will be used to organize or index the documents to assist in later retrieval

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 68

Storage - Indexing

During the process of storing a document information is collected about the document that will make it easier to search for and retrieve

This information is arranged in a separate table (much like the index in a book) and helps narrow and speed up searches by retrieving only those files that match the indexed information

Each document has a unique ID but also has metadata associated with it

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 69

Metadata

Metadata is typically stored for each document (the document storage date and the user name storing it)

Some metadata is usually extracted from the document automatically (date modified author etc)

The EDM system may also prompt the user storing a document to enter additional metadata

Many EDM systems use optical character recognition on scanned images or perform text extraction on electronic documents This text is used to help locate documents by identifying probable keywords or in full text searches

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 70

Metadata Stored By PPT

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 71

Metadata Prompts

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 72

Content Server Architecture

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 73

Repository Services

Single content amp data repository

Unique document ID

Document attributes

Data dictionary

Object relational management

Authentication services

Backuprecovery

Distributionreplication

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 74

Library Services

Provides a separate virtual repository for Web content

Provides access control

Allows checkout amp check-in

Provides versioning

Manages content storage

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 75

Core Content Management Services

Allows searches

Creates renditions

Allows annotations

Manages virtual documents

Provides dynamic content assembly

Manages links

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 76

Process Automation Services

Provides workflows

Manages document life cycles

Provides notifications

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 77

Storage Workflow

Most EDM systems provide a workflow process routing a document for approval before it is stored

Workflows can be Manual (requiring a user to view the document and decide

who to send it to) Rules-based (allowing an administrator to create a rule

that determines the flow of the document through an organization)

Dynamic (allowing branches to be created in a workflow process)

When a workflow is started for a document the EDMS typically routes the document through the approval process

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 78

Rules-based Workflow

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 79

Manage Check-inCheckout

EDM systems typically include check-incheck-out procedures to ensure only one version of a document is being edited at a time

When a document is checked out to one user the system locks out any other checkout attempts

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 80

Checkout

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 81

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 82

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 83

Check-in

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 84

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 85

Versioning

Versioning is tied to the check-incheckout process

It is usually automatic with manual overwriting capability (for checking in a new version as 20 instead of 12 as the system may have numbered it)

It allows users to see all versions of a document and retrieve previous versions for comparison or reediting

Versioning is useful for documents that change over time and require updating still allowing reversion to a previous copy

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 86

New Version

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 87

Collaboration

Collaboration should be inherent in an EDMS

Documents should be capable of being retrieved by an authorized user and worked on

Access should be blocked to other users while work is being performed on the document

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 88

Integration

Many document management systems attempt to integrate document management directly into other applications so that users may retrieve existing documents directly from the document management system repository make changes and save the changed document back to the repository as a new version all without leaving the application

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 89

Security

Document security is vital in many document management applications

Compliance requirements for certain types of documents are complex (the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act imposes strict security requirements on medical documents)

Some document management systems have a rights management module that allows an administrator to give access to documents based on type to only certain people or groups of people

  • Agenda ndash Day 1
  • Welcome
  • Goals
  • Introductions
  • Ground Rules
  • Slide 7
  • What is Asset Management
  • Balancing Act
  • Why Asset Management
  • All utilities are feeling the pinch
  • Life-Cycle Asset Management
  • Slide 13
  • Slide 14
  • Slide 15
  • Slide 16
  • Life-Cycle Span vs Life-Cycle Cost
  • Essentials of Asset Management
  • CMMS vs EAM
  • Levels of Asset Management
  • The Relationship Between Maintenance and Asset Management
  • Relies on Integration
  • Seeks to Maximize Value
  • Why CMMSsEAMs Fail
  • Slide 25
  • What are KPIs
  • Why Identify KPIs
  • Pitfalls
  • KPI Ideas Assets
  • KPI Ideas People
  • KPI Ideas Materials amp Services
  • KPI Ideas Other Factors
  • Expected vs Actual
  • Slide 34
  • Management Tools and Dashboards
  • Dashboards
  • Scorecards
  • Comparing Technologies
  • Why Use Them
  • Benefits
  • How to Implement
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Rule 1 ndash Have Context
  • Rule 2 - Segment
  • Rule 3 ndash Include Comments
  • Rules 4 amp 5
  • Slide 48
  • What is a Report Generator
  • Slide 50
  • Standard Reports
  • Your Standard Reports
  • Ad Hoc Reports
  • Slide 54
  • Steps in Generating a Report
  • Connect to Information Source
  • Select Template (Widget)
  • Select a Data Source
  • Add Graphics
  • Print Report
  • Slide 61
  • Electronic Document Management
  • EDM Functions
  • First What is a Document
  • Capturing Paper Documents
  • Storage - Know Where They Go
  • Storage ndash Library Services
  • Storage - Indexing
  • Metadata
  • Metadata Stored By PPT
  • Metadata Prompts
  • Content Server Architecture
  • Repository Services
  • Library Services
  • Core Content Management Services
  • Process Automation Services
  • Storage Workflow
  • Rules-based Workflow
  • Manage Check-inCheckout
  • Checkout
  • Slide 81
  • Slide 82
  • Check-in
  • Slide 84
  • Versioning
  • New Version
  • Collaboration
  • Integration
  • Security

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 2

Welcome

Asset Management Functions and Features

Performance Indicators and Metrics

Management Tools and Dashboards

Report Generation

Document Management Functions and Features

Closing and Sneak Peek at Day 2

Agenda ndash Day 1

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 3

This course is the third course in a series of three that leads to a High-Tech Operator Certificate

This course provides an overview of the technologies available for managing information about assets and process performance

Course 1 Treatment and Distribution - Process Monitoring and Control addresses the devices used to monitor and control processes and equipment in water treatment and distribution systems

Course 2 Application and Tools reviews the high-tech tools available for capturing creating finding and using information about facilities assets and customers

Welcome

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 4

This course provides an overview of information management technologies both server-based and Web-hosted

By the end of today you will be able to

Describe the applications available for collecting performance data

Discuss the building blocks of an asset management system

Describe methods for managing and reporting performance

Present an overview of the functions of a document management system

Goals

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 5

How much experience do we have in this room

Introduce yourself

Your name

Where you work

Current position

Number of years working in the water industry

Introductions

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 6

Begin and end on time All questions are valid If you think it ask Respect the opinions of others Actively participate Today this course is your work therefore your full

attention is required Cell phones on silent Break times are scheduled however if you need

to stand or take a break before then please do so Have fun What other ground rules should we establish

Ground Rules

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 7

Welcome

Asset Management Functions and Features

Performance Indicators and Metrics

Management Tools and Dashboards

Report Generation

Document Management Functions and Features

Closing and Sneak Peek at Day 2

Agenda ndash Day 1

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 8

What is Asset Management

An integrated optimization process of ldquomanaging infrastructure assets to minimize the total cost of owning and operating them while continuously delivering the service levels customers desire at an acceptable level of riskrdquo

Managing Public Infrastructure Assets NACWA (AMSA) AMWA WEF AWWA 2001

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 9

Balancing Act

Operating amp maintaining aging facilitiesequipment is expensive and risky

Replacing assets before their life cycles are over is expensive though levels of service remain high

Balancing OampM with CIP lowers costs of ownership and balances risk with service

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 10

Why Asset Management

Itrsquos all about the money

Shows which assets have the best performance costs reliability

Ensures labor and materials are charged to the correct assets

Allows RampRampR decisions to be based on actual condition and performance

Leads to Reliability-Centered Maintenance and Operations

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 11

All utilities are feeling the pinch

New amp Aging Infrastructure

ResourceLimitations

OutdatedProcesses amp Systems

StakeholderInitiatives

Sustainability

IncreasingExpectations

New Regulations

Utilities

IncreasingCosts

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 12

Life-Cycle Asset Management

The International Model shows all functions that should be accomplished to manage life cycle of assets to receive the best ROI

Colors indicate the ldquostoplightrdquo results of benchmark studies hellip what utilities do well and what they do not

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 13

Life-Cycle Asset Management

1 Planning Strategies (CIP Expense Condition-Based Emergency Regulatory PrivateGrant funded organization and staff)

2 Creation and Acquisition (Purchase Lease and Donated Assets Hierarchy and Topology Integration Asset Naming and Numbering)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 14

Life-Cycle Asset Management

3 Financial Management (cost allocation and tracking asset hierarchy and topology cost assignment internal and external cost management historical and summary level cost analysis and reporting)

4 Operations (SCADA DCS and PLC integration EAMS maintenance inspection and purchasing event initiation asset database synchronization and GIS integration)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 15

Life-Cycle Asset Management

5 Maintenance (work order asset condition inspection and inventory management historical and summary level maintenance analysis and reporting condition assessment and scheduling)

6 Condition and Performance Monitoring (locations frequency connectivity with CMMS alarms)

7 Rehabilitation and Renewal (decision points key factors cost analyses data sources)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 16

Life-Cycle Asset Management

8 Replacement (CIP planning term depreciation)

9 Disposal and Rationalization (depreciated value actual value data sources)

10 Audit (frequency expertise responsibility)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 17

Life-Cycle Span vs Life-Cycle Cost

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 18

Essentials of Asset Management

Asset Identification - Each asset assigned a unique identifying hierarchical code

Cost Assignment - All manpower and material costs are charged to the unique asset to which they apply

Maintenance System and General Ledger Reconciliation - May be periodic or automatic within each time or materials transaction

Asset Prioritization - Not all assets get the same level of repair ndash depends on criticality

Reliability Engineering - Failure is redefined ndash then not allowed to occur

Failure Modes and Effects = ldquoorrdquo Root Cause Failure Analysis = ldquoandrdquo

All available within most existing AMSCMMS Applications

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 19

CMMS vs EAM

Computerized Maintenance Management Systems (CMMS) and Enterprise Asset Management systems (EAM) both manage large numbers of physical assets A CMMS manages the maintenance needs

assets and inventory of an organization

An EAM provides all the functions of a CMMS and adds human resource and financial management capabilities

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 20

Levels of Asset Management

This hierarchy shows the top-down relationships among the levels of asset management from life-cycle to hands-on maintenance and care

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 21

The Relationship BetweenMaintenance and Asset Management

Know performance

Understand characteristics

Provide datainformation

Are a source of history

Embody corporate memory

Most direct contact with assets is through OampM staffs who

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 22

Relies on Integration

Enterprise management integrates systems and functions to eliminate ldquostovepipesrdquo and allow unified management of capital

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 23

Seeks to Maximize Value

Enterprise asset management (EAM) means managing all physical assets of an organization throughout their service lives to maximize value

Enterprise means the inclusion of assets across departments and facilities and in some cases business units

It includes design construction commissioning operation maintenance and decommissioning replacement of equipment and facilities

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 24

Why CMMSsEAMs Fail

Vendors donrsquot know what YOUR best practice should behellipone size doesnrsquot fit all

You typically get more than you can use

Ease of use is a secondary concern

Information remains in specialized silos

Multiple vendors provide system technologies

Costs are underestimated

Reporting is a secondary concern

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 25

Welcome

Asset Management Functions and Features

Performance Indicators and Metrics

Management Tools and Dashboards

Report Generation

Document Management Functions and Features

Closing and Sneak Peek at Day 2

Agenda ndash Day 1

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 26

What are KPIs

Todayrsquos systems provide lots of data and information enough to keep a staff of specialists busy continuously analyzing it all

But a small subset of all that datainformation can provide quick indicators of the current performance of assets and processes

Different sets of indicators are useful to individuals of different disciplines (operations maintenance engineering finance etc)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 27

Why Identify KPIs

Limits information viewed to a manageable level

Greatly enhances decision-making capabilities

Minimizes the fire-fighting mentality

Ensures that OampM personnel are motivated and aligned with what management has defined as success for asset performance management

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 28

Pitfalls

Too few measuresmeasures that trade off poorly can improve one result at the expense of another (lowering downtime may lower quality)

Too many measures and too much collection analysis

Increases likelihood of errors

Takes more time and money

Doesnrsquot narrow the focus

12 to 25 KPIs are recommended

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 29

KPI Ideas Assets

Maximize

Asset availability

Output qty (gpm tph etc)

Quality (SS TFC etc)

Minimize

Downtime

Mean-time-between-failures

Maintenance costs

Power consumption

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 30

KPI Ideas People

Maximize

Maintenance wrench time

Capabilities

Minimize

Nonwrench time (driving getting supplies etc)

Time to complete

Rework

Labor costs

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 31

KPI Ideas Materials amp Services

Maximize

Productservice offerings

Stock availability

Minimize

Number of vendors

PO to delivery times

Inventory

Rush orders

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 32

KPI Ideas Other Factors

Maximize

Customer satisfaction

Performance to plan

Regulatory compliance

Safety

Minimize

WHAT WOULD YOU ADD

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 33

Expected vs Actual

Once key indicators have been identified expected levels of performance need to be set

Benchmarks

Goals

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 34

Welcome

Asset Management Functions and Features

Performance Indicators and Metrics

Management Tools and Dashboards

Report Generation

Document Management Functions and Features

Closing and Sneak Peek at Day 2

Agenda ndash Day 1

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 35

Management Tools and Dashboards

What manager wouldnt want a graphical user-interface that shows at a glance metrics and key performance indicators (KPIs) about how the utility is performing

Consider the alternatives

Complex reporting applications

Quizzing employees for information

Waiting for paper reports

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 36

Dashboards

Dashboards are reporting tools that consolidate and arrange numbers metrics and sometimes scorecards on a single screen

Theyre often tailored for a specific role and display metrics targeted for a single point-of-view or department

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 37

Scorecards

Scorecards are applications that show progress toward a benchmark goal or objective

They use KPIs which (if chosen wisely) actually indicate the performance of the utility

Scorecards may be part of dashboards but are different because they usually include multiple points-of-view

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 38

Comparing Technologies

Dashboard Scorecard

Purpose Monitors and measures operational processes

Monitors progress toward established objectives

Data Events Transactional Aggregates Consolidation

Refresh Rate

Near real-time (ldquolatest and greatestrdquo)

Periodic (ldquosnapshotsrdquo)

Measures Exceptions linked to operations

Targets linked to strategic plans

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 39

Why Use Them

1048707 CommunicateRefine Strategy

1048707 Increase Visibility

1048707 Increase Coordination

1048707 Increase Motivation

1048707 Give a Consistent View

1048707 Reduce Costs and Redundancy

1048707 Empower Users

1048707 Deliver Actionable Information

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 40

Benefits

A performance dashboard allows you to

Monitor critical processes and activities using metrics that trigger alerts when potential problems arise

Analyze the root cause of problems by exploring relevant and timely information from multiple sources and at various levels of detail

Manage people and processes to improve decisions optimize performance and steer the organization in the right direction

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 41

How to Implement

Define the key performance indicators (KPIs) that need to be measured in your dashboard (preferably no more than 10)

Identify the specific data needed to build your KPIs

Does the data exist

If so where

How can it be collected

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 42

How to Implement

If data-collection gaps exist find ways to fill the gaps then develop a plan to implement the changes

Find the simplest tool that meets your needs but still allows future growth

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 43

How to Implement

Budget for

The initial cost of the dashboard

Annual maintenance

Fees to implement the system

Cost of changes and updates

Start with one system

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 44

Rule 1 ndash Have Context

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

Q3 2007 Q4 2007 Q1 2008 Q2 2008

Benchmarks or Goals

Prior performance

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 45

Rule 2 - Segment

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

Q3 2007 Q4 2007 Q1 2008 Q2 2008

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 46

Rule 3 ndash Include Comments

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

Q3 2007 Q4 2007 Q1 2008 Q2 2008

Causes of good or poor performance

Ways to improve performance

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 47

Rules 4 amp 5

Keep your dashboard to 1 pagescreen (no more than 10 KEY metrics)

Change your dashboard as conditions change

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 48

Welcome

Asset Management Functions and Features

Performance Indicators and Metrics

Management Tools and Dashboards

Report Generation

Document Management Functions and Features

Closing and Sneak Peek at Day 2

Agenda ndash Day 1

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 49

What is a Report Generator

A good report generator is software that

Retrieves data from different sources

Has data analysis capabilities

Has modifiable templates for presenting data

Has features for consolidating data totaling at multiple levels charting conditional formatting and page-based output

Generates reports automatically and on demand

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 50

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 51

Standard Reports

Standard reports are predefined and generated

Periodically (end of shift day month etc)

Upon process events (batch completed critical process event)

By request (downtime analysis inventory levels)

Predefined with automatic updating of most recent data

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 52

Your Standard Reports

What standard reports do you produce

What information sources are needed

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 53

Ad Hoc Reports

Ad hoc reports are temporary reports created by a user when information is not available in standard reports

They are usually just printouts of information available on a single system (printing the alarm log at the time of a process failure)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 54

Ad Hoc Reports

What ad hoc reports have you produced

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 55

Steps in Generating a Report

1 Connect to a data source

2 Select a template

3 Select a data source

4 Add graphics

5 Print

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 56

Connect to Information Source

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 57

Select Template (Widget)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 58

Select a Data Source

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 59

Add Graphics

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 60

Print Report

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 61

Welcome

Asset Management Functions and Features

Performance Indicators and Metrics

Management Tools and Dashboards

Report Generation

Document Management Functions and Features

Closing and Sneak Peek at Day 2

Agenda ndash Day 1

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 62

Electronic Document Management

aka Electronic Content Management

Itrsquos the control of documents and their life cycle

How and when documents are created

How they are reviewed

How they are published

How they are used

How they are retained

Ultimately how they are destroyed

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 63

EDM Functions

EDM includes five basic functions

Capture of electronic and paper documents

Storage of the electronic files

Delivery to the end users

Preservation and destruction of the files

Management from creation to disposalhellip management is part of each other function

Wersquoll start with Storage since you need to know where theyrsquoll go before they get there

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 64

First What is a Document

In the old days a document was one or more sheets of paperhellipin the really old days it was a parchment sheepskin clay tablet or stone

Recently it was a word processed file

In todayrsquos EDM world a document is any electronic file of any size in any format that can be saved on a computer

What file formats do you use (doc png etc)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 65

Capturing Paper Documents

Electronic images of paper documents are created using scanners or multifunction printers

Optical Character Recognition (OCR) software is often used whether integrated into the hardware or as stand-alone software in order to convert digital images into editable text

Converting images into vector drawings is not as easy but getting better

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 66

Storage - Know Where They Go

Where are documents stored

Database repositories

Data warehouses

How do people get there

On-screen navigation

Storing documents involves some document management

Where they are stored (what server etc)

For how long they are stored

Migration from one storage media to another

Document destruction

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 67

Storage ndash Library Services

The storage function includes processes referred to as Library Services

They determine how documents will be filed and what methods will be used to organize or index the documents to assist in later retrieval

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 68

Storage - Indexing

During the process of storing a document information is collected about the document that will make it easier to search for and retrieve

This information is arranged in a separate table (much like the index in a book) and helps narrow and speed up searches by retrieving only those files that match the indexed information

Each document has a unique ID but also has metadata associated with it

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 69

Metadata

Metadata is typically stored for each document (the document storage date and the user name storing it)

Some metadata is usually extracted from the document automatically (date modified author etc)

The EDM system may also prompt the user storing a document to enter additional metadata

Many EDM systems use optical character recognition on scanned images or perform text extraction on electronic documents This text is used to help locate documents by identifying probable keywords or in full text searches

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 70

Metadata Stored By PPT

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 71

Metadata Prompts

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 72

Content Server Architecture

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 73

Repository Services

Single content amp data repository

Unique document ID

Document attributes

Data dictionary

Object relational management

Authentication services

Backuprecovery

Distributionreplication

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 74

Library Services

Provides a separate virtual repository for Web content

Provides access control

Allows checkout amp check-in

Provides versioning

Manages content storage

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 75

Core Content Management Services

Allows searches

Creates renditions

Allows annotations

Manages virtual documents

Provides dynamic content assembly

Manages links

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 76

Process Automation Services

Provides workflows

Manages document life cycles

Provides notifications

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 77

Storage Workflow

Most EDM systems provide a workflow process routing a document for approval before it is stored

Workflows can be Manual (requiring a user to view the document and decide

who to send it to) Rules-based (allowing an administrator to create a rule

that determines the flow of the document through an organization)

Dynamic (allowing branches to be created in a workflow process)

When a workflow is started for a document the EDMS typically routes the document through the approval process

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 78

Rules-based Workflow

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 79

Manage Check-inCheckout

EDM systems typically include check-incheck-out procedures to ensure only one version of a document is being edited at a time

When a document is checked out to one user the system locks out any other checkout attempts

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 80

Checkout

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 81

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 82

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 83

Check-in

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 84

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 85

Versioning

Versioning is tied to the check-incheckout process

It is usually automatic with manual overwriting capability (for checking in a new version as 20 instead of 12 as the system may have numbered it)

It allows users to see all versions of a document and retrieve previous versions for comparison or reediting

Versioning is useful for documents that change over time and require updating still allowing reversion to a previous copy

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 86

New Version

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 87

Collaboration

Collaboration should be inherent in an EDMS

Documents should be capable of being retrieved by an authorized user and worked on

Access should be blocked to other users while work is being performed on the document

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 88

Integration

Many document management systems attempt to integrate document management directly into other applications so that users may retrieve existing documents directly from the document management system repository make changes and save the changed document back to the repository as a new version all without leaving the application

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 89

Security

Document security is vital in many document management applications

Compliance requirements for certain types of documents are complex (the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act imposes strict security requirements on medical documents)

Some document management systems have a rights management module that allows an administrator to give access to documents based on type to only certain people or groups of people

  • Agenda ndash Day 1
  • Welcome
  • Goals
  • Introductions
  • Ground Rules
  • Slide 7
  • What is Asset Management
  • Balancing Act
  • Why Asset Management
  • All utilities are feeling the pinch
  • Life-Cycle Asset Management
  • Slide 13
  • Slide 14
  • Slide 15
  • Slide 16
  • Life-Cycle Span vs Life-Cycle Cost
  • Essentials of Asset Management
  • CMMS vs EAM
  • Levels of Asset Management
  • The Relationship Between Maintenance and Asset Management
  • Relies on Integration
  • Seeks to Maximize Value
  • Why CMMSsEAMs Fail
  • Slide 25
  • What are KPIs
  • Why Identify KPIs
  • Pitfalls
  • KPI Ideas Assets
  • KPI Ideas People
  • KPI Ideas Materials amp Services
  • KPI Ideas Other Factors
  • Expected vs Actual
  • Slide 34
  • Management Tools and Dashboards
  • Dashboards
  • Scorecards
  • Comparing Technologies
  • Why Use Them
  • Benefits
  • How to Implement
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Rule 1 ndash Have Context
  • Rule 2 - Segment
  • Rule 3 ndash Include Comments
  • Rules 4 amp 5
  • Slide 48
  • What is a Report Generator
  • Slide 50
  • Standard Reports
  • Your Standard Reports
  • Ad Hoc Reports
  • Slide 54
  • Steps in Generating a Report
  • Connect to Information Source
  • Select Template (Widget)
  • Select a Data Source
  • Add Graphics
  • Print Report
  • Slide 61
  • Electronic Document Management
  • EDM Functions
  • First What is a Document
  • Capturing Paper Documents
  • Storage - Know Where They Go
  • Storage ndash Library Services
  • Storage - Indexing
  • Metadata
  • Metadata Stored By PPT
  • Metadata Prompts
  • Content Server Architecture
  • Repository Services
  • Library Services
  • Core Content Management Services
  • Process Automation Services
  • Storage Workflow
  • Rules-based Workflow
  • Manage Check-inCheckout
  • Checkout
  • Slide 81
  • Slide 82
  • Check-in
  • Slide 84
  • Versioning
  • New Version
  • Collaboration
  • Integration
  • Security

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 3

This course is the third course in a series of three that leads to a High-Tech Operator Certificate

This course provides an overview of the technologies available for managing information about assets and process performance

Course 1 Treatment and Distribution - Process Monitoring and Control addresses the devices used to monitor and control processes and equipment in water treatment and distribution systems

Course 2 Application and Tools reviews the high-tech tools available for capturing creating finding and using information about facilities assets and customers

Welcome

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 4

This course provides an overview of information management technologies both server-based and Web-hosted

By the end of today you will be able to

Describe the applications available for collecting performance data

Discuss the building blocks of an asset management system

Describe methods for managing and reporting performance

Present an overview of the functions of a document management system

Goals

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 5

How much experience do we have in this room

Introduce yourself

Your name

Where you work

Current position

Number of years working in the water industry

Introductions

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 6

Begin and end on time All questions are valid If you think it ask Respect the opinions of others Actively participate Today this course is your work therefore your full

attention is required Cell phones on silent Break times are scheduled however if you need

to stand or take a break before then please do so Have fun What other ground rules should we establish

Ground Rules

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 7

Welcome

Asset Management Functions and Features

Performance Indicators and Metrics

Management Tools and Dashboards

Report Generation

Document Management Functions and Features

Closing and Sneak Peek at Day 2

Agenda ndash Day 1

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 8

What is Asset Management

An integrated optimization process of ldquomanaging infrastructure assets to minimize the total cost of owning and operating them while continuously delivering the service levels customers desire at an acceptable level of riskrdquo

Managing Public Infrastructure Assets NACWA (AMSA) AMWA WEF AWWA 2001

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 9

Balancing Act

Operating amp maintaining aging facilitiesequipment is expensive and risky

Replacing assets before their life cycles are over is expensive though levels of service remain high

Balancing OampM with CIP lowers costs of ownership and balances risk with service

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 10

Why Asset Management

Itrsquos all about the money

Shows which assets have the best performance costs reliability

Ensures labor and materials are charged to the correct assets

Allows RampRampR decisions to be based on actual condition and performance

Leads to Reliability-Centered Maintenance and Operations

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 11

All utilities are feeling the pinch

New amp Aging Infrastructure

ResourceLimitations

OutdatedProcesses amp Systems

StakeholderInitiatives

Sustainability

IncreasingExpectations

New Regulations

Utilities

IncreasingCosts

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 12

Life-Cycle Asset Management

The International Model shows all functions that should be accomplished to manage life cycle of assets to receive the best ROI

Colors indicate the ldquostoplightrdquo results of benchmark studies hellip what utilities do well and what they do not

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 13

Life-Cycle Asset Management

1 Planning Strategies (CIP Expense Condition-Based Emergency Regulatory PrivateGrant funded organization and staff)

2 Creation and Acquisition (Purchase Lease and Donated Assets Hierarchy and Topology Integration Asset Naming and Numbering)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 14

Life-Cycle Asset Management

3 Financial Management (cost allocation and tracking asset hierarchy and topology cost assignment internal and external cost management historical and summary level cost analysis and reporting)

4 Operations (SCADA DCS and PLC integration EAMS maintenance inspection and purchasing event initiation asset database synchronization and GIS integration)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 15

Life-Cycle Asset Management

5 Maintenance (work order asset condition inspection and inventory management historical and summary level maintenance analysis and reporting condition assessment and scheduling)

6 Condition and Performance Monitoring (locations frequency connectivity with CMMS alarms)

7 Rehabilitation and Renewal (decision points key factors cost analyses data sources)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 16

Life-Cycle Asset Management

8 Replacement (CIP planning term depreciation)

9 Disposal and Rationalization (depreciated value actual value data sources)

10 Audit (frequency expertise responsibility)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 17

Life-Cycle Span vs Life-Cycle Cost

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 18

Essentials of Asset Management

Asset Identification - Each asset assigned a unique identifying hierarchical code

Cost Assignment - All manpower and material costs are charged to the unique asset to which they apply

Maintenance System and General Ledger Reconciliation - May be periodic or automatic within each time or materials transaction

Asset Prioritization - Not all assets get the same level of repair ndash depends on criticality

Reliability Engineering - Failure is redefined ndash then not allowed to occur

Failure Modes and Effects = ldquoorrdquo Root Cause Failure Analysis = ldquoandrdquo

All available within most existing AMSCMMS Applications

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 19

CMMS vs EAM

Computerized Maintenance Management Systems (CMMS) and Enterprise Asset Management systems (EAM) both manage large numbers of physical assets A CMMS manages the maintenance needs

assets and inventory of an organization

An EAM provides all the functions of a CMMS and adds human resource and financial management capabilities

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 20

Levels of Asset Management

This hierarchy shows the top-down relationships among the levels of asset management from life-cycle to hands-on maintenance and care

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 21

The Relationship BetweenMaintenance and Asset Management

Know performance

Understand characteristics

Provide datainformation

Are a source of history

Embody corporate memory

Most direct contact with assets is through OampM staffs who

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 22

Relies on Integration

Enterprise management integrates systems and functions to eliminate ldquostovepipesrdquo and allow unified management of capital

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 23

Seeks to Maximize Value

Enterprise asset management (EAM) means managing all physical assets of an organization throughout their service lives to maximize value

Enterprise means the inclusion of assets across departments and facilities and in some cases business units

It includes design construction commissioning operation maintenance and decommissioning replacement of equipment and facilities

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 24

Why CMMSsEAMs Fail

Vendors donrsquot know what YOUR best practice should behellipone size doesnrsquot fit all

You typically get more than you can use

Ease of use is a secondary concern

Information remains in specialized silos

Multiple vendors provide system technologies

Costs are underestimated

Reporting is a secondary concern

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 25

Welcome

Asset Management Functions and Features

Performance Indicators and Metrics

Management Tools and Dashboards

Report Generation

Document Management Functions and Features

Closing and Sneak Peek at Day 2

Agenda ndash Day 1

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 26

What are KPIs

Todayrsquos systems provide lots of data and information enough to keep a staff of specialists busy continuously analyzing it all

But a small subset of all that datainformation can provide quick indicators of the current performance of assets and processes

Different sets of indicators are useful to individuals of different disciplines (operations maintenance engineering finance etc)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 27

Why Identify KPIs

Limits information viewed to a manageable level

Greatly enhances decision-making capabilities

Minimizes the fire-fighting mentality

Ensures that OampM personnel are motivated and aligned with what management has defined as success for asset performance management

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 28

Pitfalls

Too few measuresmeasures that trade off poorly can improve one result at the expense of another (lowering downtime may lower quality)

Too many measures and too much collection analysis

Increases likelihood of errors

Takes more time and money

Doesnrsquot narrow the focus

12 to 25 KPIs are recommended

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 29

KPI Ideas Assets

Maximize

Asset availability

Output qty (gpm tph etc)

Quality (SS TFC etc)

Minimize

Downtime

Mean-time-between-failures

Maintenance costs

Power consumption

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 30

KPI Ideas People

Maximize

Maintenance wrench time

Capabilities

Minimize

Nonwrench time (driving getting supplies etc)

Time to complete

Rework

Labor costs

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 31

KPI Ideas Materials amp Services

Maximize

Productservice offerings

Stock availability

Minimize

Number of vendors

PO to delivery times

Inventory

Rush orders

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 32

KPI Ideas Other Factors

Maximize

Customer satisfaction

Performance to plan

Regulatory compliance

Safety

Minimize

WHAT WOULD YOU ADD

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 33

Expected vs Actual

Once key indicators have been identified expected levels of performance need to be set

Benchmarks

Goals

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 34

Welcome

Asset Management Functions and Features

Performance Indicators and Metrics

Management Tools and Dashboards

Report Generation

Document Management Functions and Features

Closing and Sneak Peek at Day 2

Agenda ndash Day 1

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 35

Management Tools and Dashboards

What manager wouldnt want a graphical user-interface that shows at a glance metrics and key performance indicators (KPIs) about how the utility is performing

Consider the alternatives

Complex reporting applications

Quizzing employees for information

Waiting for paper reports

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 36

Dashboards

Dashboards are reporting tools that consolidate and arrange numbers metrics and sometimes scorecards on a single screen

Theyre often tailored for a specific role and display metrics targeted for a single point-of-view or department

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 37

Scorecards

Scorecards are applications that show progress toward a benchmark goal or objective

They use KPIs which (if chosen wisely) actually indicate the performance of the utility

Scorecards may be part of dashboards but are different because they usually include multiple points-of-view

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 38

Comparing Technologies

Dashboard Scorecard

Purpose Monitors and measures operational processes

Monitors progress toward established objectives

Data Events Transactional Aggregates Consolidation

Refresh Rate

Near real-time (ldquolatest and greatestrdquo)

Periodic (ldquosnapshotsrdquo)

Measures Exceptions linked to operations

Targets linked to strategic plans

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 39

Why Use Them

1048707 CommunicateRefine Strategy

1048707 Increase Visibility

1048707 Increase Coordination

1048707 Increase Motivation

1048707 Give a Consistent View

1048707 Reduce Costs and Redundancy

1048707 Empower Users

1048707 Deliver Actionable Information

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 40

Benefits

A performance dashboard allows you to

Monitor critical processes and activities using metrics that trigger alerts when potential problems arise

Analyze the root cause of problems by exploring relevant and timely information from multiple sources and at various levels of detail

Manage people and processes to improve decisions optimize performance and steer the organization in the right direction

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 41

How to Implement

Define the key performance indicators (KPIs) that need to be measured in your dashboard (preferably no more than 10)

Identify the specific data needed to build your KPIs

Does the data exist

If so where

How can it be collected

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 42

How to Implement

If data-collection gaps exist find ways to fill the gaps then develop a plan to implement the changes

Find the simplest tool that meets your needs but still allows future growth

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 43

How to Implement

Budget for

The initial cost of the dashboard

Annual maintenance

Fees to implement the system

Cost of changes and updates

Start with one system

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 44

Rule 1 ndash Have Context

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

Q3 2007 Q4 2007 Q1 2008 Q2 2008

Benchmarks or Goals

Prior performance

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 45

Rule 2 - Segment

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

Q3 2007 Q4 2007 Q1 2008 Q2 2008

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 46

Rule 3 ndash Include Comments

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

Q3 2007 Q4 2007 Q1 2008 Q2 2008

Causes of good or poor performance

Ways to improve performance

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 47

Rules 4 amp 5

Keep your dashboard to 1 pagescreen (no more than 10 KEY metrics)

Change your dashboard as conditions change

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 48

Welcome

Asset Management Functions and Features

Performance Indicators and Metrics

Management Tools and Dashboards

Report Generation

Document Management Functions and Features

Closing and Sneak Peek at Day 2

Agenda ndash Day 1

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 49

What is a Report Generator

A good report generator is software that

Retrieves data from different sources

Has data analysis capabilities

Has modifiable templates for presenting data

Has features for consolidating data totaling at multiple levels charting conditional formatting and page-based output

Generates reports automatically and on demand

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 50

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 51

Standard Reports

Standard reports are predefined and generated

Periodically (end of shift day month etc)

Upon process events (batch completed critical process event)

By request (downtime analysis inventory levels)

Predefined with automatic updating of most recent data

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 52

Your Standard Reports

What standard reports do you produce

What information sources are needed

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 53

Ad Hoc Reports

Ad hoc reports are temporary reports created by a user when information is not available in standard reports

They are usually just printouts of information available on a single system (printing the alarm log at the time of a process failure)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 54

Ad Hoc Reports

What ad hoc reports have you produced

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 55

Steps in Generating a Report

1 Connect to a data source

2 Select a template

3 Select a data source

4 Add graphics

5 Print

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 56

Connect to Information Source

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 57

Select Template (Widget)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 58

Select a Data Source

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 59

Add Graphics

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 60

Print Report

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 61

Welcome

Asset Management Functions and Features

Performance Indicators and Metrics

Management Tools and Dashboards

Report Generation

Document Management Functions and Features

Closing and Sneak Peek at Day 2

Agenda ndash Day 1

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 62

Electronic Document Management

aka Electronic Content Management

Itrsquos the control of documents and their life cycle

How and when documents are created

How they are reviewed

How they are published

How they are used

How they are retained

Ultimately how they are destroyed

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 63

EDM Functions

EDM includes five basic functions

Capture of electronic and paper documents

Storage of the electronic files

Delivery to the end users

Preservation and destruction of the files

Management from creation to disposalhellip management is part of each other function

Wersquoll start with Storage since you need to know where theyrsquoll go before they get there

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 64

First What is a Document

In the old days a document was one or more sheets of paperhellipin the really old days it was a parchment sheepskin clay tablet or stone

Recently it was a word processed file

In todayrsquos EDM world a document is any electronic file of any size in any format that can be saved on a computer

What file formats do you use (doc png etc)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 65

Capturing Paper Documents

Electronic images of paper documents are created using scanners or multifunction printers

Optical Character Recognition (OCR) software is often used whether integrated into the hardware or as stand-alone software in order to convert digital images into editable text

Converting images into vector drawings is not as easy but getting better

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 66

Storage - Know Where They Go

Where are documents stored

Database repositories

Data warehouses

How do people get there

On-screen navigation

Storing documents involves some document management

Where they are stored (what server etc)

For how long they are stored

Migration from one storage media to another

Document destruction

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 67

Storage ndash Library Services

The storage function includes processes referred to as Library Services

They determine how documents will be filed and what methods will be used to organize or index the documents to assist in later retrieval

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 68

Storage - Indexing

During the process of storing a document information is collected about the document that will make it easier to search for and retrieve

This information is arranged in a separate table (much like the index in a book) and helps narrow and speed up searches by retrieving only those files that match the indexed information

Each document has a unique ID but also has metadata associated with it

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 69

Metadata

Metadata is typically stored for each document (the document storage date and the user name storing it)

Some metadata is usually extracted from the document automatically (date modified author etc)

The EDM system may also prompt the user storing a document to enter additional metadata

Many EDM systems use optical character recognition on scanned images or perform text extraction on electronic documents This text is used to help locate documents by identifying probable keywords or in full text searches

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 70

Metadata Stored By PPT

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 71

Metadata Prompts

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 72

Content Server Architecture

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 73

Repository Services

Single content amp data repository

Unique document ID

Document attributes

Data dictionary

Object relational management

Authentication services

Backuprecovery

Distributionreplication

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 74

Library Services

Provides a separate virtual repository for Web content

Provides access control

Allows checkout amp check-in

Provides versioning

Manages content storage

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 75

Core Content Management Services

Allows searches

Creates renditions

Allows annotations

Manages virtual documents

Provides dynamic content assembly

Manages links

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 76

Process Automation Services

Provides workflows

Manages document life cycles

Provides notifications

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 77

Storage Workflow

Most EDM systems provide a workflow process routing a document for approval before it is stored

Workflows can be Manual (requiring a user to view the document and decide

who to send it to) Rules-based (allowing an administrator to create a rule

that determines the flow of the document through an organization)

Dynamic (allowing branches to be created in a workflow process)

When a workflow is started for a document the EDMS typically routes the document through the approval process

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 78

Rules-based Workflow

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 79

Manage Check-inCheckout

EDM systems typically include check-incheck-out procedures to ensure only one version of a document is being edited at a time

When a document is checked out to one user the system locks out any other checkout attempts

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 80

Checkout

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 81

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 82

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 83

Check-in

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 84

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 85

Versioning

Versioning is tied to the check-incheckout process

It is usually automatic with manual overwriting capability (for checking in a new version as 20 instead of 12 as the system may have numbered it)

It allows users to see all versions of a document and retrieve previous versions for comparison or reediting

Versioning is useful for documents that change over time and require updating still allowing reversion to a previous copy

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 86

New Version

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 87

Collaboration

Collaboration should be inherent in an EDMS

Documents should be capable of being retrieved by an authorized user and worked on

Access should be blocked to other users while work is being performed on the document

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 88

Integration

Many document management systems attempt to integrate document management directly into other applications so that users may retrieve existing documents directly from the document management system repository make changes and save the changed document back to the repository as a new version all without leaving the application

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 89

Security

Document security is vital in many document management applications

Compliance requirements for certain types of documents are complex (the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act imposes strict security requirements on medical documents)

Some document management systems have a rights management module that allows an administrator to give access to documents based on type to only certain people or groups of people

  • Agenda ndash Day 1
  • Welcome
  • Goals
  • Introductions
  • Ground Rules
  • Slide 7
  • What is Asset Management
  • Balancing Act
  • Why Asset Management
  • All utilities are feeling the pinch
  • Life-Cycle Asset Management
  • Slide 13
  • Slide 14
  • Slide 15
  • Slide 16
  • Life-Cycle Span vs Life-Cycle Cost
  • Essentials of Asset Management
  • CMMS vs EAM
  • Levels of Asset Management
  • The Relationship Between Maintenance and Asset Management
  • Relies on Integration
  • Seeks to Maximize Value
  • Why CMMSsEAMs Fail
  • Slide 25
  • What are KPIs
  • Why Identify KPIs
  • Pitfalls
  • KPI Ideas Assets
  • KPI Ideas People
  • KPI Ideas Materials amp Services
  • KPI Ideas Other Factors
  • Expected vs Actual
  • Slide 34
  • Management Tools and Dashboards
  • Dashboards
  • Scorecards
  • Comparing Technologies
  • Why Use Them
  • Benefits
  • How to Implement
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Rule 1 ndash Have Context
  • Rule 2 - Segment
  • Rule 3 ndash Include Comments
  • Rules 4 amp 5
  • Slide 48
  • What is a Report Generator
  • Slide 50
  • Standard Reports
  • Your Standard Reports
  • Ad Hoc Reports
  • Slide 54
  • Steps in Generating a Report
  • Connect to Information Source
  • Select Template (Widget)
  • Select a Data Source
  • Add Graphics
  • Print Report
  • Slide 61
  • Electronic Document Management
  • EDM Functions
  • First What is a Document
  • Capturing Paper Documents
  • Storage - Know Where They Go
  • Storage ndash Library Services
  • Storage - Indexing
  • Metadata
  • Metadata Stored By PPT
  • Metadata Prompts
  • Content Server Architecture
  • Repository Services
  • Library Services
  • Core Content Management Services
  • Process Automation Services
  • Storage Workflow
  • Rules-based Workflow
  • Manage Check-inCheckout
  • Checkout
  • Slide 81
  • Slide 82
  • Check-in
  • Slide 84
  • Versioning
  • New Version
  • Collaboration
  • Integration
  • Security

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 4

This course provides an overview of information management technologies both server-based and Web-hosted

By the end of today you will be able to

Describe the applications available for collecting performance data

Discuss the building blocks of an asset management system

Describe methods for managing and reporting performance

Present an overview of the functions of a document management system

Goals

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 5

How much experience do we have in this room

Introduce yourself

Your name

Where you work

Current position

Number of years working in the water industry

Introductions

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 6

Begin and end on time All questions are valid If you think it ask Respect the opinions of others Actively participate Today this course is your work therefore your full

attention is required Cell phones on silent Break times are scheduled however if you need

to stand or take a break before then please do so Have fun What other ground rules should we establish

Ground Rules

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 7

Welcome

Asset Management Functions and Features

Performance Indicators and Metrics

Management Tools and Dashboards

Report Generation

Document Management Functions and Features

Closing and Sneak Peek at Day 2

Agenda ndash Day 1

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 8

What is Asset Management

An integrated optimization process of ldquomanaging infrastructure assets to minimize the total cost of owning and operating them while continuously delivering the service levels customers desire at an acceptable level of riskrdquo

Managing Public Infrastructure Assets NACWA (AMSA) AMWA WEF AWWA 2001

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 9

Balancing Act

Operating amp maintaining aging facilitiesequipment is expensive and risky

Replacing assets before their life cycles are over is expensive though levels of service remain high

Balancing OampM with CIP lowers costs of ownership and balances risk with service

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 10

Why Asset Management

Itrsquos all about the money

Shows which assets have the best performance costs reliability

Ensures labor and materials are charged to the correct assets

Allows RampRampR decisions to be based on actual condition and performance

Leads to Reliability-Centered Maintenance and Operations

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 11

All utilities are feeling the pinch

New amp Aging Infrastructure

ResourceLimitations

OutdatedProcesses amp Systems

StakeholderInitiatives

Sustainability

IncreasingExpectations

New Regulations

Utilities

IncreasingCosts

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 12

Life-Cycle Asset Management

The International Model shows all functions that should be accomplished to manage life cycle of assets to receive the best ROI

Colors indicate the ldquostoplightrdquo results of benchmark studies hellip what utilities do well and what they do not

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 13

Life-Cycle Asset Management

1 Planning Strategies (CIP Expense Condition-Based Emergency Regulatory PrivateGrant funded organization and staff)

2 Creation and Acquisition (Purchase Lease and Donated Assets Hierarchy and Topology Integration Asset Naming and Numbering)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 14

Life-Cycle Asset Management

3 Financial Management (cost allocation and tracking asset hierarchy and topology cost assignment internal and external cost management historical and summary level cost analysis and reporting)

4 Operations (SCADA DCS and PLC integration EAMS maintenance inspection and purchasing event initiation asset database synchronization and GIS integration)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 15

Life-Cycle Asset Management

5 Maintenance (work order asset condition inspection and inventory management historical and summary level maintenance analysis and reporting condition assessment and scheduling)

6 Condition and Performance Monitoring (locations frequency connectivity with CMMS alarms)

7 Rehabilitation and Renewal (decision points key factors cost analyses data sources)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 16

Life-Cycle Asset Management

8 Replacement (CIP planning term depreciation)

9 Disposal and Rationalization (depreciated value actual value data sources)

10 Audit (frequency expertise responsibility)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 17

Life-Cycle Span vs Life-Cycle Cost

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 18

Essentials of Asset Management

Asset Identification - Each asset assigned a unique identifying hierarchical code

Cost Assignment - All manpower and material costs are charged to the unique asset to which they apply

Maintenance System and General Ledger Reconciliation - May be periodic or automatic within each time or materials transaction

Asset Prioritization - Not all assets get the same level of repair ndash depends on criticality

Reliability Engineering - Failure is redefined ndash then not allowed to occur

Failure Modes and Effects = ldquoorrdquo Root Cause Failure Analysis = ldquoandrdquo

All available within most existing AMSCMMS Applications

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 19

CMMS vs EAM

Computerized Maintenance Management Systems (CMMS) and Enterprise Asset Management systems (EAM) both manage large numbers of physical assets A CMMS manages the maintenance needs

assets and inventory of an organization

An EAM provides all the functions of a CMMS and adds human resource and financial management capabilities

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 20

Levels of Asset Management

This hierarchy shows the top-down relationships among the levels of asset management from life-cycle to hands-on maintenance and care

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 21

The Relationship BetweenMaintenance and Asset Management

Know performance

Understand characteristics

Provide datainformation

Are a source of history

Embody corporate memory

Most direct contact with assets is through OampM staffs who

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 22

Relies on Integration

Enterprise management integrates systems and functions to eliminate ldquostovepipesrdquo and allow unified management of capital

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 23

Seeks to Maximize Value

Enterprise asset management (EAM) means managing all physical assets of an organization throughout their service lives to maximize value

Enterprise means the inclusion of assets across departments and facilities and in some cases business units

It includes design construction commissioning operation maintenance and decommissioning replacement of equipment and facilities

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 24

Why CMMSsEAMs Fail

Vendors donrsquot know what YOUR best practice should behellipone size doesnrsquot fit all

You typically get more than you can use

Ease of use is a secondary concern

Information remains in specialized silos

Multiple vendors provide system technologies

Costs are underestimated

Reporting is a secondary concern

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 25

Welcome

Asset Management Functions and Features

Performance Indicators and Metrics

Management Tools and Dashboards

Report Generation

Document Management Functions and Features

Closing and Sneak Peek at Day 2

Agenda ndash Day 1

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 26

What are KPIs

Todayrsquos systems provide lots of data and information enough to keep a staff of specialists busy continuously analyzing it all

But a small subset of all that datainformation can provide quick indicators of the current performance of assets and processes

Different sets of indicators are useful to individuals of different disciplines (operations maintenance engineering finance etc)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 27

Why Identify KPIs

Limits information viewed to a manageable level

Greatly enhances decision-making capabilities

Minimizes the fire-fighting mentality

Ensures that OampM personnel are motivated and aligned with what management has defined as success for asset performance management

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 28

Pitfalls

Too few measuresmeasures that trade off poorly can improve one result at the expense of another (lowering downtime may lower quality)

Too many measures and too much collection analysis

Increases likelihood of errors

Takes more time and money

Doesnrsquot narrow the focus

12 to 25 KPIs are recommended

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 29

KPI Ideas Assets

Maximize

Asset availability

Output qty (gpm tph etc)

Quality (SS TFC etc)

Minimize

Downtime

Mean-time-between-failures

Maintenance costs

Power consumption

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 30

KPI Ideas People

Maximize

Maintenance wrench time

Capabilities

Minimize

Nonwrench time (driving getting supplies etc)

Time to complete

Rework

Labor costs

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 31

KPI Ideas Materials amp Services

Maximize

Productservice offerings

Stock availability

Minimize

Number of vendors

PO to delivery times

Inventory

Rush orders

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 32

KPI Ideas Other Factors

Maximize

Customer satisfaction

Performance to plan

Regulatory compliance

Safety

Minimize

WHAT WOULD YOU ADD

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 33

Expected vs Actual

Once key indicators have been identified expected levels of performance need to be set

Benchmarks

Goals

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 34

Welcome

Asset Management Functions and Features

Performance Indicators and Metrics

Management Tools and Dashboards

Report Generation

Document Management Functions and Features

Closing and Sneak Peek at Day 2

Agenda ndash Day 1

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 35

Management Tools and Dashboards

What manager wouldnt want a graphical user-interface that shows at a glance metrics and key performance indicators (KPIs) about how the utility is performing

Consider the alternatives

Complex reporting applications

Quizzing employees for information

Waiting for paper reports

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 36

Dashboards

Dashboards are reporting tools that consolidate and arrange numbers metrics and sometimes scorecards on a single screen

Theyre often tailored for a specific role and display metrics targeted for a single point-of-view or department

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 37

Scorecards

Scorecards are applications that show progress toward a benchmark goal or objective

They use KPIs which (if chosen wisely) actually indicate the performance of the utility

Scorecards may be part of dashboards but are different because they usually include multiple points-of-view

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 38

Comparing Technologies

Dashboard Scorecard

Purpose Monitors and measures operational processes

Monitors progress toward established objectives

Data Events Transactional Aggregates Consolidation

Refresh Rate

Near real-time (ldquolatest and greatestrdquo)

Periodic (ldquosnapshotsrdquo)

Measures Exceptions linked to operations

Targets linked to strategic plans

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 39

Why Use Them

1048707 CommunicateRefine Strategy

1048707 Increase Visibility

1048707 Increase Coordination

1048707 Increase Motivation

1048707 Give a Consistent View

1048707 Reduce Costs and Redundancy

1048707 Empower Users

1048707 Deliver Actionable Information

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 40

Benefits

A performance dashboard allows you to

Monitor critical processes and activities using metrics that trigger alerts when potential problems arise

Analyze the root cause of problems by exploring relevant and timely information from multiple sources and at various levels of detail

Manage people and processes to improve decisions optimize performance and steer the organization in the right direction

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 41

How to Implement

Define the key performance indicators (KPIs) that need to be measured in your dashboard (preferably no more than 10)

Identify the specific data needed to build your KPIs

Does the data exist

If so where

How can it be collected

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 42

How to Implement

If data-collection gaps exist find ways to fill the gaps then develop a plan to implement the changes

Find the simplest tool that meets your needs but still allows future growth

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 43

How to Implement

Budget for

The initial cost of the dashboard

Annual maintenance

Fees to implement the system

Cost of changes and updates

Start with one system

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 44

Rule 1 ndash Have Context

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

Q3 2007 Q4 2007 Q1 2008 Q2 2008

Benchmarks or Goals

Prior performance

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 45

Rule 2 - Segment

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

Q3 2007 Q4 2007 Q1 2008 Q2 2008

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 46

Rule 3 ndash Include Comments

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

Q3 2007 Q4 2007 Q1 2008 Q2 2008

Causes of good or poor performance

Ways to improve performance

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 47

Rules 4 amp 5

Keep your dashboard to 1 pagescreen (no more than 10 KEY metrics)

Change your dashboard as conditions change

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 48

Welcome

Asset Management Functions and Features

Performance Indicators and Metrics

Management Tools and Dashboards

Report Generation

Document Management Functions and Features

Closing and Sneak Peek at Day 2

Agenda ndash Day 1

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 49

What is a Report Generator

A good report generator is software that

Retrieves data from different sources

Has data analysis capabilities

Has modifiable templates for presenting data

Has features for consolidating data totaling at multiple levels charting conditional formatting and page-based output

Generates reports automatically and on demand

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 50

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 51

Standard Reports

Standard reports are predefined and generated

Periodically (end of shift day month etc)

Upon process events (batch completed critical process event)

By request (downtime analysis inventory levels)

Predefined with automatic updating of most recent data

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 52

Your Standard Reports

What standard reports do you produce

What information sources are needed

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 53

Ad Hoc Reports

Ad hoc reports are temporary reports created by a user when information is not available in standard reports

They are usually just printouts of information available on a single system (printing the alarm log at the time of a process failure)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 54

Ad Hoc Reports

What ad hoc reports have you produced

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 55

Steps in Generating a Report

1 Connect to a data source

2 Select a template

3 Select a data source

4 Add graphics

5 Print

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 56

Connect to Information Source

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 57

Select Template (Widget)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 58

Select a Data Source

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 59

Add Graphics

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 60

Print Report

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 61

Welcome

Asset Management Functions and Features

Performance Indicators and Metrics

Management Tools and Dashboards

Report Generation

Document Management Functions and Features

Closing and Sneak Peek at Day 2

Agenda ndash Day 1

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 62

Electronic Document Management

aka Electronic Content Management

Itrsquos the control of documents and their life cycle

How and when documents are created

How they are reviewed

How they are published

How they are used

How they are retained

Ultimately how they are destroyed

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 63

EDM Functions

EDM includes five basic functions

Capture of electronic and paper documents

Storage of the electronic files

Delivery to the end users

Preservation and destruction of the files

Management from creation to disposalhellip management is part of each other function

Wersquoll start with Storage since you need to know where theyrsquoll go before they get there

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 64

First What is a Document

In the old days a document was one or more sheets of paperhellipin the really old days it was a parchment sheepskin clay tablet or stone

Recently it was a word processed file

In todayrsquos EDM world a document is any electronic file of any size in any format that can be saved on a computer

What file formats do you use (doc png etc)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 65

Capturing Paper Documents

Electronic images of paper documents are created using scanners or multifunction printers

Optical Character Recognition (OCR) software is often used whether integrated into the hardware or as stand-alone software in order to convert digital images into editable text

Converting images into vector drawings is not as easy but getting better

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 66

Storage - Know Where They Go

Where are documents stored

Database repositories

Data warehouses

How do people get there

On-screen navigation

Storing documents involves some document management

Where they are stored (what server etc)

For how long they are stored

Migration from one storage media to another

Document destruction

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 67

Storage ndash Library Services

The storage function includes processes referred to as Library Services

They determine how documents will be filed and what methods will be used to organize or index the documents to assist in later retrieval

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 68

Storage - Indexing

During the process of storing a document information is collected about the document that will make it easier to search for and retrieve

This information is arranged in a separate table (much like the index in a book) and helps narrow and speed up searches by retrieving only those files that match the indexed information

Each document has a unique ID but also has metadata associated with it

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 69

Metadata

Metadata is typically stored for each document (the document storage date and the user name storing it)

Some metadata is usually extracted from the document automatically (date modified author etc)

The EDM system may also prompt the user storing a document to enter additional metadata

Many EDM systems use optical character recognition on scanned images or perform text extraction on electronic documents This text is used to help locate documents by identifying probable keywords or in full text searches

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 70

Metadata Stored By PPT

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 71

Metadata Prompts

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 72

Content Server Architecture

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 73

Repository Services

Single content amp data repository

Unique document ID

Document attributes

Data dictionary

Object relational management

Authentication services

Backuprecovery

Distributionreplication

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 74

Library Services

Provides a separate virtual repository for Web content

Provides access control

Allows checkout amp check-in

Provides versioning

Manages content storage

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 75

Core Content Management Services

Allows searches

Creates renditions

Allows annotations

Manages virtual documents

Provides dynamic content assembly

Manages links

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 76

Process Automation Services

Provides workflows

Manages document life cycles

Provides notifications

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 77

Storage Workflow

Most EDM systems provide a workflow process routing a document for approval before it is stored

Workflows can be Manual (requiring a user to view the document and decide

who to send it to) Rules-based (allowing an administrator to create a rule

that determines the flow of the document through an organization)

Dynamic (allowing branches to be created in a workflow process)

When a workflow is started for a document the EDMS typically routes the document through the approval process

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 78

Rules-based Workflow

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 79

Manage Check-inCheckout

EDM systems typically include check-incheck-out procedures to ensure only one version of a document is being edited at a time

When a document is checked out to one user the system locks out any other checkout attempts

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 80

Checkout

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 81

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 82

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 83

Check-in

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 84

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 85

Versioning

Versioning is tied to the check-incheckout process

It is usually automatic with manual overwriting capability (for checking in a new version as 20 instead of 12 as the system may have numbered it)

It allows users to see all versions of a document and retrieve previous versions for comparison or reediting

Versioning is useful for documents that change over time and require updating still allowing reversion to a previous copy

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 86

New Version

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 87

Collaboration

Collaboration should be inherent in an EDMS

Documents should be capable of being retrieved by an authorized user and worked on

Access should be blocked to other users while work is being performed on the document

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 88

Integration

Many document management systems attempt to integrate document management directly into other applications so that users may retrieve existing documents directly from the document management system repository make changes and save the changed document back to the repository as a new version all without leaving the application

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 89

Security

Document security is vital in many document management applications

Compliance requirements for certain types of documents are complex (the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act imposes strict security requirements on medical documents)

Some document management systems have a rights management module that allows an administrator to give access to documents based on type to only certain people or groups of people

  • Agenda ndash Day 1
  • Welcome
  • Goals
  • Introductions
  • Ground Rules
  • Slide 7
  • What is Asset Management
  • Balancing Act
  • Why Asset Management
  • All utilities are feeling the pinch
  • Life-Cycle Asset Management
  • Slide 13
  • Slide 14
  • Slide 15
  • Slide 16
  • Life-Cycle Span vs Life-Cycle Cost
  • Essentials of Asset Management
  • CMMS vs EAM
  • Levels of Asset Management
  • The Relationship Between Maintenance and Asset Management
  • Relies on Integration
  • Seeks to Maximize Value
  • Why CMMSsEAMs Fail
  • Slide 25
  • What are KPIs
  • Why Identify KPIs
  • Pitfalls
  • KPI Ideas Assets
  • KPI Ideas People
  • KPI Ideas Materials amp Services
  • KPI Ideas Other Factors
  • Expected vs Actual
  • Slide 34
  • Management Tools and Dashboards
  • Dashboards
  • Scorecards
  • Comparing Technologies
  • Why Use Them
  • Benefits
  • How to Implement
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Rule 1 ndash Have Context
  • Rule 2 - Segment
  • Rule 3 ndash Include Comments
  • Rules 4 amp 5
  • Slide 48
  • What is a Report Generator
  • Slide 50
  • Standard Reports
  • Your Standard Reports
  • Ad Hoc Reports
  • Slide 54
  • Steps in Generating a Report
  • Connect to Information Source
  • Select Template (Widget)
  • Select a Data Source
  • Add Graphics
  • Print Report
  • Slide 61
  • Electronic Document Management
  • EDM Functions
  • First What is a Document
  • Capturing Paper Documents
  • Storage - Know Where They Go
  • Storage ndash Library Services
  • Storage - Indexing
  • Metadata
  • Metadata Stored By PPT
  • Metadata Prompts
  • Content Server Architecture
  • Repository Services
  • Library Services
  • Core Content Management Services
  • Process Automation Services
  • Storage Workflow
  • Rules-based Workflow
  • Manage Check-inCheckout
  • Checkout
  • Slide 81
  • Slide 82
  • Check-in
  • Slide 84
  • Versioning
  • New Version
  • Collaboration
  • Integration
  • Security

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 5

How much experience do we have in this room

Introduce yourself

Your name

Where you work

Current position

Number of years working in the water industry

Introductions

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 6

Begin and end on time All questions are valid If you think it ask Respect the opinions of others Actively participate Today this course is your work therefore your full

attention is required Cell phones on silent Break times are scheduled however if you need

to stand or take a break before then please do so Have fun What other ground rules should we establish

Ground Rules

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 7

Welcome

Asset Management Functions and Features

Performance Indicators and Metrics

Management Tools and Dashboards

Report Generation

Document Management Functions and Features

Closing and Sneak Peek at Day 2

Agenda ndash Day 1

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 8

What is Asset Management

An integrated optimization process of ldquomanaging infrastructure assets to minimize the total cost of owning and operating them while continuously delivering the service levels customers desire at an acceptable level of riskrdquo

Managing Public Infrastructure Assets NACWA (AMSA) AMWA WEF AWWA 2001

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 9

Balancing Act

Operating amp maintaining aging facilitiesequipment is expensive and risky

Replacing assets before their life cycles are over is expensive though levels of service remain high

Balancing OampM with CIP lowers costs of ownership and balances risk with service

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 10

Why Asset Management

Itrsquos all about the money

Shows which assets have the best performance costs reliability

Ensures labor and materials are charged to the correct assets

Allows RampRampR decisions to be based on actual condition and performance

Leads to Reliability-Centered Maintenance and Operations

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 11

All utilities are feeling the pinch

New amp Aging Infrastructure

ResourceLimitations

OutdatedProcesses amp Systems

StakeholderInitiatives

Sustainability

IncreasingExpectations

New Regulations

Utilities

IncreasingCosts

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 12

Life-Cycle Asset Management

The International Model shows all functions that should be accomplished to manage life cycle of assets to receive the best ROI

Colors indicate the ldquostoplightrdquo results of benchmark studies hellip what utilities do well and what they do not

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 13

Life-Cycle Asset Management

1 Planning Strategies (CIP Expense Condition-Based Emergency Regulatory PrivateGrant funded organization and staff)

2 Creation and Acquisition (Purchase Lease and Donated Assets Hierarchy and Topology Integration Asset Naming and Numbering)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 14

Life-Cycle Asset Management

3 Financial Management (cost allocation and tracking asset hierarchy and topology cost assignment internal and external cost management historical and summary level cost analysis and reporting)

4 Operations (SCADA DCS and PLC integration EAMS maintenance inspection and purchasing event initiation asset database synchronization and GIS integration)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 15

Life-Cycle Asset Management

5 Maintenance (work order asset condition inspection and inventory management historical and summary level maintenance analysis and reporting condition assessment and scheduling)

6 Condition and Performance Monitoring (locations frequency connectivity with CMMS alarms)

7 Rehabilitation and Renewal (decision points key factors cost analyses data sources)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 16

Life-Cycle Asset Management

8 Replacement (CIP planning term depreciation)

9 Disposal and Rationalization (depreciated value actual value data sources)

10 Audit (frequency expertise responsibility)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 17

Life-Cycle Span vs Life-Cycle Cost

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 18

Essentials of Asset Management

Asset Identification - Each asset assigned a unique identifying hierarchical code

Cost Assignment - All manpower and material costs are charged to the unique asset to which they apply

Maintenance System and General Ledger Reconciliation - May be periodic or automatic within each time or materials transaction

Asset Prioritization - Not all assets get the same level of repair ndash depends on criticality

Reliability Engineering - Failure is redefined ndash then not allowed to occur

Failure Modes and Effects = ldquoorrdquo Root Cause Failure Analysis = ldquoandrdquo

All available within most existing AMSCMMS Applications

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 19

CMMS vs EAM

Computerized Maintenance Management Systems (CMMS) and Enterprise Asset Management systems (EAM) both manage large numbers of physical assets A CMMS manages the maintenance needs

assets and inventory of an organization

An EAM provides all the functions of a CMMS and adds human resource and financial management capabilities

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 20

Levels of Asset Management

This hierarchy shows the top-down relationships among the levels of asset management from life-cycle to hands-on maintenance and care

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 21

The Relationship BetweenMaintenance and Asset Management

Know performance

Understand characteristics

Provide datainformation

Are a source of history

Embody corporate memory

Most direct contact with assets is through OampM staffs who

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 22

Relies on Integration

Enterprise management integrates systems and functions to eliminate ldquostovepipesrdquo and allow unified management of capital

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 23

Seeks to Maximize Value

Enterprise asset management (EAM) means managing all physical assets of an organization throughout their service lives to maximize value

Enterprise means the inclusion of assets across departments and facilities and in some cases business units

It includes design construction commissioning operation maintenance and decommissioning replacement of equipment and facilities

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 24

Why CMMSsEAMs Fail

Vendors donrsquot know what YOUR best practice should behellipone size doesnrsquot fit all

You typically get more than you can use

Ease of use is a secondary concern

Information remains in specialized silos

Multiple vendors provide system technologies

Costs are underestimated

Reporting is a secondary concern

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 25

Welcome

Asset Management Functions and Features

Performance Indicators and Metrics

Management Tools and Dashboards

Report Generation

Document Management Functions and Features

Closing and Sneak Peek at Day 2

Agenda ndash Day 1

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 26

What are KPIs

Todayrsquos systems provide lots of data and information enough to keep a staff of specialists busy continuously analyzing it all

But a small subset of all that datainformation can provide quick indicators of the current performance of assets and processes

Different sets of indicators are useful to individuals of different disciplines (operations maintenance engineering finance etc)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 27

Why Identify KPIs

Limits information viewed to a manageable level

Greatly enhances decision-making capabilities

Minimizes the fire-fighting mentality

Ensures that OampM personnel are motivated and aligned with what management has defined as success for asset performance management

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 28

Pitfalls

Too few measuresmeasures that trade off poorly can improve one result at the expense of another (lowering downtime may lower quality)

Too many measures and too much collection analysis

Increases likelihood of errors

Takes more time and money

Doesnrsquot narrow the focus

12 to 25 KPIs are recommended

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 29

KPI Ideas Assets

Maximize

Asset availability

Output qty (gpm tph etc)

Quality (SS TFC etc)

Minimize

Downtime

Mean-time-between-failures

Maintenance costs

Power consumption

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 30

KPI Ideas People

Maximize

Maintenance wrench time

Capabilities

Minimize

Nonwrench time (driving getting supplies etc)

Time to complete

Rework

Labor costs

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 31

KPI Ideas Materials amp Services

Maximize

Productservice offerings

Stock availability

Minimize

Number of vendors

PO to delivery times

Inventory

Rush orders

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 32

KPI Ideas Other Factors

Maximize

Customer satisfaction

Performance to plan

Regulatory compliance

Safety

Minimize

WHAT WOULD YOU ADD

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 33

Expected vs Actual

Once key indicators have been identified expected levels of performance need to be set

Benchmarks

Goals

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 34

Welcome

Asset Management Functions and Features

Performance Indicators and Metrics

Management Tools and Dashboards

Report Generation

Document Management Functions and Features

Closing and Sneak Peek at Day 2

Agenda ndash Day 1

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 35

Management Tools and Dashboards

What manager wouldnt want a graphical user-interface that shows at a glance metrics and key performance indicators (KPIs) about how the utility is performing

Consider the alternatives

Complex reporting applications

Quizzing employees for information

Waiting for paper reports

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 36

Dashboards

Dashboards are reporting tools that consolidate and arrange numbers metrics and sometimes scorecards on a single screen

Theyre often tailored for a specific role and display metrics targeted for a single point-of-view or department

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 37

Scorecards

Scorecards are applications that show progress toward a benchmark goal or objective

They use KPIs which (if chosen wisely) actually indicate the performance of the utility

Scorecards may be part of dashboards but are different because they usually include multiple points-of-view

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 38

Comparing Technologies

Dashboard Scorecard

Purpose Monitors and measures operational processes

Monitors progress toward established objectives

Data Events Transactional Aggregates Consolidation

Refresh Rate

Near real-time (ldquolatest and greatestrdquo)

Periodic (ldquosnapshotsrdquo)

Measures Exceptions linked to operations

Targets linked to strategic plans

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 39

Why Use Them

1048707 CommunicateRefine Strategy

1048707 Increase Visibility

1048707 Increase Coordination

1048707 Increase Motivation

1048707 Give a Consistent View

1048707 Reduce Costs and Redundancy

1048707 Empower Users

1048707 Deliver Actionable Information

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 40

Benefits

A performance dashboard allows you to

Monitor critical processes and activities using metrics that trigger alerts when potential problems arise

Analyze the root cause of problems by exploring relevant and timely information from multiple sources and at various levels of detail

Manage people and processes to improve decisions optimize performance and steer the organization in the right direction

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 41

How to Implement

Define the key performance indicators (KPIs) that need to be measured in your dashboard (preferably no more than 10)

Identify the specific data needed to build your KPIs

Does the data exist

If so where

How can it be collected

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 42

How to Implement

If data-collection gaps exist find ways to fill the gaps then develop a plan to implement the changes

Find the simplest tool that meets your needs but still allows future growth

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 43

How to Implement

Budget for

The initial cost of the dashboard

Annual maintenance

Fees to implement the system

Cost of changes and updates

Start with one system

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 44

Rule 1 ndash Have Context

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

Q3 2007 Q4 2007 Q1 2008 Q2 2008

Benchmarks or Goals

Prior performance

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 45

Rule 2 - Segment

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

Q3 2007 Q4 2007 Q1 2008 Q2 2008

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 46

Rule 3 ndash Include Comments

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

Q3 2007 Q4 2007 Q1 2008 Q2 2008

Causes of good or poor performance

Ways to improve performance

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 47

Rules 4 amp 5

Keep your dashboard to 1 pagescreen (no more than 10 KEY metrics)

Change your dashboard as conditions change

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 48

Welcome

Asset Management Functions and Features

Performance Indicators and Metrics

Management Tools and Dashboards

Report Generation

Document Management Functions and Features

Closing and Sneak Peek at Day 2

Agenda ndash Day 1

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 49

What is a Report Generator

A good report generator is software that

Retrieves data from different sources

Has data analysis capabilities

Has modifiable templates for presenting data

Has features for consolidating data totaling at multiple levels charting conditional formatting and page-based output

Generates reports automatically and on demand

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 50

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 51

Standard Reports

Standard reports are predefined and generated

Periodically (end of shift day month etc)

Upon process events (batch completed critical process event)

By request (downtime analysis inventory levels)

Predefined with automatic updating of most recent data

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 52

Your Standard Reports

What standard reports do you produce

What information sources are needed

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 53

Ad Hoc Reports

Ad hoc reports are temporary reports created by a user when information is not available in standard reports

They are usually just printouts of information available on a single system (printing the alarm log at the time of a process failure)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 54

Ad Hoc Reports

What ad hoc reports have you produced

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 55

Steps in Generating a Report

1 Connect to a data source

2 Select a template

3 Select a data source

4 Add graphics

5 Print

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 56

Connect to Information Source

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 57

Select Template (Widget)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 58

Select a Data Source

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 59

Add Graphics

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 60

Print Report

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 61

Welcome

Asset Management Functions and Features

Performance Indicators and Metrics

Management Tools and Dashboards

Report Generation

Document Management Functions and Features

Closing and Sneak Peek at Day 2

Agenda ndash Day 1

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 62

Electronic Document Management

aka Electronic Content Management

Itrsquos the control of documents and their life cycle

How and when documents are created

How they are reviewed

How they are published

How they are used

How they are retained

Ultimately how they are destroyed

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 63

EDM Functions

EDM includes five basic functions

Capture of electronic and paper documents

Storage of the electronic files

Delivery to the end users

Preservation and destruction of the files

Management from creation to disposalhellip management is part of each other function

Wersquoll start with Storage since you need to know where theyrsquoll go before they get there

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 64

First What is a Document

In the old days a document was one or more sheets of paperhellipin the really old days it was a parchment sheepskin clay tablet or stone

Recently it was a word processed file

In todayrsquos EDM world a document is any electronic file of any size in any format that can be saved on a computer

What file formats do you use (doc png etc)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 65

Capturing Paper Documents

Electronic images of paper documents are created using scanners or multifunction printers

Optical Character Recognition (OCR) software is often used whether integrated into the hardware or as stand-alone software in order to convert digital images into editable text

Converting images into vector drawings is not as easy but getting better

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 66

Storage - Know Where They Go

Where are documents stored

Database repositories

Data warehouses

How do people get there

On-screen navigation

Storing documents involves some document management

Where they are stored (what server etc)

For how long they are stored

Migration from one storage media to another

Document destruction

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 67

Storage ndash Library Services

The storage function includes processes referred to as Library Services

They determine how documents will be filed and what methods will be used to organize or index the documents to assist in later retrieval

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 68

Storage - Indexing

During the process of storing a document information is collected about the document that will make it easier to search for and retrieve

This information is arranged in a separate table (much like the index in a book) and helps narrow and speed up searches by retrieving only those files that match the indexed information

Each document has a unique ID but also has metadata associated with it

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 69

Metadata

Metadata is typically stored for each document (the document storage date and the user name storing it)

Some metadata is usually extracted from the document automatically (date modified author etc)

The EDM system may also prompt the user storing a document to enter additional metadata

Many EDM systems use optical character recognition on scanned images or perform text extraction on electronic documents This text is used to help locate documents by identifying probable keywords or in full text searches

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 70

Metadata Stored By PPT

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 71

Metadata Prompts

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 72

Content Server Architecture

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 73

Repository Services

Single content amp data repository

Unique document ID

Document attributes

Data dictionary

Object relational management

Authentication services

Backuprecovery

Distributionreplication

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 74

Library Services

Provides a separate virtual repository for Web content

Provides access control

Allows checkout amp check-in

Provides versioning

Manages content storage

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 75

Core Content Management Services

Allows searches

Creates renditions

Allows annotations

Manages virtual documents

Provides dynamic content assembly

Manages links

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 76

Process Automation Services

Provides workflows

Manages document life cycles

Provides notifications

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 77

Storage Workflow

Most EDM systems provide a workflow process routing a document for approval before it is stored

Workflows can be Manual (requiring a user to view the document and decide

who to send it to) Rules-based (allowing an administrator to create a rule

that determines the flow of the document through an organization)

Dynamic (allowing branches to be created in a workflow process)

When a workflow is started for a document the EDMS typically routes the document through the approval process

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 78

Rules-based Workflow

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 79

Manage Check-inCheckout

EDM systems typically include check-incheck-out procedures to ensure only one version of a document is being edited at a time

When a document is checked out to one user the system locks out any other checkout attempts

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 80

Checkout

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 81

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 82

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 83

Check-in

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 84

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 85

Versioning

Versioning is tied to the check-incheckout process

It is usually automatic with manual overwriting capability (for checking in a new version as 20 instead of 12 as the system may have numbered it)

It allows users to see all versions of a document and retrieve previous versions for comparison or reediting

Versioning is useful for documents that change over time and require updating still allowing reversion to a previous copy

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 86

New Version

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 87

Collaboration

Collaboration should be inherent in an EDMS

Documents should be capable of being retrieved by an authorized user and worked on

Access should be blocked to other users while work is being performed on the document

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 88

Integration

Many document management systems attempt to integrate document management directly into other applications so that users may retrieve existing documents directly from the document management system repository make changes and save the changed document back to the repository as a new version all without leaving the application

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 89

Security

Document security is vital in many document management applications

Compliance requirements for certain types of documents are complex (the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act imposes strict security requirements on medical documents)

Some document management systems have a rights management module that allows an administrator to give access to documents based on type to only certain people or groups of people

  • Agenda ndash Day 1
  • Welcome
  • Goals
  • Introductions
  • Ground Rules
  • Slide 7
  • What is Asset Management
  • Balancing Act
  • Why Asset Management
  • All utilities are feeling the pinch
  • Life-Cycle Asset Management
  • Slide 13
  • Slide 14
  • Slide 15
  • Slide 16
  • Life-Cycle Span vs Life-Cycle Cost
  • Essentials of Asset Management
  • CMMS vs EAM
  • Levels of Asset Management
  • The Relationship Between Maintenance and Asset Management
  • Relies on Integration
  • Seeks to Maximize Value
  • Why CMMSsEAMs Fail
  • Slide 25
  • What are KPIs
  • Why Identify KPIs
  • Pitfalls
  • KPI Ideas Assets
  • KPI Ideas People
  • KPI Ideas Materials amp Services
  • KPI Ideas Other Factors
  • Expected vs Actual
  • Slide 34
  • Management Tools and Dashboards
  • Dashboards
  • Scorecards
  • Comparing Technologies
  • Why Use Them
  • Benefits
  • How to Implement
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Rule 1 ndash Have Context
  • Rule 2 - Segment
  • Rule 3 ndash Include Comments
  • Rules 4 amp 5
  • Slide 48
  • What is a Report Generator
  • Slide 50
  • Standard Reports
  • Your Standard Reports
  • Ad Hoc Reports
  • Slide 54
  • Steps in Generating a Report
  • Connect to Information Source
  • Select Template (Widget)
  • Select a Data Source
  • Add Graphics
  • Print Report
  • Slide 61
  • Electronic Document Management
  • EDM Functions
  • First What is a Document
  • Capturing Paper Documents
  • Storage - Know Where They Go
  • Storage ndash Library Services
  • Storage - Indexing
  • Metadata
  • Metadata Stored By PPT
  • Metadata Prompts
  • Content Server Architecture
  • Repository Services
  • Library Services
  • Core Content Management Services
  • Process Automation Services
  • Storage Workflow
  • Rules-based Workflow
  • Manage Check-inCheckout
  • Checkout
  • Slide 81
  • Slide 82
  • Check-in
  • Slide 84
  • Versioning
  • New Version
  • Collaboration
  • Integration
  • Security

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 6

Begin and end on time All questions are valid If you think it ask Respect the opinions of others Actively participate Today this course is your work therefore your full

attention is required Cell phones on silent Break times are scheduled however if you need

to stand or take a break before then please do so Have fun What other ground rules should we establish

Ground Rules

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 7

Welcome

Asset Management Functions and Features

Performance Indicators and Metrics

Management Tools and Dashboards

Report Generation

Document Management Functions and Features

Closing and Sneak Peek at Day 2

Agenda ndash Day 1

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 8

What is Asset Management

An integrated optimization process of ldquomanaging infrastructure assets to minimize the total cost of owning and operating them while continuously delivering the service levels customers desire at an acceptable level of riskrdquo

Managing Public Infrastructure Assets NACWA (AMSA) AMWA WEF AWWA 2001

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 9

Balancing Act

Operating amp maintaining aging facilitiesequipment is expensive and risky

Replacing assets before their life cycles are over is expensive though levels of service remain high

Balancing OampM with CIP lowers costs of ownership and balances risk with service

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 10

Why Asset Management

Itrsquos all about the money

Shows which assets have the best performance costs reliability

Ensures labor and materials are charged to the correct assets

Allows RampRampR decisions to be based on actual condition and performance

Leads to Reliability-Centered Maintenance and Operations

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 11

All utilities are feeling the pinch

New amp Aging Infrastructure

ResourceLimitations

OutdatedProcesses amp Systems

StakeholderInitiatives

Sustainability

IncreasingExpectations

New Regulations

Utilities

IncreasingCosts

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 12

Life-Cycle Asset Management

The International Model shows all functions that should be accomplished to manage life cycle of assets to receive the best ROI

Colors indicate the ldquostoplightrdquo results of benchmark studies hellip what utilities do well and what they do not

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 13

Life-Cycle Asset Management

1 Planning Strategies (CIP Expense Condition-Based Emergency Regulatory PrivateGrant funded organization and staff)

2 Creation and Acquisition (Purchase Lease and Donated Assets Hierarchy and Topology Integration Asset Naming and Numbering)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 14

Life-Cycle Asset Management

3 Financial Management (cost allocation and tracking asset hierarchy and topology cost assignment internal and external cost management historical and summary level cost analysis and reporting)

4 Operations (SCADA DCS and PLC integration EAMS maintenance inspection and purchasing event initiation asset database synchronization and GIS integration)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 15

Life-Cycle Asset Management

5 Maintenance (work order asset condition inspection and inventory management historical and summary level maintenance analysis and reporting condition assessment and scheduling)

6 Condition and Performance Monitoring (locations frequency connectivity with CMMS alarms)

7 Rehabilitation and Renewal (decision points key factors cost analyses data sources)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 16

Life-Cycle Asset Management

8 Replacement (CIP planning term depreciation)

9 Disposal and Rationalization (depreciated value actual value data sources)

10 Audit (frequency expertise responsibility)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 17

Life-Cycle Span vs Life-Cycle Cost

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 18

Essentials of Asset Management

Asset Identification - Each asset assigned a unique identifying hierarchical code

Cost Assignment - All manpower and material costs are charged to the unique asset to which they apply

Maintenance System and General Ledger Reconciliation - May be periodic or automatic within each time or materials transaction

Asset Prioritization - Not all assets get the same level of repair ndash depends on criticality

Reliability Engineering - Failure is redefined ndash then not allowed to occur

Failure Modes and Effects = ldquoorrdquo Root Cause Failure Analysis = ldquoandrdquo

All available within most existing AMSCMMS Applications

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 19

CMMS vs EAM

Computerized Maintenance Management Systems (CMMS) and Enterprise Asset Management systems (EAM) both manage large numbers of physical assets A CMMS manages the maintenance needs

assets and inventory of an organization

An EAM provides all the functions of a CMMS and adds human resource and financial management capabilities

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 20

Levels of Asset Management

This hierarchy shows the top-down relationships among the levels of asset management from life-cycle to hands-on maintenance and care

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 21

The Relationship BetweenMaintenance and Asset Management

Know performance

Understand characteristics

Provide datainformation

Are a source of history

Embody corporate memory

Most direct contact with assets is through OampM staffs who

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 22

Relies on Integration

Enterprise management integrates systems and functions to eliminate ldquostovepipesrdquo and allow unified management of capital

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 23

Seeks to Maximize Value

Enterprise asset management (EAM) means managing all physical assets of an organization throughout their service lives to maximize value

Enterprise means the inclusion of assets across departments and facilities and in some cases business units

It includes design construction commissioning operation maintenance and decommissioning replacement of equipment and facilities

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 24

Why CMMSsEAMs Fail

Vendors donrsquot know what YOUR best practice should behellipone size doesnrsquot fit all

You typically get more than you can use

Ease of use is a secondary concern

Information remains in specialized silos

Multiple vendors provide system technologies

Costs are underestimated

Reporting is a secondary concern

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 25

Welcome

Asset Management Functions and Features

Performance Indicators and Metrics

Management Tools and Dashboards

Report Generation

Document Management Functions and Features

Closing and Sneak Peek at Day 2

Agenda ndash Day 1

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 26

What are KPIs

Todayrsquos systems provide lots of data and information enough to keep a staff of specialists busy continuously analyzing it all

But a small subset of all that datainformation can provide quick indicators of the current performance of assets and processes

Different sets of indicators are useful to individuals of different disciplines (operations maintenance engineering finance etc)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 27

Why Identify KPIs

Limits information viewed to a manageable level

Greatly enhances decision-making capabilities

Minimizes the fire-fighting mentality

Ensures that OampM personnel are motivated and aligned with what management has defined as success for asset performance management

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 28

Pitfalls

Too few measuresmeasures that trade off poorly can improve one result at the expense of another (lowering downtime may lower quality)

Too many measures and too much collection analysis

Increases likelihood of errors

Takes more time and money

Doesnrsquot narrow the focus

12 to 25 KPIs are recommended

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 29

KPI Ideas Assets

Maximize

Asset availability

Output qty (gpm tph etc)

Quality (SS TFC etc)

Minimize

Downtime

Mean-time-between-failures

Maintenance costs

Power consumption

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 30

KPI Ideas People

Maximize

Maintenance wrench time

Capabilities

Minimize

Nonwrench time (driving getting supplies etc)

Time to complete

Rework

Labor costs

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 31

KPI Ideas Materials amp Services

Maximize

Productservice offerings

Stock availability

Minimize

Number of vendors

PO to delivery times

Inventory

Rush orders

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 32

KPI Ideas Other Factors

Maximize

Customer satisfaction

Performance to plan

Regulatory compliance

Safety

Minimize

WHAT WOULD YOU ADD

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 33

Expected vs Actual

Once key indicators have been identified expected levels of performance need to be set

Benchmarks

Goals

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 34

Welcome

Asset Management Functions and Features

Performance Indicators and Metrics

Management Tools and Dashboards

Report Generation

Document Management Functions and Features

Closing and Sneak Peek at Day 2

Agenda ndash Day 1

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 35

Management Tools and Dashboards

What manager wouldnt want a graphical user-interface that shows at a glance metrics and key performance indicators (KPIs) about how the utility is performing

Consider the alternatives

Complex reporting applications

Quizzing employees for information

Waiting for paper reports

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 36

Dashboards

Dashboards are reporting tools that consolidate and arrange numbers metrics and sometimes scorecards on a single screen

Theyre often tailored for a specific role and display metrics targeted for a single point-of-view or department

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 37

Scorecards

Scorecards are applications that show progress toward a benchmark goal or objective

They use KPIs which (if chosen wisely) actually indicate the performance of the utility

Scorecards may be part of dashboards but are different because they usually include multiple points-of-view

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 38

Comparing Technologies

Dashboard Scorecard

Purpose Monitors and measures operational processes

Monitors progress toward established objectives

Data Events Transactional Aggregates Consolidation

Refresh Rate

Near real-time (ldquolatest and greatestrdquo)

Periodic (ldquosnapshotsrdquo)

Measures Exceptions linked to operations

Targets linked to strategic plans

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 39

Why Use Them

1048707 CommunicateRefine Strategy

1048707 Increase Visibility

1048707 Increase Coordination

1048707 Increase Motivation

1048707 Give a Consistent View

1048707 Reduce Costs and Redundancy

1048707 Empower Users

1048707 Deliver Actionable Information

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 40

Benefits

A performance dashboard allows you to

Monitor critical processes and activities using metrics that trigger alerts when potential problems arise

Analyze the root cause of problems by exploring relevant and timely information from multiple sources and at various levels of detail

Manage people and processes to improve decisions optimize performance and steer the organization in the right direction

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 41

How to Implement

Define the key performance indicators (KPIs) that need to be measured in your dashboard (preferably no more than 10)

Identify the specific data needed to build your KPIs

Does the data exist

If so where

How can it be collected

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 42

How to Implement

If data-collection gaps exist find ways to fill the gaps then develop a plan to implement the changes

Find the simplest tool that meets your needs but still allows future growth

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 43

How to Implement

Budget for

The initial cost of the dashboard

Annual maintenance

Fees to implement the system

Cost of changes and updates

Start with one system

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 44

Rule 1 ndash Have Context

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

Q3 2007 Q4 2007 Q1 2008 Q2 2008

Benchmarks or Goals

Prior performance

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 45

Rule 2 - Segment

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

Q3 2007 Q4 2007 Q1 2008 Q2 2008

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 46

Rule 3 ndash Include Comments

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

Q3 2007 Q4 2007 Q1 2008 Q2 2008

Causes of good or poor performance

Ways to improve performance

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 47

Rules 4 amp 5

Keep your dashboard to 1 pagescreen (no more than 10 KEY metrics)

Change your dashboard as conditions change

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 48

Welcome

Asset Management Functions and Features

Performance Indicators and Metrics

Management Tools and Dashboards

Report Generation

Document Management Functions and Features

Closing and Sneak Peek at Day 2

Agenda ndash Day 1

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 49

What is a Report Generator

A good report generator is software that

Retrieves data from different sources

Has data analysis capabilities

Has modifiable templates for presenting data

Has features for consolidating data totaling at multiple levels charting conditional formatting and page-based output

Generates reports automatically and on demand

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 50

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 51

Standard Reports

Standard reports are predefined and generated

Periodically (end of shift day month etc)

Upon process events (batch completed critical process event)

By request (downtime analysis inventory levels)

Predefined with automatic updating of most recent data

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 52

Your Standard Reports

What standard reports do you produce

What information sources are needed

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 53

Ad Hoc Reports

Ad hoc reports are temporary reports created by a user when information is not available in standard reports

They are usually just printouts of information available on a single system (printing the alarm log at the time of a process failure)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 54

Ad Hoc Reports

What ad hoc reports have you produced

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 55

Steps in Generating a Report

1 Connect to a data source

2 Select a template

3 Select a data source

4 Add graphics

5 Print

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 56

Connect to Information Source

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 57

Select Template (Widget)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 58

Select a Data Source

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 59

Add Graphics

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 60

Print Report

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 61

Welcome

Asset Management Functions and Features

Performance Indicators and Metrics

Management Tools and Dashboards

Report Generation

Document Management Functions and Features

Closing and Sneak Peek at Day 2

Agenda ndash Day 1

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 62

Electronic Document Management

aka Electronic Content Management

Itrsquos the control of documents and their life cycle

How and when documents are created

How they are reviewed

How they are published

How they are used

How they are retained

Ultimately how they are destroyed

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 63

EDM Functions

EDM includes five basic functions

Capture of electronic and paper documents

Storage of the electronic files

Delivery to the end users

Preservation and destruction of the files

Management from creation to disposalhellip management is part of each other function

Wersquoll start with Storage since you need to know where theyrsquoll go before they get there

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 64

First What is a Document

In the old days a document was one or more sheets of paperhellipin the really old days it was a parchment sheepskin clay tablet or stone

Recently it was a word processed file

In todayrsquos EDM world a document is any electronic file of any size in any format that can be saved on a computer

What file formats do you use (doc png etc)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 65

Capturing Paper Documents

Electronic images of paper documents are created using scanners or multifunction printers

Optical Character Recognition (OCR) software is often used whether integrated into the hardware or as stand-alone software in order to convert digital images into editable text

Converting images into vector drawings is not as easy but getting better

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 66

Storage - Know Where They Go

Where are documents stored

Database repositories

Data warehouses

How do people get there

On-screen navigation

Storing documents involves some document management

Where they are stored (what server etc)

For how long they are stored

Migration from one storage media to another

Document destruction

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 67

Storage ndash Library Services

The storage function includes processes referred to as Library Services

They determine how documents will be filed and what methods will be used to organize or index the documents to assist in later retrieval

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 68

Storage - Indexing

During the process of storing a document information is collected about the document that will make it easier to search for and retrieve

This information is arranged in a separate table (much like the index in a book) and helps narrow and speed up searches by retrieving only those files that match the indexed information

Each document has a unique ID but also has metadata associated with it

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 69

Metadata

Metadata is typically stored for each document (the document storage date and the user name storing it)

Some metadata is usually extracted from the document automatically (date modified author etc)

The EDM system may also prompt the user storing a document to enter additional metadata

Many EDM systems use optical character recognition on scanned images or perform text extraction on electronic documents This text is used to help locate documents by identifying probable keywords or in full text searches

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 70

Metadata Stored By PPT

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 71

Metadata Prompts

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 72

Content Server Architecture

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 73

Repository Services

Single content amp data repository

Unique document ID

Document attributes

Data dictionary

Object relational management

Authentication services

Backuprecovery

Distributionreplication

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 74

Library Services

Provides a separate virtual repository for Web content

Provides access control

Allows checkout amp check-in

Provides versioning

Manages content storage

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 75

Core Content Management Services

Allows searches

Creates renditions

Allows annotations

Manages virtual documents

Provides dynamic content assembly

Manages links

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 76

Process Automation Services

Provides workflows

Manages document life cycles

Provides notifications

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 77

Storage Workflow

Most EDM systems provide a workflow process routing a document for approval before it is stored

Workflows can be Manual (requiring a user to view the document and decide

who to send it to) Rules-based (allowing an administrator to create a rule

that determines the flow of the document through an organization)

Dynamic (allowing branches to be created in a workflow process)

When a workflow is started for a document the EDMS typically routes the document through the approval process

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 78

Rules-based Workflow

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 79

Manage Check-inCheckout

EDM systems typically include check-incheck-out procedures to ensure only one version of a document is being edited at a time

When a document is checked out to one user the system locks out any other checkout attempts

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 80

Checkout

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 81

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 82

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 83

Check-in

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 84

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 85

Versioning

Versioning is tied to the check-incheckout process

It is usually automatic with manual overwriting capability (for checking in a new version as 20 instead of 12 as the system may have numbered it)

It allows users to see all versions of a document and retrieve previous versions for comparison or reediting

Versioning is useful for documents that change over time and require updating still allowing reversion to a previous copy

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 86

New Version

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 87

Collaboration

Collaboration should be inherent in an EDMS

Documents should be capable of being retrieved by an authorized user and worked on

Access should be blocked to other users while work is being performed on the document

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 88

Integration

Many document management systems attempt to integrate document management directly into other applications so that users may retrieve existing documents directly from the document management system repository make changes and save the changed document back to the repository as a new version all without leaving the application

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 89

Security

Document security is vital in many document management applications

Compliance requirements for certain types of documents are complex (the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act imposes strict security requirements on medical documents)

Some document management systems have a rights management module that allows an administrator to give access to documents based on type to only certain people or groups of people

  • Agenda ndash Day 1
  • Welcome
  • Goals
  • Introductions
  • Ground Rules
  • Slide 7
  • What is Asset Management
  • Balancing Act
  • Why Asset Management
  • All utilities are feeling the pinch
  • Life-Cycle Asset Management
  • Slide 13
  • Slide 14
  • Slide 15
  • Slide 16
  • Life-Cycle Span vs Life-Cycle Cost
  • Essentials of Asset Management
  • CMMS vs EAM
  • Levels of Asset Management
  • The Relationship Between Maintenance and Asset Management
  • Relies on Integration
  • Seeks to Maximize Value
  • Why CMMSsEAMs Fail
  • Slide 25
  • What are KPIs
  • Why Identify KPIs
  • Pitfalls
  • KPI Ideas Assets
  • KPI Ideas People
  • KPI Ideas Materials amp Services
  • KPI Ideas Other Factors
  • Expected vs Actual
  • Slide 34
  • Management Tools and Dashboards
  • Dashboards
  • Scorecards
  • Comparing Technologies
  • Why Use Them
  • Benefits
  • How to Implement
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Rule 1 ndash Have Context
  • Rule 2 - Segment
  • Rule 3 ndash Include Comments
  • Rules 4 amp 5
  • Slide 48
  • What is a Report Generator
  • Slide 50
  • Standard Reports
  • Your Standard Reports
  • Ad Hoc Reports
  • Slide 54
  • Steps in Generating a Report
  • Connect to Information Source
  • Select Template (Widget)
  • Select a Data Source
  • Add Graphics
  • Print Report
  • Slide 61
  • Electronic Document Management
  • EDM Functions
  • First What is a Document
  • Capturing Paper Documents
  • Storage - Know Where They Go
  • Storage ndash Library Services
  • Storage - Indexing
  • Metadata
  • Metadata Stored By PPT
  • Metadata Prompts
  • Content Server Architecture
  • Repository Services
  • Library Services
  • Core Content Management Services
  • Process Automation Services
  • Storage Workflow
  • Rules-based Workflow
  • Manage Check-inCheckout
  • Checkout
  • Slide 81
  • Slide 82
  • Check-in
  • Slide 84
  • Versioning
  • New Version
  • Collaboration
  • Integration
  • Security

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 7

Welcome

Asset Management Functions and Features

Performance Indicators and Metrics

Management Tools and Dashboards

Report Generation

Document Management Functions and Features

Closing and Sneak Peek at Day 2

Agenda ndash Day 1

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 8

What is Asset Management

An integrated optimization process of ldquomanaging infrastructure assets to minimize the total cost of owning and operating them while continuously delivering the service levels customers desire at an acceptable level of riskrdquo

Managing Public Infrastructure Assets NACWA (AMSA) AMWA WEF AWWA 2001

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 9

Balancing Act

Operating amp maintaining aging facilitiesequipment is expensive and risky

Replacing assets before their life cycles are over is expensive though levels of service remain high

Balancing OampM with CIP lowers costs of ownership and balances risk with service

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 10

Why Asset Management

Itrsquos all about the money

Shows which assets have the best performance costs reliability

Ensures labor and materials are charged to the correct assets

Allows RampRampR decisions to be based on actual condition and performance

Leads to Reliability-Centered Maintenance and Operations

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 11

All utilities are feeling the pinch

New amp Aging Infrastructure

ResourceLimitations

OutdatedProcesses amp Systems

StakeholderInitiatives

Sustainability

IncreasingExpectations

New Regulations

Utilities

IncreasingCosts

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 12

Life-Cycle Asset Management

The International Model shows all functions that should be accomplished to manage life cycle of assets to receive the best ROI

Colors indicate the ldquostoplightrdquo results of benchmark studies hellip what utilities do well and what they do not

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 13

Life-Cycle Asset Management

1 Planning Strategies (CIP Expense Condition-Based Emergency Regulatory PrivateGrant funded organization and staff)

2 Creation and Acquisition (Purchase Lease and Donated Assets Hierarchy and Topology Integration Asset Naming and Numbering)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 14

Life-Cycle Asset Management

3 Financial Management (cost allocation and tracking asset hierarchy and topology cost assignment internal and external cost management historical and summary level cost analysis and reporting)

4 Operations (SCADA DCS and PLC integration EAMS maintenance inspection and purchasing event initiation asset database synchronization and GIS integration)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 15

Life-Cycle Asset Management

5 Maintenance (work order asset condition inspection and inventory management historical and summary level maintenance analysis and reporting condition assessment and scheduling)

6 Condition and Performance Monitoring (locations frequency connectivity with CMMS alarms)

7 Rehabilitation and Renewal (decision points key factors cost analyses data sources)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 16

Life-Cycle Asset Management

8 Replacement (CIP planning term depreciation)

9 Disposal and Rationalization (depreciated value actual value data sources)

10 Audit (frequency expertise responsibility)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 17

Life-Cycle Span vs Life-Cycle Cost

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 18

Essentials of Asset Management

Asset Identification - Each asset assigned a unique identifying hierarchical code

Cost Assignment - All manpower and material costs are charged to the unique asset to which they apply

Maintenance System and General Ledger Reconciliation - May be periodic or automatic within each time or materials transaction

Asset Prioritization - Not all assets get the same level of repair ndash depends on criticality

Reliability Engineering - Failure is redefined ndash then not allowed to occur

Failure Modes and Effects = ldquoorrdquo Root Cause Failure Analysis = ldquoandrdquo

All available within most existing AMSCMMS Applications

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 19

CMMS vs EAM

Computerized Maintenance Management Systems (CMMS) and Enterprise Asset Management systems (EAM) both manage large numbers of physical assets A CMMS manages the maintenance needs

assets and inventory of an organization

An EAM provides all the functions of a CMMS and adds human resource and financial management capabilities

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 20

Levels of Asset Management

This hierarchy shows the top-down relationships among the levels of asset management from life-cycle to hands-on maintenance and care

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 21

The Relationship BetweenMaintenance and Asset Management

Know performance

Understand characteristics

Provide datainformation

Are a source of history

Embody corporate memory

Most direct contact with assets is through OampM staffs who

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 22

Relies on Integration

Enterprise management integrates systems and functions to eliminate ldquostovepipesrdquo and allow unified management of capital

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 23

Seeks to Maximize Value

Enterprise asset management (EAM) means managing all physical assets of an organization throughout their service lives to maximize value

Enterprise means the inclusion of assets across departments and facilities and in some cases business units

It includes design construction commissioning operation maintenance and decommissioning replacement of equipment and facilities

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 24

Why CMMSsEAMs Fail

Vendors donrsquot know what YOUR best practice should behellipone size doesnrsquot fit all

You typically get more than you can use

Ease of use is a secondary concern

Information remains in specialized silos

Multiple vendors provide system technologies

Costs are underestimated

Reporting is a secondary concern

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 25

Welcome

Asset Management Functions and Features

Performance Indicators and Metrics

Management Tools and Dashboards

Report Generation

Document Management Functions and Features

Closing and Sneak Peek at Day 2

Agenda ndash Day 1

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 26

What are KPIs

Todayrsquos systems provide lots of data and information enough to keep a staff of specialists busy continuously analyzing it all

But a small subset of all that datainformation can provide quick indicators of the current performance of assets and processes

Different sets of indicators are useful to individuals of different disciplines (operations maintenance engineering finance etc)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 27

Why Identify KPIs

Limits information viewed to a manageable level

Greatly enhances decision-making capabilities

Minimizes the fire-fighting mentality

Ensures that OampM personnel are motivated and aligned with what management has defined as success for asset performance management

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 28

Pitfalls

Too few measuresmeasures that trade off poorly can improve one result at the expense of another (lowering downtime may lower quality)

Too many measures and too much collection analysis

Increases likelihood of errors

Takes more time and money

Doesnrsquot narrow the focus

12 to 25 KPIs are recommended

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 29

KPI Ideas Assets

Maximize

Asset availability

Output qty (gpm tph etc)

Quality (SS TFC etc)

Minimize

Downtime

Mean-time-between-failures

Maintenance costs

Power consumption

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 30

KPI Ideas People

Maximize

Maintenance wrench time

Capabilities

Minimize

Nonwrench time (driving getting supplies etc)

Time to complete

Rework

Labor costs

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 31

KPI Ideas Materials amp Services

Maximize

Productservice offerings

Stock availability

Minimize

Number of vendors

PO to delivery times

Inventory

Rush orders

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 32

KPI Ideas Other Factors

Maximize

Customer satisfaction

Performance to plan

Regulatory compliance

Safety

Minimize

WHAT WOULD YOU ADD

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 33

Expected vs Actual

Once key indicators have been identified expected levels of performance need to be set

Benchmarks

Goals

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 34

Welcome

Asset Management Functions and Features

Performance Indicators and Metrics

Management Tools and Dashboards

Report Generation

Document Management Functions and Features

Closing and Sneak Peek at Day 2

Agenda ndash Day 1

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 35

Management Tools and Dashboards

What manager wouldnt want a graphical user-interface that shows at a glance metrics and key performance indicators (KPIs) about how the utility is performing

Consider the alternatives

Complex reporting applications

Quizzing employees for information

Waiting for paper reports

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 36

Dashboards

Dashboards are reporting tools that consolidate and arrange numbers metrics and sometimes scorecards on a single screen

Theyre often tailored for a specific role and display metrics targeted for a single point-of-view or department

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 37

Scorecards

Scorecards are applications that show progress toward a benchmark goal or objective

They use KPIs which (if chosen wisely) actually indicate the performance of the utility

Scorecards may be part of dashboards but are different because they usually include multiple points-of-view

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 38

Comparing Technologies

Dashboard Scorecard

Purpose Monitors and measures operational processes

Monitors progress toward established objectives

Data Events Transactional Aggregates Consolidation

Refresh Rate

Near real-time (ldquolatest and greatestrdquo)

Periodic (ldquosnapshotsrdquo)

Measures Exceptions linked to operations

Targets linked to strategic plans

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 39

Why Use Them

1048707 CommunicateRefine Strategy

1048707 Increase Visibility

1048707 Increase Coordination

1048707 Increase Motivation

1048707 Give a Consistent View

1048707 Reduce Costs and Redundancy

1048707 Empower Users

1048707 Deliver Actionable Information

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 40

Benefits

A performance dashboard allows you to

Monitor critical processes and activities using metrics that trigger alerts when potential problems arise

Analyze the root cause of problems by exploring relevant and timely information from multiple sources and at various levels of detail

Manage people and processes to improve decisions optimize performance and steer the organization in the right direction

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 41

How to Implement

Define the key performance indicators (KPIs) that need to be measured in your dashboard (preferably no more than 10)

Identify the specific data needed to build your KPIs

Does the data exist

If so where

How can it be collected

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 42

How to Implement

If data-collection gaps exist find ways to fill the gaps then develop a plan to implement the changes

Find the simplest tool that meets your needs but still allows future growth

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 43

How to Implement

Budget for

The initial cost of the dashboard

Annual maintenance

Fees to implement the system

Cost of changes and updates

Start with one system

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 44

Rule 1 ndash Have Context

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

Q3 2007 Q4 2007 Q1 2008 Q2 2008

Benchmarks or Goals

Prior performance

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 45

Rule 2 - Segment

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

Q3 2007 Q4 2007 Q1 2008 Q2 2008

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 46

Rule 3 ndash Include Comments

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

Q3 2007 Q4 2007 Q1 2008 Q2 2008

Causes of good or poor performance

Ways to improve performance

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 47

Rules 4 amp 5

Keep your dashboard to 1 pagescreen (no more than 10 KEY metrics)

Change your dashboard as conditions change

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 48

Welcome

Asset Management Functions and Features

Performance Indicators and Metrics

Management Tools and Dashboards

Report Generation

Document Management Functions and Features

Closing and Sneak Peek at Day 2

Agenda ndash Day 1

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 49

What is a Report Generator

A good report generator is software that

Retrieves data from different sources

Has data analysis capabilities

Has modifiable templates for presenting data

Has features for consolidating data totaling at multiple levels charting conditional formatting and page-based output

Generates reports automatically and on demand

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 50

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 51

Standard Reports

Standard reports are predefined and generated

Periodically (end of shift day month etc)

Upon process events (batch completed critical process event)

By request (downtime analysis inventory levels)

Predefined with automatic updating of most recent data

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 52

Your Standard Reports

What standard reports do you produce

What information sources are needed

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 53

Ad Hoc Reports

Ad hoc reports are temporary reports created by a user when information is not available in standard reports

They are usually just printouts of information available on a single system (printing the alarm log at the time of a process failure)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 54

Ad Hoc Reports

What ad hoc reports have you produced

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 55

Steps in Generating a Report

1 Connect to a data source

2 Select a template

3 Select a data source

4 Add graphics

5 Print

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 56

Connect to Information Source

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 57

Select Template (Widget)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 58

Select a Data Source

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 59

Add Graphics

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 60

Print Report

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 61

Welcome

Asset Management Functions and Features

Performance Indicators and Metrics

Management Tools and Dashboards

Report Generation

Document Management Functions and Features

Closing and Sneak Peek at Day 2

Agenda ndash Day 1

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 62

Electronic Document Management

aka Electronic Content Management

Itrsquos the control of documents and their life cycle

How and when documents are created

How they are reviewed

How they are published

How they are used

How they are retained

Ultimately how they are destroyed

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 63

EDM Functions

EDM includes five basic functions

Capture of electronic and paper documents

Storage of the electronic files

Delivery to the end users

Preservation and destruction of the files

Management from creation to disposalhellip management is part of each other function

Wersquoll start with Storage since you need to know where theyrsquoll go before they get there

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 64

First What is a Document

In the old days a document was one or more sheets of paperhellipin the really old days it was a parchment sheepskin clay tablet or stone

Recently it was a word processed file

In todayrsquos EDM world a document is any electronic file of any size in any format that can be saved on a computer

What file formats do you use (doc png etc)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 65

Capturing Paper Documents

Electronic images of paper documents are created using scanners or multifunction printers

Optical Character Recognition (OCR) software is often used whether integrated into the hardware or as stand-alone software in order to convert digital images into editable text

Converting images into vector drawings is not as easy but getting better

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 66

Storage - Know Where They Go

Where are documents stored

Database repositories

Data warehouses

How do people get there

On-screen navigation

Storing documents involves some document management

Where they are stored (what server etc)

For how long they are stored

Migration from one storage media to another

Document destruction

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 67

Storage ndash Library Services

The storage function includes processes referred to as Library Services

They determine how documents will be filed and what methods will be used to organize or index the documents to assist in later retrieval

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 68

Storage - Indexing

During the process of storing a document information is collected about the document that will make it easier to search for and retrieve

This information is arranged in a separate table (much like the index in a book) and helps narrow and speed up searches by retrieving only those files that match the indexed information

Each document has a unique ID but also has metadata associated with it

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 69

Metadata

Metadata is typically stored for each document (the document storage date and the user name storing it)

Some metadata is usually extracted from the document automatically (date modified author etc)

The EDM system may also prompt the user storing a document to enter additional metadata

Many EDM systems use optical character recognition on scanned images or perform text extraction on electronic documents This text is used to help locate documents by identifying probable keywords or in full text searches

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 70

Metadata Stored By PPT

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 71

Metadata Prompts

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 72

Content Server Architecture

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 73

Repository Services

Single content amp data repository

Unique document ID

Document attributes

Data dictionary

Object relational management

Authentication services

Backuprecovery

Distributionreplication

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 74

Library Services

Provides a separate virtual repository for Web content

Provides access control

Allows checkout amp check-in

Provides versioning

Manages content storage

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 75

Core Content Management Services

Allows searches

Creates renditions

Allows annotations

Manages virtual documents

Provides dynamic content assembly

Manages links

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 76

Process Automation Services

Provides workflows

Manages document life cycles

Provides notifications

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 77

Storage Workflow

Most EDM systems provide a workflow process routing a document for approval before it is stored

Workflows can be Manual (requiring a user to view the document and decide

who to send it to) Rules-based (allowing an administrator to create a rule

that determines the flow of the document through an organization)

Dynamic (allowing branches to be created in a workflow process)

When a workflow is started for a document the EDMS typically routes the document through the approval process

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 78

Rules-based Workflow

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 79

Manage Check-inCheckout

EDM systems typically include check-incheck-out procedures to ensure only one version of a document is being edited at a time

When a document is checked out to one user the system locks out any other checkout attempts

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 80

Checkout

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 81

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 82

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 83

Check-in

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 84

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 85

Versioning

Versioning is tied to the check-incheckout process

It is usually automatic with manual overwriting capability (for checking in a new version as 20 instead of 12 as the system may have numbered it)

It allows users to see all versions of a document and retrieve previous versions for comparison or reediting

Versioning is useful for documents that change over time and require updating still allowing reversion to a previous copy

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 86

New Version

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 87

Collaboration

Collaboration should be inherent in an EDMS

Documents should be capable of being retrieved by an authorized user and worked on

Access should be blocked to other users while work is being performed on the document

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 88

Integration

Many document management systems attempt to integrate document management directly into other applications so that users may retrieve existing documents directly from the document management system repository make changes and save the changed document back to the repository as a new version all without leaving the application

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 89

Security

Document security is vital in many document management applications

Compliance requirements for certain types of documents are complex (the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act imposes strict security requirements on medical documents)

Some document management systems have a rights management module that allows an administrator to give access to documents based on type to only certain people or groups of people

  • Agenda ndash Day 1
  • Welcome
  • Goals
  • Introductions
  • Ground Rules
  • Slide 7
  • What is Asset Management
  • Balancing Act
  • Why Asset Management
  • All utilities are feeling the pinch
  • Life-Cycle Asset Management
  • Slide 13
  • Slide 14
  • Slide 15
  • Slide 16
  • Life-Cycle Span vs Life-Cycle Cost
  • Essentials of Asset Management
  • CMMS vs EAM
  • Levels of Asset Management
  • The Relationship Between Maintenance and Asset Management
  • Relies on Integration
  • Seeks to Maximize Value
  • Why CMMSsEAMs Fail
  • Slide 25
  • What are KPIs
  • Why Identify KPIs
  • Pitfalls
  • KPI Ideas Assets
  • KPI Ideas People
  • KPI Ideas Materials amp Services
  • KPI Ideas Other Factors
  • Expected vs Actual
  • Slide 34
  • Management Tools and Dashboards
  • Dashboards
  • Scorecards
  • Comparing Technologies
  • Why Use Them
  • Benefits
  • How to Implement
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Rule 1 ndash Have Context
  • Rule 2 - Segment
  • Rule 3 ndash Include Comments
  • Rules 4 amp 5
  • Slide 48
  • What is a Report Generator
  • Slide 50
  • Standard Reports
  • Your Standard Reports
  • Ad Hoc Reports
  • Slide 54
  • Steps in Generating a Report
  • Connect to Information Source
  • Select Template (Widget)
  • Select a Data Source
  • Add Graphics
  • Print Report
  • Slide 61
  • Electronic Document Management
  • EDM Functions
  • First What is a Document
  • Capturing Paper Documents
  • Storage - Know Where They Go
  • Storage ndash Library Services
  • Storage - Indexing
  • Metadata
  • Metadata Stored By PPT
  • Metadata Prompts
  • Content Server Architecture
  • Repository Services
  • Library Services
  • Core Content Management Services
  • Process Automation Services
  • Storage Workflow
  • Rules-based Workflow
  • Manage Check-inCheckout
  • Checkout
  • Slide 81
  • Slide 82
  • Check-in
  • Slide 84
  • Versioning
  • New Version
  • Collaboration
  • Integration
  • Security

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 8

What is Asset Management

An integrated optimization process of ldquomanaging infrastructure assets to minimize the total cost of owning and operating them while continuously delivering the service levels customers desire at an acceptable level of riskrdquo

Managing Public Infrastructure Assets NACWA (AMSA) AMWA WEF AWWA 2001

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 9

Balancing Act

Operating amp maintaining aging facilitiesequipment is expensive and risky

Replacing assets before their life cycles are over is expensive though levels of service remain high

Balancing OampM with CIP lowers costs of ownership and balances risk with service

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 10

Why Asset Management

Itrsquos all about the money

Shows which assets have the best performance costs reliability

Ensures labor and materials are charged to the correct assets

Allows RampRampR decisions to be based on actual condition and performance

Leads to Reliability-Centered Maintenance and Operations

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 11

All utilities are feeling the pinch

New amp Aging Infrastructure

ResourceLimitations

OutdatedProcesses amp Systems

StakeholderInitiatives

Sustainability

IncreasingExpectations

New Regulations

Utilities

IncreasingCosts

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 12

Life-Cycle Asset Management

The International Model shows all functions that should be accomplished to manage life cycle of assets to receive the best ROI

Colors indicate the ldquostoplightrdquo results of benchmark studies hellip what utilities do well and what they do not

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 13

Life-Cycle Asset Management

1 Planning Strategies (CIP Expense Condition-Based Emergency Regulatory PrivateGrant funded organization and staff)

2 Creation and Acquisition (Purchase Lease and Donated Assets Hierarchy and Topology Integration Asset Naming and Numbering)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 14

Life-Cycle Asset Management

3 Financial Management (cost allocation and tracking asset hierarchy and topology cost assignment internal and external cost management historical and summary level cost analysis and reporting)

4 Operations (SCADA DCS and PLC integration EAMS maintenance inspection and purchasing event initiation asset database synchronization and GIS integration)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 15

Life-Cycle Asset Management

5 Maintenance (work order asset condition inspection and inventory management historical and summary level maintenance analysis and reporting condition assessment and scheduling)

6 Condition and Performance Monitoring (locations frequency connectivity with CMMS alarms)

7 Rehabilitation and Renewal (decision points key factors cost analyses data sources)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 16

Life-Cycle Asset Management

8 Replacement (CIP planning term depreciation)

9 Disposal and Rationalization (depreciated value actual value data sources)

10 Audit (frequency expertise responsibility)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 17

Life-Cycle Span vs Life-Cycle Cost

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 18

Essentials of Asset Management

Asset Identification - Each asset assigned a unique identifying hierarchical code

Cost Assignment - All manpower and material costs are charged to the unique asset to which they apply

Maintenance System and General Ledger Reconciliation - May be periodic or automatic within each time or materials transaction

Asset Prioritization - Not all assets get the same level of repair ndash depends on criticality

Reliability Engineering - Failure is redefined ndash then not allowed to occur

Failure Modes and Effects = ldquoorrdquo Root Cause Failure Analysis = ldquoandrdquo

All available within most existing AMSCMMS Applications

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 19

CMMS vs EAM

Computerized Maintenance Management Systems (CMMS) and Enterprise Asset Management systems (EAM) both manage large numbers of physical assets A CMMS manages the maintenance needs

assets and inventory of an organization

An EAM provides all the functions of a CMMS and adds human resource and financial management capabilities

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 20

Levels of Asset Management

This hierarchy shows the top-down relationships among the levels of asset management from life-cycle to hands-on maintenance and care

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 21

The Relationship BetweenMaintenance and Asset Management

Know performance

Understand characteristics

Provide datainformation

Are a source of history

Embody corporate memory

Most direct contact with assets is through OampM staffs who

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 22

Relies on Integration

Enterprise management integrates systems and functions to eliminate ldquostovepipesrdquo and allow unified management of capital

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 23

Seeks to Maximize Value

Enterprise asset management (EAM) means managing all physical assets of an organization throughout their service lives to maximize value

Enterprise means the inclusion of assets across departments and facilities and in some cases business units

It includes design construction commissioning operation maintenance and decommissioning replacement of equipment and facilities

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 24

Why CMMSsEAMs Fail

Vendors donrsquot know what YOUR best practice should behellipone size doesnrsquot fit all

You typically get more than you can use

Ease of use is a secondary concern

Information remains in specialized silos

Multiple vendors provide system technologies

Costs are underestimated

Reporting is a secondary concern

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 25

Welcome

Asset Management Functions and Features

Performance Indicators and Metrics

Management Tools and Dashboards

Report Generation

Document Management Functions and Features

Closing and Sneak Peek at Day 2

Agenda ndash Day 1

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 26

What are KPIs

Todayrsquos systems provide lots of data and information enough to keep a staff of specialists busy continuously analyzing it all

But a small subset of all that datainformation can provide quick indicators of the current performance of assets and processes

Different sets of indicators are useful to individuals of different disciplines (operations maintenance engineering finance etc)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 27

Why Identify KPIs

Limits information viewed to a manageable level

Greatly enhances decision-making capabilities

Minimizes the fire-fighting mentality

Ensures that OampM personnel are motivated and aligned with what management has defined as success for asset performance management

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 28

Pitfalls

Too few measuresmeasures that trade off poorly can improve one result at the expense of another (lowering downtime may lower quality)

Too many measures and too much collection analysis

Increases likelihood of errors

Takes more time and money

Doesnrsquot narrow the focus

12 to 25 KPIs are recommended

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 29

KPI Ideas Assets

Maximize

Asset availability

Output qty (gpm tph etc)

Quality (SS TFC etc)

Minimize

Downtime

Mean-time-between-failures

Maintenance costs

Power consumption

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 30

KPI Ideas People

Maximize

Maintenance wrench time

Capabilities

Minimize

Nonwrench time (driving getting supplies etc)

Time to complete

Rework

Labor costs

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 31

KPI Ideas Materials amp Services

Maximize

Productservice offerings

Stock availability

Minimize

Number of vendors

PO to delivery times

Inventory

Rush orders

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 32

KPI Ideas Other Factors

Maximize

Customer satisfaction

Performance to plan

Regulatory compliance

Safety

Minimize

WHAT WOULD YOU ADD

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 33

Expected vs Actual

Once key indicators have been identified expected levels of performance need to be set

Benchmarks

Goals

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 34

Welcome

Asset Management Functions and Features

Performance Indicators and Metrics

Management Tools and Dashboards

Report Generation

Document Management Functions and Features

Closing and Sneak Peek at Day 2

Agenda ndash Day 1

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 35

Management Tools and Dashboards

What manager wouldnt want a graphical user-interface that shows at a glance metrics and key performance indicators (KPIs) about how the utility is performing

Consider the alternatives

Complex reporting applications

Quizzing employees for information

Waiting for paper reports

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 36

Dashboards

Dashboards are reporting tools that consolidate and arrange numbers metrics and sometimes scorecards on a single screen

Theyre often tailored for a specific role and display metrics targeted for a single point-of-view or department

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 37

Scorecards

Scorecards are applications that show progress toward a benchmark goal or objective

They use KPIs which (if chosen wisely) actually indicate the performance of the utility

Scorecards may be part of dashboards but are different because they usually include multiple points-of-view

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 38

Comparing Technologies

Dashboard Scorecard

Purpose Monitors and measures operational processes

Monitors progress toward established objectives

Data Events Transactional Aggregates Consolidation

Refresh Rate

Near real-time (ldquolatest and greatestrdquo)

Periodic (ldquosnapshotsrdquo)

Measures Exceptions linked to operations

Targets linked to strategic plans

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 39

Why Use Them

1048707 CommunicateRefine Strategy

1048707 Increase Visibility

1048707 Increase Coordination

1048707 Increase Motivation

1048707 Give a Consistent View

1048707 Reduce Costs and Redundancy

1048707 Empower Users

1048707 Deliver Actionable Information

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 40

Benefits

A performance dashboard allows you to

Monitor critical processes and activities using metrics that trigger alerts when potential problems arise

Analyze the root cause of problems by exploring relevant and timely information from multiple sources and at various levels of detail

Manage people and processes to improve decisions optimize performance and steer the organization in the right direction

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 41

How to Implement

Define the key performance indicators (KPIs) that need to be measured in your dashboard (preferably no more than 10)

Identify the specific data needed to build your KPIs

Does the data exist

If so where

How can it be collected

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 42

How to Implement

If data-collection gaps exist find ways to fill the gaps then develop a plan to implement the changes

Find the simplest tool that meets your needs but still allows future growth

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 43

How to Implement

Budget for

The initial cost of the dashboard

Annual maintenance

Fees to implement the system

Cost of changes and updates

Start with one system

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 44

Rule 1 ndash Have Context

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

Q3 2007 Q4 2007 Q1 2008 Q2 2008

Benchmarks or Goals

Prior performance

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 45

Rule 2 - Segment

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

Q3 2007 Q4 2007 Q1 2008 Q2 2008

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 46

Rule 3 ndash Include Comments

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

Q3 2007 Q4 2007 Q1 2008 Q2 2008

Causes of good or poor performance

Ways to improve performance

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 47

Rules 4 amp 5

Keep your dashboard to 1 pagescreen (no more than 10 KEY metrics)

Change your dashboard as conditions change

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 48

Welcome

Asset Management Functions and Features

Performance Indicators and Metrics

Management Tools and Dashboards

Report Generation

Document Management Functions and Features

Closing and Sneak Peek at Day 2

Agenda ndash Day 1

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 49

What is a Report Generator

A good report generator is software that

Retrieves data from different sources

Has data analysis capabilities

Has modifiable templates for presenting data

Has features for consolidating data totaling at multiple levels charting conditional formatting and page-based output

Generates reports automatically and on demand

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 50

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 51

Standard Reports

Standard reports are predefined and generated

Periodically (end of shift day month etc)

Upon process events (batch completed critical process event)

By request (downtime analysis inventory levels)

Predefined with automatic updating of most recent data

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 52

Your Standard Reports

What standard reports do you produce

What information sources are needed

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 53

Ad Hoc Reports

Ad hoc reports are temporary reports created by a user when information is not available in standard reports

They are usually just printouts of information available on a single system (printing the alarm log at the time of a process failure)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 54

Ad Hoc Reports

What ad hoc reports have you produced

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 55

Steps in Generating a Report

1 Connect to a data source

2 Select a template

3 Select a data source

4 Add graphics

5 Print

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 56

Connect to Information Source

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 57

Select Template (Widget)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 58

Select a Data Source

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 59

Add Graphics

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 60

Print Report

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 61

Welcome

Asset Management Functions and Features

Performance Indicators and Metrics

Management Tools and Dashboards

Report Generation

Document Management Functions and Features

Closing and Sneak Peek at Day 2

Agenda ndash Day 1

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 62

Electronic Document Management

aka Electronic Content Management

Itrsquos the control of documents and their life cycle

How and when documents are created

How they are reviewed

How they are published

How they are used

How they are retained

Ultimately how they are destroyed

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 63

EDM Functions

EDM includes five basic functions

Capture of electronic and paper documents

Storage of the electronic files

Delivery to the end users

Preservation and destruction of the files

Management from creation to disposalhellip management is part of each other function

Wersquoll start with Storage since you need to know where theyrsquoll go before they get there

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 64

First What is a Document

In the old days a document was one or more sheets of paperhellipin the really old days it was a parchment sheepskin clay tablet or stone

Recently it was a word processed file

In todayrsquos EDM world a document is any electronic file of any size in any format that can be saved on a computer

What file formats do you use (doc png etc)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 65

Capturing Paper Documents

Electronic images of paper documents are created using scanners or multifunction printers

Optical Character Recognition (OCR) software is often used whether integrated into the hardware or as stand-alone software in order to convert digital images into editable text

Converting images into vector drawings is not as easy but getting better

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 66

Storage - Know Where They Go

Where are documents stored

Database repositories

Data warehouses

How do people get there

On-screen navigation

Storing documents involves some document management

Where they are stored (what server etc)

For how long they are stored

Migration from one storage media to another

Document destruction

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 67

Storage ndash Library Services

The storage function includes processes referred to as Library Services

They determine how documents will be filed and what methods will be used to organize or index the documents to assist in later retrieval

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 68

Storage - Indexing

During the process of storing a document information is collected about the document that will make it easier to search for and retrieve

This information is arranged in a separate table (much like the index in a book) and helps narrow and speed up searches by retrieving only those files that match the indexed information

Each document has a unique ID but also has metadata associated with it

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 69

Metadata

Metadata is typically stored for each document (the document storage date and the user name storing it)

Some metadata is usually extracted from the document automatically (date modified author etc)

The EDM system may also prompt the user storing a document to enter additional metadata

Many EDM systems use optical character recognition on scanned images or perform text extraction on electronic documents This text is used to help locate documents by identifying probable keywords or in full text searches

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 70

Metadata Stored By PPT

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 71

Metadata Prompts

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 72

Content Server Architecture

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 73

Repository Services

Single content amp data repository

Unique document ID

Document attributes

Data dictionary

Object relational management

Authentication services

Backuprecovery

Distributionreplication

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 74

Library Services

Provides a separate virtual repository for Web content

Provides access control

Allows checkout amp check-in

Provides versioning

Manages content storage

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 75

Core Content Management Services

Allows searches

Creates renditions

Allows annotations

Manages virtual documents

Provides dynamic content assembly

Manages links

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 76

Process Automation Services

Provides workflows

Manages document life cycles

Provides notifications

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 77

Storage Workflow

Most EDM systems provide a workflow process routing a document for approval before it is stored

Workflows can be Manual (requiring a user to view the document and decide

who to send it to) Rules-based (allowing an administrator to create a rule

that determines the flow of the document through an organization)

Dynamic (allowing branches to be created in a workflow process)

When a workflow is started for a document the EDMS typically routes the document through the approval process

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 78

Rules-based Workflow

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 79

Manage Check-inCheckout

EDM systems typically include check-incheck-out procedures to ensure only one version of a document is being edited at a time

When a document is checked out to one user the system locks out any other checkout attempts

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 80

Checkout

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 81

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 82

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 83

Check-in

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 84

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 85

Versioning

Versioning is tied to the check-incheckout process

It is usually automatic with manual overwriting capability (for checking in a new version as 20 instead of 12 as the system may have numbered it)

It allows users to see all versions of a document and retrieve previous versions for comparison or reediting

Versioning is useful for documents that change over time and require updating still allowing reversion to a previous copy

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 86

New Version

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 87

Collaboration

Collaboration should be inherent in an EDMS

Documents should be capable of being retrieved by an authorized user and worked on

Access should be blocked to other users while work is being performed on the document

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 88

Integration

Many document management systems attempt to integrate document management directly into other applications so that users may retrieve existing documents directly from the document management system repository make changes and save the changed document back to the repository as a new version all without leaving the application

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 89

Security

Document security is vital in many document management applications

Compliance requirements for certain types of documents are complex (the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act imposes strict security requirements on medical documents)

Some document management systems have a rights management module that allows an administrator to give access to documents based on type to only certain people or groups of people

  • Agenda ndash Day 1
  • Welcome
  • Goals
  • Introductions
  • Ground Rules
  • Slide 7
  • What is Asset Management
  • Balancing Act
  • Why Asset Management
  • All utilities are feeling the pinch
  • Life-Cycle Asset Management
  • Slide 13
  • Slide 14
  • Slide 15
  • Slide 16
  • Life-Cycle Span vs Life-Cycle Cost
  • Essentials of Asset Management
  • CMMS vs EAM
  • Levels of Asset Management
  • The Relationship Between Maintenance and Asset Management
  • Relies on Integration
  • Seeks to Maximize Value
  • Why CMMSsEAMs Fail
  • Slide 25
  • What are KPIs
  • Why Identify KPIs
  • Pitfalls
  • KPI Ideas Assets
  • KPI Ideas People
  • KPI Ideas Materials amp Services
  • KPI Ideas Other Factors
  • Expected vs Actual
  • Slide 34
  • Management Tools and Dashboards
  • Dashboards
  • Scorecards
  • Comparing Technologies
  • Why Use Them
  • Benefits
  • How to Implement
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Rule 1 ndash Have Context
  • Rule 2 - Segment
  • Rule 3 ndash Include Comments
  • Rules 4 amp 5
  • Slide 48
  • What is a Report Generator
  • Slide 50
  • Standard Reports
  • Your Standard Reports
  • Ad Hoc Reports
  • Slide 54
  • Steps in Generating a Report
  • Connect to Information Source
  • Select Template (Widget)
  • Select a Data Source
  • Add Graphics
  • Print Report
  • Slide 61
  • Electronic Document Management
  • EDM Functions
  • First What is a Document
  • Capturing Paper Documents
  • Storage - Know Where They Go
  • Storage ndash Library Services
  • Storage - Indexing
  • Metadata
  • Metadata Stored By PPT
  • Metadata Prompts
  • Content Server Architecture
  • Repository Services
  • Library Services
  • Core Content Management Services
  • Process Automation Services
  • Storage Workflow
  • Rules-based Workflow
  • Manage Check-inCheckout
  • Checkout
  • Slide 81
  • Slide 82
  • Check-in
  • Slide 84
  • Versioning
  • New Version
  • Collaboration
  • Integration
  • Security

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 9

Balancing Act

Operating amp maintaining aging facilitiesequipment is expensive and risky

Replacing assets before their life cycles are over is expensive though levels of service remain high

Balancing OampM with CIP lowers costs of ownership and balances risk with service

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 10

Why Asset Management

Itrsquos all about the money

Shows which assets have the best performance costs reliability

Ensures labor and materials are charged to the correct assets

Allows RampRampR decisions to be based on actual condition and performance

Leads to Reliability-Centered Maintenance and Operations

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 11

All utilities are feeling the pinch

New amp Aging Infrastructure

ResourceLimitations

OutdatedProcesses amp Systems

StakeholderInitiatives

Sustainability

IncreasingExpectations

New Regulations

Utilities

IncreasingCosts

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 12

Life-Cycle Asset Management

The International Model shows all functions that should be accomplished to manage life cycle of assets to receive the best ROI

Colors indicate the ldquostoplightrdquo results of benchmark studies hellip what utilities do well and what they do not

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 13

Life-Cycle Asset Management

1 Planning Strategies (CIP Expense Condition-Based Emergency Regulatory PrivateGrant funded organization and staff)

2 Creation and Acquisition (Purchase Lease and Donated Assets Hierarchy and Topology Integration Asset Naming and Numbering)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 14

Life-Cycle Asset Management

3 Financial Management (cost allocation and tracking asset hierarchy and topology cost assignment internal and external cost management historical and summary level cost analysis and reporting)

4 Operations (SCADA DCS and PLC integration EAMS maintenance inspection and purchasing event initiation asset database synchronization and GIS integration)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 15

Life-Cycle Asset Management

5 Maintenance (work order asset condition inspection and inventory management historical and summary level maintenance analysis and reporting condition assessment and scheduling)

6 Condition and Performance Monitoring (locations frequency connectivity with CMMS alarms)

7 Rehabilitation and Renewal (decision points key factors cost analyses data sources)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 16

Life-Cycle Asset Management

8 Replacement (CIP planning term depreciation)

9 Disposal and Rationalization (depreciated value actual value data sources)

10 Audit (frequency expertise responsibility)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 17

Life-Cycle Span vs Life-Cycle Cost

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 18

Essentials of Asset Management

Asset Identification - Each asset assigned a unique identifying hierarchical code

Cost Assignment - All manpower and material costs are charged to the unique asset to which they apply

Maintenance System and General Ledger Reconciliation - May be periodic or automatic within each time or materials transaction

Asset Prioritization - Not all assets get the same level of repair ndash depends on criticality

Reliability Engineering - Failure is redefined ndash then not allowed to occur

Failure Modes and Effects = ldquoorrdquo Root Cause Failure Analysis = ldquoandrdquo

All available within most existing AMSCMMS Applications

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 19

CMMS vs EAM

Computerized Maintenance Management Systems (CMMS) and Enterprise Asset Management systems (EAM) both manage large numbers of physical assets A CMMS manages the maintenance needs

assets and inventory of an organization

An EAM provides all the functions of a CMMS and adds human resource and financial management capabilities

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 20

Levels of Asset Management

This hierarchy shows the top-down relationships among the levels of asset management from life-cycle to hands-on maintenance and care

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 21

The Relationship BetweenMaintenance and Asset Management

Know performance

Understand characteristics

Provide datainformation

Are a source of history

Embody corporate memory

Most direct contact with assets is through OampM staffs who

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 22

Relies on Integration

Enterprise management integrates systems and functions to eliminate ldquostovepipesrdquo and allow unified management of capital

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 23

Seeks to Maximize Value

Enterprise asset management (EAM) means managing all physical assets of an organization throughout their service lives to maximize value

Enterprise means the inclusion of assets across departments and facilities and in some cases business units

It includes design construction commissioning operation maintenance and decommissioning replacement of equipment and facilities

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 24

Why CMMSsEAMs Fail

Vendors donrsquot know what YOUR best practice should behellipone size doesnrsquot fit all

You typically get more than you can use

Ease of use is a secondary concern

Information remains in specialized silos

Multiple vendors provide system technologies

Costs are underestimated

Reporting is a secondary concern

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 25

Welcome

Asset Management Functions and Features

Performance Indicators and Metrics

Management Tools and Dashboards

Report Generation

Document Management Functions and Features

Closing and Sneak Peek at Day 2

Agenda ndash Day 1

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 26

What are KPIs

Todayrsquos systems provide lots of data and information enough to keep a staff of specialists busy continuously analyzing it all

But a small subset of all that datainformation can provide quick indicators of the current performance of assets and processes

Different sets of indicators are useful to individuals of different disciplines (operations maintenance engineering finance etc)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 27

Why Identify KPIs

Limits information viewed to a manageable level

Greatly enhances decision-making capabilities

Minimizes the fire-fighting mentality

Ensures that OampM personnel are motivated and aligned with what management has defined as success for asset performance management

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 28

Pitfalls

Too few measuresmeasures that trade off poorly can improve one result at the expense of another (lowering downtime may lower quality)

Too many measures and too much collection analysis

Increases likelihood of errors

Takes more time and money

Doesnrsquot narrow the focus

12 to 25 KPIs are recommended

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 29

KPI Ideas Assets

Maximize

Asset availability

Output qty (gpm tph etc)

Quality (SS TFC etc)

Minimize

Downtime

Mean-time-between-failures

Maintenance costs

Power consumption

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 30

KPI Ideas People

Maximize

Maintenance wrench time

Capabilities

Minimize

Nonwrench time (driving getting supplies etc)

Time to complete

Rework

Labor costs

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 31

KPI Ideas Materials amp Services

Maximize

Productservice offerings

Stock availability

Minimize

Number of vendors

PO to delivery times

Inventory

Rush orders

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 32

KPI Ideas Other Factors

Maximize

Customer satisfaction

Performance to plan

Regulatory compliance

Safety

Minimize

WHAT WOULD YOU ADD

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 33

Expected vs Actual

Once key indicators have been identified expected levels of performance need to be set

Benchmarks

Goals

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 34

Welcome

Asset Management Functions and Features

Performance Indicators and Metrics

Management Tools and Dashboards

Report Generation

Document Management Functions and Features

Closing and Sneak Peek at Day 2

Agenda ndash Day 1

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 35

Management Tools and Dashboards

What manager wouldnt want a graphical user-interface that shows at a glance metrics and key performance indicators (KPIs) about how the utility is performing

Consider the alternatives

Complex reporting applications

Quizzing employees for information

Waiting for paper reports

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 36

Dashboards

Dashboards are reporting tools that consolidate and arrange numbers metrics and sometimes scorecards on a single screen

Theyre often tailored for a specific role and display metrics targeted for a single point-of-view or department

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 37

Scorecards

Scorecards are applications that show progress toward a benchmark goal or objective

They use KPIs which (if chosen wisely) actually indicate the performance of the utility

Scorecards may be part of dashboards but are different because they usually include multiple points-of-view

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 38

Comparing Technologies

Dashboard Scorecard

Purpose Monitors and measures operational processes

Monitors progress toward established objectives

Data Events Transactional Aggregates Consolidation

Refresh Rate

Near real-time (ldquolatest and greatestrdquo)

Periodic (ldquosnapshotsrdquo)

Measures Exceptions linked to operations

Targets linked to strategic plans

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 39

Why Use Them

1048707 CommunicateRefine Strategy

1048707 Increase Visibility

1048707 Increase Coordination

1048707 Increase Motivation

1048707 Give a Consistent View

1048707 Reduce Costs and Redundancy

1048707 Empower Users

1048707 Deliver Actionable Information

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 40

Benefits

A performance dashboard allows you to

Monitor critical processes and activities using metrics that trigger alerts when potential problems arise

Analyze the root cause of problems by exploring relevant and timely information from multiple sources and at various levels of detail

Manage people and processes to improve decisions optimize performance and steer the organization in the right direction

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 41

How to Implement

Define the key performance indicators (KPIs) that need to be measured in your dashboard (preferably no more than 10)

Identify the specific data needed to build your KPIs

Does the data exist

If so where

How can it be collected

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 42

How to Implement

If data-collection gaps exist find ways to fill the gaps then develop a plan to implement the changes

Find the simplest tool that meets your needs but still allows future growth

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 43

How to Implement

Budget for

The initial cost of the dashboard

Annual maintenance

Fees to implement the system

Cost of changes and updates

Start with one system

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 44

Rule 1 ndash Have Context

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

Q3 2007 Q4 2007 Q1 2008 Q2 2008

Benchmarks or Goals

Prior performance

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 45

Rule 2 - Segment

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

Q3 2007 Q4 2007 Q1 2008 Q2 2008

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 46

Rule 3 ndash Include Comments

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

Q3 2007 Q4 2007 Q1 2008 Q2 2008

Causes of good or poor performance

Ways to improve performance

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 47

Rules 4 amp 5

Keep your dashboard to 1 pagescreen (no more than 10 KEY metrics)

Change your dashboard as conditions change

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 48

Welcome

Asset Management Functions and Features

Performance Indicators and Metrics

Management Tools and Dashboards

Report Generation

Document Management Functions and Features

Closing and Sneak Peek at Day 2

Agenda ndash Day 1

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 49

What is a Report Generator

A good report generator is software that

Retrieves data from different sources

Has data analysis capabilities

Has modifiable templates for presenting data

Has features for consolidating data totaling at multiple levels charting conditional formatting and page-based output

Generates reports automatically and on demand

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 50

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 51

Standard Reports

Standard reports are predefined and generated

Periodically (end of shift day month etc)

Upon process events (batch completed critical process event)

By request (downtime analysis inventory levels)

Predefined with automatic updating of most recent data

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 52

Your Standard Reports

What standard reports do you produce

What information sources are needed

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 53

Ad Hoc Reports

Ad hoc reports are temporary reports created by a user when information is not available in standard reports

They are usually just printouts of information available on a single system (printing the alarm log at the time of a process failure)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 54

Ad Hoc Reports

What ad hoc reports have you produced

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 55

Steps in Generating a Report

1 Connect to a data source

2 Select a template

3 Select a data source

4 Add graphics

5 Print

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 56

Connect to Information Source

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 57

Select Template (Widget)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 58

Select a Data Source

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 59

Add Graphics

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 60

Print Report

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 61

Welcome

Asset Management Functions and Features

Performance Indicators and Metrics

Management Tools and Dashboards

Report Generation

Document Management Functions and Features

Closing and Sneak Peek at Day 2

Agenda ndash Day 1

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 62

Electronic Document Management

aka Electronic Content Management

Itrsquos the control of documents and their life cycle

How and when documents are created

How they are reviewed

How they are published

How they are used

How they are retained

Ultimately how they are destroyed

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 63

EDM Functions

EDM includes five basic functions

Capture of electronic and paper documents

Storage of the electronic files

Delivery to the end users

Preservation and destruction of the files

Management from creation to disposalhellip management is part of each other function

Wersquoll start with Storage since you need to know where theyrsquoll go before they get there

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 64

First What is a Document

In the old days a document was one or more sheets of paperhellipin the really old days it was a parchment sheepskin clay tablet or stone

Recently it was a word processed file

In todayrsquos EDM world a document is any electronic file of any size in any format that can be saved on a computer

What file formats do you use (doc png etc)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 65

Capturing Paper Documents

Electronic images of paper documents are created using scanners or multifunction printers

Optical Character Recognition (OCR) software is often used whether integrated into the hardware or as stand-alone software in order to convert digital images into editable text

Converting images into vector drawings is not as easy but getting better

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 66

Storage - Know Where They Go

Where are documents stored

Database repositories

Data warehouses

How do people get there

On-screen navigation

Storing documents involves some document management

Where they are stored (what server etc)

For how long they are stored

Migration from one storage media to another

Document destruction

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 67

Storage ndash Library Services

The storage function includes processes referred to as Library Services

They determine how documents will be filed and what methods will be used to organize or index the documents to assist in later retrieval

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 68

Storage - Indexing

During the process of storing a document information is collected about the document that will make it easier to search for and retrieve

This information is arranged in a separate table (much like the index in a book) and helps narrow and speed up searches by retrieving only those files that match the indexed information

Each document has a unique ID but also has metadata associated with it

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 69

Metadata

Metadata is typically stored for each document (the document storage date and the user name storing it)

Some metadata is usually extracted from the document automatically (date modified author etc)

The EDM system may also prompt the user storing a document to enter additional metadata

Many EDM systems use optical character recognition on scanned images or perform text extraction on electronic documents This text is used to help locate documents by identifying probable keywords or in full text searches

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 70

Metadata Stored By PPT

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 71

Metadata Prompts

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 72

Content Server Architecture

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 73

Repository Services

Single content amp data repository

Unique document ID

Document attributes

Data dictionary

Object relational management

Authentication services

Backuprecovery

Distributionreplication

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 74

Library Services

Provides a separate virtual repository for Web content

Provides access control

Allows checkout amp check-in

Provides versioning

Manages content storage

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 75

Core Content Management Services

Allows searches

Creates renditions

Allows annotations

Manages virtual documents

Provides dynamic content assembly

Manages links

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 76

Process Automation Services

Provides workflows

Manages document life cycles

Provides notifications

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 77

Storage Workflow

Most EDM systems provide a workflow process routing a document for approval before it is stored

Workflows can be Manual (requiring a user to view the document and decide

who to send it to) Rules-based (allowing an administrator to create a rule

that determines the flow of the document through an organization)

Dynamic (allowing branches to be created in a workflow process)

When a workflow is started for a document the EDMS typically routes the document through the approval process

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 78

Rules-based Workflow

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 79

Manage Check-inCheckout

EDM systems typically include check-incheck-out procedures to ensure only one version of a document is being edited at a time

When a document is checked out to one user the system locks out any other checkout attempts

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 80

Checkout

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 81

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 82

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 83

Check-in

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 84

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 85

Versioning

Versioning is tied to the check-incheckout process

It is usually automatic with manual overwriting capability (for checking in a new version as 20 instead of 12 as the system may have numbered it)

It allows users to see all versions of a document and retrieve previous versions for comparison or reediting

Versioning is useful for documents that change over time and require updating still allowing reversion to a previous copy

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 86

New Version

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 87

Collaboration

Collaboration should be inherent in an EDMS

Documents should be capable of being retrieved by an authorized user and worked on

Access should be blocked to other users while work is being performed on the document

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 88

Integration

Many document management systems attempt to integrate document management directly into other applications so that users may retrieve existing documents directly from the document management system repository make changes and save the changed document back to the repository as a new version all without leaving the application

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 89

Security

Document security is vital in many document management applications

Compliance requirements for certain types of documents are complex (the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act imposes strict security requirements on medical documents)

Some document management systems have a rights management module that allows an administrator to give access to documents based on type to only certain people or groups of people

  • Agenda ndash Day 1
  • Welcome
  • Goals
  • Introductions
  • Ground Rules
  • Slide 7
  • What is Asset Management
  • Balancing Act
  • Why Asset Management
  • All utilities are feeling the pinch
  • Life-Cycle Asset Management
  • Slide 13
  • Slide 14
  • Slide 15
  • Slide 16
  • Life-Cycle Span vs Life-Cycle Cost
  • Essentials of Asset Management
  • CMMS vs EAM
  • Levels of Asset Management
  • The Relationship Between Maintenance and Asset Management
  • Relies on Integration
  • Seeks to Maximize Value
  • Why CMMSsEAMs Fail
  • Slide 25
  • What are KPIs
  • Why Identify KPIs
  • Pitfalls
  • KPI Ideas Assets
  • KPI Ideas People
  • KPI Ideas Materials amp Services
  • KPI Ideas Other Factors
  • Expected vs Actual
  • Slide 34
  • Management Tools and Dashboards
  • Dashboards
  • Scorecards
  • Comparing Technologies
  • Why Use Them
  • Benefits
  • How to Implement
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Rule 1 ndash Have Context
  • Rule 2 - Segment
  • Rule 3 ndash Include Comments
  • Rules 4 amp 5
  • Slide 48
  • What is a Report Generator
  • Slide 50
  • Standard Reports
  • Your Standard Reports
  • Ad Hoc Reports
  • Slide 54
  • Steps in Generating a Report
  • Connect to Information Source
  • Select Template (Widget)
  • Select a Data Source
  • Add Graphics
  • Print Report
  • Slide 61
  • Electronic Document Management
  • EDM Functions
  • First What is a Document
  • Capturing Paper Documents
  • Storage - Know Where They Go
  • Storage ndash Library Services
  • Storage - Indexing
  • Metadata
  • Metadata Stored By PPT
  • Metadata Prompts
  • Content Server Architecture
  • Repository Services
  • Library Services
  • Core Content Management Services
  • Process Automation Services
  • Storage Workflow
  • Rules-based Workflow
  • Manage Check-inCheckout
  • Checkout
  • Slide 81
  • Slide 82
  • Check-in
  • Slide 84
  • Versioning
  • New Version
  • Collaboration
  • Integration
  • Security

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 10

Why Asset Management

Itrsquos all about the money

Shows which assets have the best performance costs reliability

Ensures labor and materials are charged to the correct assets

Allows RampRampR decisions to be based on actual condition and performance

Leads to Reliability-Centered Maintenance and Operations

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 11

All utilities are feeling the pinch

New amp Aging Infrastructure

ResourceLimitations

OutdatedProcesses amp Systems

StakeholderInitiatives

Sustainability

IncreasingExpectations

New Regulations

Utilities

IncreasingCosts

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 12

Life-Cycle Asset Management

The International Model shows all functions that should be accomplished to manage life cycle of assets to receive the best ROI

Colors indicate the ldquostoplightrdquo results of benchmark studies hellip what utilities do well and what they do not

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 13

Life-Cycle Asset Management

1 Planning Strategies (CIP Expense Condition-Based Emergency Regulatory PrivateGrant funded organization and staff)

2 Creation and Acquisition (Purchase Lease and Donated Assets Hierarchy and Topology Integration Asset Naming and Numbering)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 14

Life-Cycle Asset Management

3 Financial Management (cost allocation and tracking asset hierarchy and topology cost assignment internal and external cost management historical and summary level cost analysis and reporting)

4 Operations (SCADA DCS and PLC integration EAMS maintenance inspection and purchasing event initiation asset database synchronization and GIS integration)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 15

Life-Cycle Asset Management

5 Maintenance (work order asset condition inspection and inventory management historical and summary level maintenance analysis and reporting condition assessment and scheduling)

6 Condition and Performance Monitoring (locations frequency connectivity with CMMS alarms)

7 Rehabilitation and Renewal (decision points key factors cost analyses data sources)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 16

Life-Cycle Asset Management

8 Replacement (CIP planning term depreciation)

9 Disposal and Rationalization (depreciated value actual value data sources)

10 Audit (frequency expertise responsibility)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 17

Life-Cycle Span vs Life-Cycle Cost

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 18

Essentials of Asset Management

Asset Identification - Each asset assigned a unique identifying hierarchical code

Cost Assignment - All manpower and material costs are charged to the unique asset to which they apply

Maintenance System and General Ledger Reconciliation - May be periodic or automatic within each time or materials transaction

Asset Prioritization - Not all assets get the same level of repair ndash depends on criticality

Reliability Engineering - Failure is redefined ndash then not allowed to occur

Failure Modes and Effects = ldquoorrdquo Root Cause Failure Analysis = ldquoandrdquo

All available within most existing AMSCMMS Applications

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 19

CMMS vs EAM

Computerized Maintenance Management Systems (CMMS) and Enterprise Asset Management systems (EAM) both manage large numbers of physical assets A CMMS manages the maintenance needs

assets and inventory of an organization

An EAM provides all the functions of a CMMS and adds human resource and financial management capabilities

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 20

Levels of Asset Management

This hierarchy shows the top-down relationships among the levels of asset management from life-cycle to hands-on maintenance and care

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 21

The Relationship BetweenMaintenance and Asset Management

Know performance

Understand characteristics

Provide datainformation

Are a source of history

Embody corporate memory

Most direct contact with assets is through OampM staffs who

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 22

Relies on Integration

Enterprise management integrates systems and functions to eliminate ldquostovepipesrdquo and allow unified management of capital

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 23

Seeks to Maximize Value

Enterprise asset management (EAM) means managing all physical assets of an organization throughout their service lives to maximize value

Enterprise means the inclusion of assets across departments and facilities and in some cases business units

It includes design construction commissioning operation maintenance and decommissioning replacement of equipment and facilities

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 24

Why CMMSsEAMs Fail

Vendors donrsquot know what YOUR best practice should behellipone size doesnrsquot fit all

You typically get more than you can use

Ease of use is a secondary concern

Information remains in specialized silos

Multiple vendors provide system technologies

Costs are underestimated

Reporting is a secondary concern

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 25

Welcome

Asset Management Functions and Features

Performance Indicators and Metrics

Management Tools and Dashboards

Report Generation

Document Management Functions and Features

Closing and Sneak Peek at Day 2

Agenda ndash Day 1

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 26

What are KPIs

Todayrsquos systems provide lots of data and information enough to keep a staff of specialists busy continuously analyzing it all

But a small subset of all that datainformation can provide quick indicators of the current performance of assets and processes

Different sets of indicators are useful to individuals of different disciplines (operations maintenance engineering finance etc)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 27

Why Identify KPIs

Limits information viewed to a manageable level

Greatly enhances decision-making capabilities

Minimizes the fire-fighting mentality

Ensures that OampM personnel are motivated and aligned with what management has defined as success for asset performance management

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 28

Pitfalls

Too few measuresmeasures that trade off poorly can improve one result at the expense of another (lowering downtime may lower quality)

Too many measures and too much collection analysis

Increases likelihood of errors

Takes more time and money

Doesnrsquot narrow the focus

12 to 25 KPIs are recommended

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 29

KPI Ideas Assets

Maximize

Asset availability

Output qty (gpm tph etc)

Quality (SS TFC etc)

Minimize

Downtime

Mean-time-between-failures

Maintenance costs

Power consumption

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 30

KPI Ideas People

Maximize

Maintenance wrench time

Capabilities

Minimize

Nonwrench time (driving getting supplies etc)

Time to complete

Rework

Labor costs

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 31

KPI Ideas Materials amp Services

Maximize

Productservice offerings

Stock availability

Minimize

Number of vendors

PO to delivery times

Inventory

Rush orders

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 32

KPI Ideas Other Factors

Maximize

Customer satisfaction

Performance to plan

Regulatory compliance

Safety

Minimize

WHAT WOULD YOU ADD

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 33

Expected vs Actual

Once key indicators have been identified expected levels of performance need to be set

Benchmarks

Goals

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 34

Welcome

Asset Management Functions and Features

Performance Indicators and Metrics

Management Tools and Dashboards

Report Generation

Document Management Functions and Features

Closing and Sneak Peek at Day 2

Agenda ndash Day 1

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 35

Management Tools and Dashboards

What manager wouldnt want a graphical user-interface that shows at a glance metrics and key performance indicators (KPIs) about how the utility is performing

Consider the alternatives

Complex reporting applications

Quizzing employees for information

Waiting for paper reports

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 36

Dashboards

Dashboards are reporting tools that consolidate and arrange numbers metrics and sometimes scorecards on a single screen

Theyre often tailored for a specific role and display metrics targeted for a single point-of-view or department

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 37

Scorecards

Scorecards are applications that show progress toward a benchmark goal or objective

They use KPIs which (if chosen wisely) actually indicate the performance of the utility

Scorecards may be part of dashboards but are different because they usually include multiple points-of-view

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 38

Comparing Technologies

Dashboard Scorecard

Purpose Monitors and measures operational processes

Monitors progress toward established objectives

Data Events Transactional Aggregates Consolidation

Refresh Rate

Near real-time (ldquolatest and greatestrdquo)

Periodic (ldquosnapshotsrdquo)

Measures Exceptions linked to operations

Targets linked to strategic plans

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 39

Why Use Them

1048707 CommunicateRefine Strategy

1048707 Increase Visibility

1048707 Increase Coordination

1048707 Increase Motivation

1048707 Give a Consistent View

1048707 Reduce Costs and Redundancy

1048707 Empower Users

1048707 Deliver Actionable Information

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 40

Benefits

A performance dashboard allows you to

Monitor critical processes and activities using metrics that trigger alerts when potential problems arise

Analyze the root cause of problems by exploring relevant and timely information from multiple sources and at various levels of detail

Manage people and processes to improve decisions optimize performance and steer the organization in the right direction

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 41

How to Implement

Define the key performance indicators (KPIs) that need to be measured in your dashboard (preferably no more than 10)

Identify the specific data needed to build your KPIs

Does the data exist

If so where

How can it be collected

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 42

How to Implement

If data-collection gaps exist find ways to fill the gaps then develop a plan to implement the changes

Find the simplest tool that meets your needs but still allows future growth

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 43

How to Implement

Budget for

The initial cost of the dashboard

Annual maintenance

Fees to implement the system

Cost of changes and updates

Start with one system

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 44

Rule 1 ndash Have Context

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

Q3 2007 Q4 2007 Q1 2008 Q2 2008

Benchmarks or Goals

Prior performance

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 45

Rule 2 - Segment

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

Q3 2007 Q4 2007 Q1 2008 Q2 2008

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 46

Rule 3 ndash Include Comments

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

Q3 2007 Q4 2007 Q1 2008 Q2 2008

Causes of good or poor performance

Ways to improve performance

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 47

Rules 4 amp 5

Keep your dashboard to 1 pagescreen (no more than 10 KEY metrics)

Change your dashboard as conditions change

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 48

Welcome

Asset Management Functions and Features

Performance Indicators and Metrics

Management Tools and Dashboards

Report Generation

Document Management Functions and Features

Closing and Sneak Peek at Day 2

Agenda ndash Day 1

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 49

What is a Report Generator

A good report generator is software that

Retrieves data from different sources

Has data analysis capabilities

Has modifiable templates for presenting data

Has features for consolidating data totaling at multiple levels charting conditional formatting and page-based output

Generates reports automatically and on demand

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 50

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 51

Standard Reports

Standard reports are predefined and generated

Periodically (end of shift day month etc)

Upon process events (batch completed critical process event)

By request (downtime analysis inventory levels)

Predefined with automatic updating of most recent data

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 52

Your Standard Reports

What standard reports do you produce

What information sources are needed

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 53

Ad Hoc Reports

Ad hoc reports are temporary reports created by a user when information is not available in standard reports

They are usually just printouts of information available on a single system (printing the alarm log at the time of a process failure)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 54

Ad Hoc Reports

What ad hoc reports have you produced

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 55

Steps in Generating a Report

1 Connect to a data source

2 Select a template

3 Select a data source

4 Add graphics

5 Print

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 56

Connect to Information Source

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 57

Select Template (Widget)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 58

Select a Data Source

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 59

Add Graphics

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 60

Print Report

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 61

Welcome

Asset Management Functions and Features

Performance Indicators and Metrics

Management Tools and Dashboards

Report Generation

Document Management Functions and Features

Closing and Sneak Peek at Day 2

Agenda ndash Day 1

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 62

Electronic Document Management

aka Electronic Content Management

Itrsquos the control of documents and their life cycle

How and when documents are created

How they are reviewed

How they are published

How they are used

How they are retained

Ultimately how they are destroyed

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 63

EDM Functions

EDM includes five basic functions

Capture of electronic and paper documents

Storage of the electronic files

Delivery to the end users

Preservation and destruction of the files

Management from creation to disposalhellip management is part of each other function

Wersquoll start with Storage since you need to know where theyrsquoll go before they get there

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 64

First What is a Document

In the old days a document was one or more sheets of paperhellipin the really old days it was a parchment sheepskin clay tablet or stone

Recently it was a word processed file

In todayrsquos EDM world a document is any electronic file of any size in any format that can be saved on a computer

What file formats do you use (doc png etc)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 65

Capturing Paper Documents

Electronic images of paper documents are created using scanners or multifunction printers

Optical Character Recognition (OCR) software is often used whether integrated into the hardware or as stand-alone software in order to convert digital images into editable text

Converting images into vector drawings is not as easy but getting better

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 66

Storage - Know Where They Go

Where are documents stored

Database repositories

Data warehouses

How do people get there

On-screen navigation

Storing documents involves some document management

Where they are stored (what server etc)

For how long they are stored

Migration from one storage media to another

Document destruction

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 67

Storage ndash Library Services

The storage function includes processes referred to as Library Services

They determine how documents will be filed and what methods will be used to organize or index the documents to assist in later retrieval

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 68

Storage - Indexing

During the process of storing a document information is collected about the document that will make it easier to search for and retrieve

This information is arranged in a separate table (much like the index in a book) and helps narrow and speed up searches by retrieving only those files that match the indexed information

Each document has a unique ID but also has metadata associated with it

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 69

Metadata

Metadata is typically stored for each document (the document storage date and the user name storing it)

Some metadata is usually extracted from the document automatically (date modified author etc)

The EDM system may also prompt the user storing a document to enter additional metadata

Many EDM systems use optical character recognition on scanned images or perform text extraction on electronic documents This text is used to help locate documents by identifying probable keywords or in full text searches

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 70

Metadata Stored By PPT

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 71

Metadata Prompts

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 72

Content Server Architecture

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 73

Repository Services

Single content amp data repository

Unique document ID

Document attributes

Data dictionary

Object relational management

Authentication services

Backuprecovery

Distributionreplication

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 74

Library Services

Provides a separate virtual repository for Web content

Provides access control

Allows checkout amp check-in

Provides versioning

Manages content storage

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 75

Core Content Management Services

Allows searches

Creates renditions

Allows annotations

Manages virtual documents

Provides dynamic content assembly

Manages links

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 76

Process Automation Services

Provides workflows

Manages document life cycles

Provides notifications

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 77

Storage Workflow

Most EDM systems provide a workflow process routing a document for approval before it is stored

Workflows can be Manual (requiring a user to view the document and decide

who to send it to) Rules-based (allowing an administrator to create a rule

that determines the flow of the document through an organization)

Dynamic (allowing branches to be created in a workflow process)

When a workflow is started for a document the EDMS typically routes the document through the approval process

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 78

Rules-based Workflow

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 79

Manage Check-inCheckout

EDM systems typically include check-incheck-out procedures to ensure only one version of a document is being edited at a time

When a document is checked out to one user the system locks out any other checkout attempts

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 80

Checkout

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 81

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 82

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 83

Check-in

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 84

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 85

Versioning

Versioning is tied to the check-incheckout process

It is usually automatic with manual overwriting capability (for checking in a new version as 20 instead of 12 as the system may have numbered it)

It allows users to see all versions of a document and retrieve previous versions for comparison or reediting

Versioning is useful for documents that change over time and require updating still allowing reversion to a previous copy

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 86

New Version

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 87

Collaboration

Collaboration should be inherent in an EDMS

Documents should be capable of being retrieved by an authorized user and worked on

Access should be blocked to other users while work is being performed on the document

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 88

Integration

Many document management systems attempt to integrate document management directly into other applications so that users may retrieve existing documents directly from the document management system repository make changes and save the changed document back to the repository as a new version all without leaving the application

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 89

Security

Document security is vital in many document management applications

Compliance requirements for certain types of documents are complex (the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act imposes strict security requirements on medical documents)

Some document management systems have a rights management module that allows an administrator to give access to documents based on type to only certain people or groups of people

  • Agenda ndash Day 1
  • Welcome
  • Goals
  • Introductions
  • Ground Rules
  • Slide 7
  • What is Asset Management
  • Balancing Act
  • Why Asset Management
  • All utilities are feeling the pinch
  • Life-Cycle Asset Management
  • Slide 13
  • Slide 14
  • Slide 15
  • Slide 16
  • Life-Cycle Span vs Life-Cycle Cost
  • Essentials of Asset Management
  • CMMS vs EAM
  • Levels of Asset Management
  • The Relationship Between Maintenance and Asset Management
  • Relies on Integration
  • Seeks to Maximize Value
  • Why CMMSsEAMs Fail
  • Slide 25
  • What are KPIs
  • Why Identify KPIs
  • Pitfalls
  • KPI Ideas Assets
  • KPI Ideas People
  • KPI Ideas Materials amp Services
  • KPI Ideas Other Factors
  • Expected vs Actual
  • Slide 34
  • Management Tools and Dashboards
  • Dashboards
  • Scorecards
  • Comparing Technologies
  • Why Use Them
  • Benefits
  • How to Implement
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Rule 1 ndash Have Context
  • Rule 2 - Segment
  • Rule 3 ndash Include Comments
  • Rules 4 amp 5
  • Slide 48
  • What is a Report Generator
  • Slide 50
  • Standard Reports
  • Your Standard Reports
  • Ad Hoc Reports
  • Slide 54
  • Steps in Generating a Report
  • Connect to Information Source
  • Select Template (Widget)
  • Select a Data Source
  • Add Graphics
  • Print Report
  • Slide 61
  • Electronic Document Management
  • EDM Functions
  • First What is a Document
  • Capturing Paper Documents
  • Storage - Know Where They Go
  • Storage ndash Library Services
  • Storage - Indexing
  • Metadata
  • Metadata Stored By PPT
  • Metadata Prompts
  • Content Server Architecture
  • Repository Services
  • Library Services
  • Core Content Management Services
  • Process Automation Services
  • Storage Workflow
  • Rules-based Workflow
  • Manage Check-inCheckout
  • Checkout
  • Slide 81
  • Slide 82
  • Check-in
  • Slide 84
  • Versioning
  • New Version
  • Collaboration
  • Integration
  • Security

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 11

All utilities are feeling the pinch

New amp Aging Infrastructure

ResourceLimitations

OutdatedProcesses amp Systems

StakeholderInitiatives

Sustainability

IncreasingExpectations

New Regulations

Utilities

IncreasingCosts

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 12

Life-Cycle Asset Management

The International Model shows all functions that should be accomplished to manage life cycle of assets to receive the best ROI

Colors indicate the ldquostoplightrdquo results of benchmark studies hellip what utilities do well and what they do not

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 13

Life-Cycle Asset Management

1 Planning Strategies (CIP Expense Condition-Based Emergency Regulatory PrivateGrant funded organization and staff)

2 Creation and Acquisition (Purchase Lease and Donated Assets Hierarchy and Topology Integration Asset Naming and Numbering)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 14

Life-Cycle Asset Management

3 Financial Management (cost allocation and tracking asset hierarchy and topology cost assignment internal and external cost management historical and summary level cost analysis and reporting)

4 Operations (SCADA DCS and PLC integration EAMS maintenance inspection and purchasing event initiation asset database synchronization and GIS integration)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 15

Life-Cycle Asset Management

5 Maintenance (work order asset condition inspection and inventory management historical and summary level maintenance analysis and reporting condition assessment and scheduling)

6 Condition and Performance Monitoring (locations frequency connectivity with CMMS alarms)

7 Rehabilitation and Renewal (decision points key factors cost analyses data sources)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 16

Life-Cycle Asset Management

8 Replacement (CIP planning term depreciation)

9 Disposal and Rationalization (depreciated value actual value data sources)

10 Audit (frequency expertise responsibility)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 17

Life-Cycle Span vs Life-Cycle Cost

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 18

Essentials of Asset Management

Asset Identification - Each asset assigned a unique identifying hierarchical code

Cost Assignment - All manpower and material costs are charged to the unique asset to which they apply

Maintenance System and General Ledger Reconciliation - May be periodic or automatic within each time or materials transaction

Asset Prioritization - Not all assets get the same level of repair ndash depends on criticality

Reliability Engineering - Failure is redefined ndash then not allowed to occur

Failure Modes and Effects = ldquoorrdquo Root Cause Failure Analysis = ldquoandrdquo

All available within most existing AMSCMMS Applications

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 19

CMMS vs EAM

Computerized Maintenance Management Systems (CMMS) and Enterprise Asset Management systems (EAM) both manage large numbers of physical assets A CMMS manages the maintenance needs

assets and inventory of an organization

An EAM provides all the functions of a CMMS and adds human resource and financial management capabilities

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 20

Levels of Asset Management

This hierarchy shows the top-down relationships among the levels of asset management from life-cycle to hands-on maintenance and care

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 21

The Relationship BetweenMaintenance and Asset Management

Know performance

Understand characteristics

Provide datainformation

Are a source of history

Embody corporate memory

Most direct contact with assets is through OampM staffs who

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 22

Relies on Integration

Enterprise management integrates systems and functions to eliminate ldquostovepipesrdquo and allow unified management of capital

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 23

Seeks to Maximize Value

Enterprise asset management (EAM) means managing all physical assets of an organization throughout their service lives to maximize value

Enterprise means the inclusion of assets across departments and facilities and in some cases business units

It includes design construction commissioning operation maintenance and decommissioning replacement of equipment and facilities

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 24

Why CMMSsEAMs Fail

Vendors donrsquot know what YOUR best practice should behellipone size doesnrsquot fit all

You typically get more than you can use

Ease of use is a secondary concern

Information remains in specialized silos

Multiple vendors provide system technologies

Costs are underestimated

Reporting is a secondary concern

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 25

Welcome

Asset Management Functions and Features

Performance Indicators and Metrics

Management Tools and Dashboards

Report Generation

Document Management Functions and Features

Closing and Sneak Peek at Day 2

Agenda ndash Day 1

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 26

What are KPIs

Todayrsquos systems provide lots of data and information enough to keep a staff of specialists busy continuously analyzing it all

But a small subset of all that datainformation can provide quick indicators of the current performance of assets and processes

Different sets of indicators are useful to individuals of different disciplines (operations maintenance engineering finance etc)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 27

Why Identify KPIs

Limits information viewed to a manageable level

Greatly enhances decision-making capabilities

Minimizes the fire-fighting mentality

Ensures that OampM personnel are motivated and aligned with what management has defined as success for asset performance management

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 28

Pitfalls

Too few measuresmeasures that trade off poorly can improve one result at the expense of another (lowering downtime may lower quality)

Too many measures and too much collection analysis

Increases likelihood of errors

Takes more time and money

Doesnrsquot narrow the focus

12 to 25 KPIs are recommended

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 29

KPI Ideas Assets

Maximize

Asset availability

Output qty (gpm tph etc)

Quality (SS TFC etc)

Minimize

Downtime

Mean-time-between-failures

Maintenance costs

Power consumption

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 30

KPI Ideas People

Maximize

Maintenance wrench time

Capabilities

Minimize

Nonwrench time (driving getting supplies etc)

Time to complete

Rework

Labor costs

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 31

KPI Ideas Materials amp Services

Maximize

Productservice offerings

Stock availability

Minimize

Number of vendors

PO to delivery times

Inventory

Rush orders

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 32

KPI Ideas Other Factors

Maximize

Customer satisfaction

Performance to plan

Regulatory compliance

Safety

Minimize

WHAT WOULD YOU ADD

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 33

Expected vs Actual

Once key indicators have been identified expected levels of performance need to be set

Benchmarks

Goals

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 34

Welcome

Asset Management Functions and Features

Performance Indicators and Metrics

Management Tools and Dashboards

Report Generation

Document Management Functions and Features

Closing and Sneak Peek at Day 2

Agenda ndash Day 1

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 35

Management Tools and Dashboards

What manager wouldnt want a graphical user-interface that shows at a glance metrics and key performance indicators (KPIs) about how the utility is performing

Consider the alternatives

Complex reporting applications

Quizzing employees for information

Waiting for paper reports

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 36

Dashboards

Dashboards are reporting tools that consolidate and arrange numbers metrics and sometimes scorecards on a single screen

Theyre often tailored for a specific role and display metrics targeted for a single point-of-view or department

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 37

Scorecards

Scorecards are applications that show progress toward a benchmark goal or objective

They use KPIs which (if chosen wisely) actually indicate the performance of the utility

Scorecards may be part of dashboards but are different because they usually include multiple points-of-view

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 38

Comparing Technologies

Dashboard Scorecard

Purpose Monitors and measures operational processes

Monitors progress toward established objectives

Data Events Transactional Aggregates Consolidation

Refresh Rate

Near real-time (ldquolatest and greatestrdquo)

Periodic (ldquosnapshotsrdquo)

Measures Exceptions linked to operations

Targets linked to strategic plans

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 39

Why Use Them

1048707 CommunicateRefine Strategy

1048707 Increase Visibility

1048707 Increase Coordination

1048707 Increase Motivation

1048707 Give a Consistent View

1048707 Reduce Costs and Redundancy

1048707 Empower Users

1048707 Deliver Actionable Information

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 40

Benefits

A performance dashboard allows you to

Monitor critical processes and activities using metrics that trigger alerts when potential problems arise

Analyze the root cause of problems by exploring relevant and timely information from multiple sources and at various levels of detail

Manage people and processes to improve decisions optimize performance and steer the organization in the right direction

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 41

How to Implement

Define the key performance indicators (KPIs) that need to be measured in your dashboard (preferably no more than 10)

Identify the specific data needed to build your KPIs

Does the data exist

If so where

How can it be collected

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 42

How to Implement

If data-collection gaps exist find ways to fill the gaps then develop a plan to implement the changes

Find the simplest tool that meets your needs but still allows future growth

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 43

How to Implement

Budget for

The initial cost of the dashboard

Annual maintenance

Fees to implement the system

Cost of changes and updates

Start with one system

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 44

Rule 1 ndash Have Context

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

Q3 2007 Q4 2007 Q1 2008 Q2 2008

Benchmarks or Goals

Prior performance

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 45

Rule 2 - Segment

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

Q3 2007 Q4 2007 Q1 2008 Q2 2008

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 46

Rule 3 ndash Include Comments

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

Q3 2007 Q4 2007 Q1 2008 Q2 2008

Causes of good or poor performance

Ways to improve performance

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 47

Rules 4 amp 5

Keep your dashboard to 1 pagescreen (no more than 10 KEY metrics)

Change your dashboard as conditions change

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 48

Welcome

Asset Management Functions and Features

Performance Indicators and Metrics

Management Tools and Dashboards

Report Generation

Document Management Functions and Features

Closing and Sneak Peek at Day 2

Agenda ndash Day 1

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 49

What is a Report Generator

A good report generator is software that

Retrieves data from different sources

Has data analysis capabilities

Has modifiable templates for presenting data

Has features for consolidating data totaling at multiple levels charting conditional formatting and page-based output

Generates reports automatically and on demand

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 50

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 51

Standard Reports

Standard reports are predefined and generated

Periodically (end of shift day month etc)

Upon process events (batch completed critical process event)

By request (downtime analysis inventory levels)

Predefined with automatic updating of most recent data

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 52

Your Standard Reports

What standard reports do you produce

What information sources are needed

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 53

Ad Hoc Reports

Ad hoc reports are temporary reports created by a user when information is not available in standard reports

They are usually just printouts of information available on a single system (printing the alarm log at the time of a process failure)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 54

Ad Hoc Reports

What ad hoc reports have you produced

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 55

Steps in Generating a Report

1 Connect to a data source

2 Select a template

3 Select a data source

4 Add graphics

5 Print

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 56

Connect to Information Source

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 57

Select Template (Widget)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 58

Select a Data Source

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 59

Add Graphics

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 60

Print Report

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 61

Welcome

Asset Management Functions and Features

Performance Indicators and Metrics

Management Tools and Dashboards

Report Generation

Document Management Functions and Features

Closing and Sneak Peek at Day 2

Agenda ndash Day 1

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 62

Electronic Document Management

aka Electronic Content Management

Itrsquos the control of documents and their life cycle

How and when documents are created

How they are reviewed

How they are published

How they are used

How they are retained

Ultimately how they are destroyed

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 63

EDM Functions

EDM includes five basic functions

Capture of electronic and paper documents

Storage of the electronic files

Delivery to the end users

Preservation and destruction of the files

Management from creation to disposalhellip management is part of each other function

Wersquoll start with Storage since you need to know where theyrsquoll go before they get there

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 64

First What is a Document

In the old days a document was one or more sheets of paperhellipin the really old days it was a parchment sheepskin clay tablet or stone

Recently it was a word processed file

In todayrsquos EDM world a document is any electronic file of any size in any format that can be saved on a computer

What file formats do you use (doc png etc)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 65

Capturing Paper Documents

Electronic images of paper documents are created using scanners or multifunction printers

Optical Character Recognition (OCR) software is often used whether integrated into the hardware or as stand-alone software in order to convert digital images into editable text

Converting images into vector drawings is not as easy but getting better

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 66

Storage - Know Where They Go

Where are documents stored

Database repositories

Data warehouses

How do people get there

On-screen navigation

Storing documents involves some document management

Where they are stored (what server etc)

For how long they are stored

Migration from one storage media to another

Document destruction

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 67

Storage ndash Library Services

The storage function includes processes referred to as Library Services

They determine how documents will be filed and what methods will be used to organize or index the documents to assist in later retrieval

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 68

Storage - Indexing

During the process of storing a document information is collected about the document that will make it easier to search for and retrieve

This information is arranged in a separate table (much like the index in a book) and helps narrow and speed up searches by retrieving only those files that match the indexed information

Each document has a unique ID but also has metadata associated with it

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 69

Metadata

Metadata is typically stored for each document (the document storage date and the user name storing it)

Some metadata is usually extracted from the document automatically (date modified author etc)

The EDM system may also prompt the user storing a document to enter additional metadata

Many EDM systems use optical character recognition on scanned images or perform text extraction on electronic documents This text is used to help locate documents by identifying probable keywords or in full text searches

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 70

Metadata Stored By PPT

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 71

Metadata Prompts

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 72

Content Server Architecture

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 73

Repository Services

Single content amp data repository

Unique document ID

Document attributes

Data dictionary

Object relational management

Authentication services

Backuprecovery

Distributionreplication

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 74

Library Services

Provides a separate virtual repository for Web content

Provides access control

Allows checkout amp check-in

Provides versioning

Manages content storage

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 75

Core Content Management Services

Allows searches

Creates renditions

Allows annotations

Manages virtual documents

Provides dynamic content assembly

Manages links

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 76

Process Automation Services

Provides workflows

Manages document life cycles

Provides notifications

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 77

Storage Workflow

Most EDM systems provide a workflow process routing a document for approval before it is stored

Workflows can be Manual (requiring a user to view the document and decide

who to send it to) Rules-based (allowing an administrator to create a rule

that determines the flow of the document through an organization)

Dynamic (allowing branches to be created in a workflow process)

When a workflow is started for a document the EDMS typically routes the document through the approval process

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 78

Rules-based Workflow

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 79

Manage Check-inCheckout

EDM systems typically include check-incheck-out procedures to ensure only one version of a document is being edited at a time

When a document is checked out to one user the system locks out any other checkout attempts

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 80

Checkout

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 81

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 82

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 83

Check-in

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 84

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 85

Versioning

Versioning is tied to the check-incheckout process

It is usually automatic with manual overwriting capability (for checking in a new version as 20 instead of 12 as the system may have numbered it)

It allows users to see all versions of a document and retrieve previous versions for comparison or reediting

Versioning is useful for documents that change over time and require updating still allowing reversion to a previous copy

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 86

New Version

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 87

Collaboration

Collaboration should be inherent in an EDMS

Documents should be capable of being retrieved by an authorized user and worked on

Access should be blocked to other users while work is being performed on the document

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 88

Integration

Many document management systems attempt to integrate document management directly into other applications so that users may retrieve existing documents directly from the document management system repository make changes and save the changed document back to the repository as a new version all without leaving the application

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 89

Security

Document security is vital in many document management applications

Compliance requirements for certain types of documents are complex (the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act imposes strict security requirements on medical documents)

Some document management systems have a rights management module that allows an administrator to give access to documents based on type to only certain people or groups of people

  • Agenda ndash Day 1
  • Welcome
  • Goals
  • Introductions
  • Ground Rules
  • Slide 7
  • What is Asset Management
  • Balancing Act
  • Why Asset Management
  • All utilities are feeling the pinch
  • Life-Cycle Asset Management
  • Slide 13
  • Slide 14
  • Slide 15
  • Slide 16
  • Life-Cycle Span vs Life-Cycle Cost
  • Essentials of Asset Management
  • CMMS vs EAM
  • Levels of Asset Management
  • The Relationship Between Maintenance and Asset Management
  • Relies on Integration
  • Seeks to Maximize Value
  • Why CMMSsEAMs Fail
  • Slide 25
  • What are KPIs
  • Why Identify KPIs
  • Pitfalls
  • KPI Ideas Assets
  • KPI Ideas People
  • KPI Ideas Materials amp Services
  • KPI Ideas Other Factors
  • Expected vs Actual
  • Slide 34
  • Management Tools and Dashboards
  • Dashboards
  • Scorecards
  • Comparing Technologies
  • Why Use Them
  • Benefits
  • How to Implement
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Rule 1 ndash Have Context
  • Rule 2 - Segment
  • Rule 3 ndash Include Comments
  • Rules 4 amp 5
  • Slide 48
  • What is a Report Generator
  • Slide 50
  • Standard Reports
  • Your Standard Reports
  • Ad Hoc Reports
  • Slide 54
  • Steps in Generating a Report
  • Connect to Information Source
  • Select Template (Widget)
  • Select a Data Source
  • Add Graphics
  • Print Report
  • Slide 61
  • Electronic Document Management
  • EDM Functions
  • First What is a Document
  • Capturing Paper Documents
  • Storage - Know Where They Go
  • Storage ndash Library Services
  • Storage - Indexing
  • Metadata
  • Metadata Stored By PPT
  • Metadata Prompts
  • Content Server Architecture
  • Repository Services
  • Library Services
  • Core Content Management Services
  • Process Automation Services
  • Storage Workflow
  • Rules-based Workflow
  • Manage Check-inCheckout
  • Checkout
  • Slide 81
  • Slide 82
  • Check-in
  • Slide 84
  • Versioning
  • New Version
  • Collaboration
  • Integration
  • Security

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 12

Life-Cycle Asset Management

The International Model shows all functions that should be accomplished to manage life cycle of assets to receive the best ROI

Colors indicate the ldquostoplightrdquo results of benchmark studies hellip what utilities do well and what they do not

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 13

Life-Cycle Asset Management

1 Planning Strategies (CIP Expense Condition-Based Emergency Regulatory PrivateGrant funded organization and staff)

2 Creation and Acquisition (Purchase Lease and Donated Assets Hierarchy and Topology Integration Asset Naming and Numbering)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 14

Life-Cycle Asset Management

3 Financial Management (cost allocation and tracking asset hierarchy and topology cost assignment internal and external cost management historical and summary level cost analysis and reporting)

4 Operations (SCADA DCS and PLC integration EAMS maintenance inspection and purchasing event initiation asset database synchronization and GIS integration)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 15

Life-Cycle Asset Management

5 Maintenance (work order asset condition inspection and inventory management historical and summary level maintenance analysis and reporting condition assessment and scheduling)

6 Condition and Performance Monitoring (locations frequency connectivity with CMMS alarms)

7 Rehabilitation and Renewal (decision points key factors cost analyses data sources)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 16

Life-Cycle Asset Management

8 Replacement (CIP planning term depreciation)

9 Disposal and Rationalization (depreciated value actual value data sources)

10 Audit (frequency expertise responsibility)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 17

Life-Cycle Span vs Life-Cycle Cost

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 18

Essentials of Asset Management

Asset Identification - Each asset assigned a unique identifying hierarchical code

Cost Assignment - All manpower and material costs are charged to the unique asset to which they apply

Maintenance System and General Ledger Reconciliation - May be periodic or automatic within each time or materials transaction

Asset Prioritization - Not all assets get the same level of repair ndash depends on criticality

Reliability Engineering - Failure is redefined ndash then not allowed to occur

Failure Modes and Effects = ldquoorrdquo Root Cause Failure Analysis = ldquoandrdquo

All available within most existing AMSCMMS Applications

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 19

CMMS vs EAM

Computerized Maintenance Management Systems (CMMS) and Enterprise Asset Management systems (EAM) both manage large numbers of physical assets A CMMS manages the maintenance needs

assets and inventory of an organization

An EAM provides all the functions of a CMMS and adds human resource and financial management capabilities

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 20

Levels of Asset Management

This hierarchy shows the top-down relationships among the levels of asset management from life-cycle to hands-on maintenance and care

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 21

The Relationship BetweenMaintenance and Asset Management

Know performance

Understand characteristics

Provide datainformation

Are a source of history

Embody corporate memory

Most direct contact with assets is through OampM staffs who

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 22

Relies on Integration

Enterprise management integrates systems and functions to eliminate ldquostovepipesrdquo and allow unified management of capital

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 23

Seeks to Maximize Value

Enterprise asset management (EAM) means managing all physical assets of an organization throughout their service lives to maximize value

Enterprise means the inclusion of assets across departments and facilities and in some cases business units

It includes design construction commissioning operation maintenance and decommissioning replacement of equipment and facilities

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 24

Why CMMSsEAMs Fail

Vendors donrsquot know what YOUR best practice should behellipone size doesnrsquot fit all

You typically get more than you can use

Ease of use is a secondary concern

Information remains in specialized silos

Multiple vendors provide system technologies

Costs are underestimated

Reporting is a secondary concern

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 25

Welcome

Asset Management Functions and Features

Performance Indicators and Metrics

Management Tools and Dashboards

Report Generation

Document Management Functions and Features

Closing and Sneak Peek at Day 2

Agenda ndash Day 1

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 26

What are KPIs

Todayrsquos systems provide lots of data and information enough to keep a staff of specialists busy continuously analyzing it all

But a small subset of all that datainformation can provide quick indicators of the current performance of assets and processes

Different sets of indicators are useful to individuals of different disciplines (operations maintenance engineering finance etc)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 27

Why Identify KPIs

Limits information viewed to a manageable level

Greatly enhances decision-making capabilities

Minimizes the fire-fighting mentality

Ensures that OampM personnel are motivated and aligned with what management has defined as success for asset performance management

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 28

Pitfalls

Too few measuresmeasures that trade off poorly can improve one result at the expense of another (lowering downtime may lower quality)

Too many measures and too much collection analysis

Increases likelihood of errors

Takes more time and money

Doesnrsquot narrow the focus

12 to 25 KPIs are recommended

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 29

KPI Ideas Assets

Maximize

Asset availability

Output qty (gpm tph etc)

Quality (SS TFC etc)

Minimize

Downtime

Mean-time-between-failures

Maintenance costs

Power consumption

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 30

KPI Ideas People

Maximize

Maintenance wrench time

Capabilities

Minimize

Nonwrench time (driving getting supplies etc)

Time to complete

Rework

Labor costs

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 31

KPI Ideas Materials amp Services

Maximize

Productservice offerings

Stock availability

Minimize

Number of vendors

PO to delivery times

Inventory

Rush orders

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 32

KPI Ideas Other Factors

Maximize

Customer satisfaction

Performance to plan

Regulatory compliance

Safety

Minimize

WHAT WOULD YOU ADD

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 33

Expected vs Actual

Once key indicators have been identified expected levels of performance need to be set

Benchmarks

Goals

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 34

Welcome

Asset Management Functions and Features

Performance Indicators and Metrics

Management Tools and Dashboards

Report Generation

Document Management Functions and Features

Closing and Sneak Peek at Day 2

Agenda ndash Day 1

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 35

Management Tools and Dashboards

What manager wouldnt want a graphical user-interface that shows at a glance metrics and key performance indicators (KPIs) about how the utility is performing

Consider the alternatives

Complex reporting applications

Quizzing employees for information

Waiting for paper reports

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 36

Dashboards

Dashboards are reporting tools that consolidate and arrange numbers metrics and sometimes scorecards on a single screen

Theyre often tailored for a specific role and display metrics targeted for a single point-of-view or department

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 37

Scorecards

Scorecards are applications that show progress toward a benchmark goal or objective

They use KPIs which (if chosen wisely) actually indicate the performance of the utility

Scorecards may be part of dashboards but are different because they usually include multiple points-of-view

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 38

Comparing Technologies

Dashboard Scorecard

Purpose Monitors and measures operational processes

Monitors progress toward established objectives

Data Events Transactional Aggregates Consolidation

Refresh Rate

Near real-time (ldquolatest and greatestrdquo)

Periodic (ldquosnapshotsrdquo)

Measures Exceptions linked to operations

Targets linked to strategic plans

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 39

Why Use Them

1048707 CommunicateRefine Strategy

1048707 Increase Visibility

1048707 Increase Coordination

1048707 Increase Motivation

1048707 Give a Consistent View

1048707 Reduce Costs and Redundancy

1048707 Empower Users

1048707 Deliver Actionable Information

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 40

Benefits

A performance dashboard allows you to

Monitor critical processes and activities using metrics that trigger alerts when potential problems arise

Analyze the root cause of problems by exploring relevant and timely information from multiple sources and at various levels of detail

Manage people and processes to improve decisions optimize performance and steer the organization in the right direction

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 41

How to Implement

Define the key performance indicators (KPIs) that need to be measured in your dashboard (preferably no more than 10)

Identify the specific data needed to build your KPIs

Does the data exist

If so where

How can it be collected

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 42

How to Implement

If data-collection gaps exist find ways to fill the gaps then develop a plan to implement the changes

Find the simplest tool that meets your needs but still allows future growth

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 43

How to Implement

Budget for

The initial cost of the dashboard

Annual maintenance

Fees to implement the system

Cost of changes and updates

Start with one system

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 44

Rule 1 ndash Have Context

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

Q3 2007 Q4 2007 Q1 2008 Q2 2008

Benchmarks or Goals

Prior performance

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 45

Rule 2 - Segment

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

Q3 2007 Q4 2007 Q1 2008 Q2 2008

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 46

Rule 3 ndash Include Comments

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

Q3 2007 Q4 2007 Q1 2008 Q2 2008

Causes of good or poor performance

Ways to improve performance

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 47

Rules 4 amp 5

Keep your dashboard to 1 pagescreen (no more than 10 KEY metrics)

Change your dashboard as conditions change

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 48

Welcome

Asset Management Functions and Features

Performance Indicators and Metrics

Management Tools and Dashboards

Report Generation

Document Management Functions and Features

Closing and Sneak Peek at Day 2

Agenda ndash Day 1

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 49

What is a Report Generator

A good report generator is software that

Retrieves data from different sources

Has data analysis capabilities

Has modifiable templates for presenting data

Has features for consolidating data totaling at multiple levels charting conditional formatting and page-based output

Generates reports automatically and on demand

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 50

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 51

Standard Reports

Standard reports are predefined and generated

Periodically (end of shift day month etc)

Upon process events (batch completed critical process event)

By request (downtime analysis inventory levels)

Predefined with automatic updating of most recent data

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 52

Your Standard Reports

What standard reports do you produce

What information sources are needed

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 53

Ad Hoc Reports

Ad hoc reports are temporary reports created by a user when information is not available in standard reports

They are usually just printouts of information available on a single system (printing the alarm log at the time of a process failure)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 54

Ad Hoc Reports

What ad hoc reports have you produced

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 55

Steps in Generating a Report

1 Connect to a data source

2 Select a template

3 Select a data source

4 Add graphics

5 Print

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 56

Connect to Information Source

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 57

Select Template (Widget)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 58

Select a Data Source

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 59

Add Graphics

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 60

Print Report

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 61

Welcome

Asset Management Functions and Features

Performance Indicators and Metrics

Management Tools and Dashboards

Report Generation

Document Management Functions and Features

Closing and Sneak Peek at Day 2

Agenda ndash Day 1

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 62

Electronic Document Management

aka Electronic Content Management

Itrsquos the control of documents and their life cycle

How and when documents are created

How they are reviewed

How they are published

How they are used

How they are retained

Ultimately how they are destroyed

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 63

EDM Functions

EDM includes five basic functions

Capture of electronic and paper documents

Storage of the electronic files

Delivery to the end users

Preservation and destruction of the files

Management from creation to disposalhellip management is part of each other function

Wersquoll start with Storage since you need to know where theyrsquoll go before they get there

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 64

First What is a Document

In the old days a document was one or more sheets of paperhellipin the really old days it was a parchment sheepskin clay tablet or stone

Recently it was a word processed file

In todayrsquos EDM world a document is any electronic file of any size in any format that can be saved on a computer

What file formats do you use (doc png etc)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 65

Capturing Paper Documents

Electronic images of paper documents are created using scanners or multifunction printers

Optical Character Recognition (OCR) software is often used whether integrated into the hardware or as stand-alone software in order to convert digital images into editable text

Converting images into vector drawings is not as easy but getting better

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 66

Storage - Know Where They Go

Where are documents stored

Database repositories

Data warehouses

How do people get there

On-screen navigation

Storing documents involves some document management

Where they are stored (what server etc)

For how long they are stored

Migration from one storage media to another

Document destruction

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 67

Storage ndash Library Services

The storage function includes processes referred to as Library Services

They determine how documents will be filed and what methods will be used to organize or index the documents to assist in later retrieval

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 68

Storage - Indexing

During the process of storing a document information is collected about the document that will make it easier to search for and retrieve

This information is arranged in a separate table (much like the index in a book) and helps narrow and speed up searches by retrieving only those files that match the indexed information

Each document has a unique ID but also has metadata associated with it

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 69

Metadata

Metadata is typically stored for each document (the document storage date and the user name storing it)

Some metadata is usually extracted from the document automatically (date modified author etc)

The EDM system may also prompt the user storing a document to enter additional metadata

Many EDM systems use optical character recognition on scanned images or perform text extraction on electronic documents This text is used to help locate documents by identifying probable keywords or in full text searches

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 70

Metadata Stored By PPT

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 71

Metadata Prompts

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 72

Content Server Architecture

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 73

Repository Services

Single content amp data repository

Unique document ID

Document attributes

Data dictionary

Object relational management

Authentication services

Backuprecovery

Distributionreplication

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 74

Library Services

Provides a separate virtual repository for Web content

Provides access control

Allows checkout amp check-in

Provides versioning

Manages content storage

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 75

Core Content Management Services

Allows searches

Creates renditions

Allows annotations

Manages virtual documents

Provides dynamic content assembly

Manages links

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 76

Process Automation Services

Provides workflows

Manages document life cycles

Provides notifications

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 77

Storage Workflow

Most EDM systems provide a workflow process routing a document for approval before it is stored

Workflows can be Manual (requiring a user to view the document and decide

who to send it to) Rules-based (allowing an administrator to create a rule

that determines the flow of the document through an organization)

Dynamic (allowing branches to be created in a workflow process)

When a workflow is started for a document the EDMS typically routes the document through the approval process

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 78

Rules-based Workflow

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 79

Manage Check-inCheckout

EDM systems typically include check-incheck-out procedures to ensure only one version of a document is being edited at a time

When a document is checked out to one user the system locks out any other checkout attempts

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 80

Checkout

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 81

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 82

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 83

Check-in

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 84

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 85

Versioning

Versioning is tied to the check-incheckout process

It is usually automatic with manual overwriting capability (for checking in a new version as 20 instead of 12 as the system may have numbered it)

It allows users to see all versions of a document and retrieve previous versions for comparison or reediting

Versioning is useful for documents that change over time and require updating still allowing reversion to a previous copy

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 86

New Version

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 87

Collaboration

Collaboration should be inherent in an EDMS

Documents should be capable of being retrieved by an authorized user and worked on

Access should be blocked to other users while work is being performed on the document

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 88

Integration

Many document management systems attempt to integrate document management directly into other applications so that users may retrieve existing documents directly from the document management system repository make changes and save the changed document back to the repository as a new version all without leaving the application

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 89

Security

Document security is vital in many document management applications

Compliance requirements for certain types of documents are complex (the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act imposes strict security requirements on medical documents)

Some document management systems have a rights management module that allows an administrator to give access to documents based on type to only certain people or groups of people

  • Agenda ndash Day 1
  • Welcome
  • Goals
  • Introductions
  • Ground Rules
  • Slide 7
  • What is Asset Management
  • Balancing Act
  • Why Asset Management
  • All utilities are feeling the pinch
  • Life-Cycle Asset Management
  • Slide 13
  • Slide 14
  • Slide 15
  • Slide 16
  • Life-Cycle Span vs Life-Cycle Cost
  • Essentials of Asset Management
  • CMMS vs EAM
  • Levels of Asset Management
  • The Relationship Between Maintenance and Asset Management
  • Relies on Integration
  • Seeks to Maximize Value
  • Why CMMSsEAMs Fail
  • Slide 25
  • What are KPIs
  • Why Identify KPIs
  • Pitfalls
  • KPI Ideas Assets
  • KPI Ideas People
  • KPI Ideas Materials amp Services
  • KPI Ideas Other Factors
  • Expected vs Actual
  • Slide 34
  • Management Tools and Dashboards
  • Dashboards
  • Scorecards
  • Comparing Technologies
  • Why Use Them
  • Benefits
  • How to Implement
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Rule 1 ndash Have Context
  • Rule 2 - Segment
  • Rule 3 ndash Include Comments
  • Rules 4 amp 5
  • Slide 48
  • What is a Report Generator
  • Slide 50
  • Standard Reports
  • Your Standard Reports
  • Ad Hoc Reports
  • Slide 54
  • Steps in Generating a Report
  • Connect to Information Source
  • Select Template (Widget)
  • Select a Data Source
  • Add Graphics
  • Print Report
  • Slide 61
  • Electronic Document Management
  • EDM Functions
  • First What is a Document
  • Capturing Paper Documents
  • Storage - Know Where They Go
  • Storage ndash Library Services
  • Storage - Indexing
  • Metadata
  • Metadata Stored By PPT
  • Metadata Prompts
  • Content Server Architecture
  • Repository Services
  • Library Services
  • Core Content Management Services
  • Process Automation Services
  • Storage Workflow
  • Rules-based Workflow
  • Manage Check-inCheckout
  • Checkout
  • Slide 81
  • Slide 82
  • Check-in
  • Slide 84
  • Versioning
  • New Version
  • Collaboration
  • Integration
  • Security

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 13

Life-Cycle Asset Management

1 Planning Strategies (CIP Expense Condition-Based Emergency Regulatory PrivateGrant funded organization and staff)

2 Creation and Acquisition (Purchase Lease and Donated Assets Hierarchy and Topology Integration Asset Naming and Numbering)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 14

Life-Cycle Asset Management

3 Financial Management (cost allocation and tracking asset hierarchy and topology cost assignment internal and external cost management historical and summary level cost analysis and reporting)

4 Operations (SCADA DCS and PLC integration EAMS maintenance inspection and purchasing event initiation asset database synchronization and GIS integration)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 15

Life-Cycle Asset Management

5 Maintenance (work order asset condition inspection and inventory management historical and summary level maintenance analysis and reporting condition assessment and scheduling)

6 Condition and Performance Monitoring (locations frequency connectivity with CMMS alarms)

7 Rehabilitation and Renewal (decision points key factors cost analyses data sources)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 16

Life-Cycle Asset Management

8 Replacement (CIP planning term depreciation)

9 Disposal and Rationalization (depreciated value actual value data sources)

10 Audit (frequency expertise responsibility)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 17

Life-Cycle Span vs Life-Cycle Cost

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 18

Essentials of Asset Management

Asset Identification - Each asset assigned a unique identifying hierarchical code

Cost Assignment - All manpower and material costs are charged to the unique asset to which they apply

Maintenance System and General Ledger Reconciliation - May be periodic or automatic within each time or materials transaction

Asset Prioritization - Not all assets get the same level of repair ndash depends on criticality

Reliability Engineering - Failure is redefined ndash then not allowed to occur

Failure Modes and Effects = ldquoorrdquo Root Cause Failure Analysis = ldquoandrdquo

All available within most existing AMSCMMS Applications

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 19

CMMS vs EAM

Computerized Maintenance Management Systems (CMMS) and Enterprise Asset Management systems (EAM) both manage large numbers of physical assets A CMMS manages the maintenance needs

assets and inventory of an organization

An EAM provides all the functions of a CMMS and adds human resource and financial management capabilities

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 20

Levels of Asset Management

This hierarchy shows the top-down relationships among the levels of asset management from life-cycle to hands-on maintenance and care

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 21

The Relationship BetweenMaintenance and Asset Management

Know performance

Understand characteristics

Provide datainformation

Are a source of history

Embody corporate memory

Most direct contact with assets is through OampM staffs who

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 22

Relies on Integration

Enterprise management integrates systems and functions to eliminate ldquostovepipesrdquo and allow unified management of capital

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 23

Seeks to Maximize Value

Enterprise asset management (EAM) means managing all physical assets of an organization throughout their service lives to maximize value

Enterprise means the inclusion of assets across departments and facilities and in some cases business units

It includes design construction commissioning operation maintenance and decommissioning replacement of equipment and facilities

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 24

Why CMMSsEAMs Fail

Vendors donrsquot know what YOUR best practice should behellipone size doesnrsquot fit all

You typically get more than you can use

Ease of use is a secondary concern

Information remains in specialized silos

Multiple vendors provide system technologies

Costs are underestimated

Reporting is a secondary concern

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 25

Welcome

Asset Management Functions and Features

Performance Indicators and Metrics

Management Tools and Dashboards

Report Generation

Document Management Functions and Features

Closing and Sneak Peek at Day 2

Agenda ndash Day 1

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 26

What are KPIs

Todayrsquos systems provide lots of data and information enough to keep a staff of specialists busy continuously analyzing it all

But a small subset of all that datainformation can provide quick indicators of the current performance of assets and processes

Different sets of indicators are useful to individuals of different disciplines (operations maintenance engineering finance etc)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 27

Why Identify KPIs

Limits information viewed to a manageable level

Greatly enhances decision-making capabilities

Minimizes the fire-fighting mentality

Ensures that OampM personnel are motivated and aligned with what management has defined as success for asset performance management

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 28

Pitfalls

Too few measuresmeasures that trade off poorly can improve one result at the expense of another (lowering downtime may lower quality)

Too many measures and too much collection analysis

Increases likelihood of errors

Takes more time and money

Doesnrsquot narrow the focus

12 to 25 KPIs are recommended

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 29

KPI Ideas Assets

Maximize

Asset availability

Output qty (gpm tph etc)

Quality (SS TFC etc)

Minimize

Downtime

Mean-time-between-failures

Maintenance costs

Power consumption

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 30

KPI Ideas People

Maximize

Maintenance wrench time

Capabilities

Minimize

Nonwrench time (driving getting supplies etc)

Time to complete

Rework

Labor costs

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 31

KPI Ideas Materials amp Services

Maximize

Productservice offerings

Stock availability

Minimize

Number of vendors

PO to delivery times

Inventory

Rush orders

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 32

KPI Ideas Other Factors

Maximize

Customer satisfaction

Performance to plan

Regulatory compliance

Safety

Minimize

WHAT WOULD YOU ADD

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 33

Expected vs Actual

Once key indicators have been identified expected levels of performance need to be set

Benchmarks

Goals

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 34

Welcome

Asset Management Functions and Features

Performance Indicators and Metrics

Management Tools and Dashboards

Report Generation

Document Management Functions and Features

Closing and Sneak Peek at Day 2

Agenda ndash Day 1

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 35

Management Tools and Dashboards

What manager wouldnt want a graphical user-interface that shows at a glance metrics and key performance indicators (KPIs) about how the utility is performing

Consider the alternatives

Complex reporting applications

Quizzing employees for information

Waiting for paper reports

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 36

Dashboards

Dashboards are reporting tools that consolidate and arrange numbers metrics and sometimes scorecards on a single screen

Theyre often tailored for a specific role and display metrics targeted for a single point-of-view or department

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 37

Scorecards

Scorecards are applications that show progress toward a benchmark goal or objective

They use KPIs which (if chosen wisely) actually indicate the performance of the utility

Scorecards may be part of dashboards but are different because they usually include multiple points-of-view

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 38

Comparing Technologies

Dashboard Scorecard

Purpose Monitors and measures operational processes

Monitors progress toward established objectives

Data Events Transactional Aggregates Consolidation

Refresh Rate

Near real-time (ldquolatest and greatestrdquo)

Periodic (ldquosnapshotsrdquo)

Measures Exceptions linked to operations

Targets linked to strategic plans

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 39

Why Use Them

1048707 CommunicateRefine Strategy

1048707 Increase Visibility

1048707 Increase Coordination

1048707 Increase Motivation

1048707 Give a Consistent View

1048707 Reduce Costs and Redundancy

1048707 Empower Users

1048707 Deliver Actionable Information

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 40

Benefits

A performance dashboard allows you to

Monitor critical processes and activities using metrics that trigger alerts when potential problems arise

Analyze the root cause of problems by exploring relevant and timely information from multiple sources and at various levels of detail

Manage people and processes to improve decisions optimize performance and steer the organization in the right direction

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 41

How to Implement

Define the key performance indicators (KPIs) that need to be measured in your dashboard (preferably no more than 10)

Identify the specific data needed to build your KPIs

Does the data exist

If so where

How can it be collected

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 42

How to Implement

If data-collection gaps exist find ways to fill the gaps then develop a plan to implement the changes

Find the simplest tool that meets your needs but still allows future growth

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 43

How to Implement

Budget for

The initial cost of the dashboard

Annual maintenance

Fees to implement the system

Cost of changes and updates

Start with one system

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 44

Rule 1 ndash Have Context

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

Q3 2007 Q4 2007 Q1 2008 Q2 2008

Benchmarks or Goals

Prior performance

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 45

Rule 2 - Segment

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

Q3 2007 Q4 2007 Q1 2008 Q2 2008

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 46

Rule 3 ndash Include Comments

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

Q3 2007 Q4 2007 Q1 2008 Q2 2008

Causes of good or poor performance

Ways to improve performance

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 47

Rules 4 amp 5

Keep your dashboard to 1 pagescreen (no more than 10 KEY metrics)

Change your dashboard as conditions change

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 48

Welcome

Asset Management Functions and Features

Performance Indicators and Metrics

Management Tools and Dashboards

Report Generation

Document Management Functions and Features

Closing and Sneak Peek at Day 2

Agenda ndash Day 1

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 49

What is a Report Generator

A good report generator is software that

Retrieves data from different sources

Has data analysis capabilities

Has modifiable templates for presenting data

Has features for consolidating data totaling at multiple levels charting conditional formatting and page-based output

Generates reports automatically and on demand

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 50

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 51

Standard Reports

Standard reports are predefined and generated

Periodically (end of shift day month etc)

Upon process events (batch completed critical process event)

By request (downtime analysis inventory levels)

Predefined with automatic updating of most recent data

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 52

Your Standard Reports

What standard reports do you produce

What information sources are needed

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 53

Ad Hoc Reports

Ad hoc reports are temporary reports created by a user when information is not available in standard reports

They are usually just printouts of information available on a single system (printing the alarm log at the time of a process failure)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 54

Ad Hoc Reports

What ad hoc reports have you produced

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 55

Steps in Generating a Report

1 Connect to a data source

2 Select a template

3 Select a data source

4 Add graphics

5 Print

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 56

Connect to Information Source

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 57

Select Template (Widget)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 58

Select a Data Source

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 59

Add Graphics

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 60

Print Report

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 61

Welcome

Asset Management Functions and Features

Performance Indicators and Metrics

Management Tools and Dashboards

Report Generation

Document Management Functions and Features

Closing and Sneak Peek at Day 2

Agenda ndash Day 1

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 62

Electronic Document Management

aka Electronic Content Management

Itrsquos the control of documents and their life cycle

How and when documents are created

How they are reviewed

How they are published

How they are used

How they are retained

Ultimately how they are destroyed

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 63

EDM Functions

EDM includes five basic functions

Capture of electronic and paper documents

Storage of the electronic files

Delivery to the end users

Preservation and destruction of the files

Management from creation to disposalhellip management is part of each other function

Wersquoll start with Storage since you need to know where theyrsquoll go before they get there

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 64

First What is a Document

In the old days a document was one or more sheets of paperhellipin the really old days it was a parchment sheepskin clay tablet or stone

Recently it was a word processed file

In todayrsquos EDM world a document is any electronic file of any size in any format that can be saved on a computer

What file formats do you use (doc png etc)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 65

Capturing Paper Documents

Electronic images of paper documents are created using scanners or multifunction printers

Optical Character Recognition (OCR) software is often used whether integrated into the hardware or as stand-alone software in order to convert digital images into editable text

Converting images into vector drawings is not as easy but getting better

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 66

Storage - Know Where They Go

Where are documents stored

Database repositories

Data warehouses

How do people get there

On-screen navigation

Storing documents involves some document management

Where they are stored (what server etc)

For how long they are stored

Migration from one storage media to another

Document destruction

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 67

Storage ndash Library Services

The storage function includes processes referred to as Library Services

They determine how documents will be filed and what methods will be used to organize or index the documents to assist in later retrieval

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 68

Storage - Indexing

During the process of storing a document information is collected about the document that will make it easier to search for and retrieve

This information is arranged in a separate table (much like the index in a book) and helps narrow and speed up searches by retrieving only those files that match the indexed information

Each document has a unique ID but also has metadata associated with it

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 69

Metadata

Metadata is typically stored for each document (the document storage date and the user name storing it)

Some metadata is usually extracted from the document automatically (date modified author etc)

The EDM system may also prompt the user storing a document to enter additional metadata

Many EDM systems use optical character recognition on scanned images or perform text extraction on electronic documents This text is used to help locate documents by identifying probable keywords or in full text searches

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 70

Metadata Stored By PPT

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 71

Metadata Prompts

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 72

Content Server Architecture

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 73

Repository Services

Single content amp data repository

Unique document ID

Document attributes

Data dictionary

Object relational management

Authentication services

Backuprecovery

Distributionreplication

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 74

Library Services

Provides a separate virtual repository for Web content

Provides access control

Allows checkout amp check-in

Provides versioning

Manages content storage

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 75

Core Content Management Services

Allows searches

Creates renditions

Allows annotations

Manages virtual documents

Provides dynamic content assembly

Manages links

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 76

Process Automation Services

Provides workflows

Manages document life cycles

Provides notifications

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 77

Storage Workflow

Most EDM systems provide a workflow process routing a document for approval before it is stored

Workflows can be Manual (requiring a user to view the document and decide

who to send it to) Rules-based (allowing an administrator to create a rule

that determines the flow of the document through an organization)

Dynamic (allowing branches to be created in a workflow process)

When a workflow is started for a document the EDMS typically routes the document through the approval process

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 78

Rules-based Workflow

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 79

Manage Check-inCheckout

EDM systems typically include check-incheck-out procedures to ensure only one version of a document is being edited at a time

When a document is checked out to one user the system locks out any other checkout attempts

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 80

Checkout

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 81

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 82

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 83

Check-in

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 84

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 85

Versioning

Versioning is tied to the check-incheckout process

It is usually automatic with manual overwriting capability (for checking in a new version as 20 instead of 12 as the system may have numbered it)

It allows users to see all versions of a document and retrieve previous versions for comparison or reediting

Versioning is useful for documents that change over time and require updating still allowing reversion to a previous copy

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 86

New Version

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 87

Collaboration

Collaboration should be inherent in an EDMS

Documents should be capable of being retrieved by an authorized user and worked on

Access should be blocked to other users while work is being performed on the document

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 88

Integration

Many document management systems attempt to integrate document management directly into other applications so that users may retrieve existing documents directly from the document management system repository make changes and save the changed document back to the repository as a new version all without leaving the application

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 89

Security

Document security is vital in many document management applications

Compliance requirements for certain types of documents are complex (the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act imposes strict security requirements on medical documents)

Some document management systems have a rights management module that allows an administrator to give access to documents based on type to only certain people or groups of people

  • Agenda ndash Day 1
  • Welcome
  • Goals
  • Introductions
  • Ground Rules
  • Slide 7
  • What is Asset Management
  • Balancing Act
  • Why Asset Management
  • All utilities are feeling the pinch
  • Life-Cycle Asset Management
  • Slide 13
  • Slide 14
  • Slide 15
  • Slide 16
  • Life-Cycle Span vs Life-Cycle Cost
  • Essentials of Asset Management
  • CMMS vs EAM
  • Levels of Asset Management
  • The Relationship Between Maintenance and Asset Management
  • Relies on Integration
  • Seeks to Maximize Value
  • Why CMMSsEAMs Fail
  • Slide 25
  • What are KPIs
  • Why Identify KPIs
  • Pitfalls
  • KPI Ideas Assets
  • KPI Ideas People
  • KPI Ideas Materials amp Services
  • KPI Ideas Other Factors
  • Expected vs Actual
  • Slide 34
  • Management Tools and Dashboards
  • Dashboards
  • Scorecards
  • Comparing Technologies
  • Why Use Them
  • Benefits
  • How to Implement
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Rule 1 ndash Have Context
  • Rule 2 - Segment
  • Rule 3 ndash Include Comments
  • Rules 4 amp 5
  • Slide 48
  • What is a Report Generator
  • Slide 50
  • Standard Reports
  • Your Standard Reports
  • Ad Hoc Reports
  • Slide 54
  • Steps in Generating a Report
  • Connect to Information Source
  • Select Template (Widget)
  • Select a Data Source
  • Add Graphics
  • Print Report
  • Slide 61
  • Electronic Document Management
  • EDM Functions
  • First What is a Document
  • Capturing Paper Documents
  • Storage - Know Where They Go
  • Storage ndash Library Services
  • Storage - Indexing
  • Metadata
  • Metadata Stored By PPT
  • Metadata Prompts
  • Content Server Architecture
  • Repository Services
  • Library Services
  • Core Content Management Services
  • Process Automation Services
  • Storage Workflow
  • Rules-based Workflow
  • Manage Check-inCheckout
  • Checkout
  • Slide 81
  • Slide 82
  • Check-in
  • Slide 84
  • Versioning
  • New Version
  • Collaboration
  • Integration
  • Security

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 14

Life-Cycle Asset Management

3 Financial Management (cost allocation and tracking asset hierarchy and topology cost assignment internal and external cost management historical and summary level cost analysis and reporting)

4 Operations (SCADA DCS and PLC integration EAMS maintenance inspection and purchasing event initiation asset database synchronization and GIS integration)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 15

Life-Cycle Asset Management

5 Maintenance (work order asset condition inspection and inventory management historical and summary level maintenance analysis and reporting condition assessment and scheduling)

6 Condition and Performance Monitoring (locations frequency connectivity with CMMS alarms)

7 Rehabilitation and Renewal (decision points key factors cost analyses data sources)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 16

Life-Cycle Asset Management

8 Replacement (CIP planning term depreciation)

9 Disposal and Rationalization (depreciated value actual value data sources)

10 Audit (frequency expertise responsibility)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 17

Life-Cycle Span vs Life-Cycle Cost

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 18

Essentials of Asset Management

Asset Identification - Each asset assigned a unique identifying hierarchical code

Cost Assignment - All manpower and material costs are charged to the unique asset to which they apply

Maintenance System and General Ledger Reconciliation - May be periodic or automatic within each time or materials transaction

Asset Prioritization - Not all assets get the same level of repair ndash depends on criticality

Reliability Engineering - Failure is redefined ndash then not allowed to occur

Failure Modes and Effects = ldquoorrdquo Root Cause Failure Analysis = ldquoandrdquo

All available within most existing AMSCMMS Applications

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 19

CMMS vs EAM

Computerized Maintenance Management Systems (CMMS) and Enterprise Asset Management systems (EAM) both manage large numbers of physical assets A CMMS manages the maintenance needs

assets and inventory of an organization

An EAM provides all the functions of a CMMS and adds human resource and financial management capabilities

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 20

Levels of Asset Management

This hierarchy shows the top-down relationships among the levels of asset management from life-cycle to hands-on maintenance and care

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 21

The Relationship BetweenMaintenance and Asset Management

Know performance

Understand characteristics

Provide datainformation

Are a source of history

Embody corporate memory

Most direct contact with assets is through OampM staffs who

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 22

Relies on Integration

Enterprise management integrates systems and functions to eliminate ldquostovepipesrdquo and allow unified management of capital

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 23

Seeks to Maximize Value

Enterprise asset management (EAM) means managing all physical assets of an organization throughout their service lives to maximize value

Enterprise means the inclusion of assets across departments and facilities and in some cases business units

It includes design construction commissioning operation maintenance and decommissioning replacement of equipment and facilities

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 24

Why CMMSsEAMs Fail

Vendors donrsquot know what YOUR best practice should behellipone size doesnrsquot fit all

You typically get more than you can use

Ease of use is a secondary concern

Information remains in specialized silos

Multiple vendors provide system technologies

Costs are underestimated

Reporting is a secondary concern

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 25

Welcome

Asset Management Functions and Features

Performance Indicators and Metrics

Management Tools and Dashboards

Report Generation

Document Management Functions and Features

Closing and Sneak Peek at Day 2

Agenda ndash Day 1

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 26

What are KPIs

Todayrsquos systems provide lots of data and information enough to keep a staff of specialists busy continuously analyzing it all

But a small subset of all that datainformation can provide quick indicators of the current performance of assets and processes

Different sets of indicators are useful to individuals of different disciplines (operations maintenance engineering finance etc)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 27

Why Identify KPIs

Limits information viewed to a manageable level

Greatly enhances decision-making capabilities

Minimizes the fire-fighting mentality

Ensures that OampM personnel are motivated and aligned with what management has defined as success for asset performance management

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 28

Pitfalls

Too few measuresmeasures that trade off poorly can improve one result at the expense of another (lowering downtime may lower quality)

Too many measures and too much collection analysis

Increases likelihood of errors

Takes more time and money

Doesnrsquot narrow the focus

12 to 25 KPIs are recommended

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 29

KPI Ideas Assets

Maximize

Asset availability

Output qty (gpm tph etc)

Quality (SS TFC etc)

Minimize

Downtime

Mean-time-between-failures

Maintenance costs

Power consumption

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 30

KPI Ideas People

Maximize

Maintenance wrench time

Capabilities

Minimize

Nonwrench time (driving getting supplies etc)

Time to complete

Rework

Labor costs

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 31

KPI Ideas Materials amp Services

Maximize

Productservice offerings

Stock availability

Minimize

Number of vendors

PO to delivery times

Inventory

Rush orders

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 32

KPI Ideas Other Factors

Maximize

Customer satisfaction

Performance to plan

Regulatory compliance

Safety

Minimize

WHAT WOULD YOU ADD

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 33

Expected vs Actual

Once key indicators have been identified expected levels of performance need to be set

Benchmarks

Goals

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 34

Welcome

Asset Management Functions and Features

Performance Indicators and Metrics

Management Tools and Dashboards

Report Generation

Document Management Functions and Features

Closing and Sneak Peek at Day 2

Agenda ndash Day 1

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 35

Management Tools and Dashboards

What manager wouldnt want a graphical user-interface that shows at a glance metrics and key performance indicators (KPIs) about how the utility is performing

Consider the alternatives

Complex reporting applications

Quizzing employees for information

Waiting for paper reports

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 36

Dashboards

Dashboards are reporting tools that consolidate and arrange numbers metrics and sometimes scorecards on a single screen

Theyre often tailored for a specific role and display metrics targeted for a single point-of-view or department

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 37

Scorecards

Scorecards are applications that show progress toward a benchmark goal or objective

They use KPIs which (if chosen wisely) actually indicate the performance of the utility

Scorecards may be part of dashboards but are different because they usually include multiple points-of-view

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 38

Comparing Technologies

Dashboard Scorecard

Purpose Monitors and measures operational processes

Monitors progress toward established objectives

Data Events Transactional Aggregates Consolidation

Refresh Rate

Near real-time (ldquolatest and greatestrdquo)

Periodic (ldquosnapshotsrdquo)

Measures Exceptions linked to operations

Targets linked to strategic plans

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 39

Why Use Them

1048707 CommunicateRefine Strategy

1048707 Increase Visibility

1048707 Increase Coordination

1048707 Increase Motivation

1048707 Give a Consistent View

1048707 Reduce Costs and Redundancy

1048707 Empower Users

1048707 Deliver Actionable Information

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 40

Benefits

A performance dashboard allows you to

Monitor critical processes and activities using metrics that trigger alerts when potential problems arise

Analyze the root cause of problems by exploring relevant and timely information from multiple sources and at various levels of detail

Manage people and processes to improve decisions optimize performance and steer the organization in the right direction

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 41

How to Implement

Define the key performance indicators (KPIs) that need to be measured in your dashboard (preferably no more than 10)

Identify the specific data needed to build your KPIs

Does the data exist

If so where

How can it be collected

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 42

How to Implement

If data-collection gaps exist find ways to fill the gaps then develop a plan to implement the changes

Find the simplest tool that meets your needs but still allows future growth

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 43

How to Implement

Budget for

The initial cost of the dashboard

Annual maintenance

Fees to implement the system

Cost of changes and updates

Start with one system

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 44

Rule 1 ndash Have Context

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

Q3 2007 Q4 2007 Q1 2008 Q2 2008

Benchmarks or Goals

Prior performance

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 45

Rule 2 - Segment

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

Q3 2007 Q4 2007 Q1 2008 Q2 2008

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 46

Rule 3 ndash Include Comments

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

Q3 2007 Q4 2007 Q1 2008 Q2 2008

Causes of good or poor performance

Ways to improve performance

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 47

Rules 4 amp 5

Keep your dashboard to 1 pagescreen (no more than 10 KEY metrics)

Change your dashboard as conditions change

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 48

Welcome

Asset Management Functions and Features

Performance Indicators and Metrics

Management Tools and Dashboards

Report Generation

Document Management Functions and Features

Closing and Sneak Peek at Day 2

Agenda ndash Day 1

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 49

What is a Report Generator

A good report generator is software that

Retrieves data from different sources

Has data analysis capabilities

Has modifiable templates for presenting data

Has features for consolidating data totaling at multiple levels charting conditional formatting and page-based output

Generates reports automatically and on demand

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 50

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 51

Standard Reports

Standard reports are predefined and generated

Periodically (end of shift day month etc)

Upon process events (batch completed critical process event)

By request (downtime analysis inventory levels)

Predefined with automatic updating of most recent data

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 52

Your Standard Reports

What standard reports do you produce

What information sources are needed

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 53

Ad Hoc Reports

Ad hoc reports are temporary reports created by a user when information is not available in standard reports

They are usually just printouts of information available on a single system (printing the alarm log at the time of a process failure)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 54

Ad Hoc Reports

What ad hoc reports have you produced

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 55

Steps in Generating a Report

1 Connect to a data source

2 Select a template

3 Select a data source

4 Add graphics

5 Print

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 56

Connect to Information Source

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 57

Select Template (Widget)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 58

Select a Data Source

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 59

Add Graphics

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 60

Print Report

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 61

Welcome

Asset Management Functions and Features

Performance Indicators and Metrics

Management Tools and Dashboards

Report Generation

Document Management Functions and Features

Closing and Sneak Peek at Day 2

Agenda ndash Day 1

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 62

Electronic Document Management

aka Electronic Content Management

Itrsquos the control of documents and their life cycle

How and when documents are created

How they are reviewed

How they are published

How they are used

How they are retained

Ultimately how they are destroyed

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 63

EDM Functions

EDM includes five basic functions

Capture of electronic and paper documents

Storage of the electronic files

Delivery to the end users

Preservation and destruction of the files

Management from creation to disposalhellip management is part of each other function

Wersquoll start with Storage since you need to know where theyrsquoll go before they get there

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 64

First What is a Document

In the old days a document was one or more sheets of paperhellipin the really old days it was a parchment sheepskin clay tablet or stone

Recently it was a word processed file

In todayrsquos EDM world a document is any electronic file of any size in any format that can be saved on a computer

What file formats do you use (doc png etc)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 65

Capturing Paper Documents

Electronic images of paper documents are created using scanners or multifunction printers

Optical Character Recognition (OCR) software is often used whether integrated into the hardware or as stand-alone software in order to convert digital images into editable text

Converting images into vector drawings is not as easy but getting better

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 66

Storage - Know Where They Go

Where are documents stored

Database repositories

Data warehouses

How do people get there

On-screen navigation

Storing documents involves some document management

Where they are stored (what server etc)

For how long they are stored

Migration from one storage media to another

Document destruction

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 67

Storage ndash Library Services

The storage function includes processes referred to as Library Services

They determine how documents will be filed and what methods will be used to organize or index the documents to assist in later retrieval

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 68

Storage - Indexing

During the process of storing a document information is collected about the document that will make it easier to search for and retrieve

This information is arranged in a separate table (much like the index in a book) and helps narrow and speed up searches by retrieving only those files that match the indexed information

Each document has a unique ID but also has metadata associated with it

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 69

Metadata

Metadata is typically stored for each document (the document storage date and the user name storing it)

Some metadata is usually extracted from the document automatically (date modified author etc)

The EDM system may also prompt the user storing a document to enter additional metadata

Many EDM systems use optical character recognition on scanned images or perform text extraction on electronic documents This text is used to help locate documents by identifying probable keywords or in full text searches

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 70

Metadata Stored By PPT

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 71

Metadata Prompts

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 72

Content Server Architecture

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 73

Repository Services

Single content amp data repository

Unique document ID

Document attributes

Data dictionary

Object relational management

Authentication services

Backuprecovery

Distributionreplication

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 74

Library Services

Provides a separate virtual repository for Web content

Provides access control

Allows checkout amp check-in

Provides versioning

Manages content storage

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 75

Core Content Management Services

Allows searches

Creates renditions

Allows annotations

Manages virtual documents

Provides dynamic content assembly

Manages links

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 76

Process Automation Services

Provides workflows

Manages document life cycles

Provides notifications

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 77

Storage Workflow

Most EDM systems provide a workflow process routing a document for approval before it is stored

Workflows can be Manual (requiring a user to view the document and decide

who to send it to) Rules-based (allowing an administrator to create a rule

that determines the flow of the document through an organization)

Dynamic (allowing branches to be created in a workflow process)

When a workflow is started for a document the EDMS typically routes the document through the approval process

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 78

Rules-based Workflow

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 79

Manage Check-inCheckout

EDM systems typically include check-incheck-out procedures to ensure only one version of a document is being edited at a time

When a document is checked out to one user the system locks out any other checkout attempts

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 80

Checkout

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 81

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 82

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 83

Check-in

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 84

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 85

Versioning

Versioning is tied to the check-incheckout process

It is usually automatic with manual overwriting capability (for checking in a new version as 20 instead of 12 as the system may have numbered it)

It allows users to see all versions of a document and retrieve previous versions for comparison or reediting

Versioning is useful for documents that change over time and require updating still allowing reversion to a previous copy

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 86

New Version

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 87

Collaboration

Collaboration should be inherent in an EDMS

Documents should be capable of being retrieved by an authorized user and worked on

Access should be blocked to other users while work is being performed on the document

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 88

Integration

Many document management systems attempt to integrate document management directly into other applications so that users may retrieve existing documents directly from the document management system repository make changes and save the changed document back to the repository as a new version all without leaving the application

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 89

Security

Document security is vital in many document management applications

Compliance requirements for certain types of documents are complex (the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act imposes strict security requirements on medical documents)

Some document management systems have a rights management module that allows an administrator to give access to documents based on type to only certain people or groups of people

  • Agenda ndash Day 1
  • Welcome
  • Goals
  • Introductions
  • Ground Rules
  • Slide 7
  • What is Asset Management
  • Balancing Act
  • Why Asset Management
  • All utilities are feeling the pinch
  • Life-Cycle Asset Management
  • Slide 13
  • Slide 14
  • Slide 15
  • Slide 16
  • Life-Cycle Span vs Life-Cycle Cost
  • Essentials of Asset Management
  • CMMS vs EAM
  • Levels of Asset Management
  • The Relationship Between Maintenance and Asset Management
  • Relies on Integration
  • Seeks to Maximize Value
  • Why CMMSsEAMs Fail
  • Slide 25
  • What are KPIs
  • Why Identify KPIs
  • Pitfalls
  • KPI Ideas Assets
  • KPI Ideas People
  • KPI Ideas Materials amp Services
  • KPI Ideas Other Factors
  • Expected vs Actual
  • Slide 34
  • Management Tools and Dashboards
  • Dashboards
  • Scorecards
  • Comparing Technologies
  • Why Use Them
  • Benefits
  • How to Implement
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Rule 1 ndash Have Context
  • Rule 2 - Segment
  • Rule 3 ndash Include Comments
  • Rules 4 amp 5
  • Slide 48
  • What is a Report Generator
  • Slide 50
  • Standard Reports
  • Your Standard Reports
  • Ad Hoc Reports
  • Slide 54
  • Steps in Generating a Report
  • Connect to Information Source
  • Select Template (Widget)
  • Select a Data Source
  • Add Graphics
  • Print Report
  • Slide 61
  • Electronic Document Management
  • EDM Functions
  • First What is a Document
  • Capturing Paper Documents
  • Storage - Know Where They Go
  • Storage ndash Library Services
  • Storage - Indexing
  • Metadata
  • Metadata Stored By PPT
  • Metadata Prompts
  • Content Server Architecture
  • Repository Services
  • Library Services
  • Core Content Management Services
  • Process Automation Services
  • Storage Workflow
  • Rules-based Workflow
  • Manage Check-inCheckout
  • Checkout
  • Slide 81
  • Slide 82
  • Check-in
  • Slide 84
  • Versioning
  • New Version
  • Collaboration
  • Integration
  • Security

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 15

Life-Cycle Asset Management

5 Maintenance (work order asset condition inspection and inventory management historical and summary level maintenance analysis and reporting condition assessment and scheduling)

6 Condition and Performance Monitoring (locations frequency connectivity with CMMS alarms)

7 Rehabilitation and Renewal (decision points key factors cost analyses data sources)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 16

Life-Cycle Asset Management

8 Replacement (CIP planning term depreciation)

9 Disposal and Rationalization (depreciated value actual value data sources)

10 Audit (frequency expertise responsibility)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 17

Life-Cycle Span vs Life-Cycle Cost

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 18

Essentials of Asset Management

Asset Identification - Each asset assigned a unique identifying hierarchical code

Cost Assignment - All manpower and material costs are charged to the unique asset to which they apply

Maintenance System and General Ledger Reconciliation - May be periodic or automatic within each time or materials transaction

Asset Prioritization - Not all assets get the same level of repair ndash depends on criticality

Reliability Engineering - Failure is redefined ndash then not allowed to occur

Failure Modes and Effects = ldquoorrdquo Root Cause Failure Analysis = ldquoandrdquo

All available within most existing AMSCMMS Applications

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 19

CMMS vs EAM

Computerized Maintenance Management Systems (CMMS) and Enterprise Asset Management systems (EAM) both manage large numbers of physical assets A CMMS manages the maintenance needs

assets and inventory of an organization

An EAM provides all the functions of a CMMS and adds human resource and financial management capabilities

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 20

Levels of Asset Management

This hierarchy shows the top-down relationships among the levels of asset management from life-cycle to hands-on maintenance and care

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 21

The Relationship BetweenMaintenance and Asset Management

Know performance

Understand characteristics

Provide datainformation

Are a source of history

Embody corporate memory

Most direct contact with assets is through OampM staffs who

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 22

Relies on Integration

Enterprise management integrates systems and functions to eliminate ldquostovepipesrdquo and allow unified management of capital

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 23

Seeks to Maximize Value

Enterprise asset management (EAM) means managing all physical assets of an organization throughout their service lives to maximize value

Enterprise means the inclusion of assets across departments and facilities and in some cases business units

It includes design construction commissioning operation maintenance and decommissioning replacement of equipment and facilities

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 24

Why CMMSsEAMs Fail

Vendors donrsquot know what YOUR best practice should behellipone size doesnrsquot fit all

You typically get more than you can use

Ease of use is a secondary concern

Information remains in specialized silos

Multiple vendors provide system technologies

Costs are underestimated

Reporting is a secondary concern

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 25

Welcome

Asset Management Functions and Features

Performance Indicators and Metrics

Management Tools and Dashboards

Report Generation

Document Management Functions and Features

Closing and Sneak Peek at Day 2

Agenda ndash Day 1

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 26

What are KPIs

Todayrsquos systems provide lots of data and information enough to keep a staff of specialists busy continuously analyzing it all

But a small subset of all that datainformation can provide quick indicators of the current performance of assets and processes

Different sets of indicators are useful to individuals of different disciplines (operations maintenance engineering finance etc)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 27

Why Identify KPIs

Limits information viewed to a manageable level

Greatly enhances decision-making capabilities

Minimizes the fire-fighting mentality

Ensures that OampM personnel are motivated and aligned with what management has defined as success for asset performance management

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 28

Pitfalls

Too few measuresmeasures that trade off poorly can improve one result at the expense of another (lowering downtime may lower quality)

Too many measures and too much collection analysis

Increases likelihood of errors

Takes more time and money

Doesnrsquot narrow the focus

12 to 25 KPIs are recommended

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 29

KPI Ideas Assets

Maximize

Asset availability

Output qty (gpm tph etc)

Quality (SS TFC etc)

Minimize

Downtime

Mean-time-between-failures

Maintenance costs

Power consumption

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 30

KPI Ideas People

Maximize

Maintenance wrench time

Capabilities

Minimize

Nonwrench time (driving getting supplies etc)

Time to complete

Rework

Labor costs

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 31

KPI Ideas Materials amp Services

Maximize

Productservice offerings

Stock availability

Minimize

Number of vendors

PO to delivery times

Inventory

Rush orders

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 32

KPI Ideas Other Factors

Maximize

Customer satisfaction

Performance to plan

Regulatory compliance

Safety

Minimize

WHAT WOULD YOU ADD

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 33

Expected vs Actual

Once key indicators have been identified expected levels of performance need to be set

Benchmarks

Goals

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 34

Welcome

Asset Management Functions and Features

Performance Indicators and Metrics

Management Tools and Dashboards

Report Generation

Document Management Functions and Features

Closing and Sneak Peek at Day 2

Agenda ndash Day 1

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 35

Management Tools and Dashboards

What manager wouldnt want a graphical user-interface that shows at a glance metrics and key performance indicators (KPIs) about how the utility is performing

Consider the alternatives

Complex reporting applications

Quizzing employees for information

Waiting for paper reports

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 36

Dashboards

Dashboards are reporting tools that consolidate and arrange numbers metrics and sometimes scorecards on a single screen

Theyre often tailored for a specific role and display metrics targeted for a single point-of-view or department

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 37

Scorecards

Scorecards are applications that show progress toward a benchmark goal or objective

They use KPIs which (if chosen wisely) actually indicate the performance of the utility

Scorecards may be part of dashboards but are different because they usually include multiple points-of-view

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 38

Comparing Technologies

Dashboard Scorecard

Purpose Monitors and measures operational processes

Monitors progress toward established objectives

Data Events Transactional Aggregates Consolidation

Refresh Rate

Near real-time (ldquolatest and greatestrdquo)

Periodic (ldquosnapshotsrdquo)

Measures Exceptions linked to operations

Targets linked to strategic plans

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 39

Why Use Them

1048707 CommunicateRefine Strategy

1048707 Increase Visibility

1048707 Increase Coordination

1048707 Increase Motivation

1048707 Give a Consistent View

1048707 Reduce Costs and Redundancy

1048707 Empower Users

1048707 Deliver Actionable Information

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 40

Benefits

A performance dashboard allows you to

Monitor critical processes and activities using metrics that trigger alerts when potential problems arise

Analyze the root cause of problems by exploring relevant and timely information from multiple sources and at various levels of detail

Manage people and processes to improve decisions optimize performance and steer the organization in the right direction

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 41

How to Implement

Define the key performance indicators (KPIs) that need to be measured in your dashboard (preferably no more than 10)

Identify the specific data needed to build your KPIs

Does the data exist

If so where

How can it be collected

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 42

How to Implement

If data-collection gaps exist find ways to fill the gaps then develop a plan to implement the changes

Find the simplest tool that meets your needs but still allows future growth

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 43

How to Implement

Budget for

The initial cost of the dashboard

Annual maintenance

Fees to implement the system

Cost of changes and updates

Start with one system

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 44

Rule 1 ndash Have Context

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

Q3 2007 Q4 2007 Q1 2008 Q2 2008

Benchmarks or Goals

Prior performance

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 45

Rule 2 - Segment

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

Q3 2007 Q4 2007 Q1 2008 Q2 2008

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 46

Rule 3 ndash Include Comments

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

Q3 2007 Q4 2007 Q1 2008 Q2 2008

Causes of good or poor performance

Ways to improve performance

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 47

Rules 4 amp 5

Keep your dashboard to 1 pagescreen (no more than 10 KEY metrics)

Change your dashboard as conditions change

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 48

Welcome

Asset Management Functions and Features

Performance Indicators and Metrics

Management Tools and Dashboards

Report Generation

Document Management Functions and Features

Closing and Sneak Peek at Day 2

Agenda ndash Day 1

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 49

What is a Report Generator

A good report generator is software that

Retrieves data from different sources

Has data analysis capabilities

Has modifiable templates for presenting data

Has features for consolidating data totaling at multiple levels charting conditional formatting and page-based output

Generates reports automatically and on demand

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 50

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 51

Standard Reports

Standard reports are predefined and generated

Periodically (end of shift day month etc)

Upon process events (batch completed critical process event)

By request (downtime analysis inventory levels)

Predefined with automatic updating of most recent data

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 52

Your Standard Reports

What standard reports do you produce

What information sources are needed

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 53

Ad Hoc Reports

Ad hoc reports are temporary reports created by a user when information is not available in standard reports

They are usually just printouts of information available on a single system (printing the alarm log at the time of a process failure)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 54

Ad Hoc Reports

What ad hoc reports have you produced

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 55

Steps in Generating a Report

1 Connect to a data source

2 Select a template

3 Select a data source

4 Add graphics

5 Print

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 56

Connect to Information Source

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 57

Select Template (Widget)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 58

Select a Data Source

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 59

Add Graphics

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 60

Print Report

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 61

Welcome

Asset Management Functions and Features

Performance Indicators and Metrics

Management Tools and Dashboards

Report Generation

Document Management Functions and Features

Closing and Sneak Peek at Day 2

Agenda ndash Day 1

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 62

Electronic Document Management

aka Electronic Content Management

Itrsquos the control of documents and their life cycle

How and when documents are created

How they are reviewed

How they are published

How they are used

How they are retained

Ultimately how they are destroyed

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 63

EDM Functions

EDM includes five basic functions

Capture of electronic and paper documents

Storage of the electronic files

Delivery to the end users

Preservation and destruction of the files

Management from creation to disposalhellip management is part of each other function

Wersquoll start with Storage since you need to know where theyrsquoll go before they get there

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 64

First What is a Document

In the old days a document was one or more sheets of paperhellipin the really old days it was a parchment sheepskin clay tablet or stone

Recently it was a word processed file

In todayrsquos EDM world a document is any electronic file of any size in any format that can be saved on a computer

What file formats do you use (doc png etc)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 65

Capturing Paper Documents

Electronic images of paper documents are created using scanners or multifunction printers

Optical Character Recognition (OCR) software is often used whether integrated into the hardware or as stand-alone software in order to convert digital images into editable text

Converting images into vector drawings is not as easy but getting better

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 66

Storage - Know Where They Go

Where are documents stored

Database repositories

Data warehouses

How do people get there

On-screen navigation

Storing documents involves some document management

Where they are stored (what server etc)

For how long they are stored

Migration from one storage media to another

Document destruction

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 67

Storage ndash Library Services

The storage function includes processes referred to as Library Services

They determine how documents will be filed and what methods will be used to organize or index the documents to assist in later retrieval

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 68

Storage - Indexing

During the process of storing a document information is collected about the document that will make it easier to search for and retrieve

This information is arranged in a separate table (much like the index in a book) and helps narrow and speed up searches by retrieving only those files that match the indexed information

Each document has a unique ID but also has metadata associated with it

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 69

Metadata

Metadata is typically stored for each document (the document storage date and the user name storing it)

Some metadata is usually extracted from the document automatically (date modified author etc)

The EDM system may also prompt the user storing a document to enter additional metadata

Many EDM systems use optical character recognition on scanned images or perform text extraction on electronic documents This text is used to help locate documents by identifying probable keywords or in full text searches

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 70

Metadata Stored By PPT

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 71

Metadata Prompts

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 72

Content Server Architecture

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 73

Repository Services

Single content amp data repository

Unique document ID

Document attributes

Data dictionary

Object relational management

Authentication services

Backuprecovery

Distributionreplication

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 74

Library Services

Provides a separate virtual repository for Web content

Provides access control

Allows checkout amp check-in

Provides versioning

Manages content storage

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 75

Core Content Management Services

Allows searches

Creates renditions

Allows annotations

Manages virtual documents

Provides dynamic content assembly

Manages links

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 76

Process Automation Services

Provides workflows

Manages document life cycles

Provides notifications

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 77

Storage Workflow

Most EDM systems provide a workflow process routing a document for approval before it is stored

Workflows can be Manual (requiring a user to view the document and decide

who to send it to) Rules-based (allowing an administrator to create a rule

that determines the flow of the document through an organization)

Dynamic (allowing branches to be created in a workflow process)

When a workflow is started for a document the EDMS typically routes the document through the approval process

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 78

Rules-based Workflow

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 79

Manage Check-inCheckout

EDM systems typically include check-incheck-out procedures to ensure only one version of a document is being edited at a time

When a document is checked out to one user the system locks out any other checkout attempts

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 80

Checkout

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 81

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 82

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 83

Check-in

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 84

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 85

Versioning

Versioning is tied to the check-incheckout process

It is usually automatic with manual overwriting capability (for checking in a new version as 20 instead of 12 as the system may have numbered it)

It allows users to see all versions of a document and retrieve previous versions for comparison or reediting

Versioning is useful for documents that change over time and require updating still allowing reversion to a previous copy

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 86

New Version

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 87

Collaboration

Collaboration should be inherent in an EDMS

Documents should be capable of being retrieved by an authorized user and worked on

Access should be blocked to other users while work is being performed on the document

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 88

Integration

Many document management systems attempt to integrate document management directly into other applications so that users may retrieve existing documents directly from the document management system repository make changes and save the changed document back to the repository as a new version all without leaving the application

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 89

Security

Document security is vital in many document management applications

Compliance requirements for certain types of documents are complex (the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act imposes strict security requirements on medical documents)

Some document management systems have a rights management module that allows an administrator to give access to documents based on type to only certain people or groups of people

  • Agenda ndash Day 1
  • Welcome
  • Goals
  • Introductions
  • Ground Rules
  • Slide 7
  • What is Asset Management
  • Balancing Act
  • Why Asset Management
  • All utilities are feeling the pinch
  • Life-Cycle Asset Management
  • Slide 13
  • Slide 14
  • Slide 15
  • Slide 16
  • Life-Cycle Span vs Life-Cycle Cost
  • Essentials of Asset Management
  • CMMS vs EAM
  • Levels of Asset Management
  • The Relationship Between Maintenance and Asset Management
  • Relies on Integration
  • Seeks to Maximize Value
  • Why CMMSsEAMs Fail
  • Slide 25
  • What are KPIs
  • Why Identify KPIs
  • Pitfalls
  • KPI Ideas Assets
  • KPI Ideas People
  • KPI Ideas Materials amp Services
  • KPI Ideas Other Factors
  • Expected vs Actual
  • Slide 34
  • Management Tools and Dashboards
  • Dashboards
  • Scorecards
  • Comparing Technologies
  • Why Use Them
  • Benefits
  • How to Implement
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Rule 1 ndash Have Context
  • Rule 2 - Segment
  • Rule 3 ndash Include Comments
  • Rules 4 amp 5
  • Slide 48
  • What is a Report Generator
  • Slide 50
  • Standard Reports
  • Your Standard Reports
  • Ad Hoc Reports
  • Slide 54
  • Steps in Generating a Report
  • Connect to Information Source
  • Select Template (Widget)
  • Select a Data Source
  • Add Graphics
  • Print Report
  • Slide 61
  • Electronic Document Management
  • EDM Functions
  • First What is a Document
  • Capturing Paper Documents
  • Storage - Know Where They Go
  • Storage ndash Library Services
  • Storage - Indexing
  • Metadata
  • Metadata Stored By PPT
  • Metadata Prompts
  • Content Server Architecture
  • Repository Services
  • Library Services
  • Core Content Management Services
  • Process Automation Services
  • Storage Workflow
  • Rules-based Workflow
  • Manage Check-inCheckout
  • Checkout
  • Slide 81
  • Slide 82
  • Check-in
  • Slide 84
  • Versioning
  • New Version
  • Collaboration
  • Integration
  • Security

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 16

Life-Cycle Asset Management

8 Replacement (CIP planning term depreciation)

9 Disposal and Rationalization (depreciated value actual value data sources)

10 Audit (frequency expertise responsibility)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 17

Life-Cycle Span vs Life-Cycle Cost

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 18

Essentials of Asset Management

Asset Identification - Each asset assigned a unique identifying hierarchical code

Cost Assignment - All manpower and material costs are charged to the unique asset to which they apply

Maintenance System and General Ledger Reconciliation - May be periodic or automatic within each time or materials transaction

Asset Prioritization - Not all assets get the same level of repair ndash depends on criticality

Reliability Engineering - Failure is redefined ndash then not allowed to occur

Failure Modes and Effects = ldquoorrdquo Root Cause Failure Analysis = ldquoandrdquo

All available within most existing AMSCMMS Applications

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 19

CMMS vs EAM

Computerized Maintenance Management Systems (CMMS) and Enterprise Asset Management systems (EAM) both manage large numbers of physical assets A CMMS manages the maintenance needs

assets and inventory of an organization

An EAM provides all the functions of a CMMS and adds human resource and financial management capabilities

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 20

Levels of Asset Management

This hierarchy shows the top-down relationships among the levels of asset management from life-cycle to hands-on maintenance and care

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 21

The Relationship BetweenMaintenance and Asset Management

Know performance

Understand characteristics

Provide datainformation

Are a source of history

Embody corporate memory

Most direct contact with assets is through OampM staffs who

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 22

Relies on Integration

Enterprise management integrates systems and functions to eliminate ldquostovepipesrdquo and allow unified management of capital

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 23

Seeks to Maximize Value

Enterprise asset management (EAM) means managing all physical assets of an organization throughout their service lives to maximize value

Enterprise means the inclusion of assets across departments and facilities and in some cases business units

It includes design construction commissioning operation maintenance and decommissioning replacement of equipment and facilities

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 24

Why CMMSsEAMs Fail

Vendors donrsquot know what YOUR best practice should behellipone size doesnrsquot fit all

You typically get more than you can use

Ease of use is a secondary concern

Information remains in specialized silos

Multiple vendors provide system technologies

Costs are underestimated

Reporting is a secondary concern

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 25

Welcome

Asset Management Functions and Features

Performance Indicators and Metrics

Management Tools and Dashboards

Report Generation

Document Management Functions and Features

Closing and Sneak Peek at Day 2

Agenda ndash Day 1

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 26

What are KPIs

Todayrsquos systems provide lots of data and information enough to keep a staff of specialists busy continuously analyzing it all

But a small subset of all that datainformation can provide quick indicators of the current performance of assets and processes

Different sets of indicators are useful to individuals of different disciplines (operations maintenance engineering finance etc)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 27

Why Identify KPIs

Limits information viewed to a manageable level

Greatly enhances decision-making capabilities

Minimizes the fire-fighting mentality

Ensures that OampM personnel are motivated and aligned with what management has defined as success for asset performance management

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 28

Pitfalls

Too few measuresmeasures that trade off poorly can improve one result at the expense of another (lowering downtime may lower quality)

Too many measures and too much collection analysis

Increases likelihood of errors

Takes more time and money

Doesnrsquot narrow the focus

12 to 25 KPIs are recommended

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 29

KPI Ideas Assets

Maximize

Asset availability

Output qty (gpm tph etc)

Quality (SS TFC etc)

Minimize

Downtime

Mean-time-between-failures

Maintenance costs

Power consumption

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 30

KPI Ideas People

Maximize

Maintenance wrench time

Capabilities

Minimize

Nonwrench time (driving getting supplies etc)

Time to complete

Rework

Labor costs

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 31

KPI Ideas Materials amp Services

Maximize

Productservice offerings

Stock availability

Minimize

Number of vendors

PO to delivery times

Inventory

Rush orders

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 32

KPI Ideas Other Factors

Maximize

Customer satisfaction

Performance to plan

Regulatory compliance

Safety

Minimize

WHAT WOULD YOU ADD

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 33

Expected vs Actual

Once key indicators have been identified expected levels of performance need to be set

Benchmarks

Goals

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 34

Welcome

Asset Management Functions and Features

Performance Indicators and Metrics

Management Tools and Dashboards

Report Generation

Document Management Functions and Features

Closing and Sneak Peek at Day 2

Agenda ndash Day 1

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 35

Management Tools and Dashboards

What manager wouldnt want a graphical user-interface that shows at a glance metrics and key performance indicators (KPIs) about how the utility is performing

Consider the alternatives

Complex reporting applications

Quizzing employees for information

Waiting for paper reports

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 36

Dashboards

Dashboards are reporting tools that consolidate and arrange numbers metrics and sometimes scorecards on a single screen

Theyre often tailored for a specific role and display metrics targeted for a single point-of-view or department

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 37

Scorecards

Scorecards are applications that show progress toward a benchmark goal or objective

They use KPIs which (if chosen wisely) actually indicate the performance of the utility

Scorecards may be part of dashboards but are different because they usually include multiple points-of-view

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 38

Comparing Technologies

Dashboard Scorecard

Purpose Monitors and measures operational processes

Monitors progress toward established objectives

Data Events Transactional Aggregates Consolidation

Refresh Rate

Near real-time (ldquolatest and greatestrdquo)

Periodic (ldquosnapshotsrdquo)

Measures Exceptions linked to operations

Targets linked to strategic plans

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 39

Why Use Them

1048707 CommunicateRefine Strategy

1048707 Increase Visibility

1048707 Increase Coordination

1048707 Increase Motivation

1048707 Give a Consistent View

1048707 Reduce Costs and Redundancy

1048707 Empower Users

1048707 Deliver Actionable Information

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 40

Benefits

A performance dashboard allows you to

Monitor critical processes and activities using metrics that trigger alerts when potential problems arise

Analyze the root cause of problems by exploring relevant and timely information from multiple sources and at various levels of detail

Manage people and processes to improve decisions optimize performance and steer the organization in the right direction

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 41

How to Implement

Define the key performance indicators (KPIs) that need to be measured in your dashboard (preferably no more than 10)

Identify the specific data needed to build your KPIs

Does the data exist

If so where

How can it be collected

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 42

How to Implement

If data-collection gaps exist find ways to fill the gaps then develop a plan to implement the changes

Find the simplest tool that meets your needs but still allows future growth

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 43

How to Implement

Budget for

The initial cost of the dashboard

Annual maintenance

Fees to implement the system

Cost of changes and updates

Start with one system

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 44

Rule 1 ndash Have Context

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

Q3 2007 Q4 2007 Q1 2008 Q2 2008

Benchmarks or Goals

Prior performance

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 45

Rule 2 - Segment

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

Q3 2007 Q4 2007 Q1 2008 Q2 2008

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 46

Rule 3 ndash Include Comments

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

Q3 2007 Q4 2007 Q1 2008 Q2 2008

Causes of good or poor performance

Ways to improve performance

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 47

Rules 4 amp 5

Keep your dashboard to 1 pagescreen (no more than 10 KEY metrics)

Change your dashboard as conditions change

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 48

Welcome

Asset Management Functions and Features

Performance Indicators and Metrics

Management Tools and Dashboards

Report Generation

Document Management Functions and Features

Closing and Sneak Peek at Day 2

Agenda ndash Day 1

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 49

What is a Report Generator

A good report generator is software that

Retrieves data from different sources

Has data analysis capabilities

Has modifiable templates for presenting data

Has features for consolidating data totaling at multiple levels charting conditional formatting and page-based output

Generates reports automatically and on demand

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 50

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 51

Standard Reports

Standard reports are predefined and generated

Periodically (end of shift day month etc)

Upon process events (batch completed critical process event)

By request (downtime analysis inventory levels)

Predefined with automatic updating of most recent data

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 52

Your Standard Reports

What standard reports do you produce

What information sources are needed

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 53

Ad Hoc Reports

Ad hoc reports are temporary reports created by a user when information is not available in standard reports

They are usually just printouts of information available on a single system (printing the alarm log at the time of a process failure)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 54

Ad Hoc Reports

What ad hoc reports have you produced

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 55

Steps in Generating a Report

1 Connect to a data source

2 Select a template

3 Select a data source

4 Add graphics

5 Print

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 56

Connect to Information Source

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 57

Select Template (Widget)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 58

Select a Data Source

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 59

Add Graphics

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 60

Print Report

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 61

Welcome

Asset Management Functions and Features

Performance Indicators and Metrics

Management Tools and Dashboards

Report Generation

Document Management Functions and Features

Closing and Sneak Peek at Day 2

Agenda ndash Day 1

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 62

Electronic Document Management

aka Electronic Content Management

Itrsquos the control of documents and their life cycle

How and when documents are created

How they are reviewed

How they are published

How they are used

How they are retained

Ultimately how they are destroyed

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 63

EDM Functions

EDM includes five basic functions

Capture of electronic and paper documents

Storage of the electronic files

Delivery to the end users

Preservation and destruction of the files

Management from creation to disposalhellip management is part of each other function

Wersquoll start with Storage since you need to know where theyrsquoll go before they get there

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 64

First What is a Document

In the old days a document was one or more sheets of paperhellipin the really old days it was a parchment sheepskin clay tablet or stone

Recently it was a word processed file

In todayrsquos EDM world a document is any electronic file of any size in any format that can be saved on a computer

What file formats do you use (doc png etc)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 65

Capturing Paper Documents

Electronic images of paper documents are created using scanners or multifunction printers

Optical Character Recognition (OCR) software is often used whether integrated into the hardware or as stand-alone software in order to convert digital images into editable text

Converting images into vector drawings is not as easy but getting better

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 66

Storage - Know Where They Go

Where are documents stored

Database repositories

Data warehouses

How do people get there

On-screen navigation

Storing documents involves some document management

Where they are stored (what server etc)

For how long they are stored

Migration from one storage media to another

Document destruction

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 67

Storage ndash Library Services

The storage function includes processes referred to as Library Services

They determine how documents will be filed and what methods will be used to organize or index the documents to assist in later retrieval

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 68

Storage - Indexing

During the process of storing a document information is collected about the document that will make it easier to search for and retrieve

This information is arranged in a separate table (much like the index in a book) and helps narrow and speed up searches by retrieving only those files that match the indexed information

Each document has a unique ID but also has metadata associated with it

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 69

Metadata

Metadata is typically stored for each document (the document storage date and the user name storing it)

Some metadata is usually extracted from the document automatically (date modified author etc)

The EDM system may also prompt the user storing a document to enter additional metadata

Many EDM systems use optical character recognition on scanned images or perform text extraction on electronic documents This text is used to help locate documents by identifying probable keywords or in full text searches

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 70

Metadata Stored By PPT

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 71

Metadata Prompts

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 72

Content Server Architecture

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 73

Repository Services

Single content amp data repository

Unique document ID

Document attributes

Data dictionary

Object relational management

Authentication services

Backuprecovery

Distributionreplication

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 74

Library Services

Provides a separate virtual repository for Web content

Provides access control

Allows checkout amp check-in

Provides versioning

Manages content storage

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 75

Core Content Management Services

Allows searches

Creates renditions

Allows annotations

Manages virtual documents

Provides dynamic content assembly

Manages links

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 76

Process Automation Services

Provides workflows

Manages document life cycles

Provides notifications

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 77

Storage Workflow

Most EDM systems provide a workflow process routing a document for approval before it is stored

Workflows can be Manual (requiring a user to view the document and decide

who to send it to) Rules-based (allowing an administrator to create a rule

that determines the flow of the document through an organization)

Dynamic (allowing branches to be created in a workflow process)

When a workflow is started for a document the EDMS typically routes the document through the approval process

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 78

Rules-based Workflow

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 79

Manage Check-inCheckout

EDM systems typically include check-incheck-out procedures to ensure only one version of a document is being edited at a time

When a document is checked out to one user the system locks out any other checkout attempts

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 80

Checkout

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 81

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 82

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 83

Check-in

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 84

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 85

Versioning

Versioning is tied to the check-incheckout process

It is usually automatic with manual overwriting capability (for checking in a new version as 20 instead of 12 as the system may have numbered it)

It allows users to see all versions of a document and retrieve previous versions for comparison or reediting

Versioning is useful for documents that change over time and require updating still allowing reversion to a previous copy

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 86

New Version

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 87

Collaboration

Collaboration should be inherent in an EDMS

Documents should be capable of being retrieved by an authorized user and worked on

Access should be blocked to other users while work is being performed on the document

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 88

Integration

Many document management systems attempt to integrate document management directly into other applications so that users may retrieve existing documents directly from the document management system repository make changes and save the changed document back to the repository as a new version all without leaving the application

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 89

Security

Document security is vital in many document management applications

Compliance requirements for certain types of documents are complex (the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act imposes strict security requirements on medical documents)

Some document management systems have a rights management module that allows an administrator to give access to documents based on type to only certain people or groups of people

  • Agenda ndash Day 1
  • Welcome
  • Goals
  • Introductions
  • Ground Rules
  • Slide 7
  • What is Asset Management
  • Balancing Act
  • Why Asset Management
  • All utilities are feeling the pinch
  • Life-Cycle Asset Management
  • Slide 13
  • Slide 14
  • Slide 15
  • Slide 16
  • Life-Cycle Span vs Life-Cycle Cost
  • Essentials of Asset Management
  • CMMS vs EAM
  • Levels of Asset Management
  • The Relationship Between Maintenance and Asset Management
  • Relies on Integration
  • Seeks to Maximize Value
  • Why CMMSsEAMs Fail
  • Slide 25
  • What are KPIs
  • Why Identify KPIs
  • Pitfalls
  • KPI Ideas Assets
  • KPI Ideas People
  • KPI Ideas Materials amp Services
  • KPI Ideas Other Factors
  • Expected vs Actual
  • Slide 34
  • Management Tools and Dashboards
  • Dashboards
  • Scorecards
  • Comparing Technologies
  • Why Use Them
  • Benefits
  • How to Implement
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Rule 1 ndash Have Context
  • Rule 2 - Segment
  • Rule 3 ndash Include Comments
  • Rules 4 amp 5
  • Slide 48
  • What is a Report Generator
  • Slide 50
  • Standard Reports
  • Your Standard Reports
  • Ad Hoc Reports
  • Slide 54
  • Steps in Generating a Report
  • Connect to Information Source
  • Select Template (Widget)
  • Select a Data Source
  • Add Graphics
  • Print Report
  • Slide 61
  • Electronic Document Management
  • EDM Functions
  • First What is a Document
  • Capturing Paper Documents
  • Storage - Know Where They Go
  • Storage ndash Library Services
  • Storage - Indexing
  • Metadata
  • Metadata Stored By PPT
  • Metadata Prompts
  • Content Server Architecture
  • Repository Services
  • Library Services
  • Core Content Management Services
  • Process Automation Services
  • Storage Workflow
  • Rules-based Workflow
  • Manage Check-inCheckout
  • Checkout
  • Slide 81
  • Slide 82
  • Check-in
  • Slide 84
  • Versioning
  • New Version
  • Collaboration
  • Integration
  • Security

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 17

Life-Cycle Span vs Life-Cycle Cost

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 18

Essentials of Asset Management

Asset Identification - Each asset assigned a unique identifying hierarchical code

Cost Assignment - All manpower and material costs are charged to the unique asset to which they apply

Maintenance System and General Ledger Reconciliation - May be periodic or automatic within each time or materials transaction

Asset Prioritization - Not all assets get the same level of repair ndash depends on criticality

Reliability Engineering - Failure is redefined ndash then not allowed to occur

Failure Modes and Effects = ldquoorrdquo Root Cause Failure Analysis = ldquoandrdquo

All available within most existing AMSCMMS Applications

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 19

CMMS vs EAM

Computerized Maintenance Management Systems (CMMS) and Enterprise Asset Management systems (EAM) both manage large numbers of physical assets A CMMS manages the maintenance needs

assets and inventory of an organization

An EAM provides all the functions of a CMMS and adds human resource and financial management capabilities

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 20

Levels of Asset Management

This hierarchy shows the top-down relationships among the levels of asset management from life-cycle to hands-on maintenance and care

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 21

The Relationship BetweenMaintenance and Asset Management

Know performance

Understand characteristics

Provide datainformation

Are a source of history

Embody corporate memory

Most direct contact with assets is through OampM staffs who

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 22

Relies on Integration

Enterprise management integrates systems and functions to eliminate ldquostovepipesrdquo and allow unified management of capital

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 23

Seeks to Maximize Value

Enterprise asset management (EAM) means managing all physical assets of an organization throughout their service lives to maximize value

Enterprise means the inclusion of assets across departments and facilities and in some cases business units

It includes design construction commissioning operation maintenance and decommissioning replacement of equipment and facilities

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 24

Why CMMSsEAMs Fail

Vendors donrsquot know what YOUR best practice should behellipone size doesnrsquot fit all

You typically get more than you can use

Ease of use is a secondary concern

Information remains in specialized silos

Multiple vendors provide system technologies

Costs are underestimated

Reporting is a secondary concern

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 25

Welcome

Asset Management Functions and Features

Performance Indicators and Metrics

Management Tools and Dashboards

Report Generation

Document Management Functions and Features

Closing and Sneak Peek at Day 2

Agenda ndash Day 1

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 26

What are KPIs

Todayrsquos systems provide lots of data and information enough to keep a staff of specialists busy continuously analyzing it all

But a small subset of all that datainformation can provide quick indicators of the current performance of assets and processes

Different sets of indicators are useful to individuals of different disciplines (operations maintenance engineering finance etc)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 27

Why Identify KPIs

Limits information viewed to a manageable level

Greatly enhances decision-making capabilities

Minimizes the fire-fighting mentality

Ensures that OampM personnel are motivated and aligned with what management has defined as success for asset performance management

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 28

Pitfalls

Too few measuresmeasures that trade off poorly can improve one result at the expense of another (lowering downtime may lower quality)

Too many measures and too much collection analysis

Increases likelihood of errors

Takes more time and money

Doesnrsquot narrow the focus

12 to 25 KPIs are recommended

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 29

KPI Ideas Assets

Maximize

Asset availability

Output qty (gpm tph etc)

Quality (SS TFC etc)

Minimize

Downtime

Mean-time-between-failures

Maintenance costs

Power consumption

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 30

KPI Ideas People

Maximize

Maintenance wrench time

Capabilities

Minimize

Nonwrench time (driving getting supplies etc)

Time to complete

Rework

Labor costs

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 31

KPI Ideas Materials amp Services

Maximize

Productservice offerings

Stock availability

Minimize

Number of vendors

PO to delivery times

Inventory

Rush orders

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 32

KPI Ideas Other Factors

Maximize

Customer satisfaction

Performance to plan

Regulatory compliance

Safety

Minimize

WHAT WOULD YOU ADD

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 33

Expected vs Actual

Once key indicators have been identified expected levels of performance need to be set

Benchmarks

Goals

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 34

Welcome

Asset Management Functions and Features

Performance Indicators and Metrics

Management Tools and Dashboards

Report Generation

Document Management Functions and Features

Closing and Sneak Peek at Day 2

Agenda ndash Day 1

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 35

Management Tools and Dashboards

What manager wouldnt want a graphical user-interface that shows at a glance metrics and key performance indicators (KPIs) about how the utility is performing

Consider the alternatives

Complex reporting applications

Quizzing employees for information

Waiting for paper reports

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 36

Dashboards

Dashboards are reporting tools that consolidate and arrange numbers metrics and sometimes scorecards on a single screen

Theyre often tailored for a specific role and display metrics targeted for a single point-of-view or department

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 37

Scorecards

Scorecards are applications that show progress toward a benchmark goal or objective

They use KPIs which (if chosen wisely) actually indicate the performance of the utility

Scorecards may be part of dashboards but are different because they usually include multiple points-of-view

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 38

Comparing Technologies

Dashboard Scorecard

Purpose Monitors and measures operational processes

Monitors progress toward established objectives

Data Events Transactional Aggregates Consolidation

Refresh Rate

Near real-time (ldquolatest and greatestrdquo)

Periodic (ldquosnapshotsrdquo)

Measures Exceptions linked to operations

Targets linked to strategic plans

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 39

Why Use Them

1048707 CommunicateRefine Strategy

1048707 Increase Visibility

1048707 Increase Coordination

1048707 Increase Motivation

1048707 Give a Consistent View

1048707 Reduce Costs and Redundancy

1048707 Empower Users

1048707 Deliver Actionable Information

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 40

Benefits

A performance dashboard allows you to

Monitor critical processes and activities using metrics that trigger alerts when potential problems arise

Analyze the root cause of problems by exploring relevant and timely information from multiple sources and at various levels of detail

Manage people and processes to improve decisions optimize performance and steer the organization in the right direction

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 41

How to Implement

Define the key performance indicators (KPIs) that need to be measured in your dashboard (preferably no more than 10)

Identify the specific data needed to build your KPIs

Does the data exist

If so where

How can it be collected

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 42

How to Implement

If data-collection gaps exist find ways to fill the gaps then develop a plan to implement the changes

Find the simplest tool that meets your needs but still allows future growth

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 43

How to Implement

Budget for

The initial cost of the dashboard

Annual maintenance

Fees to implement the system

Cost of changes and updates

Start with one system

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 44

Rule 1 ndash Have Context

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

Q3 2007 Q4 2007 Q1 2008 Q2 2008

Benchmarks or Goals

Prior performance

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 45

Rule 2 - Segment

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

Q3 2007 Q4 2007 Q1 2008 Q2 2008

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 46

Rule 3 ndash Include Comments

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

Q3 2007 Q4 2007 Q1 2008 Q2 2008

Causes of good or poor performance

Ways to improve performance

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 47

Rules 4 amp 5

Keep your dashboard to 1 pagescreen (no more than 10 KEY metrics)

Change your dashboard as conditions change

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 48

Welcome

Asset Management Functions and Features

Performance Indicators and Metrics

Management Tools and Dashboards

Report Generation

Document Management Functions and Features

Closing and Sneak Peek at Day 2

Agenda ndash Day 1

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 49

What is a Report Generator

A good report generator is software that

Retrieves data from different sources

Has data analysis capabilities

Has modifiable templates for presenting data

Has features for consolidating data totaling at multiple levels charting conditional formatting and page-based output

Generates reports automatically and on demand

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 50

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 51

Standard Reports

Standard reports are predefined and generated

Periodically (end of shift day month etc)

Upon process events (batch completed critical process event)

By request (downtime analysis inventory levels)

Predefined with automatic updating of most recent data

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 52

Your Standard Reports

What standard reports do you produce

What information sources are needed

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 53

Ad Hoc Reports

Ad hoc reports are temporary reports created by a user when information is not available in standard reports

They are usually just printouts of information available on a single system (printing the alarm log at the time of a process failure)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 54

Ad Hoc Reports

What ad hoc reports have you produced

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 55

Steps in Generating a Report

1 Connect to a data source

2 Select a template

3 Select a data source

4 Add graphics

5 Print

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 56

Connect to Information Source

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 57

Select Template (Widget)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 58

Select a Data Source

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 59

Add Graphics

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 60

Print Report

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 61

Welcome

Asset Management Functions and Features

Performance Indicators and Metrics

Management Tools and Dashboards

Report Generation

Document Management Functions and Features

Closing and Sneak Peek at Day 2

Agenda ndash Day 1

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 62

Electronic Document Management

aka Electronic Content Management

Itrsquos the control of documents and their life cycle

How and when documents are created

How they are reviewed

How they are published

How they are used

How they are retained

Ultimately how they are destroyed

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 63

EDM Functions

EDM includes five basic functions

Capture of electronic and paper documents

Storage of the electronic files

Delivery to the end users

Preservation and destruction of the files

Management from creation to disposalhellip management is part of each other function

Wersquoll start with Storage since you need to know where theyrsquoll go before they get there

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 64

First What is a Document

In the old days a document was one or more sheets of paperhellipin the really old days it was a parchment sheepskin clay tablet or stone

Recently it was a word processed file

In todayrsquos EDM world a document is any electronic file of any size in any format that can be saved on a computer

What file formats do you use (doc png etc)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 65

Capturing Paper Documents

Electronic images of paper documents are created using scanners or multifunction printers

Optical Character Recognition (OCR) software is often used whether integrated into the hardware or as stand-alone software in order to convert digital images into editable text

Converting images into vector drawings is not as easy but getting better

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 66

Storage - Know Where They Go

Where are documents stored

Database repositories

Data warehouses

How do people get there

On-screen navigation

Storing documents involves some document management

Where they are stored (what server etc)

For how long they are stored

Migration from one storage media to another

Document destruction

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 67

Storage ndash Library Services

The storage function includes processes referred to as Library Services

They determine how documents will be filed and what methods will be used to organize or index the documents to assist in later retrieval

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 68

Storage - Indexing

During the process of storing a document information is collected about the document that will make it easier to search for and retrieve

This information is arranged in a separate table (much like the index in a book) and helps narrow and speed up searches by retrieving only those files that match the indexed information

Each document has a unique ID but also has metadata associated with it

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 69

Metadata

Metadata is typically stored for each document (the document storage date and the user name storing it)

Some metadata is usually extracted from the document automatically (date modified author etc)

The EDM system may also prompt the user storing a document to enter additional metadata

Many EDM systems use optical character recognition on scanned images or perform text extraction on electronic documents This text is used to help locate documents by identifying probable keywords or in full text searches

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 70

Metadata Stored By PPT

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 71

Metadata Prompts

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 72

Content Server Architecture

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 73

Repository Services

Single content amp data repository

Unique document ID

Document attributes

Data dictionary

Object relational management

Authentication services

Backuprecovery

Distributionreplication

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 74

Library Services

Provides a separate virtual repository for Web content

Provides access control

Allows checkout amp check-in

Provides versioning

Manages content storage

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 75

Core Content Management Services

Allows searches

Creates renditions

Allows annotations

Manages virtual documents

Provides dynamic content assembly

Manages links

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 76

Process Automation Services

Provides workflows

Manages document life cycles

Provides notifications

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 77

Storage Workflow

Most EDM systems provide a workflow process routing a document for approval before it is stored

Workflows can be Manual (requiring a user to view the document and decide

who to send it to) Rules-based (allowing an administrator to create a rule

that determines the flow of the document through an organization)

Dynamic (allowing branches to be created in a workflow process)

When a workflow is started for a document the EDMS typically routes the document through the approval process

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 78

Rules-based Workflow

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 79

Manage Check-inCheckout

EDM systems typically include check-incheck-out procedures to ensure only one version of a document is being edited at a time

When a document is checked out to one user the system locks out any other checkout attempts

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 80

Checkout

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 81

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 82

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 83

Check-in

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 84

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 85

Versioning

Versioning is tied to the check-incheckout process

It is usually automatic with manual overwriting capability (for checking in a new version as 20 instead of 12 as the system may have numbered it)

It allows users to see all versions of a document and retrieve previous versions for comparison or reediting

Versioning is useful for documents that change over time and require updating still allowing reversion to a previous copy

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 86

New Version

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 87

Collaboration

Collaboration should be inherent in an EDMS

Documents should be capable of being retrieved by an authorized user and worked on

Access should be blocked to other users while work is being performed on the document

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 88

Integration

Many document management systems attempt to integrate document management directly into other applications so that users may retrieve existing documents directly from the document management system repository make changes and save the changed document back to the repository as a new version all without leaving the application

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 89

Security

Document security is vital in many document management applications

Compliance requirements for certain types of documents are complex (the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act imposes strict security requirements on medical documents)

Some document management systems have a rights management module that allows an administrator to give access to documents based on type to only certain people or groups of people

  • Agenda ndash Day 1
  • Welcome
  • Goals
  • Introductions
  • Ground Rules
  • Slide 7
  • What is Asset Management
  • Balancing Act
  • Why Asset Management
  • All utilities are feeling the pinch
  • Life-Cycle Asset Management
  • Slide 13
  • Slide 14
  • Slide 15
  • Slide 16
  • Life-Cycle Span vs Life-Cycle Cost
  • Essentials of Asset Management
  • CMMS vs EAM
  • Levels of Asset Management
  • The Relationship Between Maintenance and Asset Management
  • Relies on Integration
  • Seeks to Maximize Value
  • Why CMMSsEAMs Fail
  • Slide 25
  • What are KPIs
  • Why Identify KPIs
  • Pitfalls
  • KPI Ideas Assets
  • KPI Ideas People
  • KPI Ideas Materials amp Services
  • KPI Ideas Other Factors
  • Expected vs Actual
  • Slide 34
  • Management Tools and Dashboards
  • Dashboards
  • Scorecards
  • Comparing Technologies
  • Why Use Them
  • Benefits
  • How to Implement
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Rule 1 ndash Have Context
  • Rule 2 - Segment
  • Rule 3 ndash Include Comments
  • Rules 4 amp 5
  • Slide 48
  • What is a Report Generator
  • Slide 50
  • Standard Reports
  • Your Standard Reports
  • Ad Hoc Reports
  • Slide 54
  • Steps in Generating a Report
  • Connect to Information Source
  • Select Template (Widget)
  • Select a Data Source
  • Add Graphics
  • Print Report
  • Slide 61
  • Electronic Document Management
  • EDM Functions
  • First What is a Document
  • Capturing Paper Documents
  • Storage - Know Where They Go
  • Storage ndash Library Services
  • Storage - Indexing
  • Metadata
  • Metadata Stored By PPT
  • Metadata Prompts
  • Content Server Architecture
  • Repository Services
  • Library Services
  • Core Content Management Services
  • Process Automation Services
  • Storage Workflow
  • Rules-based Workflow
  • Manage Check-inCheckout
  • Checkout
  • Slide 81
  • Slide 82
  • Check-in
  • Slide 84
  • Versioning
  • New Version
  • Collaboration
  • Integration
  • Security

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 18

Essentials of Asset Management

Asset Identification - Each asset assigned a unique identifying hierarchical code

Cost Assignment - All manpower and material costs are charged to the unique asset to which they apply

Maintenance System and General Ledger Reconciliation - May be periodic or automatic within each time or materials transaction

Asset Prioritization - Not all assets get the same level of repair ndash depends on criticality

Reliability Engineering - Failure is redefined ndash then not allowed to occur

Failure Modes and Effects = ldquoorrdquo Root Cause Failure Analysis = ldquoandrdquo

All available within most existing AMSCMMS Applications

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 19

CMMS vs EAM

Computerized Maintenance Management Systems (CMMS) and Enterprise Asset Management systems (EAM) both manage large numbers of physical assets A CMMS manages the maintenance needs

assets and inventory of an organization

An EAM provides all the functions of a CMMS and adds human resource and financial management capabilities

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 20

Levels of Asset Management

This hierarchy shows the top-down relationships among the levels of asset management from life-cycle to hands-on maintenance and care

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 21

The Relationship BetweenMaintenance and Asset Management

Know performance

Understand characteristics

Provide datainformation

Are a source of history

Embody corporate memory

Most direct contact with assets is through OampM staffs who

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 22

Relies on Integration

Enterprise management integrates systems and functions to eliminate ldquostovepipesrdquo and allow unified management of capital

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 23

Seeks to Maximize Value

Enterprise asset management (EAM) means managing all physical assets of an organization throughout their service lives to maximize value

Enterprise means the inclusion of assets across departments and facilities and in some cases business units

It includes design construction commissioning operation maintenance and decommissioning replacement of equipment and facilities

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 24

Why CMMSsEAMs Fail

Vendors donrsquot know what YOUR best practice should behellipone size doesnrsquot fit all

You typically get more than you can use

Ease of use is a secondary concern

Information remains in specialized silos

Multiple vendors provide system technologies

Costs are underestimated

Reporting is a secondary concern

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 25

Welcome

Asset Management Functions and Features

Performance Indicators and Metrics

Management Tools and Dashboards

Report Generation

Document Management Functions and Features

Closing and Sneak Peek at Day 2

Agenda ndash Day 1

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 26

What are KPIs

Todayrsquos systems provide lots of data and information enough to keep a staff of specialists busy continuously analyzing it all

But a small subset of all that datainformation can provide quick indicators of the current performance of assets and processes

Different sets of indicators are useful to individuals of different disciplines (operations maintenance engineering finance etc)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 27

Why Identify KPIs

Limits information viewed to a manageable level

Greatly enhances decision-making capabilities

Minimizes the fire-fighting mentality

Ensures that OampM personnel are motivated and aligned with what management has defined as success for asset performance management

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 28

Pitfalls

Too few measuresmeasures that trade off poorly can improve one result at the expense of another (lowering downtime may lower quality)

Too many measures and too much collection analysis

Increases likelihood of errors

Takes more time and money

Doesnrsquot narrow the focus

12 to 25 KPIs are recommended

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 29

KPI Ideas Assets

Maximize

Asset availability

Output qty (gpm tph etc)

Quality (SS TFC etc)

Minimize

Downtime

Mean-time-between-failures

Maintenance costs

Power consumption

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 30

KPI Ideas People

Maximize

Maintenance wrench time

Capabilities

Minimize

Nonwrench time (driving getting supplies etc)

Time to complete

Rework

Labor costs

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 31

KPI Ideas Materials amp Services

Maximize

Productservice offerings

Stock availability

Minimize

Number of vendors

PO to delivery times

Inventory

Rush orders

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 32

KPI Ideas Other Factors

Maximize

Customer satisfaction

Performance to plan

Regulatory compliance

Safety

Minimize

WHAT WOULD YOU ADD

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 33

Expected vs Actual

Once key indicators have been identified expected levels of performance need to be set

Benchmarks

Goals

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 34

Welcome

Asset Management Functions and Features

Performance Indicators and Metrics

Management Tools and Dashboards

Report Generation

Document Management Functions and Features

Closing and Sneak Peek at Day 2

Agenda ndash Day 1

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 35

Management Tools and Dashboards

What manager wouldnt want a graphical user-interface that shows at a glance metrics and key performance indicators (KPIs) about how the utility is performing

Consider the alternatives

Complex reporting applications

Quizzing employees for information

Waiting for paper reports

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 36

Dashboards

Dashboards are reporting tools that consolidate and arrange numbers metrics and sometimes scorecards on a single screen

Theyre often tailored for a specific role and display metrics targeted for a single point-of-view or department

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 37

Scorecards

Scorecards are applications that show progress toward a benchmark goal or objective

They use KPIs which (if chosen wisely) actually indicate the performance of the utility

Scorecards may be part of dashboards but are different because they usually include multiple points-of-view

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 38

Comparing Technologies

Dashboard Scorecard

Purpose Monitors and measures operational processes

Monitors progress toward established objectives

Data Events Transactional Aggregates Consolidation

Refresh Rate

Near real-time (ldquolatest and greatestrdquo)

Periodic (ldquosnapshotsrdquo)

Measures Exceptions linked to operations

Targets linked to strategic plans

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 39

Why Use Them

1048707 CommunicateRefine Strategy

1048707 Increase Visibility

1048707 Increase Coordination

1048707 Increase Motivation

1048707 Give a Consistent View

1048707 Reduce Costs and Redundancy

1048707 Empower Users

1048707 Deliver Actionable Information

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 40

Benefits

A performance dashboard allows you to

Monitor critical processes and activities using metrics that trigger alerts when potential problems arise

Analyze the root cause of problems by exploring relevant and timely information from multiple sources and at various levels of detail

Manage people and processes to improve decisions optimize performance and steer the organization in the right direction

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 41

How to Implement

Define the key performance indicators (KPIs) that need to be measured in your dashboard (preferably no more than 10)

Identify the specific data needed to build your KPIs

Does the data exist

If so where

How can it be collected

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 42

How to Implement

If data-collection gaps exist find ways to fill the gaps then develop a plan to implement the changes

Find the simplest tool that meets your needs but still allows future growth

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 43

How to Implement

Budget for

The initial cost of the dashboard

Annual maintenance

Fees to implement the system

Cost of changes and updates

Start with one system

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 44

Rule 1 ndash Have Context

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

Q3 2007 Q4 2007 Q1 2008 Q2 2008

Benchmarks or Goals

Prior performance

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 45

Rule 2 - Segment

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

Q3 2007 Q4 2007 Q1 2008 Q2 2008

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 46

Rule 3 ndash Include Comments

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

Q3 2007 Q4 2007 Q1 2008 Q2 2008

Causes of good or poor performance

Ways to improve performance

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 47

Rules 4 amp 5

Keep your dashboard to 1 pagescreen (no more than 10 KEY metrics)

Change your dashboard as conditions change

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 48

Welcome

Asset Management Functions and Features

Performance Indicators and Metrics

Management Tools and Dashboards

Report Generation

Document Management Functions and Features

Closing and Sneak Peek at Day 2

Agenda ndash Day 1

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 49

What is a Report Generator

A good report generator is software that

Retrieves data from different sources

Has data analysis capabilities

Has modifiable templates for presenting data

Has features for consolidating data totaling at multiple levels charting conditional formatting and page-based output

Generates reports automatically and on demand

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 50

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 51

Standard Reports

Standard reports are predefined and generated

Periodically (end of shift day month etc)

Upon process events (batch completed critical process event)

By request (downtime analysis inventory levels)

Predefined with automatic updating of most recent data

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 52

Your Standard Reports

What standard reports do you produce

What information sources are needed

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 53

Ad Hoc Reports

Ad hoc reports are temporary reports created by a user when information is not available in standard reports

They are usually just printouts of information available on a single system (printing the alarm log at the time of a process failure)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 54

Ad Hoc Reports

What ad hoc reports have you produced

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 55

Steps in Generating a Report

1 Connect to a data source

2 Select a template

3 Select a data source

4 Add graphics

5 Print

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 56

Connect to Information Source

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 57

Select Template (Widget)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 58

Select a Data Source

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 59

Add Graphics

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 60

Print Report

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 61

Welcome

Asset Management Functions and Features

Performance Indicators and Metrics

Management Tools and Dashboards

Report Generation

Document Management Functions and Features

Closing and Sneak Peek at Day 2

Agenda ndash Day 1

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 62

Electronic Document Management

aka Electronic Content Management

Itrsquos the control of documents and their life cycle

How and when documents are created

How they are reviewed

How they are published

How they are used

How they are retained

Ultimately how they are destroyed

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 63

EDM Functions

EDM includes five basic functions

Capture of electronic and paper documents

Storage of the electronic files

Delivery to the end users

Preservation and destruction of the files

Management from creation to disposalhellip management is part of each other function

Wersquoll start with Storage since you need to know where theyrsquoll go before they get there

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 64

First What is a Document

In the old days a document was one or more sheets of paperhellipin the really old days it was a parchment sheepskin clay tablet or stone

Recently it was a word processed file

In todayrsquos EDM world a document is any electronic file of any size in any format that can be saved on a computer

What file formats do you use (doc png etc)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 65

Capturing Paper Documents

Electronic images of paper documents are created using scanners or multifunction printers

Optical Character Recognition (OCR) software is often used whether integrated into the hardware or as stand-alone software in order to convert digital images into editable text

Converting images into vector drawings is not as easy but getting better

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 66

Storage - Know Where They Go

Where are documents stored

Database repositories

Data warehouses

How do people get there

On-screen navigation

Storing documents involves some document management

Where they are stored (what server etc)

For how long they are stored

Migration from one storage media to another

Document destruction

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 67

Storage ndash Library Services

The storage function includes processes referred to as Library Services

They determine how documents will be filed and what methods will be used to organize or index the documents to assist in later retrieval

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 68

Storage - Indexing

During the process of storing a document information is collected about the document that will make it easier to search for and retrieve

This information is arranged in a separate table (much like the index in a book) and helps narrow and speed up searches by retrieving only those files that match the indexed information

Each document has a unique ID but also has metadata associated with it

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 69

Metadata

Metadata is typically stored for each document (the document storage date and the user name storing it)

Some metadata is usually extracted from the document automatically (date modified author etc)

The EDM system may also prompt the user storing a document to enter additional metadata

Many EDM systems use optical character recognition on scanned images or perform text extraction on electronic documents This text is used to help locate documents by identifying probable keywords or in full text searches

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 70

Metadata Stored By PPT

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 71

Metadata Prompts

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 72

Content Server Architecture

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 73

Repository Services

Single content amp data repository

Unique document ID

Document attributes

Data dictionary

Object relational management

Authentication services

Backuprecovery

Distributionreplication

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 74

Library Services

Provides a separate virtual repository for Web content

Provides access control

Allows checkout amp check-in

Provides versioning

Manages content storage

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 75

Core Content Management Services

Allows searches

Creates renditions

Allows annotations

Manages virtual documents

Provides dynamic content assembly

Manages links

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 76

Process Automation Services

Provides workflows

Manages document life cycles

Provides notifications

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 77

Storage Workflow

Most EDM systems provide a workflow process routing a document for approval before it is stored

Workflows can be Manual (requiring a user to view the document and decide

who to send it to) Rules-based (allowing an administrator to create a rule

that determines the flow of the document through an organization)

Dynamic (allowing branches to be created in a workflow process)

When a workflow is started for a document the EDMS typically routes the document through the approval process

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 78

Rules-based Workflow

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 79

Manage Check-inCheckout

EDM systems typically include check-incheck-out procedures to ensure only one version of a document is being edited at a time

When a document is checked out to one user the system locks out any other checkout attempts

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 80

Checkout

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 81

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 82

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 83

Check-in

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 84

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 85

Versioning

Versioning is tied to the check-incheckout process

It is usually automatic with manual overwriting capability (for checking in a new version as 20 instead of 12 as the system may have numbered it)

It allows users to see all versions of a document and retrieve previous versions for comparison or reediting

Versioning is useful for documents that change over time and require updating still allowing reversion to a previous copy

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 86

New Version

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 87

Collaboration

Collaboration should be inherent in an EDMS

Documents should be capable of being retrieved by an authorized user and worked on

Access should be blocked to other users while work is being performed on the document

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 88

Integration

Many document management systems attempt to integrate document management directly into other applications so that users may retrieve existing documents directly from the document management system repository make changes and save the changed document back to the repository as a new version all without leaving the application

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 89

Security

Document security is vital in many document management applications

Compliance requirements for certain types of documents are complex (the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act imposes strict security requirements on medical documents)

Some document management systems have a rights management module that allows an administrator to give access to documents based on type to only certain people or groups of people

  • Agenda ndash Day 1
  • Welcome
  • Goals
  • Introductions
  • Ground Rules
  • Slide 7
  • What is Asset Management
  • Balancing Act
  • Why Asset Management
  • All utilities are feeling the pinch
  • Life-Cycle Asset Management
  • Slide 13
  • Slide 14
  • Slide 15
  • Slide 16
  • Life-Cycle Span vs Life-Cycle Cost
  • Essentials of Asset Management
  • CMMS vs EAM
  • Levels of Asset Management
  • The Relationship Between Maintenance and Asset Management
  • Relies on Integration
  • Seeks to Maximize Value
  • Why CMMSsEAMs Fail
  • Slide 25
  • What are KPIs
  • Why Identify KPIs
  • Pitfalls
  • KPI Ideas Assets
  • KPI Ideas People
  • KPI Ideas Materials amp Services
  • KPI Ideas Other Factors
  • Expected vs Actual
  • Slide 34
  • Management Tools and Dashboards
  • Dashboards
  • Scorecards
  • Comparing Technologies
  • Why Use Them
  • Benefits
  • How to Implement
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Rule 1 ndash Have Context
  • Rule 2 - Segment
  • Rule 3 ndash Include Comments
  • Rules 4 amp 5
  • Slide 48
  • What is a Report Generator
  • Slide 50
  • Standard Reports
  • Your Standard Reports
  • Ad Hoc Reports
  • Slide 54
  • Steps in Generating a Report
  • Connect to Information Source
  • Select Template (Widget)
  • Select a Data Source
  • Add Graphics
  • Print Report
  • Slide 61
  • Electronic Document Management
  • EDM Functions
  • First What is a Document
  • Capturing Paper Documents
  • Storage - Know Where They Go
  • Storage ndash Library Services
  • Storage - Indexing
  • Metadata
  • Metadata Stored By PPT
  • Metadata Prompts
  • Content Server Architecture
  • Repository Services
  • Library Services
  • Core Content Management Services
  • Process Automation Services
  • Storage Workflow
  • Rules-based Workflow
  • Manage Check-inCheckout
  • Checkout
  • Slide 81
  • Slide 82
  • Check-in
  • Slide 84
  • Versioning
  • New Version
  • Collaboration
  • Integration
  • Security

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 19

CMMS vs EAM

Computerized Maintenance Management Systems (CMMS) and Enterprise Asset Management systems (EAM) both manage large numbers of physical assets A CMMS manages the maintenance needs

assets and inventory of an organization

An EAM provides all the functions of a CMMS and adds human resource and financial management capabilities

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 20

Levels of Asset Management

This hierarchy shows the top-down relationships among the levels of asset management from life-cycle to hands-on maintenance and care

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 21

The Relationship BetweenMaintenance and Asset Management

Know performance

Understand characteristics

Provide datainformation

Are a source of history

Embody corporate memory

Most direct contact with assets is through OampM staffs who

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 22

Relies on Integration

Enterprise management integrates systems and functions to eliminate ldquostovepipesrdquo and allow unified management of capital

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 23

Seeks to Maximize Value

Enterprise asset management (EAM) means managing all physical assets of an organization throughout their service lives to maximize value

Enterprise means the inclusion of assets across departments and facilities and in some cases business units

It includes design construction commissioning operation maintenance and decommissioning replacement of equipment and facilities

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 24

Why CMMSsEAMs Fail

Vendors donrsquot know what YOUR best practice should behellipone size doesnrsquot fit all

You typically get more than you can use

Ease of use is a secondary concern

Information remains in specialized silos

Multiple vendors provide system technologies

Costs are underestimated

Reporting is a secondary concern

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 25

Welcome

Asset Management Functions and Features

Performance Indicators and Metrics

Management Tools and Dashboards

Report Generation

Document Management Functions and Features

Closing and Sneak Peek at Day 2

Agenda ndash Day 1

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 26

What are KPIs

Todayrsquos systems provide lots of data and information enough to keep a staff of specialists busy continuously analyzing it all

But a small subset of all that datainformation can provide quick indicators of the current performance of assets and processes

Different sets of indicators are useful to individuals of different disciplines (operations maintenance engineering finance etc)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 27

Why Identify KPIs

Limits information viewed to a manageable level

Greatly enhances decision-making capabilities

Minimizes the fire-fighting mentality

Ensures that OampM personnel are motivated and aligned with what management has defined as success for asset performance management

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 28

Pitfalls

Too few measuresmeasures that trade off poorly can improve one result at the expense of another (lowering downtime may lower quality)

Too many measures and too much collection analysis

Increases likelihood of errors

Takes more time and money

Doesnrsquot narrow the focus

12 to 25 KPIs are recommended

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 29

KPI Ideas Assets

Maximize

Asset availability

Output qty (gpm tph etc)

Quality (SS TFC etc)

Minimize

Downtime

Mean-time-between-failures

Maintenance costs

Power consumption

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 30

KPI Ideas People

Maximize

Maintenance wrench time

Capabilities

Minimize

Nonwrench time (driving getting supplies etc)

Time to complete

Rework

Labor costs

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 31

KPI Ideas Materials amp Services

Maximize

Productservice offerings

Stock availability

Minimize

Number of vendors

PO to delivery times

Inventory

Rush orders

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 32

KPI Ideas Other Factors

Maximize

Customer satisfaction

Performance to plan

Regulatory compliance

Safety

Minimize

WHAT WOULD YOU ADD

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 33

Expected vs Actual

Once key indicators have been identified expected levels of performance need to be set

Benchmarks

Goals

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 34

Welcome

Asset Management Functions and Features

Performance Indicators and Metrics

Management Tools and Dashboards

Report Generation

Document Management Functions and Features

Closing and Sneak Peek at Day 2

Agenda ndash Day 1

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 35

Management Tools and Dashboards

What manager wouldnt want a graphical user-interface that shows at a glance metrics and key performance indicators (KPIs) about how the utility is performing

Consider the alternatives

Complex reporting applications

Quizzing employees for information

Waiting for paper reports

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 36

Dashboards

Dashboards are reporting tools that consolidate and arrange numbers metrics and sometimes scorecards on a single screen

Theyre often tailored for a specific role and display metrics targeted for a single point-of-view or department

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 37

Scorecards

Scorecards are applications that show progress toward a benchmark goal or objective

They use KPIs which (if chosen wisely) actually indicate the performance of the utility

Scorecards may be part of dashboards but are different because they usually include multiple points-of-view

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 38

Comparing Technologies

Dashboard Scorecard

Purpose Monitors and measures operational processes

Monitors progress toward established objectives

Data Events Transactional Aggregates Consolidation

Refresh Rate

Near real-time (ldquolatest and greatestrdquo)

Periodic (ldquosnapshotsrdquo)

Measures Exceptions linked to operations

Targets linked to strategic plans

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 39

Why Use Them

1048707 CommunicateRefine Strategy

1048707 Increase Visibility

1048707 Increase Coordination

1048707 Increase Motivation

1048707 Give a Consistent View

1048707 Reduce Costs and Redundancy

1048707 Empower Users

1048707 Deliver Actionable Information

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 40

Benefits

A performance dashboard allows you to

Monitor critical processes and activities using metrics that trigger alerts when potential problems arise

Analyze the root cause of problems by exploring relevant and timely information from multiple sources and at various levels of detail

Manage people and processes to improve decisions optimize performance and steer the organization in the right direction

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 41

How to Implement

Define the key performance indicators (KPIs) that need to be measured in your dashboard (preferably no more than 10)

Identify the specific data needed to build your KPIs

Does the data exist

If so where

How can it be collected

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 42

How to Implement

If data-collection gaps exist find ways to fill the gaps then develop a plan to implement the changes

Find the simplest tool that meets your needs but still allows future growth

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 43

How to Implement

Budget for

The initial cost of the dashboard

Annual maintenance

Fees to implement the system

Cost of changes and updates

Start with one system

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 44

Rule 1 ndash Have Context

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

Q3 2007 Q4 2007 Q1 2008 Q2 2008

Benchmarks or Goals

Prior performance

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 45

Rule 2 - Segment

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

Q3 2007 Q4 2007 Q1 2008 Q2 2008

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 46

Rule 3 ndash Include Comments

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

Q3 2007 Q4 2007 Q1 2008 Q2 2008

Causes of good or poor performance

Ways to improve performance

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 47

Rules 4 amp 5

Keep your dashboard to 1 pagescreen (no more than 10 KEY metrics)

Change your dashboard as conditions change

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 48

Welcome

Asset Management Functions and Features

Performance Indicators and Metrics

Management Tools and Dashboards

Report Generation

Document Management Functions and Features

Closing and Sneak Peek at Day 2

Agenda ndash Day 1

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 49

What is a Report Generator

A good report generator is software that

Retrieves data from different sources

Has data analysis capabilities

Has modifiable templates for presenting data

Has features for consolidating data totaling at multiple levels charting conditional formatting and page-based output

Generates reports automatically and on demand

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 50

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 51

Standard Reports

Standard reports are predefined and generated

Periodically (end of shift day month etc)

Upon process events (batch completed critical process event)

By request (downtime analysis inventory levels)

Predefined with automatic updating of most recent data

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 52

Your Standard Reports

What standard reports do you produce

What information sources are needed

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 53

Ad Hoc Reports

Ad hoc reports are temporary reports created by a user when information is not available in standard reports

They are usually just printouts of information available on a single system (printing the alarm log at the time of a process failure)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 54

Ad Hoc Reports

What ad hoc reports have you produced

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 55

Steps in Generating a Report

1 Connect to a data source

2 Select a template

3 Select a data source

4 Add graphics

5 Print

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 56

Connect to Information Source

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 57

Select Template (Widget)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 58

Select a Data Source

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 59

Add Graphics

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 60

Print Report

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 61

Welcome

Asset Management Functions and Features

Performance Indicators and Metrics

Management Tools and Dashboards

Report Generation

Document Management Functions and Features

Closing and Sneak Peek at Day 2

Agenda ndash Day 1

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 62

Electronic Document Management

aka Electronic Content Management

Itrsquos the control of documents and their life cycle

How and when documents are created

How they are reviewed

How they are published

How they are used

How they are retained

Ultimately how they are destroyed

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 63

EDM Functions

EDM includes five basic functions

Capture of electronic and paper documents

Storage of the electronic files

Delivery to the end users

Preservation and destruction of the files

Management from creation to disposalhellip management is part of each other function

Wersquoll start with Storage since you need to know where theyrsquoll go before they get there

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 64

First What is a Document

In the old days a document was one or more sheets of paperhellipin the really old days it was a parchment sheepskin clay tablet or stone

Recently it was a word processed file

In todayrsquos EDM world a document is any electronic file of any size in any format that can be saved on a computer

What file formats do you use (doc png etc)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 65

Capturing Paper Documents

Electronic images of paper documents are created using scanners or multifunction printers

Optical Character Recognition (OCR) software is often used whether integrated into the hardware or as stand-alone software in order to convert digital images into editable text

Converting images into vector drawings is not as easy but getting better

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 66

Storage - Know Where They Go

Where are documents stored

Database repositories

Data warehouses

How do people get there

On-screen navigation

Storing documents involves some document management

Where they are stored (what server etc)

For how long they are stored

Migration from one storage media to another

Document destruction

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 67

Storage ndash Library Services

The storage function includes processes referred to as Library Services

They determine how documents will be filed and what methods will be used to organize or index the documents to assist in later retrieval

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 68

Storage - Indexing

During the process of storing a document information is collected about the document that will make it easier to search for and retrieve

This information is arranged in a separate table (much like the index in a book) and helps narrow and speed up searches by retrieving only those files that match the indexed information

Each document has a unique ID but also has metadata associated with it

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 69

Metadata

Metadata is typically stored for each document (the document storage date and the user name storing it)

Some metadata is usually extracted from the document automatically (date modified author etc)

The EDM system may also prompt the user storing a document to enter additional metadata

Many EDM systems use optical character recognition on scanned images or perform text extraction on electronic documents This text is used to help locate documents by identifying probable keywords or in full text searches

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 70

Metadata Stored By PPT

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 71

Metadata Prompts

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 72

Content Server Architecture

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 73

Repository Services

Single content amp data repository

Unique document ID

Document attributes

Data dictionary

Object relational management

Authentication services

Backuprecovery

Distributionreplication

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 74

Library Services

Provides a separate virtual repository for Web content

Provides access control

Allows checkout amp check-in

Provides versioning

Manages content storage

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 75

Core Content Management Services

Allows searches

Creates renditions

Allows annotations

Manages virtual documents

Provides dynamic content assembly

Manages links

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 76

Process Automation Services

Provides workflows

Manages document life cycles

Provides notifications

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 77

Storage Workflow

Most EDM systems provide a workflow process routing a document for approval before it is stored

Workflows can be Manual (requiring a user to view the document and decide

who to send it to) Rules-based (allowing an administrator to create a rule

that determines the flow of the document through an organization)

Dynamic (allowing branches to be created in a workflow process)

When a workflow is started for a document the EDMS typically routes the document through the approval process

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 78

Rules-based Workflow

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 79

Manage Check-inCheckout

EDM systems typically include check-incheck-out procedures to ensure only one version of a document is being edited at a time

When a document is checked out to one user the system locks out any other checkout attempts

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 80

Checkout

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 81

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 82

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 83

Check-in

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 84

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 85

Versioning

Versioning is tied to the check-incheckout process

It is usually automatic with manual overwriting capability (for checking in a new version as 20 instead of 12 as the system may have numbered it)

It allows users to see all versions of a document and retrieve previous versions for comparison or reediting

Versioning is useful for documents that change over time and require updating still allowing reversion to a previous copy

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 86

New Version

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 87

Collaboration

Collaboration should be inherent in an EDMS

Documents should be capable of being retrieved by an authorized user and worked on

Access should be blocked to other users while work is being performed on the document

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 88

Integration

Many document management systems attempt to integrate document management directly into other applications so that users may retrieve existing documents directly from the document management system repository make changes and save the changed document back to the repository as a new version all without leaving the application

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 89

Security

Document security is vital in many document management applications

Compliance requirements for certain types of documents are complex (the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act imposes strict security requirements on medical documents)

Some document management systems have a rights management module that allows an administrator to give access to documents based on type to only certain people or groups of people

  • Agenda ndash Day 1
  • Welcome
  • Goals
  • Introductions
  • Ground Rules
  • Slide 7
  • What is Asset Management
  • Balancing Act
  • Why Asset Management
  • All utilities are feeling the pinch
  • Life-Cycle Asset Management
  • Slide 13
  • Slide 14
  • Slide 15
  • Slide 16
  • Life-Cycle Span vs Life-Cycle Cost
  • Essentials of Asset Management
  • CMMS vs EAM
  • Levels of Asset Management
  • The Relationship Between Maintenance and Asset Management
  • Relies on Integration
  • Seeks to Maximize Value
  • Why CMMSsEAMs Fail
  • Slide 25
  • What are KPIs
  • Why Identify KPIs
  • Pitfalls
  • KPI Ideas Assets
  • KPI Ideas People
  • KPI Ideas Materials amp Services
  • KPI Ideas Other Factors
  • Expected vs Actual
  • Slide 34
  • Management Tools and Dashboards
  • Dashboards
  • Scorecards
  • Comparing Technologies
  • Why Use Them
  • Benefits
  • How to Implement
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Rule 1 ndash Have Context
  • Rule 2 - Segment
  • Rule 3 ndash Include Comments
  • Rules 4 amp 5
  • Slide 48
  • What is a Report Generator
  • Slide 50
  • Standard Reports
  • Your Standard Reports
  • Ad Hoc Reports
  • Slide 54
  • Steps in Generating a Report
  • Connect to Information Source
  • Select Template (Widget)
  • Select a Data Source
  • Add Graphics
  • Print Report
  • Slide 61
  • Electronic Document Management
  • EDM Functions
  • First What is a Document
  • Capturing Paper Documents
  • Storage - Know Where They Go
  • Storage ndash Library Services
  • Storage - Indexing
  • Metadata
  • Metadata Stored By PPT
  • Metadata Prompts
  • Content Server Architecture
  • Repository Services
  • Library Services
  • Core Content Management Services
  • Process Automation Services
  • Storage Workflow
  • Rules-based Workflow
  • Manage Check-inCheckout
  • Checkout
  • Slide 81
  • Slide 82
  • Check-in
  • Slide 84
  • Versioning
  • New Version
  • Collaboration
  • Integration
  • Security

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 20

Levels of Asset Management

This hierarchy shows the top-down relationships among the levels of asset management from life-cycle to hands-on maintenance and care

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 21

The Relationship BetweenMaintenance and Asset Management

Know performance

Understand characteristics

Provide datainformation

Are a source of history

Embody corporate memory

Most direct contact with assets is through OampM staffs who

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 22

Relies on Integration

Enterprise management integrates systems and functions to eliminate ldquostovepipesrdquo and allow unified management of capital

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 23

Seeks to Maximize Value

Enterprise asset management (EAM) means managing all physical assets of an organization throughout their service lives to maximize value

Enterprise means the inclusion of assets across departments and facilities and in some cases business units

It includes design construction commissioning operation maintenance and decommissioning replacement of equipment and facilities

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 24

Why CMMSsEAMs Fail

Vendors donrsquot know what YOUR best practice should behellipone size doesnrsquot fit all

You typically get more than you can use

Ease of use is a secondary concern

Information remains in specialized silos

Multiple vendors provide system technologies

Costs are underestimated

Reporting is a secondary concern

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 25

Welcome

Asset Management Functions and Features

Performance Indicators and Metrics

Management Tools and Dashboards

Report Generation

Document Management Functions and Features

Closing and Sneak Peek at Day 2

Agenda ndash Day 1

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 26

What are KPIs

Todayrsquos systems provide lots of data and information enough to keep a staff of specialists busy continuously analyzing it all

But a small subset of all that datainformation can provide quick indicators of the current performance of assets and processes

Different sets of indicators are useful to individuals of different disciplines (operations maintenance engineering finance etc)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 27

Why Identify KPIs

Limits information viewed to a manageable level

Greatly enhances decision-making capabilities

Minimizes the fire-fighting mentality

Ensures that OampM personnel are motivated and aligned with what management has defined as success for asset performance management

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 28

Pitfalls

Too few measuresmeasures that trade off poorly can improve one result at the expense of another (lowering downtime may lower quality)

Too many measures and too much collection analysis

Increases likelihood of errors

Takes more time and money

Doesnrsquot narrow the focus

12 to 25 KPIs are recommended

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 29

KPI Ideas Assets

Maximize

Asset availability

Output qty (gpm tph etc)

Quality (SS TFC etc)

Minimize

Downtime

Mean-time-between-failures

Maintenance costs

Power consumption

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 30

KPI Ideas People

Maximize

Maintenance wrench time

Capabilities

Minimize

Nonwrench time (driving getting supplies etc)

Time to complete

Rework

Labor costs

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 31

KPI Ideas Materials amp Services

Maximize

Productservice offerings

Stock availability

Minimize

Number of vendors

PO to delivery times

Inventory

Rush orders

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 32

KPI Ideas Other Factors

Maximize

Customer satisfaction

Performance to plan

Regulatory compliance

Safety

Minimize

WHAT WOULD YOU ADD

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 33

Expected vs Actual

Once key indicators have been identified expected levels of performance need to be set

Benchmarks

Goals

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 34

Welcome

Asset Management Functions and Features

Performance Indicators and Metrics

Management Tools and Dashboards

Report Generation

Document Management Functions and Features

Closing and Sneak Peek at Day 2

Agenda ndash Day 1

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 35

Management Tools and Dashboards

What manager wouldnt want a graphical user-interface that shows at a glance metrics and key performance indicators (KPIs) about how the utility is performing

Consider the alternatives

Complex reporting applications

Quizzing employees for information

Waiting for paper reports

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 36

Dashboards

Dashboards are reporting tools that consolidate and arrange numbers metrics and sometimes scorecards on a single screen

Theyre often tailored for a specific role and display metrics targeted for a single point-of-view or department

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 37

Scorecards

Scorecards are applications that show progress toward a benchmark goal or objective

They use KPIs which (if chosen wisely) actually indicate the performance of the utility

Scorecards may be part of dashboards but are different because they usually include multiple points-of-view

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 38

Comparing Technologies

Dashboard Scorecard

Purpose Monitors and measures operational processes

Monitors progress toward established objectives

Data Events Transactional Aggregates Consolidation

Refresh Rate

Near real-time (ldquolatest and greatestrdquo)

Periodic (ldquosnapshotsrdquo)

Measures Exceptions linked to operations

Targets linked to strategic plans

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 39

Why Use Them

1048707 CommunicateRefine Strategy

1048707 Increase Visibility

1048707 Increase Coordination

1048707 Increase Motivation

1048707 Give a Consistent View

1048707 Reduce Costs and Redundancy

1048707 Empower Users

1048707 Deliver Actionable Information

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 40

Benefits

A performance dashboard allows you to

Monitor critical processes and activities using metrics that trigger alerts when potential problems arise

Analyze the root cause of problems by exploring relevant and timely information from multiple sources and at various levels of detail

Manage people and processes to improve decisions optimize performance and steer the organization in the right direction

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 41

How to Implement

Define the key performance indicators (KPIs) that need to be measured in your dashboard (preferably no more than 10)

Identify the specific data needed to build your KPIs

Does the data exist

If so where

How can it be collected

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 42

How to Implement

If data-collection gaps exist find ways to fill the gaps then develop a plan to implement the changes

Find the simplest tool that meets your needs but still allows future growth

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 43

How to Implement

Budget for

The initial cost of the dashboard

Annual maintenance

Fees to implement the system

Cost of changes and updates

Start with one system

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 44

Rule 1 ndash Have Context

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

Q3 2007 Q4 2007 Q1 2008 Q2 2008

Benchmarks or Goals

Prior performance

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 45

Rule 2 - Segment

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

Q3 2007 Q4 2007 Q1 2008 Q2 2008

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 46

Rule 3 ndash Include Comments

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

Q3 2007 Q4 2007 Q1 2008 Q2 2008

Causes of good or poor performance

Ways to improve performance

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 47

Rules 4 amp 5

Keep your dashboard to 1 pagescreen (no more than 10 KEY metrics)

Change your dashboard as conditions change

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 48

Welcome

Asset Management Functions and Features

Performance Indicators and Metrics

Management Tools and Dashboards

Report Generation

Document Management Functions and Features

Closing and Sneak Peek at Day 2

Agenda ndash Day 1

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 49

What is a Report Generator

A good report generator is software that

Retrieves data from different sources

Has data analysis capabilities

Has modifiable templates for presenting data

Has features for consolidating data totaling at multiple levels charting conditional formatting and page-based output

Generates reports automatically and on demand

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 50

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 51

Standard Reports

Standard reports are predefined and generated

Periodically (end of shift day month etc)

Upon process events (batch completed critical process event)

By request (downtime analysis inventory levels)

Predefined with automatic updating of most recent data

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 52

Your Standard Reports

What standard reports do you produce

What information sources are needed

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 53

Ad Hoc Reports

Ad hoc reports are temporary reports created by a user when information is not available in standard reports

They are usually just printouts of information available on a single system (printing the alarm log at the time of a process failure)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 54

Ad Hoc Reports

What ad hoc reports have you produced

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 55

Steps in Generating a Report

1 Connect to a data source

2 Select a template

3 Select a data source

4 Add graphics

5 Print

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 56

Connect to Information Source

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 57

Select Template (Widget)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 58

Select a Data Source

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 59

Add Graphics

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 60

Print Report

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 61

Welcome

Asset Management Functions and Features

Performance Indicators and Metrics

Management Tools and Dashboards

Report Generation

Document Management Functions and Features

Closing and Sneak Peek at Day 2

Agenda ndash Day 1

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 62

Electronic Document Management

aka Electronic Content Management

Itrsquos the control of documents and their life cycle

How and when documents are created

How they are reviewed

How they are published

How they are used

How they are retained

Ultimately how they are destroyed

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 63

EDM Functions

EDM includes five basic functions

Capture of electronic and paper documents

Storage of the electronic files

Delivery to the end users

Preservation and destruction of the files

Management from creation to disposalhellip management is part of each other function

Wersquoll start with Storage since you need to know where theyrsquoll go before they get there

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 64

First What is a Document

In the old days a document was one or more sheets of paperhellipin the really old days it was a parchment sheepskin clay tablet or stone

Recently it was a word processed file

In todayrsquos EDM world a document is any electronic file of any size in any format that can be saved on a computer

What file formats do you use (doc png etc)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 65

Capturing Paper Documents

Electronic images of paper documents are created using scanners or multifunction printers

Optical Character Recognition (OCR) software is often used whether integrated into the hardware or as stand-alone software in order to convert digital images into editable text

Converting images into vector drawings is not as easy but getting better

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 66

Storage - Know Where They Go

Where are documents stored

Database repositories

Data warehouses

How do people get there

On-screen navigation

Storing documents involves some document management

Where they are stored (what server etc)

For how long they are stored

Migration from one storage media to another

Document destruction

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 67

Storage ndash Library Services

The storage function includes processes referred to as Library Services

They determine how documents will be filed and what methods will be used to organize or index the documents to assist in later retrieval

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 68

Storage - Indexing

During the process of storing a document information is collected about the document that will make it easier to search for and retrieve

This information is arranged in a separate table (much like the index in a book) and helps narrow and speed up searches by retrieving only those files that match the indexed information

Each document has a unique ID but also has metadata associated with it

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 69

Metadata

Metadata is typically stored for each document (the document storage date and the user name storing it)

Some metadata is usually extracted from the document automatically (date modified author etc)

The EDM system may also prompt the user storing a document to enter additional metadata

Many EDM systems use optical character recognition on scanned images or perform text extraction on electronic documents This text is used to help locate documents by identifying probable keywords or in full text searches

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 70

Metadata Stored By PPT

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 71

Metadata Prompts

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 72

Content Server Architecture

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 73

Repository Services

Single content amp data repository

Unique document ID

Document attributes

Data dictionary

Object relational management

Authentication services

Backuprecovery

Distributionreplication

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 74

Library Services

Provides a separate virtual repository for Web content

Provides access control

Allows checkout amp check-in

Provides versioning

Manages content storage

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 75

Core Content Management Services

Allows searches

Creates renditions

Allows annotations

Manages virtual documents

Provides dynamic content assembly

Manages links

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 76

Process Automation Services

Provides workflows

Manages document life cycles

Provides notifications

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 77

Storage Workflow

Most EDM systems provide a workflow process routing a document for approval before it is stored

Workflows can be Manual (requiring a user to view the document and decide

who to send it to) Rules-based (allowing an administrator to create a rule

that determines the flow of the document through an organization)

Dynamic (allowing branches to be created in a workflow process)

When a workflow is started for a document the EDMS typically routes the document through the approval process

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 78

Rules-based Workflow

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 79

Manage Check-inCheckout

EDM systems typically include check-incheck-out procedures to ensure only one version of a document is being edited at a time

When a document is checked out to one user the system locks out any other checkout attempts

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 80

Checkout

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 81

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 82

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 83

Check-in

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 84

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 85

Versioning

Versioning is tied to the check-incheckout process

It is usually automatic with manual overwriting capability (for checking in a new version as 20 instead of 12 as the system may have numbered it)

It allows users to see all versions of a document and retrieve previous versions for comparison or reediting

Versioning is useful for documents that change over time and require updating still allowing reversion to a previous copy

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 86

New Version

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 87

Collaboration

Collaboration should be inherent in an EDMS

Documents should be capable of being retrieved by an authorized user and worked on

Access should be blocked to other users while work is being performed on the document

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 88

Integration

Many document management systems attempt to integrate document management directly into other applications so that users may retrieve existing documents directly from the document management system repository make changes and save the changed document back to the repository as a new version all without leaving the application

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 89

Security

Document security is vital in many document management applications

Compliance requirements for certain types of documents are complex (the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act imposes strict security requirements on medical documents)

Some document management systems have a rights management module that allows an administrator to give access to documents based on type to only certain people or groups of people

  • Agenda ndash Day 1
  • Welcome
  • Goals
  • Introductions
  • Ground Rules
  • Slide 7
  • What is Asset Management
  • Balancing Act
  • Why Asset Management
  • All utilities are feeling the pinch
  • Life-Cycle Asset Management
  • Slide 13
  • Slide 14
  • Slide 15
  • Slide 16
  • Life-Cycle Span vs Life-Cycle Cost
  • Essentials of Asset Management
  • CMMS vs EAM
  • Levels of Asset Management
  • The Relationship Between Maintenance and Asset Management
  • Relies on Integration
  • Seeks to Maximize Value
  • Why CMMSsEAMs Fail
  • Slide 25
  • What are KPIs
  • Why Identify KPIs
  • Pitfalls
  • KPI Ideas Assets
  • KPI Ideas People
  • KPI Ideas Materials amp Services
  • KPI Ideas Other Factors
  • Expected vs Actual
  • Slide 34
  • Management Tools and Dashboards
  • Dashboards
  • Scorecards
  • Comparing Technologies
  • Why Use Them
  • Benefits
  • How to Implement
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Rule 1 ndash Have Context
  • Rule 2 - Segment
  • Rule 3 ndash Include Comments
  • Rules 4 amp 5
  • Slide 48
  • What is a Report Generator
  • Slide 50
  • Standard Reports
  • Your Standard Reports
  • Ad Hoc Reports
  • Slide 54
  • Steps in Generating a Report
  • Connect to Information Source
  • Select Template (Widget)
  • Select a Data Source
  • Add Graphics
  • Print Report
  • Slide 61
  • Electronic Document Management
  • EDM Functions
  • First What is a Document
  • Capturing Paper Documents
  • Storage - Know Where They Go
  • Storage ndash Library Services
  • Storage - Indexing
  • Metadata
  • Metadata Stored By PPT
  • Metadata Prompts
  • Content Server Architecture
  • Repository Services
  • Library Services
  • Core Content Management Services
  • Process Automation Services
  • Storage Workflow
  • Rules-based Workflow
  • Manage Check-inCheckout
  • Checkout
  • Slide 81
  • Slide 82
  • Check-in
  • Slide 84
  • Versioning
  • New Version
  • Collaboration
  • Integration
  • Security

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 21

The Relationship BetweenMaintenance and Asset Management

Know performance

Understand characteristics

Provide datainformation

Are a source of history

Embody corporate memory

Most direct contact with assets is through OampM staffs who

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 22

Relies on Integration

Enterprise management integrates systems and functions to eliminate ldquostovepipesrdquo and allow unified management of capital

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 23

Seeks to Maximize Value

Enterprise asset management (EAM) means managing all physical assets of an organization throughout their service lives to maximize value

Enterprise means the inclusion of assets across departments and facilities and in some cases business units

It includes design construction commissioning operation maintenance and decommissioning replacement of equipment and facilities

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 24

Why CMMSsEAMs Fail

Vendors donrsquot know what YOUR best practice should behellipone size doesnrsquot fit all

You typically get more than you can use

Ease of use is a secondary concern

Information remains in specialized silos

Multiple vendors provide system technologies

Costs are underestimated

Reporting is a secondary concern

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 25

Welcome

Asset Management Functions and Features

Performance Indicators and Metrics

Management Tools and Dashboards

Report Generation

Document Management Functions and Features

Closing and Sneak Peek at Day 2

Agenda ndash Day 1

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 26

What are KPIs

Todayrsquos systems provide lots of data and information enough to keep a staff of specialists busy continuously analyzing it all

But a small subset of all that datainformation can provide quick indicators of the current performance of assets and processes

Different sets of indicators are useful to individuals of different disciplines (operations maintenance engineering finance etc)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 27

Why Identify KPIs

Limits information viewed to a manageable level

Greatly enhances decision-making capabilities

Minimizes the fire-fighting mentality

Ensures that OampM personnel are motivated and aligned with what management has defined as success for asset performance management

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 28

Pitfalls

Too few measuresmeasures that trade off poorly can improve one result at the expense of another (lowering downtime may lower quality)

Too many measures and too much collection analysis

Increases likelihood of errors

Takes more time and money

Doesnrsquot narrow the focus

12 to 25 KPIs are recommended

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 29

KPI Ideas Assets

Maximize

Asset availability

Output qty (gpm tph etc)

Quality (SS TFC etc)

Minimize

Downtime

Mean-time-between-failures

Maintenance costs

Power consumption

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 30

KPI Ideas People

Maximize

Maintenance wrench time

Capabilities

Minimize

Nonwrench time (driving getting supplies etc)

Time to complete

Rework

Labor costs

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 31

KPI Ideas Materials amp Services

Maximize

Productservice offerings

Stock availability

Minimize

Number of vendors

PO to delivery times

Inventory

Rush orders

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 32

KPI Ideas Other Factors

Maximize

Customer satisfaction

Performance to plan

Regulatory compliance

Safety

Minimize

WHAT WOULD YOU ADD

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 33

Expected vs Actual

Once key indicators have been identified expected levels of performance need to be set

Benchmarks

Goals

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 34

Welcome

Asset Management Functions and Features

Performance Indicators and Metrics

Management Tools and Dashboards

Report Generation

Document Management Functions and Features

Closing and Sneak Peek at Day 2

Agenda ndash Day 1

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 35

Management Tools and Dashboards

What manager wouldnt want a graphical user-interface that shows at a glance metrics and key performance indicators (KPIs) about how the utility is performing

Consider the alternatives

Complex reporting applications

Quizzing employees for information

Waiting for paper reports

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 36

Dashboards

Dashboards are reporting tools that consolidate and arrange numbers metrics and sometimes scorecards on a single screen

Theyre often tailored for a specific role and display metrics targeted for a single point-of-view or department

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 37

Scorecards

Scorecards are applications that show progress toward a benchmark goal or objective

They use KPIs which (if chosen wisely) actually indicate the performance of the utility

Scorecards may be part of dashboards but are different because they usually include multiple points-of-view

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 38

Comparing Technologies

Dashboard Scorecard

Purpose Monitors and measures operational processes

Monitors progress toward established objectives

Data Events Transactional Aggregates Consolidation

Refresh Rate

Near real-time (ldquolatest and greatestrdquo)

Periodic (ldquosnapshotsrdquo)

Measures Exceptions linked to operations

Targets linked to strategic plans

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 39

Why Use Them

1048707 CommunicateRefine Strategy

1048707 Increase Visibility

1048707 Increase Coordination

1048707 Increase Motivation

1048707 Give a Consistent View

1048707 Reduce Costs and Redundancy

1048707 Empower Users

1048707 Deliver Actionable Information

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 40

Benefits

A performance dashboard allows you to

Monitor critical processes and activities using metrics that trigger alerts when potential problems arise

Analyze the root cause of problems by exploring relevant and timely information from multiple sources and at various levels of detail

Manage people and processes to improve decisions optimize performance and steer the organization in the right direction

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 41

How to Implement

Define the key performance indicators (KPIs) that need to be measured in your dashboard (preferably no more than 10)

Identify the specific data needed to build your KPIs

Does the data exist

If so where

How can it be collected

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 42

How to Implement

If data-collection gaps exist find ways to fill the gaps then develop a plan to implement the changes

Find the simplest tool that meets your needs but still allows future growth

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 43

How to Implement

Budget for

The initial cost of the dashboard

Annual maintenance

Fees to implement the system

Cost of changes and updates

Start with one system

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 44

Rule 1 ndash Have Context

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

Q3 2007 Q4 2007 Q1 2008 Q2 2008

Benchmarks or Goals

Prior performance

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 45

Rule 2 - Segment

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

Q3 2007 Q4 2007 Q1 2008 Q2 2008

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 46

Rule 3 ndash Include Comments

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

Q3 2007 Q4 2007 Q1 2008 Q2 2008

Causes of good or poor performance

Ways to improve performance

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 47

Rules 4 amp 5

Keep your dashboard to 1 pagescreen (no more than 10 KEY metrics)

Change your dashboard as conditions change

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 48

Welcome

Asset Management Functions and Features

Performance Indicators and Metrics

Management Tools and Dashboards

Report Generation

Document Management Functions and Features

Closing and Sneak Peek at Day 2

Agenda ndash Day 1

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 49

What is a Report Generator

A good report generator is software that

Retrieves data from different sources

Has data analysis capabilities

Has modifiable templates for presenting data

Has features for consolidating data totaling at multiple levels charting conditional formatting and page-based output

Generates reports automatically and on demand

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 50

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 51

Standard Reports

Standard reports are predefined and generated

Periodically (end of shift day month etc)

Upon process events (batch completed critical process event)

By request (downtime analysis inventory levels)

Predefined with automatic updating of most recent data

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 52

Your Standard Reports

What standard reports do you produce

What information sources are needed

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 53

Ad Hoc Reports

Ad hoc reports are temporary reports created by a user when information is not available in standard reports

They are usually just printouts of information available on a single system (printing the alarm log at the time of a process failure)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 54

Ad Hoc Reports

What ad hoc reports have you produced

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 55

Steps in Generating a Report

1 Connect to a data source

2 Select a template

3 Select a data source

4 Add graphics

5 Print

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 56

Connect to Information Source

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 57

Select Template (Widget)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 58

Select a Data Source

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 59

Add Graphics

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 60

Print Report

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 61

Welcome

Asset Management Functions and Features

Performance Indicators and Metrics

Management Tools and Dashboards

Report Generation

Document Management Functions and Features

Closing and Sneak Peek at Day 2

Agenda ndash Day 1

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 62

Electronic Document Management

aka Electronic Content Management

Itrsquos the control of documents and their life cycle

How and when documents are created

How they are reviewed

How they are published

How they are used

How they are retained

Ultimately how they are destroyed

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 63

EDM Functions

EDM includes five basic functions

Capture of electronic and paper documents

Storage of the electronic files

Delivery to the end users

Preservation and destruction of the files

Management from creation to disposalhellip management is part of each other function

Wersquoll start with Storage since you need to know where theyrsquoll go before they get there

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 64

First What is a Document

In the old days a document was one or more sheets of paperhellipin the really old days it was a parchment sheepskin clay tablet or stone

Recently it was a word processed file

In todayrsquos EDM world a document is any electronic file of any size in any format that can be saved on a computer

What file formats do you use (doc png etc)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 65

Capturing Paper Documents

Electronic images of paper documents are created using scanners or multifunction printers

Optical Character Recognition (OCR) software is often used whether integrated into the hardware or as stand-alone software in order to convert digital images into editable text

Converting images into vector drawings is not as easy but getting better

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 66

Storage - Know Where They Go

Where are documents stored

Database repositories

Data warehouses

How do people get there

On-screen navigation

Storing documents involves some document management

Where they are stored (what server etc)

For how long they are stored

Migration from one storage media to another

Document destruction

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 67

Storage ndash Library Services

The storage function includes processes referred to as Library Services

They determine how documents will be filed and what methods will be used to organize or index the documents to assist in later retrieval

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 68

Storage - Indexing

During the process of storing a document information is collected about the document that will make it easier to search for and retrieve

This information is arranged in a separate table (much like the index in a book) and helps narrow and speed up searches by retrieving only those files that match the indexed information

Each document has a unique ID but also has metadata associated with it

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 69

Metadata

Metadata is typically stored for each document (the document storage date and the user name storing it)

Some metadata is usually extracted from the document automatically (date modified author etc)

The EDM system may also prompt the user storing a document to enter additional metadata

Many EDM systems use optical character recognition on scanned images or perform text extraction on electronic documents This text is used to help locate documents by identifying probable keywords or in full text searches

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 70

Metadata Stored By PPT

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 71

Metadata Prompts

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 72

Content Server Architecture

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 73

Repository Services

Single content amp data repository

Unique document ID

Document attributes

Data dictionary

Object relational management

Authentication services

Backuprecovery

Distributionreplication

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 74

Library Services

Provides a separate virtual repository for Web content

Provides access control

Allows checkout amp check-in

Provides versioning

Manages content storage

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 75

Core Content Management Services

Allows searches

Creates renditions

Allows annotations

Manages virtual documents

Provides dynamic content assembly

Manages links

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 76

Process Automation Services

Provides workflows

Manages document life cycles

Provides notifications

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 77

Storage Workflow

Most EDM systems provide a workflow process routing a document for approval before it is stored

Workflows can be Manual (requiring a user to view the document and decide

who to send it to) Rules-based (allowing an administrator to create a rule

that determines the flow of the document through an organization)

Dynamic (allowing branches to be created in a workflow process)

When a workflow is started for a document the EDMS typically routes the document through the approval process

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 78

Rules-based Workflow

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 79

Manage Check-inCheckout

EDM systems typically include check-incheck-out procedures to ensure only one version of a document is being edited at a time

When a document is checked out to one user the system locks out any other checkout attempts

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 80

Checkout

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 81

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 82

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 83

Check-in

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 84

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 85

Versioning

Versioning is tied to the check-incheckout process

It is usually automatic with manual overwriting capability (for checking in a new version as 20 instead of 12 as the system may have numbered it)

It allows users to see all versions of a document and retrieve previous versions for comparison or reediting

Versioning is useful for documents that change over time and require updating still allowing reversion to a previous copy

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 86

New Version

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 87

Collaboration

Collaboration should be inherent in an EDMS

Documents should be capable of being retrieved by an authorized user and worked on

Access should be blocked to other users while work is being performed on the document

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 88

Integration

Many document management systems attempt to integrate document management directly into other applications so that users may retrieve existing documents directly from the document management system repository make changes and save the changed document back to the repository as a new version all without leaving the application

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 89

Security

Document security is vital in many document management applications

Compliance requirements for certain types of documents are complex (the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act imposes strict security requirements on medical documents)

Some document management systems have a rights management module that allows an administrator to give access to documents based on type to only certain people or groups of people

  • Agenda ndash Day 1
  • Welcome
  • Goals
  • Introductions
  • Ground Rules
  • Slide 7
  • What is Asset Management
  • Balancing Act
  • Why Asset Management
  • All utilities are feeling the pinch
  • Life-Cycle Asset Management
  • Slide 13
  • Slide 14
  • Slide 15
  • Slide 16
  • Life-Cycle Span vs Life-Cycle Cost
  • Essentials of Asset Management
  • CMMS vs EAM
  • Levels of Asset Management
  • The Relationship Between Maintenance and Asset Management
  • Relies on Integration
  • Seeks to Maximize Value
  • Why CMMSsEAMs Fail
  • Slide 25
  • What are KPIs
  • Why Identify KPIs
  • Pitfalls
  • KPI Ideas Assets
  • KPI Ideas People
  • KPI Ideas Materials amp Services
  • KPI Ideas Other Factors
  • Expected vs Actual
  • Slide 34
  • Management Tools and Dashboards
  • Dashboards
  • Scorecards
  • Comparing Technologies
  • Why Use Them
  • Benefits
  • How to Implement
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Rule 1 ndash Have Context
  • Rule 2 - Segment
  • Rule 3 ndash Include Comments
  • Rules 4 amp 5
  • Slide 48
  • What is a Report Generator
  • Slide 50
  • Standard Reports
  • Your Standard Reports
  • Ad Hoc Reports
  • Slide 54
  • Steps in Generating a Report
  • Connect to Information Source
  • Select Template (Widget)
  • Select a Data Source
  • Add Graphics
  • Print Report
  • Slide 61
  • Electronic Document Management
  • EDM Functions
  • First What is a Document
  • Capturing Paper Documents
  • Storage - Know Where They Go
  • Storage ndash Library Services
  • Storage - Indexing
  • Metadata
  • Metadata Stored By PPT
  • Metadata Prompts
  • Content Server Architecture
  • Repository Services
  • Library Services
  • Core Content Management Services
  • Process Automation Services
  • Storage Workflow
  • Rules-based Workflow
  • Manage Check-inCheckout
  • Checkout
  • Slide 81
  • Slide 82
  • Check-in
  • Slide 84
  • Versioning
  • New Version
  • Collaboration
  • Integration
  • Security

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 22

Relies on Integration

Enterprise management integrates systems and functions to eliminate ldquostovepipesrdquo and allow unified management of capital

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 23

Seeks to Maximize Value

Enterprise asset management (EAM) means managing all physical assets of an organization throughout their service lives to maximize value

Enterprise means the inclusion of assets across departments and facilities and in some cases business units

It includes design construction commissioning operation maintenance and decommissioning replacement of equipment and facilities

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 24

Why CMMSsEAMs Fail

Vendors donrsquot know what YOUR best practice should behellipone size doesnrsquot fit all

You typically get more than you can use

Ease of use is a secondary concern

Information remains in specialized silos

Multiple vendors provide system technologies

Costs are underestimated

Reporting is a secondary concern

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 25

Welcome

Asset Management Functions and Features

Performance Indicators and Metrics

Management Tools and Dashboards

Report Generation

Document Management Functions and Features

Closing and Sneak Peek at Day 2

Agenda ndash Day 1

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 26

What are KPIs

Todayrsquos systems provide lots of data and information enough to keep a staff of specialists busy continuously analyzing it all

But a small subset of all that datainformation can provide quick indicators of the current performance of assets and processes

Different sets of indicators are useful to individuals of different disciplines (operations maintenance engineering finance etc)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 27

Why Identify KPIs

Limits information viewed to a manageable level

Greatly enhances decision-making capabilities

Minimizes the fire-fighting mentality

Ensures that OampM personnel are motivated and aligned with what management has defined as success for asset performance management

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 28

Pitfalls

Too few measuresmeasures that trade off poorly can improve one result at the expense of another (lowering downtime may lower quality)

Too many measures and too much collection analysis

Increases likelihood of errors

Takes more time and money

Doesnrsquot narrow the focus

12 to 25 KPIs are recommended

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 29

KPI Ideas Assets

Maximize

Asset availability

Output qty (gpm tph etc)

Quality (SS TFC etc)

Minimize

Downtime

Mean-time-between-failures

Maintenance costs

Power consumption

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 30

KPI Ideas People

Maximize

Maintenance wrench time

Capabilities

Minimize

Nonwrench time (driving getting supplies etc)

Time to complete

Rework

Labor costs

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 31

KPI Ideas Materials amp Services

Maximize

Productservice offerings

Stock availability

Minimize

Number of vendors

PO to delivery times

Inventory

Rush orders

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 32

KPI Ideas Other Factors

Maximize

Customer satisfaction

Performance to plan

Regulatory compliance

Safety

Minimize

WHAT WOULD YOU ADD

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 33

Expected vs Actual

Once key indicators have been identified expected levels of performance need to be set

Benchmarks

Goals

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 34

Welcome

Asset Management Functions and Features

Performance Indicators and Metrics

Management Tools and Dashboards

Report Generation

Document Management Functions and Features

Closing and Sneak Peek at Day 2

Agenda ndash Day 1

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 35

Management Tools and Dashboards

What manager wouldnt want a graphical user-interface that shows at a glance metrics and key performance indicators (KPIs) about how the utility is performing

Consider the alternatives

Complex reporting applications

Quizzing employees for information

Waiting for paper reports

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 36

Dashboards

Dashboards are reporting tools that consolidate and arrange numbers metrics and sometimes scorecards on a single screen

Theyre often tailored for a specific role and display metrics targeted for a single point-of-view or department

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 37

Scorecards

Scorecards are applications that show progress toward a benchmark goal or objective

They use KPIs which (if chosen wisely) actually indicate the performance of the utility

Scorecards may be part of dashboards but are different because they usually include multiple points-of-view

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 38

Comparing Technologies

Dashboard Scorecard

Purpose Monitors and measures operational processes

Monitors progress toward established objectives

Data Events Transactional Aggregates Consolidation

Refresh Rate

Near real-time (ldquolatest and greatestrdquo)

Periodic (ldquosnapshotsrdquo)

Measures Exceptions linked to operations

Targets linked to strategic plans

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 39

Why Use Them

1048707 CommunicateRefine Strategy

1048707 Increase Visibility

1048707 Increase Coordination

1048707 Increase Motivation

1048707 Give a Consistent View

1048707 Reduce Costs and Redundancy

1048707 Empower Users

1048707 Deliver Actionable Information

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 40

Benefits

A performance dashboard allows you to

Monitor critical processes and activities using metrics that trigger alerts when potential problems arise

Analyze the root cause of problems by exploring relevant and timely information from multiple sources and at various levels of detail

Manage people and processes to improve decisions optimize performance and steer the organization in the right direction

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 41

How to Implement

Define the key performance indicators (KPIs) that need to be measured in your dashboard (preferably no more than 10)

Identify the specific data needed to build your KPIs

Does the data exist

If so where

How can it be collected

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 42

How to Implement

If data-collection gaps exist find ways to fill the gaps then develop a plan to implement the changes

Find the simplest tool that meets your needs but still allows future growth

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 43

How to Implement

Budget for

The initial cost of the dashboard

Annual maintenance

Fees to implement the system

Cost of changes and updates

Start with one system

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 44

Rule 1 ndash Have Context

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

Q3 2007 Q4 2007 Q1 2008 Q2 2008

Benchmarks or Goals

Prior performance

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 45

Rule 2 - Segment

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

Q3 2007 Q4 2007 Q1 2008 Q2 2008

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 46

Rule 3 ndash Include Comments

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

Q3 2007 Q4 2007 Q1 2008 Q2 2008

Causes of good or poor performance

Ways to improve performance

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 47

Rules 4 amp 5

Keep your dashboard to 1 pagescreen (no more than 10 KEY metrics)

Change your dashboard as conditions change

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 48

Welcome

Asset Management Functions and Features

Performance Indicators and Metrics

Management Tools and Dashboards

Report Generation

Document Management Functions and Features

Closing and Sneak Peek at Day 2

Agenda ndash Day 1

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 49

What is a Report Generator

A good report generator is software that

Retrieves data from different sources

Has data analysis capabilities

Has modifiable templates for presenting data

Has features for consolidating data totaling at multiple levels charting conditional formatting and page-based output

Generates reports automatically and on demand

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 50

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 51

Standard Reports

Standard reports are predefined and generated

Periodically (end of shift day month etc)

Upon process events (batch completed critical process event)

By request (downtime analysis inventory levels)

Predefined with automatic updating of most recent data

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 52

Your Standard Reports

What standard reports do you produce

What information sources are needed

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 53

Ad Hoc Reports

Ad hoc reports are temporary reports created by a user when information is not available in standard reports

They are usually just printouts of information available on a single system (printing the alarm log at the time of a process failure)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 54

Ad Hoc Reports

What ad hoc reports have you produced

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 55

Steps in Generating a Report

1 Connect to a data source

2 Select a template

3 Select a data source

4 Add graphics

5 Print

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 56

Connect to Information Source

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 57

Select Template (Widget)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 58

Select a Data Source

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 59

Add Graphics

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 60

Print Report

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 61

Welcome

Asset Management Functions and Features

Performance Indicators and Metrics

Management Tools and Dashboards

Report Generation

Document Management Functions and Features

Closing and Sneak Peek at Day 2

Agenda ndash Day 1

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 62

Electronic Document Management

aka Electronic Content Management

Itrsquos the control of documents and their life cycle

How and when documents are created

How they are reviewed

How they are published

How they are used

How they are retained

Ultimately how they are destroyed

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 63

EDM Functions

EDM includes five basic functions

Capture of electronic and paper documents

Storage of the electronic files

Delivery to the end users

Preservation and destruction of the files

Management from creation to disposalhellip management is part of each other function

Wersquoll start with Storage since you need to know where theyrsquoll go before they get there

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 64

First What is a Document

In the old days a document was one or more sheets of paperhellipin the really old days it was a parchment sheepskin clay tablet or stone

Recently it was a word processed file

In todayrsquos EDM world a document is any electronic file of any size in any format that can be saved on a computer

What file formats do you use (doc png etc)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 65

Capturing Paper Documents

Electronic images of paper documents are created using scanners or multifunction printers

Optical Character Recognition (OCR) software is often used whether integrated into the hardware or as stand-alone software in order to convert digital images into editable text

Converting images into vector drawings is not as easy but getting better

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 66

Storage - Know Where They Go

Where are documents stored

Database repositories

Data warehouses

How do people get there

On-screen navigation

Storing documents involves some document management

Where they are stored (what server etc)

For how long they are stored

Migration from one storage media to another

Document destruction

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 67

Storage ndash Library Services

The storage function includes processes referred to as Library Services

They determine how documents will be filed and what methods will be used to organize or index the documents to assist in later retrieval

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 68

Storage - Indexing

During the process of storing a document information is collected about the document that will make it easier to search for and retrieve

This information is arranged in a separate table (much like the index in a book) and helps narrow and speed up searches by retrieving only those files that match the indexed information

Each document has a unique ID but also has metadata associated with it

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 69

Metadata

Metadata is typically stored for each document (the document storage date and the user name storing it)

Some metadata is usually extracted from the document automatically (date modified author etc)

The EDM system may also prompt the user storing a document to enter additional metadata

Many EDM systems use optical character recognition on scanned images or perform text extraction on electronic documents This text is used to help locate documents by identifying probable keywords or in full text searches

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 70

Metadata Stored By PPT

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 71

Metadata Prompts

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 72

Content Server Architecture

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 73

Repository Services

Single content amp data repository

Unique document ID

Document attributes

Data dictionary

Object relational management

Authentication services

Backuprecovery

Distributionreplication

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 74

Library Services

Provides a separate virtual repository for Web content

Provides access control

Allows checkout amp check-in

Provides versioning

Manages content storage

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 75

Core Content Management Services

Allows searches

Creates renditions

Allows annotations

Manages virtual documents

Provides dynamic content assembly

Manages links

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 76

Process Automation Services

Provides workflows

Manages document life cycles

Provides notifications

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 77

Storage Workflow

Most EDM systems provide a workflow process routing a document for approval before it is stored

Workflows can be Manual (requiring a user to view the document and decide

who to send it to) Rules-based (allowing an administrator to create a rule

that determines the flow of the document through an organization)

Dynamic (allowing branches to be created in a workflow process)

When a workflow is started for a document the EDMS typically routes the document through the approval process

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 78

Rules-based Workflow

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 79

Manage Check-inCheckout

EDM systems typically include check-incheck-out procedures to ensure only one version of a document is being edited at a time

When a document is checked out to one user the system locks out any other checkout attempts

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 80

Checkout

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 81

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 82

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 83

Check-in

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 84

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 85

Versioning

Versioning is tied to the check-incheckout process

It is usually automatic with manual overwriting capability (for checking in a new version as 20 instead of 12 as the system may have numbered it)

It allows users to see all versions of a document and retrieve previous versions for comparison or reediting

Versioning is useful for documents that change over time and require updating still allowing reversion to a previous copy

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 86

New Version

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 87

Collaboration

Collaboration should be inherent in an EDMS

Documents should be capable of being retrieved by an authorized user and worked on

Access should be blocked to other users while work is being performed on the document

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 88

Integration

Many document management systems attempt to integrate document management directly into other applications so that users may retrieve existing documents directly from the document management system repository make changes and save the changed document back to the repository as a new version all without leaving the application

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 89

Security

Document security is vital in many document management applications

Compliance requirements for certain types of documents are complex (the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act imposes strict security requirements on medical documents)

Some document management systems have a rights management module that allows an administrator to give access to documents based on type to only certain people or groups of people

  • Agenda ndash Day 1
  • Welcome
  • Goals
  • Introductions
  • Ground Rules
  • Slide 7
  • What is Asset Management
  • Balancing Act
  • Why Asset Management
  • All utilities are feeling the pinch
  • Life-Cycle Asset Management
  • Slide 13
  • Slide 14
  • Slide 15
  • Slide 16
  • Life-Cycle Span vs Life-Cycle Cost
  • Essentials of Asset Management
  • CMMS vs EAM
  • Levels of Asset Management
  • The Relationship Between Maintenance and Asset Management
  • Relies on Integration
  • Seeks to Maximize Value
  • Why CMMSsEAMs Fail
  • Slide 25
  • What are KPIs
  • Why Identify KPIs
  • Pitfalls
  • KPI Ideas Assets
  • KPI Ideas People
  • KPI Ideas Materials amp Services
  • KPI Ideas Other Factors
  • Expected vs Actual
  • Slide 34
  • Management Tools and Dashboards
  • Dashboards
  • Scorecards
  • Comparing Technologies
  • Why Use Them
  • Benefits
  • How to Implement
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Rule 1 ndash Have Context
  • Rule 2 - Segment
  • Rule 3 ndash Include Comments
  • Rules 4 amp 5
  • Slide 48
  • What is a Report Generator
  • Slide 50
  • Standard Reports
  • Your Standard Reports
  • Ad Hoc Reports
  • Slide 54
  • Steps in Generating a Report
  • Connect to Information Source
  • Select Template (Widget)
  • Select a Data Source
  • Add Graphics
  • Print Report
  • Slide 61
  • Electronic Document Management
  • EDM Functions
  • First What is a Document
  • Capturing Paper Documents
  • Storage - Know Where They Go
  • Storage ndash Library Services
  • Storage - Indexing
  • Metadata
  • Metadata Stored By PPT
  • Metadata Prompts
  • Content Server Architecture
  • Repository Services
  • Library Services
  • Core Content Management Services
  • Process Automation Services
  • Storage Workflow
  • Rules-based Workflow
  • Manage Check-inCheckout
  • Checkout
  • Slide 81
  • Slide 82
  • Check-in
  • Slide 84
  • Versioning
  • New Version
  • Collaboration
  • Integration
  • Security

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 23

Seeks to Maximize Value

Enterprise asset management (EAM) means managing all physical assets of an organization throughout their service lives to maximize value

Enterprise means the inclusion of assets across departments and facilities and in some cases business units

It includes design construction commissioning operation maintenance and decommissioning replacement of equipment and facilities

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 24

Why CMMSsEAMs Fail

Vendors donrsquot know what YOUR best practice should behellipone size doesnrsquot fit all

You typically get more than you can use

Ease of use is a secondary concern

Information remains in specialized silos

Multiple vendors provide system technologies

Costs are underestimated

Reporting is a secondary concern

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 25

Welcome

Asset Management Functions and Features

Performance Indicators and Metrics

Management Tools and Dashboards

Report Generation

Document Management Functions and Features

Closing and Sneak Peek at Day 2

Agenda ndash Day 1

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 26

What are KPIs

Todayrsquos systems provide lots of data and information enough to keep a staff of specialists busy continuously analyzing it all

But a small subset of all that datainformation can provide quick indicators of the current performance of assets and processes

Different sets of indicators are useful to individuals of different disciplines (operations maintenance engineering finance etc)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 27

Why Identify KPIs

Limits information viewed to a manageable level

Greatly enhances decision-making capabilities

Minimizes the fire-fighting mentality

Ensures that OampM personnel are motivated and aligned with what management has defined as success for asset performance management

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 28

Pitfalls

Too few measuresmeasures that trade off poorly can improve one result at the expense of another (lowering downtime may lower quality)

Too many measures and too much collection analysis

Increases likelihood of errors

Takes more time and money

Doesnrsquot narrow the focus

12 to 25 KPIs are recommended

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 29

KPI Ideas Assets

Maximize

Asset availability

Output qty (gpm tph etc)

Quality (SS TFC etc)

Minimize

Downtime

Mean-time-between-failures

Maintenance costs

Power consumption

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 30

KPI Ideas People

Maximize

Maintenance wrench time

Capabilities

Minimize

Nonwrench time (driving getting supplies etc)

Time to complete

Rework

Labor costs

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 31

KPI Ideas Materials amp Services

Maximize

Productservice offerings

Stock availability

Minimize

Number of vendors

PO to delivery times

Inventory

Rush orders

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 32

KPI Ideas Other Factors

Maximize

Customer satisfaction

Performance to plan

Regulatory compliance

Safety

Minimize

WHAT WOULD YOU ADD

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 33

Expected vs Actual

Once key indicators have been identified expected levels of performance need to be set

Benchmarks

Goals

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 34

Welcome

Asset Management Functions and Features

Performance Indicators and Metrics

Management Tools and Dashboards

Report Generation

Document Management Functions and Features

Closing and Sneak Peek at Day 2

Agenda ndash Day 1

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 35

Management Tools and Dashboards

What manager wouldnt want a graphical user-interface that shows at a glance metrics and key performance indicators (KPIs) about how the utility is performing

Consider the alternatives

Complex reporting applications

Quizzing employees for information

Waiting for paper reports

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 36

Dashboards

Dashboards are reporting tools that consolidate and arrange numbers metrics and sometimes scorecards on a single screen

Theyre often tailored for a specific role and display metrics targeted for a single point-of-view or department

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 37

Scorecards

Scorecards are applications that show progress toward a benchmark goal or objective

They use KPIs which (if chosen wisely) actually indicate the performance of the utility

Scorecards may be part of dashboards but are different because they usually include multiple points-of-view

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 38

Comparing Technologies

Dashboard Scorecard

Purpose Monitors and measures operational processes

Monitors progress toward established objectives

Data Events Transactional Aggregates Consolidation

Refresh Rate

Near real-time (ldquolatest and greatestrdquo)

Periodic (ldquosnapshotsrdquo)

Measures Exceptions linked to operations

Targets linked to strategic plans

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 39

Why Use Them

1048707 CommunicateRefine Strategy

1048707 Increase Visibility

1048707 Increase Coordination

1048707 Increase Motivation

1048707 Give a Consistent View

1048707 Reduce Costs and Redundancy

1048707 Empower Users

1048707 Deliver Actionable Information

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 40

Benefits

A performance dashboard allows you to

Monitor critical processes and activities using metrics that trigger alerts when potential problems arise

Analyze the root cause of problems by exploring relevant and timely information from multiple sources and at various levels of detail

Manage people and processes to improve decisions optimize performance and steer the organization in the right direction

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 41

How to Implement

Define the key performance indicators (KPIs) that need to be measured in your dashboard (preferably no more than 10)

Identify the specific data needed to build your KPIs

Does the data exist

If so where

How can it be collected

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 42

How to Implement

If data-collection gaps exist find ways to fill the gaps then develop a plan to implement the changes

Find the simplest tool that meets your needs but still allows future growth

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 43

How to Implement

Budget for

The initial cost of the dashboard

Annual maintenance

Fees to implement the system

Cost of changes and updates

Start with one system

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 44

Rule 1 ndash Have Context

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

Q3 2007 Q4 2007 Q1 2008 Q2 2008

Benchmarks or Goals

Prior performance

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 45

Rule 2 - Segment

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

Q3 2007 Q4 2007 Q1 2008 Q2 2008

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 46

Rule 3 ndash Include Comments

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

Q3 2007 Q4 2007 Q1 2008 Q2 2008

Causes of good or poor performance

Ways to improve performance

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 47

Rules 4 amp 5

Keep your dashboard to 1 pagescreen (no more than 10 KEY metrics)

Change your dashboard as conditions change

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 48

Welcome

Asset Management Functions and Features

Performance Indicators and Metrics

Management Tools and Dashboards

Report Generation

Document Management Functions and Features

Closing and Sneak Peek at Day 2

Agenda ndash Day 1

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 49

What is a Report Generator

A good report generator is software that

Retrieves data from different sources

Has data analysis capabilities

Has modifiable templates for presenting data

Has features for consolidating data totaling at multiple levels charting conditional formatting and page-based output

Generates reports automatically and on demand

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 50

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 51

Standard Reports

Standard reports are predefined and generated

Periodically (end of shift day month etc)

Upon process events (batch completed critical process event)

By request (downtime analysis inventory levels)

Predefined with automatic updating of most recent data

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 52

Your Standard Reports

What standard reports do you produce

What information sources are needed

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 53

Ad Hoc Reports

Ad hoc reports are temporary reports created by a user when information is not available in standard reports

They are usually just printouts of information available on a single system (printing the alarm log at the time of a process failure)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 54

Ad Hoc Reports

What ad hoc reports have you produced

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 55

Steps in Generating a Report

1 Connect to a data source

2 Select a template

3 Select a data source

4 Add graphics

5 Print

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 56

Connect to Information Source

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 57

Select Template (Widget)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 58

Select a Data Source

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 59

Add Graphics

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 60

Print Report

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 61

Welcome

Asset Management Functions and Features

Performance Indicators and Metrics

Management Tools and Dashboards

Report Generation

Document Management Functions and Features

Closing and Sneak Peek at Day 2

Agenda ndash Day 1

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 62

Electronic Document Management

aka Electronic Content Management

Itrsquos the control of documents and their life cycle

How and when documents are created

How they are reviewed

How they are published

How they are used

How they are retained

Ultimately how they are destroyed

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 63

EDM Functions

EDM includes five basic functions

Capture of electronic and paper documents

Storage of the electronic files

Delivery to the end users

Preservation and destruction of the files

Management from creation to disposalhellip management is part of each other function

Wersquoll start with Storage since you need to know where theyrsquoll go before they get there

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 64

First What is a Document

In the old days a document was one or more sheets of paperhellipin the really old days it was a parchment sheepskin clay tablet or stone

Recently it was a word processed file

In todayrsquos EDM world a document is any electronic file of any size in any format that can be saved on a computer

What file formats do you use (doc png etc)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 65

Capturing Paper Documents

Electronic images of paper documents are created using scanners or multifunction printers

Optical Character Recognition (OCR) software is often used whether integrated into the hardware or as stand-alone software in order to convert digital images into editable text

Converting images into vector drawings is not as easy but getting better

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 66

Storage - Know Where They Go

Where are documents stored

Database repositories

Data warehouses

How do people get there

On-screen navigation

Storing documents involves some document management

Where they are stored (what server etc)

For how long they are stored

Migration from one storage media to another

Document destruction

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 67

Storage ndash Library Services

The storage function includes processes referred to as Library Services

They determine how documents will be filed and what methods will be used to organize or index the documents to assist in later retrieval

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 68

Storage - Indexing

During the process of storing a document information is collected about the document that will make it easier to search for and retrieve

This information is arranged in a separate table (much like the index in a book) and helps narrow and speed up searches by retrieving only those files that match the indexed information

Each document has a unique ID but also has metadata associated with it

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 69

Metadata

Metadata is typically stored for each document (the document storage date and the user name storing it)

Some metadata is usually extracted from the document automatically (date modified author etc)

The EDM system may also prompt the user storing a document to enter additional metadata

Many EDM systems use optical character recognition on scanned images or perform text extraction on electronic documents This text is used to help locate documents by identifying probable keywords or in full text searches

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 70

Metadata Stored By PPT

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 71

Metadata Prompts

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 72

Content Server Architecture

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 73

Repository Services

Single content amp data repository

Unique document ID

Document attributes

Data dictionary

Object relational management

Authentication services

Backuprecovery

Distributionreplication

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 74

Library Services

Provides a separate virtual repository for Web content

Provides access control

Allows checkout amp check-in

Provides versioning

Manages content storage

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 75

Core Content Management Services

Allows searches

Creates renditions

Allows annotations

Manages virtual documents

Provides dynamic content assembly

Manages links

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 76

Process Automation Services

Provides workflows

Manages document life cycles

Provides notifications

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 77

Storage Workflow

Most EDM systems provide a workflow process routing a document for approval before it is stored

Workflows can be Manual (requiring a user to view the document and decide

who to send it to) Rules-based (allowing an administrator to create a rule

that determines the flow of the document through an organization)

Dynamic (allowing branches to be created in a workflow process)

When a workflow is started for a document the EDMS typically routes the document through the approval process

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 78

Rules-based Workflow

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 79

Manage Check-inCheckout

EDM systems typically include check-incheck-out procedures to ensure only one version of a document is being edited at a time

When a document is checked out to one user the system locks out any other checkout attempts

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 80

Checkout

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 81

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 82

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 83

Check-in

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 84

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 85

Versioning

Versioning is tied to the check-incheckout process

It is usually automatic with manual overwriting capability (for checking in a new version as 20 instead of 12 as the system may have numbered it)

It allows users to see all versions of a document and retrieve previous versions for comparison or reediting

Versioning is useful for documents that change over time and require updating still allowing reversion to a previous copy

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 86

New Version

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 87

Collaboration

Collaboration should be inherent in an EDMS

Documents should be capable of being retrieved by an authorized user and worked on

Access should be blocked to other users while work is being performed on the document

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 88

Integration

Many document management systems attempt to integrate document management directly into other applications so that users may retrieve existing documents directly from the document management system repository make changes and save the changed document back to the repository as a new version all without leaving the application

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 89

Security

Document security is vital in many document management applications

Compliance requirements for certain types of documents are complex (the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act imposes strict security requirements on medical documents)

Some document management systems have a rights management module that allows an administrator to give access to documents based on type to only certain people or groups of people

  • Agenda ndash Day 1
  • Welcome
  • Goals
  • Introductions
  • Ground Rules
  • Slide 7
  • What is Asset Management
  • Balancing Act
  • Why Asset Management
  • All utilities are feeling the pinch
  • Life-Cycle Asset Management
  • Slide 13
  • Slide 14
  • Slide 15
  • Slide 16
  • Life-Cycle Span vs Life-Cycle Cost
  • Essentials of Asset Management
  • CMMS vs EAM
  • Levels of Asset Management
  • The Relationship Between Maintenance and Asset Management
  • Relies on Integration
  • Seeks to Maximize Value
  • Why CMMSsEAMs Fail
  • Slide 25
  • What are KPIs
  • Why Identify KPIs
  • Pitfalls
  • KPI Ideas Assets
  • KPI Ideas People
  • KPI Ideas Materials amp Services
  • KPI Ideas Other Factors
  • Expected vs Actual
  • Slide 34
  • Management Tools and Dashboards
  • Dashboards
  • Scorecards
  • Comparing Technologies
  • Why Use Them
  • Benefits
  • How to Implement
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Rule 1 ndash Have Context
  • Rule 2 - Segment
  • Rule 3 ndash Include Comments
  • Rules 4 amp 5
  • Slide 48
  • What is a Report Generator
  • Slide 50
  • Standard Reports
  • Your Standard Reports
  • Ad Hoc Reports
  • Slide 54
  • Steps in Generating a Report
  • Connect to Information Source
  • Select Template (Widget)
  • Select a Data Source
  • Add Graphics
  • Print Report
  • Slide 61
  • Electronic Document Management
  • EDM Functions
  • First What is a Document
  • Capturing Paper Documents
  • Storage - Know Where They Go
  • Storage ndash Library Services
  • Storage - Indexing
  • Metadata
  • Metadata Stored By PPT
  • Metadata Prompts
  • Content Server Architecture
  • Repository Services
  • Library Services
  • Core Content Management Services
  • Process Automation Services
  • Storage Workflow
  • Rules-based Workflow
  • Manage Check-inCheckout
  • Checkout
  • Slide 81
  • Slide 82
  • Check-in
  • Slide 84
  • Versioning
  • New Version
  • Collaboration
  • Integration
  • Security

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 24

Why CMMSsEAMs Fail

Vendors donrsquot know what YOUR best practice should behellipone size doesnrsquot fit all

You typically get more than you can use

Ease of use is a secondary concern

Information remains in specialized silos

Multiple vendors provide system technologies

Costs are underestimated

Reporting is a secondary concern

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 25

Welcome

Asset Management Functions and Features

Performance Indicators and Metrics

Management Tools and Dashboards

Report Generation

Document Management Functions and Features

Closing and Sneak Peek at Day 2

Agenda ndash Day 1

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 26

What are KPIs

Todayrsquos systems provide lots of data and information enough to keep a staff of specialists busy continuously analyzing it all

But a small subset of all that datainformation can provide quick indicators of the current performance of assets and processes

Different sets of indicators are useful to individuals of different disciplines (operations maintenance engineering finance etc)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 27

Why Identify KPIs

Limits information viewed to a manageable level

Greatly enhances decision-making capabilities

Minimizes the fire-fighting mentality

Ensures that OampM personnel are motivated and aligned with what management has defined as success for asset performance management

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 28

Pitfalls

Too few measuresmeasures that trade off poorly can improve one result at the expense of another (lowering downtime may lower quality)

Too many measures and too much collection analysis

Increases likelihood of errors

Takes more time and money

Doesnrsquot narrow the focus

12 to 25 KPIs are recommended

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 29

KPI Ideas Assets

Maximize

Asset availability

Output qty (gpm tph etc)

Quality (SS TFC etc)

Minimize

Downtime

Mean-time-between-failures

Maintenance costs

Power consumption

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 30

KPI Ideas People

Maximize

Maintenance wrench time

Capabilities

Minimize

Nonwrench time (driving getting supplies etc)

Time to complete

Rework

Labor costs

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 31

KPI Ideas Materials amp Services

Maximize

Productservice offerings

Stock availability

Minimize

Number of vendors

PO to delivery times

Inventory

Rush orders

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 32

KPI Ideas Other Factors

Maximize

Customer satisfaction

Performance to plan

Regulatory compliance

Safety

Minimize

WHAT WOULD YOU ADD

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 33

Expected vs Actual

Once key indicators have been identified expected levels of performance need to be set

Benchmarks

Goals

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 34

Welcome

Asset Management Functions and Features

Performance Indicators and Metrics

Management Tools and Dashboards

Report Generation

Document Management Functions and Features

Closing and Sneak Peek at Day 2

Agenda ndash Day 1

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 35

Management Tools and Dashboards

What manager wouldnt want a graphical user-interface that shows at a glance metrics and key performance indicators (KPIs) about how the utility is performing

Consider the alternatives

Complex reporting applications

Quizzing employees for information

Waiting for paper reports

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 36

Dashboards

Dashboards are reporting tools that consolidate and arrange numbers metrics and sometimes scorecards on a single screen

Theyre often tailored for a specific role and display metrics targeted for a single point-of-view or department

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 37

Scorecards

Scorecards are applications that show progress toward a benchmark goal or objective

They use KPIs which (if chosen wisely) actually indicate the performance of the utility

Scorecards may be part of dashboards but are different because they usually include multiple points-of-view

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 38

Comparing Technologies

Dashboard Scorecard

Purpose Monitors and measures operational processes

Monitors progress toward established objectives

Data Events Transactional Aggregates Consolidation

Refresh Rate

Near real-time (ldquolatest and greatestrdquo)

Periodic (ldquosnapshotsrdquo)

Measures Exceptions linked to operations

Targets linked to strategic plans

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 39

Why Use Them

1048707 CommunicateRefine Strategy

1048707 Increase Visibility

1048707 Increase Coordination

1048707 Increase Motivation

1048707 Give a Consistent View

1048707 Reduce Costs and Redundancy

1048707 Empower Users

1048707 Deliver Actionable Information

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 40

Benefits

A performance dashboard allows you to

Monitor critical processes and activities using metrics that trigger alerts when potential problems arise

Analyze the root cause of problems by exploring relevant and timely information from multiple sources and at various levels of detail

Manage people and processes to improve decisions optimize performance and steer the organization in the right direction

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 41

How to Implement

Define the key performance indicators (KPIs) that need to be measured in your dashboard (preferably no more than 10)

Identify the specific data needed to build your KPIs

Does the data exist

If so where

How can it be collected

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 42

How to Implement

If data-collection gaps exist find ways to fill the gaps then develop a plan to implement the changes

Find the simplest tool that meets your needs but still allows future growth

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 43

How to Implement

Budget for

The initial cost of the dashboard

Annual maintenance

Fees to implement the system

Cost of changes and updates

Start with one system

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 44

Rule 1 ndash Have Context

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

Q3 2007 Q4 2007 Q1 2008 Q2 2008

Benchmarks or Goals

Prior performance

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 45

Rule 2 - Segment

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

Q3 2007 Q4 2007 Q1 2008 Q2 2008

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 46

Rule 3 ndash Include Comments

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

Q3 2007 Q4 2007 Q1 2008 Q2 2008

Causes of good or poor performance

Ways to improve performance

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 47

Rules 4 amp 5

Keep your dashboard to 1 pagescreen (no more than 10 KEY metrics)

Change your dashboard as conditions change

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 48

Welcome

Asset Management Functions and Features

Performance Indicators and Metrics

Management Tools and Dashboards

Report Generation

Document Management Functions and Features

Closing and Sneak Peek at Day 2

Agenda ndash Day 1

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 49

What is a Report Generator

A good report generator is software that

Retrieves data from different sources

Has data analysis capabilities

Has modifiable templates for presenting data

Has features for consolidating data totaling at multiple levels charting conditional formatting and page-based output

Generates reports automatically and on demand

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 50

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 51

Standard Reports

Standard reports are predefined and generated

Periodically (end of shift day month etc)

Upon process events (batch completed critical process event)

By request (downtime analysis inventory levels)

Predefined with automatic updating of most recent data

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 52

Your Standard Reports

What standard reports do you produce

What information sources are needed

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 53

Ad Hoc Reports

Ad hoc reports are temporary reports created by a user when information is not available in standard reports

They are usually just printouts of information available on a single system (printing the alarm log at the time of a process failure)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 54

Ad Hoc Reports

What ad hoc reports have you produced

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 55

Steps in Generating a Report

1 Connect to a data source

2 Select a template

3 Select a data source

4 Add graphics

5 Print

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 56

Connect to Information Source

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 57

Select Template (Widget)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 58

Select a Data Source

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 59

Add Graphics

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 60

Print Report

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 61

Welcome

Asset Management Functions and Features

Performance Indicators and Metrics

Management Tools and Dashboards

Report Generation

Document Management Functions and Features

Closing and Sneak Peek at Day 2

Agenda ndash Day 1

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 62

Electronic Document Management

aka Electronic Content Management

Itrsquos the control of documents and their life cycle

How and when documents are created

How they are reviewed

How they are published

How they are used

How they are retained

Ultimately how they are destroyed

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 63

EDM Functions

EDM includes five basic functions

Capture of electronic and paper documents

Storage of the electronic files

Delivery to the end users

Preservation and destruction of the files

Management from creation to disposalhellip management is part of each other function

Wersquoll start with Storage since you need to know where theyrsquoll go before they get there

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 64

First What is a Document

In the old days a document was one or more sheets of paperhellipin the really old days it was a parchment sheepskin clay tablet or stone

Recently it was a word processed file

In todayrsquos EDM world a document is any electronic file of any size in any format that can be saved on a computer

What file formats do you use (doc png etc)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 65

Capturing Paper Documents

Electronic images of paper documents are created using scanners or multifunction printers

Optical Character Recognition (OCR) software is often used whether integrated into the hardware or as stand-alone software in order to convert digital images into editable text

Converting images into vector drawings is not as easy but getting better

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 66

Storage - Know Where They Go

Where are documents stored

Database repositories

Data warehouses

How do people get there

On-screen navigation

Storing documents involves some document management

Where they are stored (what server etc)

For how long they are stored

Migration from one storage media to another

Document destruction

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 67

Storage ndash Library Services

The storage function includes processes referred to as Library Services

They determine how documents will be filed and what methods will be used to organize or index the documents to assist in later retrieval

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 68

Storage - Indexing

During the process of storing a document information is collected about the document that will make it easier to search for and retrieve

This information is arranged in a separate table (much like the index in a book) and helps narrow and speed up searches by retrieving only those files that match the indexed information

Each document has a unique ID but also has metadata associated with it

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 69

Metadata

Metadata is typically stored for each document (the document storage date and the user name storing it)

Some metadata is usually extracted from the document automatically (date modified author etc)

The EDM system may also prompt the user storing a document to enter additional metadata

Many EDM systems use optical character recognition on scanned images or perform text extraction on electronic documents This text is used to help locate documents by identifying probable keywords or in full text searches

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 70

Metadata Stored By PPT

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 71

Metadata Prompts

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 72

Content Server Architecture

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 73

Repository Services

Single content amp data repository

Unique document ID

Document attributes

Data dictionary

Object relational management

Authentication services

Backuprecovery

Distributionreplication

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 74

Library Services

Provides a separate virtual repository for Web content

Provides access control

Allows checkout amp check-in

Provides versioning

Manages content storage

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 75

Core Content Management Services

Allows searches

Creates renditions

Allows annotations

Manages virtual documents

Provides dynamic content assembly

Manages links

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 76

Process Automation Services

Provides workflows

Manages document life cycles

Provides notifications

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 77

Storage Workflow

Most EDM systems provide a workflow process routing a document for approval before it is stored

Workflows can be Manual (requiring a user to view the document and decide

who to send it to) Rules-based (allowing an administrator to create a rule

that determines the flow of the document through an organization)

Dynamic (allowing branches to be created in a workflow process)

When a workflow is started for a document the EDMS typically routes the document through the approval process

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 78

Rules-based Workflow

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 79

Manage Check-inCheckout

EDM systems typically include check-incheck-out procedures to ensure only one version of a document is being edited at a time

When a document is checked out to one user the system locks out any other checkout attempts

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 80

Checkout

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 81

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 82

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 83

Check-in

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 84

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 85

Versioning

Versioning is tied to the check-incheckout process

It is usually automatic with manual overwriting capability (for checking in a new version as 20 instead of 12 as the system may have numbered it)

It allows users to see all versions of a document and retrieve previous versions for comparison or reediting

Versioning is useful for documents that change over time and require updating still allowing reversion to a previous copy

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 86

New Version

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 87

Collaboration

Collaboration should be inherent in an EDMS

Documents should be capable of being retrieved by an authorized user and worked on

Access should be blocked to other users while work is being performed on the document

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 88

Integration

Many document management systems attempt to integrate document management directly into other applications so that users may retrieve existing documents directly from the document management system repository make changes and save the changed document back to the repository as a new version all without leaving the application

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 89

Security

Document security is vital in many document management applications

Compliance requirements for certain types of documents are complex (the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act imposes strict security requirements on medical documents)

Some document management systems have a rights management module that allows an administrator to give access to documents based on type to only certain people or groups of people

  • Agenda ndash Day 1
  • Welcome
  • Goals
  • Introductions
  • Ground Rules
  • Slide 7
  • What is Asset Management
  • Balancing Act
  • Why Asset Management
  • All utilities are feeling the pinch
  • Life-Cycle Asset Management
  • Slide 13
  • Slide 14
  • Slide 15
  • Slide 16
  • Life-Cycle Span vs Life-Cycle Cost
  • Essentials of Asset Management
  • CMMS vs EAM
  • Levels of Asset Management
  • The Relationship Between Maintenance and Asset Management
  • Relies on Integration
  • Seeks to Maximize Value
  • Why CMMSsEAMs Fail
  • Slide 25
  • What are KPIs
  • Why Identify KPIs
  • Pitfalls
  • KPI Ideas Assets
  • KPI Ideas People
  • KPI Ideas Materials amp Services
  • KPI Ideas Other Factors
  • Expected vs Actual
  • Slide 34
  • Management Tools and Dashboards
  • Dashboards
  • Scorecards
  • Comparing Technologies
  • Why Use Them
  • Benefits
  • How to Implement
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Rule 1 ndash Have Context
  • Rule 2 - Segment
  • Rule 3 ndash Include Comments
  • Rules 4 amp 5
  • Slide 48
  • What is a Report Generator
  • Slide 50
  • Standard Reports
  • Your Standard Reports
  • Ad Hoc Reports
  • Slide 54
  • Steps in Generating a Report
  • Connect to Information Source
  • Select Template (Widget)
  • Select a Data Source
  • Add Graphics
  • Print Report
  • Slide 61
  • Electronic Document Management
  • EDM Functions
  • First What is a Document
  • Capturing Paper Documents
  • Storage - Know Where They Go
  • Storage ndash Library Services
  • Storage - Indexing
  • Metadata
  • Metadata Stored By PPT
  • Metadata Prompts
  • Content Server Architecture
  • Repository Services
  • Library Services
  • Core Content Management Services
  • Process Automation Services
  • Storage Workflow
  • Rules-based Workflow
  • Manage Check-inCheckout
  • Checkout
  • Slide 81
  • Slide 82
  • Check-in
  • Slide 84
  • Versioning
  • New Version
  • Collaboration
  • Integration
  • Security

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 25

Welcome

Asset Management Functions and Features

Performance Indicators and Metrics

Management Tools and Dashboards

Report Generation

Document Management Functions and Features

Closing and Sneak Peek at Day 2

Agenda ndash Day 1

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 26

What are KPIs

Todayrsquos systems provide lots of data and information enough to keep a staff of specialists busy continuously analyzing it all

But a small subset of all that datainformation can provide quick indicators of the current performance of assets and processes

Different sets of indicators are useful to individuals of different disciplines (operations maintenance engineering finance etc)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 27

Why Identify KPIs

Limits information viewed to a manageable level

Greatly enhances decision-making capabilities

Minimizes the fire-fighting mentality

Ensures that OampM personnel are motivated and aligned with what management has defined as success for asset performance management

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 28

Pitfalls

Too few measuresmeasures that trade off poorly can improve one result at the expense of another (lowering downtime may lower quality)

Too many measures and too much collection analysis

Increases likelihood of errors

Takes more time and money

Doesnrsquot narrow the focus

12 to 25 KPIs are recommended

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 29

KPI Ideas Assets

Maximize

Asset availability

Output qty (gpm tph etc)

Quality (SS TFC etc)

Minimize

Downtime

Mean-time-between-failures

Maintenance costs

Power consumption

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 30

KPI Ideas People

Maximize

Maintenance wrench time

Capabilities

Minimize

Nonwrench time (driving getting supplies etc)

Time to complete

Rework

Labor costs

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 31

KPI Ideas Materials amp Services

Maximize

Productservice offerings

Stock availability

Minimize

Number of vendors

PO to delivery times

Inventory

Rush orders

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 32

KPI Ideas Other Factors

Maximize

Customer satisfaction

Performance to plan

Regulatory compliance

Safety

Minimize

WHAT WOULD YOU ADD

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 33

Expected vs Actual

Once key indicators have been identified expected levels of performance need to be set

Benchmarks

Goals

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 34

Welcome

Asset Management Functions and Features

Performance Indicators and Metrics

Management Tools and Dashboards

Report Generation

Document Management Functions and Features

Closing and Sneak Peek at Day 2

Agenda ndash Day 1

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 35

Management Tools and Dashboards

What manager wouldnt want a graphical user-interface that shows at a glance metrics and key performance indicators (KPIs) about how the utility is performing

Consider the alternatives

Complex reporting applications

Quizzing employees for information

Waiting for paper reports

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 36

Dashboards

Dashboards are reporting tools that consolidate and arrange numbers metrics and sometimes scorecards on a single screen

Theyre often tailored for a specific role and display metrics targeted for a single point-of-view or department

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 37

Scorecards

Scorecards are applications that show progress toward a benchmark goal or objective

They use KPIs which (if chosen wisely) actually indicate the performance of the utility

Scorecards may be part of dashboards but are different because they usually include multiple points-of-view

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 38

Comparing Technologies

Dashboard Scorecard

Purpose Monitors and measures operational processes

Monitors progress toward established objectives

Data Events Transactional Aggregates Consolidation

Refresh Rate

Near real-time (ldquolatest and greatestrdquo)

Periodic (ldquosnapshotsrdquo)

Measures Exceptions linked to operations

Targets linked to strategic plans

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 39

Why Use Them

1048707 CommunicateRefine Strategy

1048707 Increase Visibility

1048707 Increase Coordination

1048707 Increase Motivation

1048707 Give a Consistent View

1048707 Reduce Costs and Redundancy

1048707 Empower Users

1048707 Deliver Actionable Information

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 40

Benefits

A performance dashboard allows you to

Monitor critical processes and activities using metrics that trigger alerts when potential problems arise

Analyze the root cause of problems by exploring relevant and timely information from multiple sources and at various levels of detail

Manage people and processes to improve decisions optimize performance and steer the organization in the right direction

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 41

How to Implement

Define the key performance indicators (KPIs) that need to be measured in your dashboard (preferably no more than 10)

Identify the specific data needed to build your KPIs

Does the data exist

If so where

How can it be collected

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 42

How to Implement

If data-collection gaps exist find ways to fill the gaps then develop a plan to implement the changes

Find the simplest tool that meets your needs but still allows future growth

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 43

How to Implement

Budget for

The initial cost of the dashboard

Annual maintenance

Fees to implement the system

Cost of changes and updates

Start with one system

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 44

Rule 1 ndash Have Context

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

Q3 2007 Q4 2007 Q1 2008 Q2 2008

Benchmarks or Goals

Prior performance

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 45

Rule 2 - Segment

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

Q3 2007 Q4 2007 Q1 2008 Q2 2008

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 46

Rule 3 ndash Include Comments

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

Q3 2007 Q4 2007 Q1 2008 Q2 2008

Causes of good or poor performance

Ways to improve performance

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 47

Rules 4 amp 5

Keep your dashboard to 1 pagescreen (no more than 10 KEY metrics)

Change your dashboard as conditions change

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 48

Welcome

Asset Management Functions and Features

Performance Indicators and Metrics

Management Tools and Dashboards

Report Generation

Document Management Functions and Features

Closing and Sneak Peek at Day 2

Agenda ndash Day 1

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 49

What is a Report Generator

A good report generator is software that

Retrieves data from different sources

Has data analysis capabilities

Has modifiable templates for presenting data

Has features for consolidating data totaling at multiple levels charting conditional formatting and page-based output

Generates reports automatically and on demand

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 50

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 51

Standard Reports

Standard reports are predefined and generated

Periodically (end of shift day month etc)

Upon process events (batch completed critical process event)

By request (downtime analysis inventory levels)

Predefined with automatic updating of most recent data

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 52

Your Standard Reports

What standard reports do you produce

What information sources are needed

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 53

Ad Hoc Reports

Ad hoc reports are temporary reports created by a user when information is not available in standard reports

They are usually just printouts of information available on a single system (printing the alarm log at the time of a process failure)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 54

Ad Hoc Reports

What ad hoc reports have you produced

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 55

Steps in Generating a Report

1 Connect to a data source

2 Select a template

3 Select a data source

4 Add graphics

5 Print

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 56

Connect to Information Source

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 57

Select Template (Widget)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 58

Select a Data Source

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 59

Add Graphics

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 60

Print Report

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 61

Welcome

Asset Management Functions and Features

Performance Indicators and Metrics

Management Tools and Dashboards

Report Generation

Document Management Functions and Features

Closing and Sneak Peek at Day 2

Agenda ndash Day 1

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 62

Electronic Document Management

aka Electronic Content Management

Itrsquos the control of documents and their life cycle

How and when documents are created

How they are reviewed

How they are published

How they are used

How they are retained

Ultimately how they are destroyed

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 63

EDM Functions

EDM includes five basic functions

Capture of electronic and paper documents

Storage of the electronic files

Delivery to the end users

Preservation and destruction of the files

Management from creation to disposalhellip management is part of each other function

Wersquoll start with Storage since you need to know where theyrsquoll go before they get there

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 64

First What is a Document

In the old days a document was one or more sheets of paperhellipin the really old days it was a parchment sheepskin clay tablet or stone

Recently it was a word processed file

In todayrsquos EDM world a document is any electronic file of any size in any format that can be saved on a computer

What file formats do you use (doc png etc)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 65

Capturing Paper Documents

Electronic images of paper documents are created using scanners or multifunction printers

Optical Character Recognition (OCR) software is often used whether integrated into the hardware or as stand-alone software in order to convert digital images into editable text

Converting images into vector drawings is not as easy but getting better

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 66

Storage - Know Where They Go

Where are documents stored

Database repositories

Data warehouses

How do people get there

On-screen navigation

Storing documents involves some document management

Where they are stored (what server etc)

For how long they are stored

Migration from one storage media to another

Document destruction

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 67

Storage ndash Library Services

The storage function includes processes referred to as Library Services

They determine how documents will be filed and what methods will be used to organize or index the documents to assist in later retrieval

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 68

Storage - Indexing

During the process of storing a document information is collected about the document that will make it easier to search for and retrieve

This information is arranged in a separate table (much like the index in a book) and helps narrow and speed up searches by retrieving only those files that match the indexed information

Each document has a unique ID but also has metadata associated with it

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 69

Metadata

Metadata is typically stored for each document (the document storage date and the user name storing it)

Some metadata is usually extracted from the document automatically (date modified author etc)

The EDM system may also prompt the user storing a document to enter additional metadata

Many EDM systems use optical character recognition on scanned images or perform text extraction on electronic documents This text is used to help locate documents by identifying probable keywords or in full text searches

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 70

Metadata Stored By PPT

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 71

Metadata Prompts

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 72

Content Server Architecture

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 73

Repository Services

Single content amp data repository

Unique document ID

Document attributes

Data dictionary

Object relational management

Authentication services

Backuprecovery

Distributionreplication

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 74

Library Services

Provides a separate virtual repository for Web content

Provides access control

Allows checkout amp check-in

Provides versioning

Manages content storage

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 75

Core Content Management Services

Allows searches

Creates renditions

Allows annotations

Manages virtual documents

Provides dynamic content assembly

Manages links

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 76

Process Automation Services

Provides workflows

Manages document life cycles

Provides notifications

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 77

Storage Workflow

Most EDM systems provide a workflow process routing a document for approval before it is stored

Workflows can be Manual (requiring a user to view the document and decide

who to send it to) Rules-based (allowing an administrator to create a rule

that determines the flow of the document through an organization)

Dynamic (allowing branches to be created in a workflow process)

When a workflow is started for a document the EDMS typically routes the document through the approval process

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 78

Rules-based Workflow

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 79

Manage Check-inCheckout

EDM systems typically include check-incheck-out procedures to ensure only one version of a document is being edited at a time

When a document is checked out to one user the system locks out any other checkout attempts

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 80

Checkout

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 81

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 82

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 83

Check-in

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 84

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 85

Versioning

Versioning is tied to the check-incheckout process

It is usually automatic with manual overwriting capability (for checking in a new version as 20 instead of 12 as the system may have numbered it)

It allows users to see all versions of a document and retrieve previous versions for comparison or reediting

Versioning is useful for documents that change over time and require updating still allowing reversion to a previous copy

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 86

New Version

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 87

Collaboration

Collaboration should be inherent in an EDMS

Documents should be capable of being retrieved by an authorized user and worked on

Access should be blocked to other users while work is being performed on the document

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 88

Integration

Many document management systems attempt to integrate document management directly into other applications so that users may retrieve existing documents directly from the document management system repository make changes and save the changed document back to the repository as a new version all without leaving the application

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 89

Security

Document security is vital in many document management applications

Compliance requirements for certain types of documents are complex (the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act imposes strict security requirements on medical documents)

Some document management systems have a rights management module that allows an administrator to give access to documents based on type to only certain people or groups of people

  • Agenda ndash Day 1
  • Welcome
  • Goals
  • Introductions
  • Ground Rules
  • Slide 7
  • What is Asset Management
  • Balancing Act
  • Why Asset Management
  • All utilities are feeling the pinch
  • Life-Cycle Asset Management
  • Slide 13
  • Slide 14
  • Slide 15
  • Slide 16
  • Life-Cycle Span vs Life-Cycle Cost
  • Essentials of Asset Management
  • CMMS vs EAM
  • Levels of Asset Management
  • The Relationship Between Maintenance and Asset Management
  • Relies on Integration
  • Seeks to Maximize Value
  • Why CMMSsEAMs Fail
  • Slide 25
  • What are KPIs
  • Why Identify KPIs
  • Pitfalls
  • KPI Ideas Assets
  • KPI Ideas People
  • KPI Ideas Materials amp Services
  • KPI Ideas Other Factors
  • Expected vs Actual
  • Slide 34
  • Management Tools and Dashboards
  • Dashboards
  • Scorecards
  • Comparing Technologies
  • Why Use Them
  • Benefits
  • How to Implement
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Rule 1 ndash Have Context
  • Rule 2 - Segment
  • Rule 3 ndash Include Comments
  • Rules 4 amp 5
  • Slide 48
  • What is a Report Generator
  • Slide 50
  • Standard Reports
  • Your Standard Reports
  • Ad Hoc Reports
  • Slide 54
  • Steps in Generating a Report
  • Connect to Information Source
  • Select Template (Widget)
  • Select a Data Source
  • Add Graphics
  • Print Report
  • Slide 61
  • Electronic Document Management
  • EDM Functions
  • First What is a Document
  • Capturing Paper Documents
  • Storage - Know Where They Go
  • Storage ndash Library Services
  • Storage - Indexing
  • Metadata
  • Metadata Stored By PPT
  • Metadata Prompts
  • Content Server Architecture
  • Repository Services
  • Library Services
  • Core Content Management Services
  • Process Automation Services
  • Storage Workflow
  • Rules-based Workflow
  • Manage Check-inCheckout
  • Checkout
  • Slide 81
  • Slide 82
  • Check-in
  • Slide 84
  • Versioning
  • New Version
  • Collaboration
  • Integration
  • Security

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 26

What are KPIs

Todayrsquos systems provide lots of data and information enough to keep a staff of specialists busy continuously analyzing it all

But a small subset of all that datainformation can provide quick indicators of the current performance of assets and processes

Different sets of indicators are useful to individuals of different disciplines (operations maintenance engineering finance etc)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 27

Why Identify KPIs

Limits information viewed to a manageable level

Greatly enhances decision-making capabilities

Minimizes the fire-fighting mentality

Ensures that OampM personnel are motivated and aligned with what management has defined as success for asset performance management

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 28

Pitfalls

Too few measuresmeasures that trade off poorly can improve one result at the expense of another (lowering downtime may lower quality)

Too many measures and too much collection analysis

Increases likelihood of errors

Takes more time and money

Doesnrsquot narrow the focus

12 to 25 KPIs are recommended

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 29

KPI Ideas Assets

Maximize

Asset availability

Output qty (gpm tph etc)

Quality (SS TFC etc)

Minimize

Downtime

Mean-time-between-failures

Maintenance costs

Power consumption

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 30

KPI Ideas People

Maximize

Maintenance wrench time

Capabilities

Minimize

Nonwrench time (driving getting supplies etc)

Time to complete

Rework

Labor costs

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 31

KPI Ideas Materials amp Services

Maximize

Productservice offerings

Stock availability

Minimize

Number of vendors

PO to delivery times

Inventory

Rush orders

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 32

KPI Ideas Other Factors

Maximize

Customer satisfaction

Performance to plan

Regulatory compliance

Safety

Minimize

WHAT WOULD YOU ADD

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 33

Expected vs Actual

Once key indicators have been identified expected levels of performance need to be set

Benchmarks

Goals

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 34

Welcome

Asset Management Functions and Features

Performance Indicators and Metrics

Management Tools and Dashboards

Report Generation

Document Management Functions and Features

Closing and Sneak Peek at Day 2

Agenda ndash Day 1

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 35

Management Tools and Dashboards

What manager wouldnt want a graphical user-interface that shows at a glance metrics and key performance indicators (KPIs) about how the utility is performing

Consider the alternatives

Complex reporting applications

Quizzing employees for information

Waiting for paper reports

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 36

Dashboards

Dashboards are reporting tools that consolidate and arrange numbers metrics and sometimes scorecards on a single screen

Theyre often tailored for a specific role and display metrics targeted for a single point-of-view or department

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 37

Scorecards

Scorecards are applications that show progress toward a benchmark goal or objective

They use KPIs which (if chosen wisely) actually indicate the performance of the utility

Scorecards may be part of dashboards but are different because they usually include multiple points-of-view

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 38

Comparing Technologies

Dashboard Scorecard

Purpose Monitors and measures operational processes

Monitors progress toward established objectives

Data Events Transactional Aggregates Consolidation

Refresh Rate

Near real-time (ldquolatest and greatestrdquo)

Periodic (ldquosnapshotsrdquo)

Measures Exceptions linked to operations

Targets linked to strategic plans

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 39

Why Use Them

1048707 CommunicateRefine Strategy

1048707 Increase Visibility

1048707 Increase Coordination

1048707 Increase Motivation

1048707 Give a Consistent View

1048707 Reduce Costs and Redundancy

1048707 Empower Users

1048707 Deliver Actionable Information

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 40

Benefits

A performance dashboard allows you to

Monitor critical processes and activities using metrics that trigger alerts when potential problems arise

Analyze the root cause of problems by exploring relevant and timely information from multiple sources and at various levels of detail

Manage people and processes to improve decisions optimize performance and steer the organization in the right direction

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 41

How to Implement

Define the key performance indicators (KPIs) that need to be measured in your dashboard (preferably no more than 10)

Identify the specific data needed to build your KPIs

Does the data exist

If so where

How can it be collected

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 42

How to Implement

If data-collection gaps exist find ways to fill the gaps then develop a plan to implement the changes

Find the simplest tool that meets your needs but still allows future growth

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 43

How to Implement

Budget for

The initial cost of the dashboard

Annual maintenance

Fees to implement the system

Cost of changes and updates

Start with one system

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 44

Rule 1 ndash Have Context

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

Q3 2007 Q4 2007 Q1 2008 Q2 2008

Benchmarks or Goals

Prior performance

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 45

Rule 2 - Segment

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

Q3 2007 Q4 2007 Q1 2008 Q2 2008

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 46

Rule 3 ndash Include Comments

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

Q3 2007 Q4 2007 Q1 2008 Q2 2008

Causes of good or poor performance

Ways to improve performance

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 47

Rules 4 amp 5

Keep your dashboard to 1 pagescreen (no more than 10 KEY metrics)

Change your dashboard as conditions change

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 48

Welcome

Asset Management Functions and Features

Performance Indicators and Metrics

Management Tools and Dashboards

Report Generation

Document Management Functions and Features

Closing and Sneak Peek at Day 2

Agenda ndash Day 1

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 49

What is a Report Generator

A good report generator is software that

Retrieves data from different sources

Has data analysis capabilities

Has modifiable templates for presenting data

Has features for consolidating data totaling at multiple levels charting conditional formatting and page-based output

Generates reports automatically and on demand

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 50

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 51

Standard Reports

Standard reports are predefined and generated

Periodically (end of shift day month etc)

Upon process events (batch completed critical process event)

By request (downtime analysis inventory levels)

Predefined with automatic updating of most recent data

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 52

Your Standard Reports

What standard reports do you produce

What information sources are needed

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 53

Ad Hoc Reports

Ad hoc reports are temporary reports created by a user when information is not available in standard reports

They are usually just printouts of information available on a single system (printing the alarm log at the time of a process failure)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 54

Ad Hoc Reports

What ad hoc reports have you produced

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 55

Steps in Generating a Report

1 Connect to a data source

2 Select a template

3 Select a data source

4 Add graphics

5 Print

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 56

Connect to Information Source

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 57

Select Template (Widget)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 58

Select a Data Source

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 59

Add Graphics

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 60

Print Report

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 61

Welcome

Asset Management Functions and Features

Performance Indicators and Metrics

Management Tools and Dashboards

Report Generation

Document Management Functions and Features

Closing and Sneak Peek at Day 2

Agenda ndash Day 1

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 62

Electronic Document Management

aka Electronic Content Management

Itrsquos the control of documents and their life cycle

How and when documents are created

How they are reviewed

How they are published

How they are used

How they are retained

Ultimately how they are destroyed

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 63

EDM Functions

EDM includes five basic functions

Capture of electronic and paper documents

Storage of the electronic files

Delivery to the end users

Preservation and destruction of the files

Management from creation to disposalhellip management is part of each other function

Wersquoll start with Storage since you need to know where theyrsquoll go before they get there

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 64

First What is a Document

In the old days a document was one or more sheets of paperhellipin the really old days it was a parchment sheepskin clay tablet or stone

Recently it was a word processed file

In todayrsquos EDM world a document is any electronic file of any size in any format that can be saved on a computer

What file formats do you use (doc png etc)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 65

Capturing Paper Documents

Electronic images of paper documents are created using scanners or multifunction printers

Optical Character Recognition (OCR) software is often used whether integrated into the hardware or as stand-alone software in order to convert digital images into editable text

Converting images into vector drawings is not as easy but getting better

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 66

Storage - Know Where They Go

Where are documents stored

Database repositories

Data warehouses

How do people get there

On-screen navigation

Storing documents involves some document management

Where they are stored (what server etc)

For how long they are stored

Migration from one storage media to another

Document destruction

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 67

Storage ndash Library Services

The storage function includes processes referred to as Library Services

They determine how documents will be filed and what methods will be used to organize or index the documents to assist in later retrieval

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 68

Storage - Indexing

During the process of storing a document information is collected about the document that will make it easier to search for and retrieve

This information is arranged in a separate table (much like the index in a book) and helps narrow and speed up searches by retrieving only those files that match the indexed information

Each document has a unique ID but also has metadata associated with it

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 69

Metadata

Metadata is typically stored for each document (the document storage date and the user name storing it)

Some metadata is usually extracted from the document automatically (date modified author etc)

The EDM system may also prompt the user storing a document to enter additional metadata

Many EDM systems use optical character recognition on scanned images or perform text extraction on electronic documents This text is used to help locate documents by identifying probable keywords or in full text searches

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 70

Metadata Stored By PPT

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 71

Metadata Prompts

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 72

Content Server Architecture

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 73

Repository Services

Single content amp data repository

Unique document ID

Document attributes

Data dictionary

Object relational management

Authentication services

Backuprecovery

Distributionreplication

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 74

Library Services

Provides a separate virtual repository for Web content

Provides access control

Allows checkout amp check-in

Provides versioning

Manages content storage

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 75

Core Content Management Services

Allows searches

Creates renditions

Allows annotations

Manages virtual documents

Provides dynamic content assembly

Manages links

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 76

Process Automation Services

Provides workflows

Manages document life cycles

Provides notifications

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 77

Storage Workflow

Most EDM systems provide a workflow process routing a document for approval before it is stored

Workflows can be Manual (requiring a user to view the document and decide

who to send it to) Rules-based (allowing an administrator to create a rule

that determines the flow of the document through an organization)

Dynamic (allowing branches to be created in a workflow process)

When a workflow is started for a document the EDMS typically routes the document through the approval process

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 78

Rules-based Workflow

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 79

Manage Check-inCheckout

EDM systems typically include check-incheck-out procedures to ensure only one version of a document is being edited at a time

When a document is checked out to one user the system locks out any other checkout attempts

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 80

Checkout

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 81

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 82

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 83

Check-in

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 84

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 85

Versioning

Versioning is tied to the check-incheckout process

It is usually automatic with manual overwriting capability (for checking in a new version as 20 instead of 12 as the system may have numbered it)

It allows users to see all versions of a document and retrieve previous versions for comparison or reediting

Versioning is useful for documents that change over time and require updating still allowing reversion to a previous copy

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 86

New Version

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 87

Collaboration

Collaboration should be inherent in an EDMS

Documents should be capable of being retrieved by an authorized user and worked on

Access should be blocked to other users while work is being performed on the document

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 88

Integration

Many document management systems attempt to integrate document management directly into other applications so that users may retrieve existing documents directly from the document management system repository make changes and save the changed document back to the repository as a new version all without leaving the application

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 89

Security

Document security is vital in many document management applications

Compliance requirements for certain types of documents are complex (the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act imposes strict security requirements on medical documents)

Some document management systems have a rights management module that allows an administrator to give access to documents based on type to only certain people or groups of people

  • Agenda ndash Day 1
  • Welcome
  • Goals
  • Introductions
  • Ground Rules
  • Slide 7
  • What is Asset Management
  • Balancing Act
  • Why Asset Management
  • All utilities are feeling the pinch
  • Life-Cycle Asset Management
  • Slide 13
  • Slide 14
  • Slide 15
  • Slide 16
  • Life-Cycle Span vs Life-Cycle Cost
  • Essentials of Asset Management
  • CMMS vs EAM
  • Levels of Asset Management
  • The Relationship Between Maintenance and Asset Management
  • Relies on Integration
  • Seeks to Maximize Value
  • Why CMMSsEAMs Fail
  • Slide 25
  • What are KPIs
  • Why Identify KPIs
  • Pitfalls
  • KPI Ideas Assets
  • KPI Ideas People
  • KPI Ideas Materials amp Services
  • KPI Ideas Other Factors
  • Expected vs Actual
  • Slide 34
  • Management Tools and Dashboards
  • Dashboards
  • Scorecards
  • Comparing Technologies
  • Why Use Them
  • Benefits
  • How to Implement
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Rule 1 ndash Have Context
  • Rule 2 - Segment
  • Rule 3 ndash Include Comments
  • Rules 4 amp 5
  • Slide 48
  • What is a Report Generator
  • Slide 50
  • Standard Reports
  • Your Standard Reports
  • Ad Hoc Reports
  • Slide 54
  • Steps in Generating a Report
  • Connect to Information Source
  • Select Template (Widget)
  • Select a Data Source
  • Add Graphics
  • Print Report
  • Slide 61
  • Electronic Document Management
  • EDM Functions
  • First What is a Document
  • Capturing Paper Documents
  • Storage - Know Where They Go
  • Storage ndash Library Services
  • Storage - Indexing
  • Metadata
  • Metadata Stored By PPT
  • Metadata Prompts
  • Content Server Architecture
  • Repository Services
  • Library Services
  • Core Content Management Services
  • Process Automation Services
  • Storage Workflow
  • Rules-based Workflow
  • Manage Check-inCheckout
  • Checkout
  • Slide 81
  • Slide 82
  • Check-in
  • Slide 84
  • Versioning
  • New Version
  • Collaboration
  • Integration
  • Security

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 27

Why Identify KPIs

Limits information viewed to a manageable level

Greatly enhances decision-making capabilities

Minimizes the fire-fighting mentality

Ensures that OampM personnel are motivated and aligned with what management has defined as success for asset performance management

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 28

Pitfalls

Too few measuresmeasures that trade off poorly can improve one result at the expense of another (lowering downtime may lower quality)

Too many measures and too much collection analysis

Increases likelihood of errors

Takes more time and money

Doesnrsquot narrow the focus

12 to 25 KPIs are recommended

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 29

KPI Ideas Assets

Maximize

Asset availability

Output qty (gpm tph etc)

Quality (SS TFC etc)

Minimize

Downtime

Mean-time-between-failures

Maintenance costs

Power consumption

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 30

KPI Ideas People

Maximize

Maintenance wrench time

Capabilities

Minimize

Nonwrench time (driving getting supplies etc)

Time to complete

Rework

Labor costs

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 31

KPI Ideas Materials amp Services

Maximize

Productservice offerings

Stock availability

Minimize

Number of vendors

PO to delivery times

Inventory

Rush orders

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 32

KPI Ideas Other Factors

Maximize

Customer satisfaction

Performance to plan

Regulatory compliance

Safety

Minimize

WHAT WOULD YOU ADD

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 33

Expected vs Actual

Once key indicators have been identified expected levels of performance need to be set

Benchmarks

Goals

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 34

Welcome

Asset Management Functions and Features

Performance Indicators and Metrics

Management Tools and Dashboards

Report Generation

Document Management Functions and Features

Closing and Sneak Peek at Day 2

Agenda ndash Day 1

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 35

Management Tools and Dashboards

What manager wouldnt want a graphical user-interface that shows at a glance metrics and key performance indicators (KPIs) about how the utility is performing

Consider the alternatives

Complex reporting applications

Quizzing employees for information

Waiting for paper reports

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 36

Dashboards

Dashboards are reporting tools that consolidate and arrange numbers metrics and sometimes scorecards on a single screen

Theyre often tailored for a specific role and display metrics targeted for a single point-of-view or department

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 37

Scorecards

Scorecards are applications that show progress toward a benchmark goal or objective

They use KPIs which (if chosen wisely) actually indicate the performance of the utility

Scorecards may be part of dashboards but are different because they usually include multiple points-of-view

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 38

Comparing Technologies

Dashboard Scorecard

Purpose Monitors and measures operational processes

Monitors progress toward established objectives

Data Events Transactional Aggregates Consolidation

Refresh Rate

Near real-time (ldquolatest and greatestrdquo)

Periodic (ldquosnapshotsrdquo)

Measures Exceptions linked to operations

Targets linked to strategic plans

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 39

Why Use Them

1048707 CommunicateRefine Strategy

1048707 Increase Visibility

1048707 Increase Coordination

1048707 Increase Motivation

1048707 Give a Consistent View

1048707 Reduce Costs and Redundancy

1048707 Empower Users

1048707 Deliver Actionable Information

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 40

Benefits

A performance dashboard allows you to

Monitor critical processes and activities using metrics that trigger alerts when potential problems arise

Analyze the root cause of problems by exploring relevant and timely information from multiple sources and at various levels of detail

Manage people and processes to improve decisions optimize performance and steer the organization in the right direction

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 41

How to Implement

Define the key performance indicators (KPIs) that need to be measured in your dashboard (preferably no more than 10)

Identify the specific data needed to build your KPIs

Does the data exist

If so where

How can it be collected

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 42

How to Implement

If data-collection gaps exist find ways to fill the gaps then develop a plan to implement the changes

Find the simplest tool that meets your needs but still allows future growth

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 43

How to Implement

Budget for

The initial cost of the dashboard

Annual maintenance

Fees to implement the system

Cost of changes and updates

Start with one system

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 44

Rule 1 ndash Have Context

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

Q3 2007 Q4 2007 Q1 2008 Q2 2008

Benchmarks or Goals

Prior performance

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 45

Rule 2 - Segment

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

Q3 2007 Q4 2007 Q1 2008 Q2 2008

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 46

Rule 3 ndash Include Comments

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

Q3 2007 Q4 2007 Q1 2008 Q2 2008

Causes of good or poor performance

Ways to improve performance

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 47

Rules 4 amp 5

Keep your dashboard to 1 pagescreen (no more than 10 KEY metrics)

Change your dashboard as conditions change

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 48

Welcome

Asset Management Functions and Features

Performance Indicators and Metrics

Management Tools and Dashboards

Report Generation

Document Management Functions and Features

Closing and Sneak Peek at Day 2

Agenda ndash Day 1

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 49

What is a Report Generator

A good report generator is software that

Retrieves data from different sources

Has data analysis capabilities

Has modifiable templates for presenting data

Has features for consolidating data totaling at multiple levels charting conditional formatting and page-based output

Generates reports automatically and on demand

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 50

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 51

Standard Reports

Standard reports are predefined and generated

Periodically (end of shift day month etc)

Upon process events (batch completed critical process event)

By request (downtime analysis inventory levels)

Predefined with automatic updating of most recent data

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 52

Your Standard Reports

What standard reports do you produce

What information sources are needed

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 53

Ad Hoc Reports

Ad hoc reports are temporary reports created by a user when information is not available in standard reports

They are usually just printouts of information available on a single system (printing the alarm log at the time of a process failure)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 54

Ad Hoc Reports

What ad hoc reports have you produced

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 55

Steps in Generating a Report

1 Connect to a data source

2 Select a template

3 Select a data source

4 Add graphics

5 Print

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 56

Connect to Information Source

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 57

Select Template (Widget)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 58

Select a Data Source

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 59

Add Graphics

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 60

Print Report

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 61

Welcome

Asset Management Functions and Features

Performance Indicators and Metrics

Management Tools and Dashboards

Report Generation

Document Management Functions and Features

Closing and Sneak Peek at Day 2

Agenda ndash Day 1

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 62

Electronic Document Management

aka Electronic Content Management

Itrsquos the control of documents and their life cycle

How and when documents are created

How they are reviewed

How they are published

How they are used

How they are retained

Ultimately how they are destroyed

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 63

EDM Functions

EDM includes five basic functions

Capture of electronic and paper documents

Storage of the electronic files

Delivery to the end users

Preservation and destruction of the files

Management from creation to disposalhellip management is part of each other function

Wersquoll start with Storage since you need to know where theyrsquoll go before they get there

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 64

First What is a Document

In the old days a document was one or more sheets of paperhellipin the really old days it was a parchment sheepskin clay tablet or stone

Recently it was a word processed file

In todayrsquos EDM world a document is any electronic file of any size in any format that can be saved on a computer

What file formats do you use (doc png etc)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 65

Capturing Paper Documents

Electronic images of paper documents are created using scanners or multifunction printers

Optical Character Recognition (OCR) software is often used whether integrated into the hardware or as stand-alone software in order to convert digital images into editable text

Converting images into vector drawings is not as easy but getting better

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 66

Storage - Know Where They Go

Where are documents stored

Database repositories

Data warehouses

How do people get there

On-screen navigation

Storing documents involves some document management

Where they are stored (what server etc)

For how long they are stored

Migration from one storage media to another

Document destruction

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 67

Storage ndash Library Services

The storage function includes processes referred to as Library Services

They determine how documents will be filed and what methods will be used to organize or index the documents to assist in later retrieval

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 68

Storage - Indexing

During the process of storing a document information is collected about the document that will make it easier to search for and retrieve

This information is arranged in a separate table (much like the index in a book) and helps narrow and speed up searches by retrieving only those files that match the indexed information

Each document has a unique ID but also has metadata associated with it

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 69

Metadata

Metadata is typically stored for each document (the document storage date and the user name storing it)

Some metadata is usually extracted from the document automatically (date modified author etc)

The EDM system may also prompt the user storing a document to enter additional metadata

Many EDM systems use optical character recognition on scanned images or perform text extraction on electronic documents This text is used to help locate documents by identifying probable keywords or in full text searches

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 70

Metadata Stored By PPT

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 71

Metadata Prompts

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 72

Content Server Architecture

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 73

Repository Services

Single content amp data repository

Unique document ID

Document attributes

Data dictionary

Object relational management

Authentication services

Backuprecovery

Distributionreplication

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 74

Library Services

Provides a separate virtual repository for Web content

Provides access control

Allows checkout amp check-in

Provides versioning

Manages content storage

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 75

Core Content Management Services

Allows searches

Creates renditions

Allows annotations

Manages virtual documents

Provides dynamic content assembly

Manages links

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 76

Process Automation Services

Provides workflows

Manages document life cycles

Provides notifications

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 77

Storage Workflow

Most EDM systems provide a workflow process routing a document for approval before it is stored

Workflows can be Manual (requiring a user to view the document and decide

who to send it to) Rules-based (allowing an administrator to create a rule

that determines the flow of the document through an organization)

Dynamic (allowing branches to be created in a workflow process)

When a workflow is started for a document the EDMS typically routes the document through the approval process

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 78

Rules-based Workflow

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 79

Manage Check-inCheckout

EDM systems typically include check-incheck-out procedures to ensure only one version of a document is being edited at a time

When a document is checked out to one user the system locks out any other checkout attempts

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 80

Checkout

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 81

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 82

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 83

Check-in

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 84

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 85

Versioning

Versioning is tied to the check-incheckout process

It is usually automatic with manual overwriting capability (for checking in a new version as 20 instead of 12 as the system may have numbered it)

It allows users to see all versions of a document and retrieve previous versions for comparison or reediting

Versioning is useful for documents that change over time and require updating still allowing reversion to a previous copy

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 86

New Version

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 87

Collaboration

Collaboration should be inherent in an EDMS

Documents should be capable of being retrieved by an authorized user and worked on

Access should be blocked to other users while work is being performed on the document

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 88

Integration

Many document management systems attempt to integrate document management directly into other applications so that users may retrieve existing documents directly from the document management system repository make changes and save the changed document back to the repository as a new version all without leaving the application

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 89

Security

Document security is vital in many document management applications

Compliance requirements for certain types of documents are complex (the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act imposes strict security requirements on medical documents)

Some document management systems have a rights management module that allows an administrator to give access to documents based on type to only certain people or groups of people

  • Agenda ndash Day 1
  • Welcome
  • Goals
  • Introductions
  • Ground Rules
  • Slide 7
  • What is Asset Management
  • Balancing Act
  • Why Asset Management
  • All utilities are feeling the pinch
  • Life-Cycle Asset Management
  • Slide 13
  • Slide 14
  • Slide 15
  • Slide 16
  • Life-Cycle Span vs Life-Cycle Cost
  • Essentials of Asset Management
  • CMMS vs EAM
  • Levels of Asset Management
  • The Relationship Between Maintenance and Asset Management
  • Relies on Integration
  • Seeks to Maximize Value
  • Why CMMSsEAMs Fail
  • Slide 25
  • What are KPIs
  • Why Identify KPIs
  • Pitfalls
  • KPI Ideas Assets
  • KPI Ideas People
  • KPI Ideas Materials amp Services
  • KPI Ideas Other Factors
  • Expected vs Actual
  • Slide 34
  • Management Tools and Dashboards
  • Dashboards
  • Scorecards
  • Comparing Technologies
  • Why Use Them
  • Benefits
  • How to Implement
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Rule 1 ndash Have Context
  • Rule 2 - Segment
  • Rule 3 ndash Include Comments
  • Rules 4 amp 5
  • Slide 48
  • What is a Report Generator
  • Slide 50
  • Standard Reports
  • Your Standard Reports
  • Ad Hoc Reports
  • Slide 54
  • Steps in Generating a Report
  • Connect to Information Source
  • Select Template (Widget)
  • Select a Data Source
  • Add Graphics
  • Print Report
  • Slide 61
  • Electronic Document Management
  • EDM Functions
  • First What is a Document
  • Capturing Paper Documents
  • Storage - Know Where They Go
  • Storage ndash Library Services
  • Storage - Indexing
  • Metadata
  • Metadata Stored By PPT
  • Metadata Prompts
  • Content Server Architecture
  • Repository Services
  • Library Services
  • Core Content Management Services
  • Process Automation Services
  • Storage Workflow
  • Rules-based Workflow
  • Manage Check-inCheckout
  • Checkout
  • Slide 81
  • Slide 82
  • Check-in
  • Slide 84
  • Versioning
  • New Version
  • Collaboration
  • Integration
  • Security

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 28

Pitfalls

Too few measuresmeasures that trade off poorly can improve one result at the expense of another (lowering downtime may lower quality)

Too many measures and too much collection analysis

Increases likelihood of errors

Takes more time and money

Doesnrsquot narrow the focus

12 to 25 KPIs are recommended

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 29

KPI Ideas Assets

Maximize

Asset availability

Output qty (gpm tph etc)

Quality (SS TFC etc)

Minimize

Downtime

Mean-time-between-failures

Maintenance costs

Power consumption

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 30

KPI Ideas People

Maximize

Maintenance wrench time

Capabilities

Minimize

Nonwrench time (driving getting supplies etc)

Time to complete

Rework

Labor costs

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 31

KPI Ideas Materials amp Services

Maximize

Productservice offerings

Stock availability

Minimize

Number of vendors

PO to delivery times

Inventory

Rush orders

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 32

KPI Ideas Other Factors

Maximize

Customer satisfaction

Performance to plan

Regulatory compliance

Safety

Minimize

WHAT WOULD YOU ADD

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 33

Expected vs Actual

Once key indicators have been identified expected levels of performance need to be set

Benchmarks

Goals

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 34

Welcome

Asset Management Functions and Features

Performance Indicators and Metrics

Management Tools and Dashboards

Report Generation

Document Management Functions and Features

Closing and Sneak Peek at Day 2

Agenda ndash Day 1

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 35

Management Tools and Dashboards

What manager wouldnt want a graphical user-interface that shows at a glance metrics and key performance indicators (KPIs) about how the utility is performing

Consider the alternatives

Complex reporting applications

Quizzing employees for information

Waiting for paper reports

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 36

Dashboards

Dashboards are reporting tools that consolidate and arrange numbers metrics and sometimes scorecards on a single screen

Theyre often tailored for a specific role and display metrics targeted for a single point-of-view or department

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 37

Scorecards

Scorecards are applications that show progress toward a benchmark goal or objective

They use KPIs which (if chosen wisely) actually indicate the performance of the utility

Scorecards may be part of dashboards but are different because they usually include multiple points-of-view

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 38

Comparing Technologies

Dashboard Scorecard

Purpose Monitors and measures operational processes

Monitors progress toward established objectives

Data Events Transactional Aggregates Consolidation

Refresh Rate

Near real-time (ldquolatest and greatestrdquo)

Periodic (ldquosnapshotsrdquo)

Measures Exceptions linked to operations

Targets linked to strategic plans

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 39

Why Use Them

1048707 CommunicateRefine Strategy

1048707 Increase Visibility

1048707 Increase Coordination

1048707 Increase Motivation

1048707 Give a Consistent View

1048707 Reduce Costs and Redundancy

1048707 Empower Users

1048707 Deliver Actionable Information

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 40

Benefits

A performance dashboard allows you to

Monitor critical processes and activities using metrics that trigger alerts when potential problems arise

Analyze the root cause of problems by exploring relevant and timely information from multiple sources and at various levels of detail

Manage people and processes to improve decisions optimize performance and steer the organization in the right direction

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 41

How to Implement

Define the key performance indicators (KPIs) that need to be measured in your dashboard (preferably no more than 10)

Identify the specific data needed to build your KPIs

Does the data exist

If so where

How can it be collected

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 42

How to Implement

If data-collection gaps exist find ways to fill the gaps then develop a plan to implement the changes

Find the simplest tool that meets your needs but still allows future growth

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 43

How to Implement

Budget for

The initial cost of the dashboard

Annual maintenance

Fees to implement the system

Cost of changes and updates

Start with one system

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 44

Rule 1 ndash Have Context

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

Q3 2007 Q4 2007 Q1 2008 Q2 2008

Benchmarks or Goals

Prior performance

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 45

Rule 2 - Segment

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

Q3 2007 Q4 2007 Q1 2008 Q2 2008

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 46

Rule 3 ndash Include Comments

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

Q3 2007 Q4 2007 Q1 2008 Q2 2008

Causes of good or poor performance

Ways to improve performance

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 47

Rules 4 amp 5

Keep your dashboard to 1 pagescreen (no more than 10 KEY metrics)

Change your dashboard as conditions change

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 48

Welcome

Asset Management Functions and Features

Performance Indicators and Metrics

Management Tools and Dashboards

Report Generation

Document Management Functions and Features

Closing and Sneak Peek at Day 2

Agenda ndash Day 1

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 49

What is a Report Generator

A good report generator is software that

Retrieves data from different sources

Has data analysis capabilities

Has modifiable templates for presenting data

Has features for consolidating data totaling at multiple levels charting conditional formatting and page-based output

Generates reports automatically and on demand

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 50

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 51

Standard Reports

Standard reports are predefined and generated

Periodically (end of shift day month etc)

Upon process events (batch completed critical process event)

By request (downtime analysis inventory levels)

Predefined with automatic updating of most recent data

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 52

Your Standard Reports

What standard reports do you produce

What information sources are needed

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 53

Ad Hoc Reports

Ad hoc reports are temporary reports created by a user when information is not available in standard reports

They are usually just printouts of information available on a single system (printing the alarm log at the time of a process failure)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 54

Ad Hoc Reports

What ad hoc reports have you produced

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 55

Steps in Generating a Report

1 Connect to a data source

2 Select a template

3 Select a data source

4 Add graphics

5 Print

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 56

Connect to Information Source

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 57

Select Template (Widget)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 58

Select a Data Source

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 59

Add Graphics

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 60

Print Report

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 61

Welcome

Asset Management Functions and Features

Performance Indicators and Metrics

Management Tools and Dashboards

Report Generation

Document Management Functions and Features

Closing and Sneak Peek at Day 2

Agenda ndash Day 1

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 62

Electronic Document Management

aka Electronic Content Management

Itrsquos the control of documents and their life cycle

How and when documents are created

How they are reviewed

How they are published

How they are used

How they are retained

Ultimately how they are destroyed

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 63

EDM Functions

EDM includes five basic functions

Capture of electronic and paper documents

Storage of the electronic files

Delivery to the end users

Preservation and destruction of the files

Management from creation to disposalhellip management is part of each other function

Wersquoll start with Storage since you need to know where theyrsquoll go before they get there

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 64

First What is a Document

In the old days a document was one or more sheets of paperhellipin the really old days it was a parchment sheepskin clay tablet or stone

Recently it was a word processed file

In todayrsquos EDM world a document is any electronic file of any size in any format that can be saved on a computer

What file formats do you use (doc png etc)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 65

Capturing Paper Documents

Electronic images of paper documents are created using scanners or multifunction printers

Optical Character Recognition (OCR) software is often used whether integrated into the hardware or as stand-alone software in order to convert digital images into editable text

Converting images into vector drawings is not as easy but getting better

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 66

Storage - Know Where They Go

Where are documents stored

Database repositories

Data warehouses

How do people get there

On-screen navigation

Storing documents involves some document management

Where they are stored (what server etc)

For how long they are stored

Migration from one storage media to another

Document destruction

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 67

Storage ndash Library Services

The storage function includes processes referred to as Library Services

They determine how documents will be filed and what methods will be used to organize or index the documents to assist in later retrieval

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 68

Storage - Indexing

During the process of storing a document information is collected about the document that will make it easier to search for and retrieve

This information is arranged in a separate table (much like the index in a book) and helps narrow and speed up searches by retrieving only those files that match the indexed information

Each document has a unique ID but also has metadata associated with it

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 69

Metadata

Metadata is typically stored for each document (the document storage date and the user name storing it)

Some metadata is usually extracted from the document automatically (date modified author etc)

The EDM system may also prompt the user storing a document to enter additional metadata

Many EDM systems use optical character recognition on scanned images or perform text extraction on electronic documents This text is used to help locate documents by identifying probable keywords or in full text searches

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 70

Metadata Stored By PPT

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 71

Metadata Prompts

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 72

Content Server Architecture

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 73

Repository Services

Single content amp data repository

Unique document ID

Document attributes

Data dictionary

Object relational management

Authentication services

Backuprecovery

Distributionreplication

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 74

Library Services

Provides a separate virtual repository for Web content

Provides access control

Allows checkout amp check-in

Provides versioning

Manages content storage

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 75

Core Content Management Services

Allows searches

Creates renditions

Allows annotations

Manages virtual documents

Provides dynamic content assembly

Manages links

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 76

Process Automation Services

Provides workflows

Manages document life cycles

Provides notifications

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 77

Storage Workflow

Most EDM systems provide a workflow process routing a document for approval before it is stored

Workflows can be Manual (requiring a user to view the document and decide

who to send it to) Rules-based (allowing an administrator to create a rule

that determines the flow of the document through an organization)

Dynamic (allowing branches to be created in a workflow process)

When a workflow is started for a document the EDMS typically routes the document through the approval process

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 78

Rules-based Workflow

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 79

Manage Check-inCheckout

EDM systems typically include check-incheck-out procedures to ensure only one version of a document is being edited at a time

When a document is checked out to one user the system locks out any other checkout attempts

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 80

Checkout

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 81

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 82

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 83

Check-in

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 84

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 85

Versioning

Versioning is tied to the check-incheckout process

It is usually automatic with manual overwriting capability (for checking in a new version as 20 instead of 12 as the system may have numbered it)

It allows users to see all versions of a document and retrieve previous versions for comparison or reediting

Versioning is useful for documents that change over time and require updating still allowing reversion to a previous copy

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 86

New Version

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 87

Collaboration

Collaboration should be inherent in an EDMS

Documents should be capable of being retrieved by an authorized user and worked on

Access should be blocked to other users while work is being performed on the document

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 88

Integration

Many document management systems attempt to integrate document management directly into other applications so that users may retrieve existing documents directly from the document management system repository make changes and save the changed document back to the repository as a new version all without leaving the application

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 89

Security

Document security is vital in many document management applications

Compliance requirements for certain types of documents are complex (the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act imposes strict security requirements on medical documents)

Some document management systems have a rights management module that allows an administrator to give access to documents based on type to only certain people or groups of people

  • Agenda ndash Day 1
  • Welcome
  • Goals
  • Introductions
  • Ground Rules
  • Slide 7
  • What is Asset Management
  • Balancing Act
  • Why Asset Management
  • All utilities are feeling the pinch
  • Life-Cycle Asset Management
  • Slide 13
  • Slide 14
  • Slide 15
  • Slide 16
  • Life-Cycle Span vs Life-Cycle Cost
  • Essentials of Asset Management
  • CMMS vs EAM
  • Levels of Asset Management
  • The Relationship Between Maintenance and Asset Management
  • Relies on Integration
  • Seeks to Maximize Value
  • Why CMMSsEAMs Fail
  • Slide 25
  • What are KPIs
  • Why Identify KPIs
  • Pitfalls
  • KPI Ideas Assets
  • KPI Ideas People
  • KPI Ideas Materials amp Services
  • KPI Ideas Other Factors
  • Expected vs Actual
  • Slide 34
  • Management Tools and Dashboards
  • Dashboards
  • Scorecards
  • Comparing Technologies
  • Why Use Them
  • Benefits
  • How to Implement
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Rule 1 ndash Have Context
  • Rule 2 - Segment
  • Rule 3 ndash Include Comments
  • Rules 4 amp 5
  • Slide 48
  • What is a Report Generator
  • Slide 50
  • Standard Reports
  • Your Standard Reports
  • Ad Hoc Reports
  • Slide 54
  • Steps in Generating a Report
  • Connect to Information Source
  • Select Template (Widget)
  • Select a Data Source
  • Add Graphics
  • Print Report
  • Slide 61
  • Electronic Document Management
  • EDM Functions
  • First What is a Document
  • Capturing Paper Documents
  • Storage - Know Where They Go
  • Storage ndash Library Services
  • Storage - Indexing
  • Metadata
  • Metadata Stored By PPT
  • Metadata Prompts
  • Content Server Architecture
  • Repository Services
  • Library Services
  • Core Content Management Services
  • Process Automation Services
  • Storage Workflow
  • Rules-based Workflow
  • Manage Check-inCheckout
  • Checkout
  • Slide 81
  • Slide 82
  • Check-in
  • Slide 84
  • Versioning
  • New Version
  • Collaboration
  • Integration
  • Security

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 29

KPI Ideas Assets

Maximize

Asset availability

Output qty (gpm tph etc)

Quality (SS TFC etc)

Minimize

Downtime

Mean-time-between-failures

Maintenance costs

Power consumption

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 30

KPI Ideas People

Maximize

Maintenance wrench time

Capabilities

Minimize

Nonwrench time (driving getting supplies etc)

Time to complete

Rework

Labor costs

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 31

KPI Ideas Materials amp Services

Maximize

Productservice offerings

Stock availability

Minimize

Number of vendors

PO to delivery times

Inventory

Rush orders

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 32

KPI Ideas Other Factors

Maximize

Customer satisfaction

Performance to plan

Regulatory compliance

Safety

Minimize

WHAT WOULD YOU ADD

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 33

Expected vs Actual

Once key indicators have been identified expected levels of performance need to be set

Benchmarks

Goals

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 34

Welcome

Asset Management Functions and Features

Performance Indicators and Metrics

Management Tools and Dashboards

Report Generation

Document Management Functions and Features

Closing and Sneak Peek at Day 2

Agenda ndash Day 1

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 35

Management Tools and Dashboards

What manager wouldnt want a graphical user-interface that shows at a glance metrics and key performance indicators (KPIs) about how the utility is performing

Consider the alternatives

Complex reporting applications

Quizzing employees for information

Waiting for paper reports

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 36

Dashboards

Dashboards are reporting tools that consolidate and arrange numbers metrics and sometimes scorecards on a single screen

Theyre often tailored for a specific role and display metrics targeted for a single point-of-view or department

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 37

Scorecards

Scorecards are applications that show progress toward a benchmark goal or objective

They use KPIs which (if chosen wisely) actually indicate the performance of the utility

Scorecards may be part of dashboards but are different because they usually include multiple points-of-view

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 38

Comparing Technologies

Dashboard Scorecard

Purpose Monitors and measures operational processes

Monitors progress toward established objectives

Data Events Transactional Aggregates Consolidation

Refresh Rate

Near real-time (ldquolatest and greatestrdquo)

Periodic (ldquosnapshotsrdquo)

Measures Exceptions linked to operations

Targets linked to strategic plans

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 39

Why Use Them

1048707 CommunicateRefine Strategy

1048707 Increase Visibility

1048707 Increase Coordination

1048707 Increase Motivation

1048707 Give a Consistent View

1048707 Reduce Costs and Redundancy

1048707 Empower Users

1048707 Deliver Actionable Information

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 40

Benefits

A performance dashboard allows you to

Monitor critical processes and activities using metrics that trigger alerts when potential problems arise

Analyze the root cause of problems by exploring relevant and timely information from multiple sources and at various levels of detail

Manage people and processes to improve decisions optimize performance and steer the organization in the right direction

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 41

How to Implement

Define the key performance indicators (KPIs) that need to be measured in your dashboard (preferably no more than 10)

Identify the specific data needed to build your KPIs

Does the data exist

If so where

How can it be collected

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 42

How to Implement

If data-collection gaps exist find ways to fill the gaps then develop a plan to implement the changes

Find the simplest tool that meets your needs but still allows future growth

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 43

How to Implement

Budget for

The initial cost of the dashboard

Annual maintenance

Fees to implement the system

Cost of changes and updates

Start with one system

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 44

Rule 1 ndash Have Context

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

Q3 2007 Q4 2007 Q1 2008 Q2 2008

Benchmarks or Goals

Prior performance

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 45

Rule 2 - Segment

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

Q3 2007 Q4 2007 Q1 2008 Q2 2008

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 46

Rule 3 ndash Include Comments

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

Q3 2007 Q4 2007 Q1 2008 Q2 2008

Causes of good or poor performance

Ways to improve performance

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 47

Rules 4 amp 5

Keep your dashboard to 1 pagescreen (no more than 10 KEY metrics)

Change your dashboard as conditions change

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 48

Welcome

Asset Management Functions and Features

Performance Indicators and Metrics

Management Tools and Dashboards

Report Generation

Document Management Functions and Features

Closing and Sneak Peek at Day 2

Agenda ndash Day 1

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 49

What is a Report Generator

A good report generator is software that

Retrieves data from different sources

Has data analysis capabilities

Has modifiable templates for presenting data

Has features for consolidating data totaling at multiple levels charting conditional formatting and page-based output

Generates reports automatically and on demand

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 50

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 51

Standard Reports

Standard reports are predefined and generated

Periodically (end of shift day month etc)

Upon process events (batch completed critical process event)

By request (downtime analysis inventory levels)

Predefined with automatic updating of most recent data

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 52

Your Standard Reports

What standard reports do you produce

What information sources are needed

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 53

Ad Hoc Reports

Ad hoc reports are temporary reports created by a user when information is not available in standard reports

They are usually just printouts of information available on a single system (printing the alarm log at the time of a process failure)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 54

Ad Hoc Reports

What ad hoc reports have you produced

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 55

Steps in Generating a Report

1 Connect to a data source

2 Select a template

3 Select a data source

4 Add graphics

5 Print

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 56

Connect to Information Source

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 57

Select Template (Widget)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 58

Select a Data Source

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 59

Add Graphics

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 60

Print Report

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 61

Welcome

Asset Management Functions and Features

Performance Indicators and Metrics

Management Tools and Dashboards

Report Generation

Document Management Functions and Features

Closing and Sneak Peek at Day 2

Agenda ndash Day 1

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 62

Electronic Document Management

aka Electronic Content Management

Itrsquos the control of documents and their life cycle

How and when documents are created

How they are reviewed

How they are published

How they are used

How they are retained

Ultimately how they are destroyed

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 63

EDM Functions

EDM includes five basic functions

Capture of electronic and paper documents

Storage of the electronic files

Delivery to the end users

Preservation and destruction of the files

Management from creation to disposalhellip management is part of each other function

Wersquoll start with Storage since you need to know where theyrsquoll go before they get there

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 64

First What is a Document

In the old days a document was one or more sheets of paperhellipin the really old days it was a parchment sheepskin clay tablet or stone

Recently it was a word processed file

In todayrsquos EDM world a document is any electronic file of any size in any format that can be saved on a computer

What file formats do you use (doc png etc)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 65

Capturing Paper Documents

Electronic images of paper documents are created using scanners or multifunction printers

Optical Character Recognition (OCR) software is often used whether integrated into the hardware or as stand-alone software in order to convert digital images into editable text

Converting images into vector drawings is not as easy but getting better

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 66

Storage - Know Where They Go

Where are documents stored

Database repositories

Data warehouses

How do people get there

On-screen navigation

Storing documents involves some document management

Where they are stored (what server etc)

For how long they are stored

Migration from one storage media to another

Document destruction

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 67

Storage ndash Library Services

The storage function includes processes referred to as Library Services

They determine how documents will be filed and what methods will be used to organize or index the documents to assist in later retrieval

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 68

Storage - Indexing

During the process of storing a document information is collected about the document that will make it easier to search for and retrieve

This information is arranged in a separate table (much like the index in a book) and helps narrow and speed up searches by retrieving only those files that match the indexed information

Each document has a unique ID but also has metadata associated with it

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 69

Metadata

Metadata is typically stored for each document (the document storage date and the user name storing it)

Some metadata is usually extracted from the document automatically (date modified author etc)

The EDM system may also prompt the user storing a document to enter additional metadata

Many EDM systems use optical character recognition on scanned images or perform text extraction on electronic documents This text is used to help locate documents by identifying probable keywords or in full text searches

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 70

Metadata Stored By PPT

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 71

Metadata Prompts

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 72

Content Server Architecture

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 73

Repository Services

Single content amp data repository

Unique document ID

Document attributes

Data dictionary

Object relational management

Authentication services

Backuprecovery

Distributionreplication

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 74

Library Services

Provides a separate virtual repository for Web content

Provides access control

Allows checkout amp check-in

Provides versioning

Manages content storage

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 75

Core Content Management Services

Allows searches

Creates renditions

Allows annotations

Manages virtual documents

Provides dynamic content assembly

Manages links

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 76

Process Automation Services

Provides workflows

Manages document life cycles

Provides notifications

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 77

Storage Workflow

Most EDM systems provide a workflow process routing a document for approval before it is stored

Workflows can be Manual (requiring a user to view the document and decide

who to send it to) Rules-based (allowing an administrator to create a rule

that determines the flow of the document through an organization)

Dynamic (allowing branches to be created in a workflow process)

When a workflow is started for a document the EDMS typically routes the document through the approval process

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 78

Rules-based Workflow

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 79

Manage Check-inCheckout

EDM systems typically include check-incheck-out procedures to ensure only one version of a document is being edited at a time

When a document is checked out to one user the system locks out any other checkout attempts

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 80

Checkout

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 81

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 82

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 83

Check-in

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 84

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 85

Versioning

Versioning is tied to the check-incheckout process

It is usually automatic with manual overwriting capability (for checking in a new version as 20 instead of 12 as the system may have numbered it)

It allows users to see all versions of a document and retrieve previous versions for comparison or reediting

Versioning is useful for documents that change over time and require updating still allowing reversion to a previous copy

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 86

New Version

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 87

Collaboration

Collaboration should be inherent in an EDMS

Documents should be capable of being retrieved by an authorized user and worked on

Access should be blocked to other users while work is being performed on the document

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 88

Integration

Many document management systems attempt to integrate document management directly into other applications so that users may retrieve existing documents directly from the document management system repository make changes and save the changed document back to the repository as a new version all without leaving the application

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 89

Security

Document security is vital in many document management applications

Compliance requirements for certain types of documents are complex (the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act imposes strict security requirements on medical documents)

Some document management systems have a rights management module that allows an administrator to give access to documents based on type to only certain people or groups of people

  • Agenda ndash Day 1
  • Welcome
  • Goals
  • Introductions
  • Ground Rules
  • Slide 7
  • What is Asset Management
  • Balancing Act
  • Why Asset Management
  • All utilities are feeling the pinch
  • Life-Cycle Asset Management
  • Slide 13
  • Slide 14
  • Slide 15
  • Slide 16
  • Life-Cycle Span vs Life-Cycle Cost
  • Essentials of Asset Management
  • CMMS vs EAM
  • Levels of Asset Management
  • The Relationship Between Maintenance and Asset Management
  • Relies on Integration
  • Seeks to Maximize Value
  • Why CMMSsEAMs Fail
  • Slide 25
  • What are KPIs
  • Why Identify KPIs
  • Pitfalls
  • KPI Ideas Assets
  • KPI Ideas People
  • KPI Ideas Materials amp Services
  • KPI Ideas Other Factors
  • Expected vs Actual
  • Slide 34
  • Management Tools and Dashboards
  • Dashboards
  • Scorecards
  • Comparing Technologies
  • Why Use Them
  • Benefits
  • How to Implement
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Rule 1 ndash Have Context
  • Rule 2 - Segment
  • Rule 3 ndash Include Comments
  • Rules 4 amp 5
  • Slide 48
  • What is a Report Generator
  • Slide 50
  • Standard Reports
  • Your Standard Reports
  • Ad Hoc Reports
  • Slide 54
  • Steps in Generating a Report
  • Connect to Information Source
  • Select Template (Widget)
  • Select a Data Source
  • Add Graphics
  • Print Report
  • Slide 61
  • Electronic Document Management
  • EDM Functions
  • First What is a Document
  • Capturing Paper Documents
  • Storage - Know Where They Go
  • Storage ndash Library Services
  • Storage - Indexing
  • Metadata
  • Metadata Stored By PPT
  • Metadata Prompts
  • Content Server Architecture
  • Repository Services
  • Library Services
  • Core Content Management Services
  • Process Automation Services
  • Storage Workflow
  • Rules-based Workflow
  • Manage Check-inCheckout
  • Checkout
  • Slide 81
  • Slide 82
  • Check-in
  • Slide 84
  • Versioning
  • New Version
  • Collaboration
  • Integration
  • Security

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 30

KPI Ideas People

Maximize

Maintenance wrench time

Capabilities

Minimize

Nonwrench time (driving getting supplies etc)

Time to complete

Rework

Labor costs

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 31

KPI Ideas Materials amp Services

Maximize

Productservice offerings

Stock availability

Minimize

Number of vendors

PO to delivery times

Inventory

Rush orders

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 32

KPI Ideas Other Factors

Maximize

Customer satisfaction

Performance to plan

Regulatory compliance

Safety

Minimize

WHAT WOULD YOU ADD

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 33

Expected vs Actual

Once key indicators have been identified expected levels of performance need to be set

Benchmarks

Goals

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 34

Welcome

Asset Management Functions and Features

Performance Indicators and Metrics

Management Tools and Dashboards

Report Generation

Document Management Functions and Features

Closing and Sneak Peek at Day 2

Agenda ndash Day 1

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 35

Management Tools and Dashboards

What manager wouldnt want a graphical user-interface that shows at a glance metrics and key performance indicators (KPIs) about how the utility is performing

Consider the alternatives

Complex reporting applications

Quizzing employees for information

Waiting for paper reports

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 36

Dashboards

Dashboards are reporting tools that consolidate and arrange numbers metrics and sometimes scorecards on a single screen

Theyre often tailored for a specific role and display metrics targeted for a single point-of-view or department

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 37

Scorecards

Scorecards are applications that show progress toward a benchmark goal or objective

They use KPIs which (if chosen wisely) actually indicate the performance of the utility

Scorecards may be part of dashboards but are different because they usually include multiple points-of-view

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 38

Comparing Technologies

Dashboard Scorecard

Purpose Monitors and measures operational processes

Monitors progress toward established objectives

Data Events Transactional Aggregates Consolidation

Refresh Rate

Near real-time (ldquolatest and greatestrdquo)

Periodic (ldquosnapshotsrdquo)

Measures Exceptions linked to operations

Targets linked to strategic plans

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 39

Why Use Them

1048707 CommunicateRefine Strategy

1048707 Increase Visibility

1048707 Increase Coordination

1048707 Increase Motivation

1048707 Give a Consistent View

1048707 Reduce Costs and Redundancy

1048707 Empower Users

1048707 Deliver Actionable Information

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 40

Benefits

A performance dashboard allows you to

Monitor critical processes and activities using metrics that trigger alerts when potential problems arise

Analyze the root cause of problems by exploring relevant and timely information from multiple sources and at various levels of detail

Manage people and processes to improve decisions optimize performance and steer the organization in the right direction

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 41

How to Implement

Define the key performance indicators (KPIs) that need to be measured in your dashboard (preferably no more than 10)

Identify the specific data needed to build your KPIs

Does the data exist

If so where

How can it be collected

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 42

How to Implement

If data-collection gaps exist find ways to fill the gaps then develop a plan to implement the changes

Find the simplest tool that meets your needs but still allows future growth

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 43

How to Implement

Budget for

The initial cost of the dashboard

Annual maintenance

Fees to implement the system

Cost of changes and updates

Start with one system

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 44

Rule 1 ndash Have Context

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

Q3 2007 Q4 2007 Q1 2008 Q2 2008

Benchmarks or Goals

Prior performance

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 45

Rule 2 - Segment

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

Q3 2007 Q4 2007 Q1 2008 Q2 2008

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 46

Rule 3 ndash Include Comments

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

Q3 2007 Q4 2007 Q1 2008 Q2 2008

Causes of good or poor performance

Ways to improve performance

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 47

Rules 4 amp 5

Keep your dashboard to 1 pagescreen (no more than 10 KEY metrics)

Change your dashboard as conditions change

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 48

Welcome

Asset Management Functions and Features

Performance Indicators and Metrics

Management Tools and Dashboards

Report Generation

Document Management Functions and Features

Closing and Sneak Peek at Day 2

Agenda ndash Day 1

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 49

What is a Report Generator

A good report generator is software that

Retrieves data from different sources

Has data analysis capabilities

Has modifiable templates for presenting data

Has features for consolidating data totaling at multiple levels charting conditional formatting and page-based output

Generates reports automatically and on demand

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 50

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 51

Standard Reports

Standard reports are predefined and generated

Periodically (end of shift day month etc)

Upon process events (batch completed critical process event)

By request (downtime analysis inventory levels)

Predefined with automatic updating of most recent data

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 52

Your Standard Reports

What standard reports do you produce

What information sources are needed

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 53

Ad Hoc Reports

Ad hoc reports are temporary reports created by a user when information is not available in standard reports

They are usually just printouts of information available on a single system (printing the alarm log at the time of a process failure)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 54

Ad Hoc Reports

What ad hoc reports have you produced

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 55

Steps in Generating a Report

1 Connect to a data source

2 Select a template

3 Select a data source

4 Add graphics

5 Print

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 56

Connect to Information Source

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 57

Select Template (Widget)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 58

Select a Data Source

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 59

Add Graphics

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 60

Print Report

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 61

Welcome

Asset Management Functions and Features

Performance Indicators and Metrics

Management Tools and Dashboards

Report Generation

Document Management Functions and Features

Closing and Sneak Peek at Day 2

Agenda ndash Day 1

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 62

Electronic Document Management

aka Electronic Content Management

Itrsquos the control of documents and their life cycle

How and when documents are created

How they are reviewed

How they are published

How they are used

How they are retained

Ultimately how they are destroyed

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 63

EDM Functions

EDM includes five basic functions

Capture of electronic and paper documents

Storage of the electronic files

Delivery to the end users

Preservation and destruction of the files

Management from creation to disposalhellip management is part of each other function

Wersquoll start with Storage since you need to know where theyrsquoll go before they get there

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 64

First What is a Document

In the old days a document was one or more sheets of paperhellipin the really old days it was a parchment sheepskin clay tablet or stone

Recently it was a word processed file

In todayrsquos EDM world a document is any electronic file of any size in any format that can be saved on a computer

What file formats do you use (doc png etc)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 65

Capturing Paper Documents

Electronic images of paper documents are created using scanners or multifunction printers

Optical Character Recognition (OCR) software is often used whether integrated into the hardware or as stand-alone software in order to convert digital images into editable text

Converting images into vector drawings is not as easy but getting better

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 66

Storage - Know Where They Go

Where are documents stored

Database repositories

Data warehouses

How do people get there

On-screen navigation

Storing documents involves some document management

Where they are stored (what server etc)

For how long they are stored

Migration from one storage media to another

Document destruction

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 67

Storage ndash Library Services

The storage function includes processes referred to as Library Services

They determine how documents will be filed and what methods will be used to organize or index the documents to assist in later retrieval

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 68

Storage - Indexing

During the process of storing a document information is collected about the document that will make it easier to search for and retrieve

This information is arranged in a separate table (much like the index in a book) and helps narrow and speed up searches by retrieving only those files that match the indexed information

Each document has a unique ID but also has metadata associated with it

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 69

Metadata

Metadata is typically stored for each document (the document storage date and the user name storing it)

Some metadata is usually extracted from the document automatically (date modified author etc)

The EDM system may also prompt the user storing a document to enter additional metadata

Many EDM systems use optical character recognition on scanned images or perform text extraction on electronic documents This text is used to help locate documents by identifying probable keywords or in full text searches

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 70

Metadata Stored By PPT

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 71

Metadata Prompts

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 72

Content Server Architecture

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 73

Repository Services

Single content amp data repository

Unique document ID

Document attributes

Data dictionary

Object relational management

Authentication services

Backuprecovery

Distributionreplication

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 74

Library Services

Provides a separate virtual repository for Web content

Provides access control

Allows checkout amp check-in

Provides versioning

Manages content storage

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 75

Core Content Management Services

Allows searches

Creates renditions

Allows annotations

Manages virtual documents

Provides dynamic content assembly

Manages links

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 76

Process Automation Services

Provides workflows

Manages document life cycles

Provides notifications

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 77

Storage Workflow

Most EDM systems provide a workflow process routing a document for approval before it is stored

Workflows can be Manual (requiring a user to view the document and decide

who to send it to) Rules-based (allowing an administrator to create a rule

that determines the flow of the document through an organization)

Dynamic (allowing branches to be created in a workflow process)

When a workflow is started for a document the EDMS typically routes the document through the approval process

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 78

Rules-based Workflow

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 79

Manage Check-inCheckout

EDM systems typically include check-incheck-out procedures to ensure only one version of a document is being edited at a time

When a document is checked out to one user the system locks out any other checkout attempts

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 80

Checkout

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 81

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 82

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 83

Check-in

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 84

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 85

Versioning

Versioning is tied to the check-incheckout process

It is usually automatic with manual overwriting capability (for checking in a new version as 20 instead of 12 as the system may have numbered it)

It allows users to see all versions of a document and retrieve previous versions for comparison or reediting

Versioning is useful for documents that change over time and require updating still allowing reversion to a previous copy

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 86

New Version

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 87

Collaboration

Collaboration should be inherent in an EDMS

Documents should be capable of being retrieved by an authorized user and worked on

Access should be blocked to other users while work is being performed on the document

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 88

Integration

Many document management systems attempt to integrate document management directly into other applications so that users may retrieve existing documents directly from the document management system repository make changes and save the changed document back to the repository as a new version all without leaving the application

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 89

Security

Document security is vital in many document management applications

Compliance requirements for certain types of documents are complex (the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act imposes strict security requirements on medical documents)

Some document management systems have a rights management module that allows an administrator to give access to documents based on type to only certain people or groups of people

  • Agenda ndash Day 1
  • Welcome
  • Goals
  • Introductions
  • Ground Rules
  • Slide 7
  • What is Asset Management
  • Balancing Act
  • Why Asset Management
  • All utilities are feeling the pinch
  • Life-Cycle Asset Management
  • Slide 13
  • Slide 14
  • Slide 15
  • Slide 16
  • Life-Cycle Span vs Life-Cycle Cost
  • Essentials of Asset Management
  • CMMS vs EAM
  • Levels of Asset Management
  • The Relationship Between Maintenance and Asset Management
  • Relies on Integration
  • Seeks to Maximize Value
  • Why CMMSsEAMs Fail
  • Slide 25
  • What are KPIs
  • Why Identify KPIs
  • Pitfalls
  • KPI Ideas Assets
  • KPI Ideas People
  • KPI Ideas Materials amp Services
  • KPI Ideas Other Factors
  • Expected vs Actual
  • Slide 34
  • Management Tools and Dashboards
  • Dashboards
  • Scorecards
  • Comparing Technologies
  • Why Use Them
  • Benefits
  • How to Implement
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Rule 1 ndash Have Context
  • Rule 2 - Segment
  • Rule 3 ndash Include Comments
  • Rules 4 amp 5
  • Slide 48
  • What is a Report Generator
  • Slide 50
  • Standard Reports
  • Your Standard Reports
  • Ad Hoc Reports
  • Slide 54
  • Steps in Generating a Report
  • Connect to Information Source
  • Select Template (Widget)
  • Select a Data Source
  • Add Graphics
  • Print Report
  • Slide 61
  • Electronic Document Management
  • EDM Functions
  • First What is a Document
  • Capturing Paper Documents
  • Storage - Know Where They Go
  • Storage ndash Library Services
  • Storage - Indexing
  • Metadata
  • Metadata Stored By PPT
  • Metadata Prompts
  • Content Server Architecture
  • Repository Services
  • Library Services
  • Core Content Management Services
  • Process Automation Services
  • Storage Workflow
  • Rules-based Workflow
  • Manage Check-inCheckout
  • Checkout
  • Slide 81
  • Slide 82
  • Check-in
  • Slide 84
  • Versioning
  • New Version
  • Collaboration
  • Integration
  • Security

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 31

KPI Ideas Materials amp Services

Maximize

Productservice offerings

Stock availability

Minimize

Number of vendors

PO to delivery times

Inventory

Rush orders

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 32

KPI Ideas Other Factors

Maximize

Customer satisfaction

Performance to plan

Regulatory compliance

Safety

Minimize

WHAT WOULD YOU ADD

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 33

Expected vs Actual

Once key indicators have been identified expected levels of performance need to be set

Benchmarks

Goals

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 34

Welcome

Asset Management Functions and Features

Performance Indicators and Metrics

Management Tools and Dashboards

Report Generation

Document Management Functions and Features

Closing and Sneak Peek at Day 2

Agenda ndash Day 1

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 35

Management Tools and Dashboards

What manager wouldnt want a graphical user-interface that shows at a glance metrics and key performance indicators (KPIs) about how the utility is performing

Consider the alternatives

Complex reporting applications

Quizzing employees for information

Waiting for paper reports

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 36

Dashboards

Dashboards are reporting tools that consolidate and arrange numbers metrics and sometimes scorecards on a single screen

Theyre often tailored for a specific role and display metrics targeted for a single point-of-view or department

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 37

Scorecards

Scorecards are applications that show progress toward a benchmark goal or objective

They use KPIs which (if chosen wisely) actually indicate the performance of the utility

Scorecards may be part of dashboards but are different because they usually include multiple points-of-view

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 38

Comparing Technologies

Dashboard Scorecard

Purpose Monitors and measures operational processes

Monitors progress toward established objectives

Data Events Transactional Aggregates Consolidation

Refresh Rate

Near real-time (ldquolatest and greatestrdquo)

Periodic (ldquosnapshotsrdquo)

Measures Exceptions linked to operations

Targets linked to strategic plans

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 39

Why Use Them

1048707 CommunicateRefine Strategy

1048707 Increase Visibility

1048707 Increase Coordination

1048707 Increase Motivation

1048707 Give a Consistent View

1048707 Reduce Costs and Redundancy

1048707 Empower Users

1048707 Deliver Actionable Information

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 40

Benefits

A performance dashboard allows you to

Monitor critical processes and activities using metrics that trigger alerts when potential problems arise

Analyze the root cause of problems by exploring relevant and timely information from multiple sources and at various levels of detail

Manage people and processes to improve decisions optimize performance and steer the organization in the right direction

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 41

How to Implement

Define the key performance indicators (KPIs) that need to be measured in your dashboard (preferably no more than 10)

Identify the specific data needed to build your KPIs

Does the data exist

If so where

How can it be collected

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 42

How to Implement

If data-collection gaps exist find ways to fill the gaps then develop a plan to implement the changes

Find the simplest tool that meets your needs but still allows future growth

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 43

How to Implement

Budget for

The initial cost of the dashboard

Annual maintenance

Fees to implement the system

Cost of changes and updates

Start with one system

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 44

Rule 1 ndash Have Context

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

Q3 2007 Q4 2007 Q1 2008 Q2 2008

Benchmarks or Goals

Prior performance

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 45

Rule 2 - Segment

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

Q3 2007 Q4 2007 Q1 2008 Q2 2008

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 46

Rule 3 ndash Include Comments

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

Q3 2007 Q4 2007 Q1 2008 Q2 2008

Causes of good or poor performance

Ways to improve performance

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 47

Rules 4 amp 5

Keep your dashboard to 1 pagescreen (no more than 10 KEY metrics)

Change your dashboard as conditions change

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 48

Welcome

Asset Management Functions and Features

Performance Indicators and Metrics

Management Tools and Dashboards

Report Generation

Document Management Functions and Features

Closing and Sneak Peek at Day 2

Agenda ndash Day 1

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 49

What is a Report Generator

A good report generator is software that

Retrieves data from different sources

Has data analysis capabilities

Has modifiable templates for presenting data

Has features for consolidating data totaling at multiple levels charting conditional formatting and page-based output

Generates reports automatically and on demand

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 50

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 51

Standard Reports

Standard reports are predefined and generated

Periodically (end of shift day month etc)

Upon process events (batch completed critical process event)

By request (downtime analysis inventory levels)

Predefined with automatic updating of most recent data

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 52

Your Standard Reports

What standard reports do you produce

What information sources are needed

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 53

Ad Hoc Reports

Ad hoc reports are temporary reports created by a user when information is not available in standard reports

They are usually just printouts of information available on a single system (printing the alarm log at the time of a process failure)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 54

Ad Hoc Reports

What ad hoc reports have you produced

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 55

Steps in Generating a Report

1 Connect to a data source

2 Select a template

3 Select a data source

4 Add graphics

5 Print

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 56

Connect to Information Source

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 57

Select Template (Widget)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 58

Select a Data Source

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 59

Add Graphics

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 60

Print Report

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 61

Welcome

Asset Management Functions and Features

Performance Indicators and Metrics

Management Tools and Dashboards

Report Generation

Document Management Functions and Features

Closing and Sneak Peek at Day 2

Agenda ndash Day 1

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 62

Electronic Document Management

aka Electronic Content Management

Itrsquos the control of documents and their life cycle

How and when documents are created

How they are reviewed

How they are published

How they are used

How they are retained

Ultimately how they are destroyed

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 63

EDM Functions

EDM includes five basic functions

Capture of electronic and paper documents

Storage of the electronic files

Delivery to the end users

Preservation and destruction of the files

Management from creation to disposalhellip management is part of each other function

Wersquoll start with Storage since you need to know where theyrsquoll go before they get there

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 64

First What is a Document

In the old days a document was one or more sheets of paperhellipin the really old days it was a parchment sheepskin clay tablet or stone

Recently it was a word processed file

In todayrsquos EDM world a document is any electronic file of any size in any format that can be saved on a computer

What file formats do you use (doc png etc)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 65

Capturing Paper Documents

Electronic images of paper documents are created using scanners or multifunction printers

Optical Character Recognition (OCR) software is often used whether integrated into the hardware or as stand-alone software in order to convert digital images into editable text

Converting images into vector drawings is not as easy but getting better

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 66

Storage - Know Where They Go

Where are documents stored

Database repositories

Data warehouses

How do people get there

On-screen navigation

Storing documents involves some document management

Where they are stored (what server etc)

For how long they are stored

Migration from one storage media to another

Document destruction

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 67

Storage ndash Library Services

The storage function includes processes referred to as Library Services

They determine how documents will be filed and what methods will be used to organize or index the documents to assist in later retrieval

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 68

Storage - Indexing

During the process of storing a document information is collected about the document that will make it easier to search for and retrieve

This information is arranged in a separate table (much like the index in a book) and helps narrow and speed up searches by retrieving only those files that match the indexed information

Each document has a unique ID but also has metadata associated with it

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 69

Metadata

Metadata is typically stored for each document (the document storage date and the user name storing it)

Some metadata is usually extracted from the document automatically (date modified author etc)

The EDM system may also prompt the user storing a document to enter additional metadata

Many EDM systems use optical character recognition on scanned images or perform text extraction on electronic documents This text is used to help locate documents by identifying probable keywords or in full text searches

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 70

Metadata Stored By PPT

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 71

Metadata Prompts

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 72

Content Server Architecture

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 73

Repository Services

Single content amp data repository

Unique document ID

Document attributes

Data dictionary

Object relational management

Authentication services

Backuprecovery

Distributionreplication

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 74

Library Services

Provides a separate virtual repository for Web content

Provides access control

Allows checkout amp check-in

Provides versioning

Manages content storage

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 75

Core Content Management Services

Allows searches

Creates renditions

Allows annotations

Manages virtual documents

Provides dynamic content assembly

Manages links

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 76

Process Automation Services

Provides workflows

Manages document life cycles

Provides notifications

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 77

Storage Workflow

Most EDM systems provide a workflow process routing a document for approval before it is stored

Workflows can be Manual (requiring a user to view the document and decide

who to send it to) Rules-based (allowing an administrator to create a rule

that determines the flow of the document through an organization)

Dynamic (allowing branches to be created in a workflow process)

When a workflow is started for a document the EDMS typically routes the document through the approval process

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 78

Rules-based Workflow

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 79

Manage Check-inCheckout

EDM systems typically include check-incheck-out procedures to ensure only one version of a document is being edited at a time

When a document is checked out to one user the system locks out any other checkout attempts

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 80

Checkout

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 81

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 82

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 83

Check-in

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 84

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 85

Versioning

Versioning is tied to the check-incheckout process

It is usually automatic with manual overwriting capability (for checking in a new version as 20 instead of 12 as the system may have numbered it)

It allows users to see all versions of a document and retrieve previous versions for comparison or reediting

Versioning is useful for documents that change over time and require updating still allowing reversion to a previous copy

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 86

New Version

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 87

Collaboration

Collaboration should be inherent in an EDMS

Documents should be capable of being retrieved by an authorized user and worked on

Access should be blocked to other users while work is being performed on the document

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 88

Integration

Many document management systems attempt to integrate document management directly into other applications so that users may retrieve existing documents directly from the document management system repository make changes and save the changed document back to the repository as a new version all without leaving the application

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 89

Security

Document security is vital in many document management applications

Compliance requirements for certain types of documents are complex (the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act imposes strict security requirements on medical documents)

Some document management systems have a rights management module that allows an administrator to give access to documents based on type to only certain people or groups of people

  • Agenda ndash Day 1
  • Welcome
  • Goals
  • Introductions
  • Ground Rules
  • Slide 7
  • What is Asset Management
  • Balancing Act
  • Why Asset Management
  • All utilities are feeling the pinch
  • Life-Cycle Asset Management
  • Slide 13
  • Slide 14
  • Slide 15
  • Slide 16
  • Life-Cycle Span vs Life-Cycle Cost
  • Essentials of Asset Management
  • CMMS vs EAM
  • Levels of Asset Management
  • The Relationship Between Maintenance and Asset Management
  • Relies on Integration
  • Seeks to Maximize Value
  • Why CMMSsEAMs Fail
  • Slide 25
  • What are KPIs
  • Why Identify KPIs
  • Pitfalls
  • KPI Ideas Assets
  • KPI Ideas People
  • KPI Ideas Materials amp Services
  • KPI Ideas Other Factors
  • Expected vs Actual
  • Slide 34
  • Management Tools and Dashboards
  • Dashboards
  • Scorecards
  • Comparing Technologies
  • Why Use Them
  • Benefits
  • How to Implement
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Rule 1 ndash Have Context
  • Rule 2 - Segment
  • Rule 3 ndash Include Comments
  • Rules 4 amp 5
  • Slide 48
  • What is a Report Generator
  • Slide 50
  • Standard Reports
  • Your Standard Reports
  • Ad Hoc Reports
  • Slide 54
  • Steps in Generating a Report
  • Connect to Information Source
  • Select Template (Widget)
  • Select a Data Source
  • Add Graphics
  • Print Report
  • Slide 61
  • Electronic Document Management
  • EDM Functions
  • First What is a Document
  • Capturing Paper Documents
  • Storage - Know Where They Go
  • Storage ndash Library Services
  • Storage - Indexing
  • Metadata
  • Metadata Stored By PPT
  • Metadata Prompts
  • Content Server Architecture
  • Repository Services
  • Library Services
  • Core Content Management Services
  • Process Automation Services
  • Storage Workflow
  • Rules-based Workflow
  • Manage Check-inCheckout
  • Checkout
  • Slide 81
  • Slide 82
  • Check-in
  • Slide 84
  • Versioning
  • New Version
  • Collaboration
  • Integration
  • Security

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 32

KPI Ideas Other Factors

Maximize

Customer satisfaction

Performance to plan

Regulatory compliance

Safety

Minimize

WHAT WOULD YOU ADD

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 33

Expected vs Actual

Once key indicators have been identified expected levels of performance need to be set

Benchmarks

Goals

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 34

Welcome

Asset Management Functions and Features

Performance Indicators and Metrics

Management Tools and Dashboards

Report Generation

Document Management Functions and Features

Closing and Sneak Peek at Day 2

Agenda ndash Day 1

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 35

Management Tools and Dashboards

What manager wouldnt want a graphical user-interface that shows at a glance metrics and key performance indicators (KPIs) about how the utility is performing

Consider the alternatives

Complex reporting applications

Quizzing employees for information

Waiting for paper reports

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 36

Dashboards

Dashboards are reporting tools that consolidate and arrange numbers metrics and sometimes scorecards on a single screen

Theyre often tailored for a specific role and display metrics targeted for a single point-of-view or department

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 37

Scorecards

Scorecards are applications that show progress toward a benchmark goal or objective

They use KPIs which (if chosen wisely) actually indicate the performance of the utility

Scorecards may be part of dashboards but are different because they usually include multiple points-of-view

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 38

Comparing Technologies

Dashboard Scorecard

Purpose Monitors and measures operational processes

Monitors progress toward established objectives

Data Events Transactional Aggregates Consolidation

Refresh Rate

Near real-time (ldquolatest and greatestrdquo)

Periodic (ldquosnapshotsrdquo)

Measures Exceptions linked to operations

Targets linked to strategic plans

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 39

Why Use Them

1048707 CommunicateRefine Strategy

1048707 Increase Visibility

1048707 Increase Coordination

1048707 Increase Motivation

1048707 Give a Consistent View

1048707 Reduce Costs and Redundancy

1048707 Empower Users

1048707 Deliver Actionable Information

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 40

Benefits

A performance dashboard allows you to

Monitor critical processes and activities using metrics that trigger alerts when potential problems arise

Analyze the root cause of problems by exploring relevant and timely information from multiple sources and at various levels of detail

Manage people and processes to improve decisions optimize performance and steer the organization in the right direction

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 41

How to Implement

Define the key performance indicators (KPIs) that need to be measured in your dashboard (preferably no more than 10)

Identify the specific data needed to build your KPIs

Does the data exist

If so where

How can it be collected

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 42

How to Implement

If data-collection gaps exist find ways to fill the gaps then develop a plan to implement the changes

Find the simplest tool that meets your needs but still allows future growth

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 43

How to Implement

Budget for

The initial cost of the dashboard

Annual maintenance

Fees to implement the system

Cost of changes and updates

Start with one system

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 44

Rule 1 ndash Have Context

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

Q3 2007 Q4 2007 Q1 2008 Q2 2008

Benchmarks or Goals

Prior performance

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 45

Rule 2 - Segment

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

Q3 2007 Q4 2007 Q1 2008 Q2 2008

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 46

Rule 3 ndash Include Comments

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

Q3 2007 Q4 2007 Q1 2008 Q2 2008

Causes of good or poor performance

Ways to improve performance

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 47

Rules 4 amp 5

Keep your dashboard to 1 pagescreen (no more than 10 KEY metrics)

Change your dashboard as conditions change

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 48

Welcome

Asset Management Functions and Features

Performance Indicators and Metrics

Management Tools and Dashboards

Report Generation

Document Management Functions and Features

Closing and Sneak Peek at Day 2

Agenda ndash Day 1

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 49

What is a Report Generator

A good report generator is software that

Retrieves data from different sources

Has data analysis capabilities

Has modifiable templates for presenting data

Has features for consolidating data totaling at multiple levels charting conditional formatting and page-based output

Generates reports automatically and on demand

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 50

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 51

Standard Reports

Standard reports are predefined and generated

Periodically (end of shift day month etc)

Upon process events (batch completed critical process event)

By request (downtime analysis inventory levels)

Predefined with automatic updating of most recent data

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 52

Your Standard Reports

What standard reports do you produce

What information sources are needed

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 53

Ad Hoc Reports

Ad hoc reports are temporary reports created by a user when information is not available in standard reports

They are usually just printouts of information available on a single system (printing the alarm log at the time of a process failure)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 54

Ad Hoc Reports

What ad hoc reports have you produced

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 55

Steps in Generating a Report

1 Connect to a data source

2 Select a template

3 Select a data source

4 Add graphics

5 Print

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 56

Connect to Information Source

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 57

Select Template (Widget)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 58

Select a Data Source

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 59

Add Graphics

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 60

Print Report

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 61

Welcome

Asset Management Functions and Features

Performance Indicators and Metrics

Management Tools and Dashboards

Report Generation

Document Management Functions and Features

Closing and Sneak Peek at Day 2

Agenda ndash Day 1

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 62

Electronic Document Management

aka Electronic Content Management

Itrsquos the control of documents and their life cycle

How and when documents are created

How they are reviewed

How they are published

How they are used

How they are retained

Ultimately how they are destroyed

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 63

EDM Functions

EDM includes five basic functions

Capture of electronic and paper documents

Storage of the electronic files

Delivery to the end users

Preservation and destruction of the files

Management from creation to disposalhellip management is part of each other function

Wersquoll start with Storage since you need to know where theyrsquoll go before they get there

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 64

First What is a Document

In the old days a document was one or more sheets of paperhellipin the really old days it was a parchment sheepskin clay tablet or stone

Recently it was a word processed file

In todayrsquos EDM world a document is any electronic file of any size in any format that can be saved on a computer

What file formats do you use (doc png etc)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 65

Capturing Paper Documents

Electronic images of paper documents are created using scanners or multifunction printers

Optical Character Recognition (OCR) software is often used whether integrated into the hardware or as stand-alone software in order to convert digital images into editable text

Converting images into vector drawings is not as easy but getting better

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 66

Storage - Know Where They Go

Where are documents stored

Database repositories

Data warehouses

How do people get there

On-screen navigation

Storing documents involves some document management

Where they are stored (what server etc)

For how long they are stored

Migration from one storage media to another

Document destruction

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 67

Storage ndash Library Services

The storage function includes processes referred to as Library Services

They determine how documents will be filed and what methods will be used to organize or index the documents to assist in later retrieval

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 68

Storage - Indexing

During the process of storing a document information is collected about the document that will make it easier to search for and retrieve

This information is arranged in a separate table (much like the index in a book) and helps narrow and speed up searches by retrieving only those files that match the indexed information

Each document has a unique ID but also has metadata associated with it

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 69

Metadata

Metadata is typically stored for each document (the document storage date and the user name storing it)

Some metadata is usually extracted from the document automatically (date modified author etc)

The EDM system may also prompt the user storing a document to enter additional metadata

Many EDM systems use optical character recognition on scanned images or perform text extraction on electronic documents This text is used to help locate documents by identifying probable keywords or in full text searches

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 70

Metadata Stored By PPT

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 71

Metadata Prompts

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 72

Content Server Architecture

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 73

Repository Services

Single content amp data repository

Unique document ID

Document attributes

Data dictionary

Object relational management

Authentication services

Backuprecovery

Distributionreplication

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 74

Library Services

Provides a separate virtual repository for Web content

Provides access control

Allows checkout amp check-in

Provides versioning

Manages content storage

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 75

Core Content Management Services

Allows searches

Creates renditions

Allows annotations

Manages virtual documents

Provides dynamic content assembly

Manages links

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 76

Process Automation Services

Provides workflows

Manages document life cycles

Provides notifications

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 77

Storage Workflow

Most EDM systems provide a workflow process routing a document for approval before it is stored

Workflows can be Manual (requiring a user to view the document and decide

who to send it to) Rules-based (allowing an administrator to create a rule

that determines the flow of the document through an organization)

Dynamic (allowing branches to be created in a workflow process)

When a workflow is started for a document the EDMS typically routes the document through the approval process

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 78

Rules-based Workflow

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 79

Manage Check-inCheckout

EDM systems typically include check-incheck-out procedures to ensure only one version of a document is being edited at a time

When a document is checked out to one user the system locks out any other checkout attempts

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 80

Checkout

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 81

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 82

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 83

Check-in

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 84

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 85

Versioning

Versioning is tied to the check-incheckout process

It is usually automatic with manual overwriting capability (for checking in a new version as 20 instead of 12 as the system may have numbered it)

It allows users to see all versions of a document and retrieve previous versions for comparison or reediting

Versioning is useful for documents that change over time and require updating still allowing reversion to a previous copy

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 86

New Version

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 87

Collaboration

Collaboration should be inherent in an EDMS

Documents should be capable of being retrieved by an authorized user and worked on

Access should be blocked to other users while work is being performed on the document

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 88

Integration

Many document management systems attempt to integrate document management directly into other applications so that users may retrieve existing documents directly from the document management system repository make changes and save the changed document back to the repository as a new version all without leaving the application

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 89

Security

Document security is vital in many document management applications

Compliance requirements for certain types of documents are complex (the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act imposes strict security requirements on medical documents)

Some document management systems have a rights management module that allows an administrator to give access to documents based on type to only certain people or groups of people

  • Agenda ndash Day 1
  • Welcome
  • Goals
  • Introductions
  • Ground Rules
  • Slide 7
  • What is Asset Management
  • Balancing Act
  • Why Asset Management
  • All utilities are feeling the pinch
  • Life-Cycle Asset Management
  • Slide 13
  • Slide 14
  • Slide 15
  • Slide 16
  • Life-Cycle Span vs Life-Cycle Cost
  • Essentials of Asset Management
  • CMMS vs EAM
  • Levels of Asset Management
  • The Relationship Between Maintenance and Asset Management
  • Relies on Integration
  • Seeks to Maximize Value
  • Why CMMSsEAMs Fail
  • Slide 25
  • What are KPIs
  • Why Identify KPIs
  • Pitfalls
  • KPI Ideas Assets
  • KPI Ideas People
  • KPI Ideas Materials amp Services
  • KPI Ideas Other Factors
  • Expected vs Actual
  • Slide 34
  • Management Tools and Dashboards
  • Dashboards
  • Scorecards
  • Comparing Technologies
  • Why Use Them
  • Benefits
  • How to Implement
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Rule 1 ndash Have Context
  • Rule 2 - Segment
  • Rule 3 ndash Include Comments
  • Rules 4 amp 5
  • Slide 48
  • What is a Report Generator
  • Slide 50
  • Standard Reports
  • Your Standard Reports
  • Ad Hoc Reports
  • Slide 54
  • Steps in Generating a Report
  • Connect to Information Source
  • Select Template (Widget)
  • Select a Data Source
  • Add Graphics
  • Print Report
  • Slide 61
  • Electronic Document Management
  • EDM Functions
  • First What is a Document
  • Capturing Paper Documents
  • Storage - Know Where They Go
  • Storage ndash Library Services
  • Storage - Indexing
  • Metadata
  • Metadata Stored By PPT
  • Metadata Prompts
  • Content Server Architecture
  • Repository Services
  • Library Services
  • Core Content Management Services
  • Process Automation Services
  • Storage Workflow
  • Rules-based Workflow
  • Manage Check-inCheckout
  • Checkout
  • Slide 81
  • Slide 82
  • Check-in
  • Slide 84
  • Versioning
  • New Version
  • Collaboration
  • Integration
  • Security

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 33

Expected vs Actual

Once key indicators have been identified expected levels of performance need to be set

Benchmarks

Goals

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 34

Welcome

Asset Management Functions and Features

Performance Indicators and Metrics

Management Tools and Dashboards

Report Generation

Document Management Functions and Features

Closing and Sneak Peek at Day 2

Agenda ndash Day 1

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 35

Management Tools and Dashboards

What manager wouldnt want a graphical user-interface that shows at a glance metrics and key performance indicators (KPIs) about how the utility is performing

Consider the alternatives

Complex reporting applications

Quizzing employees for information

Waiting for paper reports

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 36

Dashboards

Dashboards are reporting tools that consolidate and arrange numbers metrics and sometimes scorecards on a single screen

Theyre often tailored for a specific role and display metrics targeted for a single point-of-view or department

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 37

Scorecards

Scorecards are applications that show progress toward a benchmark goal or objective

They use KPIs which (if chosen wisely) actually indicate the performance of the utility

Scorecards may be part of dashboards but are different because they usually include multiple points-of-view

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 38

Comparing Technologies

Dashboard Scorecard

Purpose Monitors and measures operational processes

Monitors progress toward established objectives

Data Events Transactional Aggregates Consolidation

Refresh Rate

Near real-time (ldquolatest and greatestrdquo)

Periodic (ldquosnapshotsrdquo)

Measures Exceptions linked to operations

Targets linked to strategic plans

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 39

Why Use Them

1048707 CommunicateRefine Strategy

1048707 Increase Visibility

1048707 Increase Coordination

1048707 Increase Motivation

1048707 Give a Consistent View

1048707 Reduce Costs and Redundancy

1048707 Empower Users

1048707 Deliver Actionable Information

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 40

Benefits

A performance dashboard allows you to

Monitor critical processes and activities using metrics that trigger alerts when potential problems arise

Analyze the root cause of problems by exploring relevant and timely information from multiple sources and at various levels of detail

Manage people and processes to improve decisions optimize performance and steer the organization in the right direction

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 41

How to Implement

Define the key performance indicators (KPIs) that need to be measured in your dashboard (preferably no more than 10)

Identify the specific data needed to build your KPIs

Does the data exist

If so where

How can it be collected

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 42

How to Implement

If data-collection gaps exist find ways to fill the gaps then develop a plan to implement the changes

Find the simplest tool that meets your needs but still allows future growth

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 43

How to Implement

Budget for

The initial cost of the dashboard

Annual maintenance

Fees to implement the system

Cost of changes and updates

Start with one system

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 44

Rule 1 ndash Have Context

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

Q3 2007 Q4 2007 Q1 2008 Q2 2008

Benchmarks or Goals

Prior performance

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 45

Rule 2 - Segment

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

Q3 2007 Q4 2007 Q1 2008 Q2 2008

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 46

Rule 3 ndash Include Comments

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

Q3 2007 Q4 2007 Q1 2008 Q2 2008

Causes of good or poor performance

Ways to improve performance

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 47

Rules 4 amp 5

Keep your dashboard to 1 pagescreen (no more than 10 KEY metrics)

Change your dashboard as conditions change

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 48

Welcome

Asset Management Functions and Features

Performance Indicators and Metrics

Management Tools and Dashboards

Report Generation

Document Management Functions and Features

Closing and Sneak Peek at Day 2

Agenda ndash Day 1

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 49

What is a Report Generator

A good report generator is software that

Retrieves data from different sources

Has data analysis capabilities

Has modifiable templates for presenting data

Has features for consolidating data totaling at multiple levels charting conditional formatting and page-based output

Generates reports automatically and on demand

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 50

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 51

Standard Reports

Standard reports are predefined and generated

Periodically (end of shift day month etc)

Upon process events (batch completed critical process event)

By request (downtime analysis inventory levels)

Predefined with automatic updating of most recent data

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 52

Your Standard Reports

What standard reports do you produce

What information sources are needed

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 53

Ad Hoc Reports

Ad hoc reports are temporary reports created by a user when information is not available in standard reports

They are usually just printouts of information available on a single system (printing the alarm log at the time of a process failure)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 54

Ad Hoc Reports

What ad hoc reports have you produced

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 55

Steps in Generating a Report

1 Connect to a data source

2 Select a template

3 Select a data source

4 Add graphics

5 Print

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 56

Connect to Information Source

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 57

Select Template (Widget)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 58

Select a Data Source

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 59

Add Graphics

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 60

Print Report

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 61

Welcome

Asset Management Functions and Features

Performance Indicators and Metrics

Management Tools and Dashboards

Report Generation

Document Management Functions and Features

Closing and Sneak Peek at Day 2

Agenda ndash Day 1

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 62

Electronic Document Management

aka Electronic Content Management

Itrsquos the control of documents and their life cycle

How and when documents are created

How they are reviewed

How they are published

How they are used

How they are retained

Ultimately how they are destroyed

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 63

EDM Functions

EDM includes five basic functions

Capture of electronic and paper documents

Storage of the electronic files

Delivery to the end users

Preservation and destruction of the files

Management from creation to disposalhellip management is part of each other function

Wersquoll start with Storage since you need to know where theyrsquoll go before they get there

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 64

First What is a Document

In the old days a document was one or more sheets of paperhellipin the really old days it was a parchment sheepskin clay tablet or stone

Recently it was a word processed file

In todayrsquos EDM world a document is any electronic file of any size in any format that can be saved on a computer

What file formats do you use (doc png etc)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 65

Capturing Paper Documents

Electronic images of paper documents are created using scanners or multifunction printers

Optical Character Recognition (OCR) software is often used whether integrated into the hardware or as stand-alone software in order to convert digital images into editable text

Converting images into vector drawings is not as easy but getting better

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 66

Storage - Know Where They Go

Where are documents stored

Database repositories

Data warehouses

How do people get there

On-screen navigation

Storing documents involves some document management

Where they are stored (what server etc)

For how long they are stored

Migration from one storage media to another

Document destruction

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 67

Storage ndash Library Services

The storage function includes processes referred to as Library Services

They determine how documents will be filed and what methods will be used to organize or index the documents to assist in later retrieval

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 68

Storage - Indexing

During the process of storing a document information is collected about the document that will make it easier to search for and retrieve

This information is arranged in a separate table (much like the index in a book) and helps narrow and speed up searches by retrieving only those files that match the indexed information

Each document has a unique ID but also has metadata associated with it

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 69

Metadata

Metadata is typically stored for each document (the document storage date and the user name storing it)

Some metadata is usually extracted from the document automatically (date modified author etc)

The EDM system may also prompt the user storing a document to enter additional metadata

Many EDM systems use optical character recognition on scanned images or perform text extraction on electronic documents This text is used to help locate documents by identifying probable keywords or in full text searches

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 70

Metadata Stored By PPT

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 71

Metadata Prompts

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 72

Content Server Architecture

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 73

Repository Services

Single content amp data repository

Unique document ID

Document attributes

Data dictionary

Object relational management

Authentication services

Backuprecovery

Distributionreplication

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 74

Library Services

Provides a separate virtual repository for Web content

Provides access control

Allows checkout amp check-in

Provides versioning

Manages content storage

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 75

Core Content Management Services

Allows searches

Creates renditions

Allows annotations

Manages virtual documents

Provides dynamic content assembly

Manages links

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 76

Process Automation Services

Provides workflows

Manages document life cycles

Provides notifications

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 77

Storage Workflow

Most EDM systems provide a workflow process routing a document for approval before it is stored

Workflows can be Manual (requiring a user to view the document and decide

who to send it to) Rules-based (allowing an administrator to create a rule

that determines the flow of the document through an organization)

Dynamic (allowing branches to be created in a workflow process)

When a workflow is started for a document the EDMS typically routes the document through the approval process

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 78

Rules-based Workflow

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 79

Manage Check-inCheckout

EDM systems typically include check-incheck-out procedures to ensure only one version of a document is being edited at a time

When a document is checked out to one user the system locks out any other checkout attempts

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 80

Checkout

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 81

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 82

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 83

Check-in

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 84

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 85

Versioning

Versioning is tied to the check-incheckout process

It is usually automatic with manual overwriting capability (for checking in a new version as 20 instead of 12 as the system may have numbered it)

It allows users to see all versions of a document and retrieve previous versions for comparison or reediting

Versioning is useful for documents that change over time and require updating still allowing reversion to a previous copy

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 86

New Version

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 87

Collaboration

Collaboration should be inherent in an EDMS

Documents should be capable of being retrieved by an authorized user and worked on

Access should be blocked to other users while work is being performed on the document

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 88

Integration

Many document management systems attempt to integrate document management directly into other applications so that users may retrieve existing documents directly from the document management system repository make changes and save the changed document back to the repository as a new version all without leaving the application

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 89

Security

Document security is vital in many document management applications

Compliance requirements for certain types of documents are complex (the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act imposes strict security requirements on medical documents)

Some document management systems have a rights management module that allows an administrator to give access to documents based on type to only certain people or groups of people

  • Agenda ndash Day 1
  • Welcome
  • Goals
  • Introductions
  • Ground Rules
  • Slide 7
  • What is Asset Management
  • Balancing Act
  • Why Asset Management
  • All utilities are feeling the pinch
  • Life-Cycle Asset Management
  • Slide 13
  • Slide 14
  • Slide 15
  • Slide 16
  • Life-Cycle Span vs Life-Cycle Cost
  • Essentials of Asset Management
  • CMMS vs EAM
  • Levels of Asset Management
  • The Relationship Between Maintenance and Asset Management
  • Relies on Integration
  • Seeks to Maximize Value
  • Why CMMSsEAMs Fail
  • Slide 25
  • What are KPIs
  • Why Identify KPIs
  • Pitfalls
  • KPI Ideas Assets
  • KPI Ideas People
  • KPI Ideas Materials amp Services
  • KPI Ideas Other Factors
  • Expected vs Actual
  • Slide 34
  • Management Tools and Dashboards
  • Dashboards
  • Scorecards
  • Comparing Technologies
  • Why Use Them
  • Benefits
  • How to Implement
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Rule 1 ndash Have Context
  • Rule 2 - Segment
  • Rule 3 ndash Include Comments
  • Rules 4 amp 5
  • Slide 48
  • What is a Report Generator
  • Slide 50
  • Standard Reports
  • Your Standard Reports
  • Ad Hoc Reports
  • Slide 54
  • Steps in Generating a Report
  • Connect to Information Source
  • Select Template (Widget)
  • Select a Data Source
  • Add Graphics
  • Print Report
  • Slide 61
  • Electronic Document Management
  • EDM Functions
  • First What is a Document
  • Capturing Paper Documents
  • Storage - Know Where They Go
  • Storage ndash Library Services
  • Storage - Indexing
  • Metadata
  • Metadata Stored By PPT
  • Metadata Prompts
  • Content Server Architecture
  • Repository Services
  • Library Services
  • Core Content Management Services
  • Process Automation Services
  • Storage Workflow
  • Rules-based Workflow
  • Manage Check-inCheckout
  • Checkout
  • Slide 81
  • Slide 82
  • Check-in
  • Slide 84
  • Versioning
  • New Version
  • Collaboration
  • Integration
  • Security

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 34

Welcome

Asset Management Functions and Features

Performance Indicators and Metrics

Management Tools and Dashboards

Report Generation

Document Management Functions and Features

Closing and Sneak Peek at Day 2

Agenda ndash Day 1

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 35

Management Tools and Dashboards

What manager wouldnt want a graphical user-interface that shows at a glance metrics and key performance indicators (KPIs) about how the utility is performing

Consider the alternatives

Complex reporting applications

Quizzing employees for information

Waiting for paper reports

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 36

Dashboards

Dashboards are reporting tools that consolidate and arrange numbers metrics and sometimes scorecards on a single screen

Theyre often tailored for a specific role and display metrics targeted for a single point-of-view or department

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 37

Scorecards

Scorecards are applications that show progress toward a benchmark goal or objective

They use KPIs which (if chosen wisely) actually indicate the performance of the utility

Scorecards may be part of dashboards but are different because they usually include multiple points-of-view

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 38

Comparing Technologies

Dashboard Scorecard

Purpose Monitors and measures operational processes

Monitors progress toward established objectives

Data Events Transactional Aggregates Consolidation

Refresh Rate

Near real-time (ldquolatest and greatestrdquo)

Periodic (ldquosnapshotsrdquo)

Measures Exceptions linked to operations

Targets linked to strategic plans

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 39

Why Use Them

1048707 CommunicateRefine Strategy

1048707 Increase Visibility

1048707 Increase Coordination

1048707 Increase Motivation

1048707 Give a Consistent View

1048707 Reduce Costs and Redundancy

1048707 Empower Users

1048707 Deliver Actionable Information

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 40

Benefits

A performance dashboard allows you to

Monitor critical processes and activities using metrics that trigger alerts when potential problems arise

Analyze the root cause of problems by exploring relevant and timely information from multiple sources and at various levels of detail

Manage people and processes to improve decisions optimize performance and steer the organization in the right direction

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 41

How to Implement

Define the key performance indicators (KPIs) that need to be measured in your dashboard (preferably no more than 10)

Identify the specific data needed to build your KPIs

Does the data exist

If so where

How can it be collected

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 42

How to Implement

If data-collection gaps exist find ways to fill the gaps then develop a plan to implement the changes

Find the simplest tool that meets your needs but still allows future growth

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 43

How to Implement

Budget for

The initial cost of the dashboard

Annual maintenance

Fees to implement the system

Cost of changes and updates

Start with one system

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 44

Rule 1 ndash Have Context

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

Q3 2007 Q4 2007 Q1 2008 Q2 2008

Benchmarks or Goals

Prior performance

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 45

Rule 2 - Segment

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

Q3 2007 Q4 2007 Q1 2008 Q2 2008

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 46

Rule 3 ndash Include Comments

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

Q3 2007 Q4 2007 Q1 2008 Q2 2008

Causes of good or poor performance

Ways to improve performance

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 47

Rules 4 amp 5

Keep your dashboard to 1 pagescreen (no more than 10 KEY metrics)

Change your dashboard as conditions change

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 48

Welcome

Asset Management Functions and Features

Performance Indicators and Metrics

Management Tools and Dashboards

Report Generation

Document Management Functions and Features

Closing and Sneak Peek at Day 2

Agenda ndash Day 1

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 49

What is a Report Generator

A good report generator is software that

Retrieves data from different sources

Has data analysis capabilities

Has modifiable templates for presenting data

Has features for consolidating data totaling at multiple levels charting conditional formatting and page-based output

Generates reports automatically and on demand

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 50

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 51

Standard Reports

Standard reports are predefined and generated

Periodically (end of shift day month etc)

Upon process events (batch completed critical process event)

By request (downtime analysis inventory levels)

Predefined with automatic updating of most recent data

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 52

Your Standard Reports

What standard reports do you produce

What information sources are needed

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 53

Ad Hoc Reports

Ad hoc reports are temporary reports created by a user when information is not available in standard reports

They are usually just printouts of information available on a single system (printing the alarm log at the time of a process failure)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 54

Ad Hoc Reports

What ad hoc reports have you produced

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 55

Steps in Generating a Report

1 Connect to a data source

2 Select a template

3 Select a data source

4 Add graphics

5 Print

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 56

Connect to Information Source

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 57

Select Template (Widget)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 58

Select a Data Source

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 59

Add Graphics

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 60

Print Report

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 61

Welcome

Asset Management Functions and Features

Performance Indicators and Metrics

Management Tools and Dashboards

Report Generation

Document Management Functions and Features

Closing and Sneak Peek at Day 2

Agenda ndash Day 1

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 62

Electronic Document Management

aka Electronic Content Management

Itrsquos the control of documents and their life cycle

How and when documents are created

How they are reviewed

How they are published

How they are used

How they are retained

Ultimately how they are destroyed

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 63

EDM Functions

EDM includes five basic functions

Capture of electronic and paper documents

Storage of the electronic files

Delivery to the end users

Preservation and destruction of the files

Management from creation to disposalhellip management is part of each other function

Wersquoll start with Storage since you need to know where theyrsquoll go before they get there

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 64

First What is a Document

In the old days a document was one or more sheets of paperhellipin the really old days it was a parchment sheepskin clay tablet or stone

Recently it was a word processed file

In todayrsquos EDM world a document is any electronic file of any size in any format that can be saved on a computer

What file formats do you use (doc png etc)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 65

Capturing Paper Documents

Electronic images of paper documents are created using scanners or multifunction printers

Optical Character Recognition (OCR) software is often used whether integrated into the hardware or as stand-alone software in order to convert digital images into editable text

Converting images into vector drawings is not as easy but getting better

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 66

Storage - Know Where They Go

Where are documents stored

Database repositories

Data warehouses

How do people get there

On-screen navigation

Storing documents involves some document management

Where they are stored (what server etc)

For how long they are stored

Migration from one storage media to another

Document destruction

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 67

Storage ndash Library Services

The storage function includes processes referred to as Library Services

They determine how documents will be filed and what methods will be used to organize or index the documents to assist in later retrieval

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 68

Storage - Indexing

During the process of storing a document information is collected about the document that will make it easier to search for and retrieve

This information is arranged in a separate table (much like the index in a book) and helps narrow and speed up searches by retrieving only those files that match the indexed information

Each document has a unique ID but also has metadata associated with it

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 69

Metadata

Metadata is typically stored for each document (the document storage date and the user name storing it)

Some metadata is usually extracted from the document automatically (date modified author etc)

The EDM system may also prompt the user storing a document to enter additional metadata

Many EDM systems use optical character recognition on scanned images or perform text extraction on electronic documents This text is used to help locate documents by identifying probable keywords or in full text searches

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 70

Metadata Stored By PPT

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 71

Metadata Prompts

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 72

Content Server Architecture

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 73

Repository Services

Single content amp data repository

Unique document ID

Document attributes

Data dictionary

Object relational management

Authentication services

Backuprecovery

Distributionreplication

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 74

Library Services

Provides a separate virtual repository for Web content

Provides access control

Allows checkout amp check-in

Provides versioning

Manages content storage

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 75

Core Content Management Services

Allows searches

Creates renditions

Allows annotations

Manages virtual documents

Provides dynamic content assembly

Manages links

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 76

Process Automation Services

Provides workflows

Manages document life cycles

Provides notifications

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 77

Storage Workflow

Most EDM systems provide a workflow process routing a document for approval before it is stored

Workflows can be Manual (requiring a user to view the document and decide

who to send it to) Rules-based (allowing an administrator to create a rule

that determines the flow of the document through an organization)

Dynamic (allowing branches to be created in a workflow process)

When a workflow is started for a document the EDMS typically routes the document through the approval process

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 78

Rules-based Workflow

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 79

Manage Check-inCheckout

EDM systems typically include check-incheck-out procedures to ensure only one version of a document is being edited at a time

When a document is checked out to one user the system locks out any other checkout attempts

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 80

Checkout

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 81

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 82

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 83

Check-in

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 84

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 85

Versioning

Versioning is tied to the check-incheckout process

It is usually automatic with manual overwriting capability (for checking in a new version as 20 instead of 12 as the system may have numbered it)

It allows users to see all versions of a document and retrieve previous versions for comparison or reediting

Versioning is useful for documents that change over time and require updating still allowing reversion to a previous copy

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 86

New Version

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 87

Collaboration

Collaboration should be inherent in an EDMS

Documents should be capable of being retrieved by an authorized user and worked on

Access should be blocked to other users while work is being performed on the document

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 88

Integration

Many document management systems attempt to integrate document management directly into other applications so that users may retrieve existing documents directly from the document management system repository make changes and save the changed document back to the repository as a new version all without leaving the application

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 89

Security

Document security is vital in many document management applications

Compliance requirements for certain types of documents are complex (the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act imposes strict security requirements on medical documents)

Some document management systems have a rights management module that allows an administrator to give access to documents based on type to only certain people or groups of people

  • Agenda ndash Day 1
  • Welcome
  • Goals
  • Introductions
  • Ground Rules
  • Slide 7
  • What is Asset Management
  • Balancing Act
  • Why Asset Management
  • All utilities are feeling the pinch
  • Life-Cycle Asset Management
  • Slide 13
  • Slide 14
  • Slide 15
  • Slide 16
  • Life-Cycle Span vs Life-Cycle Cost
  • Essentials of Asset Management
  • CMMS vs EAM
  • Levels of Asset Management
  • The Relationship Between Maintenance and Asset Management
  • Relies on Integration
  • Seeks to Maximize Value
  • Why CMMSsEAMs Fail
  • Slide 25
  • What are KPIs
  • Why Identify KPIs
  • Pitfalls
  • KPI Ideas Assets
  • KPI Ideas People
  • KPI Ideas Materials amp Services
  • KPI Ideas Other Factors
  • Expected vs Actual
  • Slide 34
  • Management Tools and Dashboards
  • Dashboards
  • Scorecards
  • Comparing Technologies
  • Why Use Them
  • Benefits
  • How to Implement
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Rule 1 ndash Have Context
  • Rule 2 - Segment
  • Rule 3 ndash Include Comments
  • Rules 4 amp 5
  • Slide 48
  • What is a Report Generator
  • Slide 50
  • Standard Reports
  • Your Standard Reports
  • Ad Hoc Reports
  • Slide 54
  • Steps in Generating a Report
  • Connect to Information Source
  • Select Template (Widget)
  • Select a Data Source
  • Add Graphics
  • Print Report
  • Slide 61
  • Electronic Document Management
  • EDM Functions
  • First What is a Document
  • Capturing Paper Documents
  • Storage - Know Where They Go
  • Storage ndash Library Services
  • Storage - Indexing
  • Metadata
  • Metadata Stored By PPT
  • Metadata Prompts
  • Content Server Architecture
  • Repository Services
  • Library Services
  • Core Content Management Services
  • Process Automation Services
  • Storage Workflow
  • Rules-based Workflow
  • Manage Check-inCheckout
  • Checkout
  • Slide 81
  • Slide 82
  • Check-in
  • Slide 84
  • Versioning
  • New Version
  • Collaboration
  • Integration
  • Security

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 35

Management Tools and Dashboards

What manager wouldnt want a graphical user-interface that shows at a glance metrics and key performance indicators (KPIs) about how the utility is performing

Consider the alternatives

Complex reporting applications

Quizzing employees for information

Waiting for paper reports

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 36

Dashboards

Dashboards are reporting tools that consolidate and arrange numbers metrics and sometimes scorecards on a single screen

Theyre often tailored for a specific role and display metrics targeted for a single point-of-view or department

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 37

Scorecards

Scorecards are applications that show progress toward a benchmark goal or objective

They use KPIs which (if chosen wisely) actually indicate the performance of the utility

Scorecards may be part of dashboards but are different because they usually include multiple points-of-view

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 38

Comparing Technologies

Dashboard Scorecard

Purpose Monitors and measures operational processes

Monitors progress toward established objectives

Data Events Transactional Aggregates Consolidation

Refresh Rate

Near real-time (ldquolatest and greatestrdquo)

Periodic (ldquosnapshotsrdquo)

Measures Exceptions linked to operations

Targets linked to strategic plans

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 39

Why Use Them

1048707 CommunicateRefine Strategy

1048707 Increase Visibility

1048707 Increase Coordination

1048707 Increase Motivation

1048707 Give a Consistent View

1048707 Reduce Costs and Redundancy

1048707 Empower Users

1048707 Deliver Actionable Information

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 40

Benefits

A performance dashboard allows you to

Monitor critical processes and activities using metrics that trigger alerts when potential problems arise

Analyze the root cause of problems by exploring relevant and timely information from multiple sources and at various levels of detail

Manage people and processes to improve decisions optimize performance and steer the organization in the right direction

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 41

How to Implement

Define the key performance indicators (KPIs) that need to be measured in your dashboard (preferably no more than 10)

Identify the specific data needed to build your KPIs

Does the data exist

If so where

How can it be collected

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 42

How to Implement

If data-collection gaps exist find ways to fill the gaps then develop a plan to implement the changes

Find the simplest tool that meets your needs but still allows future growth

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 43

How to Implement

Budget for

The initial cost of the dashboard

Annual maintenance

Fees to implement the system

Cost of changes and updates

Start with one system

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 44

Rule 1 ndash Have Context

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

Q3 2007 Q4 2007 Q1 2008 Q2 2008

Benchmarks or Goals

Prior performance

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 45

Rule 2 - Segment

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

Q3 2007 Q4 2007 Q1 2008 Q2 2008

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 46

Rule 3 ndash Include Comments

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

Q3 2007 Q4 2007 Q1 2008 Q2 2008

Causes of good or poor performance

Ways to improve performance

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 47

Rules 4 amp 5

Keep your dashboard to 1 pagescreen (no more than 10 KEY metrics)

Change your dashboard as conditions change

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 48

Welcome

Asset Management Functions and Features

Performance Indicators and Metrics

Management Tools and Dashboards

Report Generation

Document Management Functions and Features

Closing and Sneak Peek at Day 2

Agenda ndash Day 1

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 49

What is a Report Generator

A good report generator is software that

Retrieves data from different sources

Has data analysis capabilities

Has modifiable templates for presenting data

Has features for consolidating data totaling at multiple levels charting conditional formatting and page-based output

Generates reports automatically and on demand

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 50

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 51

Standard Reports

Standard reports are predefined and generated

Periodically (end of shift day month etc)

Upon process events (batch completed critical process event)

By request (downtime analysis inventory levels)

Predefined with automatic updating of most recent data

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 52

Your Standard Reports

What standard reports do you produce

What information sources are needed

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 53

Ad Hoc Reports

Ad hoc reports are temporary reports created by a user when information is not available in standard reports

They are usually just printouts of information available on a single system (printing the alarm log at the time of a process failure)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 54

Ad Hoc Reports

What ad hoc reports have you produced

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 55

Steps in Generating a Report

1 Connect to a data source

2 Select a template

3 Select a data source

4 Add graphics

5 Print

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 56

Connect to Information Source

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 57

Select Template (Widget)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 58

Select a Data Source

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 59

Add Graphics

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 60

Print Report

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 61

Welcome

Asset Management Functions and Features

Performance Indicators and Metrics

Management Tools and Dashboards

Report Generation

Document Management Functions and Features

Closing and Sneak Peek at Day 2

Agenda ndash Day 1

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 62

Electronic Document Management

aka Electronic Content Management

Itrsquos the control of documents and their life cycle

How and when documents are created

How they are reviewed

How they are published

How they are used

How they are retained

Ultimately how they are destroyed

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 63

EDM Functions

EDM includes five basic functions

Capture of electronic and paper documents

Storage of the electronic files

Delivery to the end users

Preservation and destruction of the files

Management from creation to disposalhellip management is part of each other function

Wersquoll start with Storage since you need to know where theyrsquoll go before they get there

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 64

First What is a Document

In the old days a document was one or more sheets of paperhellipin the really old days it was a parchment sheepskin clay tablet or stone

Recently it was a word processed file

In todayrsquos EDM world a document is any electronic file of any size in any format that can be saved on a computer

What file formats do you use (doc png etc)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 65

Capturing Paper Documents

Electronic images of paper documents are created using scanners or multifunction printers

Optical Character Recognition (OCR) software is often used whether integrated into the hardware or as stand-alone software in order to convert digital images into editable text

Converting images into vector drawings is not as easy but getting better

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 66

Storage - Know Where They Go

Where are documents stored

Database repositories

Data warehouses

How do people get there

On-screen navigation

Storing documents involves some document management

Where they are stored (what server etc)

For how long they are stored

Migration from one storage media to another

Document destruction

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 67

Storage ndash Library Services

The storage function includes processes referred to as Library Services

They determine how documents will be filed and what methods will be used to organize or index the documents to assist in later retrieval

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 68

Storage - Indexing

During the process of storing a document information is collected about the document that will make it easier to search for and retrieve

This information is arranged in a separate table (much like the index in a book) and helps narrow and speed up searches by retrieving only those files that match the indexed information

Each document has a unique ID but also has metadata associated with it

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 69

Metadata

Metadata is typically stored for each document (the document storage date and the user name storing it)

Some metadata is usually extracted from the document automatically (date modified author etc)

The EDM system may also prompt the user storing a document to enter additional metadata

Many EDM systems use optical character recognition on scanned images or perform text extraction on electronic documents This text is used to help locate documents by identifying probable keywords or in full text searches

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 70

Metadata Stored By PPT

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 71

Metadata Prompts

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 72

Content Server Architecture

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 73

Repository Services

Single content amp data repository

Unique document ID

Document attributes

Data dictionary

Object relational management

Authentication services

Backuprecovery

Distributionreplication

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 74

Library Services

Provides a separate virtual repository for Web content

Provides access control

Allows checkout amp check-in

Provides versioning

Manages content storage

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 75

Core Content Management Services

Allows searches

Creates renditions

Allows annotations

Manages virtual documents

Provides dynamic content assembly

Manages links

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 76

Process Automation Services

Provides workflows

Manages document life cycles

Provides notifications

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 77

Storage Workflow

Most EDM systems provide a workflow process routing a document for approval before it is stored

Workflows can be Manual (requiring a user to view the document and decide

who to send it to) Rules-based (allowing an administrator to create a rule

that determines the flow of the document through an organization)

Dynamic (allowing branches to be created in a workflow process)

When a workflow is started for a document the EDMS typically routes the document through the approval process

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 78

Rules-based Workflow

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 79

Manage Check-inCheckout

EDM systems typically include check-incheck-out procedures to ensure only one version of a document is being edited at a time

When a document is checked out to one user the system locks out any other checkout attempts

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 80

Checkout

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 81

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 82

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 83

Check-in

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 84

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 85

Versioning

Versioning is tied to the check-incheckout process

It is usually automatic with manual overwriting capability (for checking in a new version as 20 instead of 12 as the system may have numbered it)

It allows users to see all versions of a document and retrieve previous versions for comparison or reediting

Versioning is useful for documents that change over time and require updating still allowing reversion to a previous copy

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 86

New Version

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 87

Collaboration

Collaboration should be inherent in an EDMS

Documents should be capable of being retrieved by an authorized user and worked on

Access should be blocked to other users while work is being performed on the document

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 88

Integration

Many document management systems attempt to integrate document management directly into other applications so that users may retrieve existing documents directly from the document management system repository make changes and save the changed document back to the repository as a new version all without leaving the application

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 89

Security

Document security is vital in many document management applications

Compliance requirements for certain types of documents are complex (the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act imposes strict security requirements on medical documents)

Some document management systems have a rights management module that allows an administrator to give access to documents based on type to only certain people or groups of people

  • Agenda ndash Day 1
  • Welcome
  • Goals
  • Introductions
  • Ground Rules
  • Slide 7
  • What is Asset Management
  • Balancing Act
  • Why Asset Management
  • All utilities are feeling the pinch
  • Life-Cycle Asset Management
  • Slide 13
  • Slide 14
  • Slide 15
  • Slide 16
  • Life-Cycle Span vs Life-Cycle Cost
  • Essentials of Asset Management
  • CMMS vs EAM
  • Levels of Asset Management
  • The Relationship Between Maintenance and Asset Management
  • Relies on Integration
  • Seeks to Maximize Value
  • Why CMMSsEAMs Fail
  • Slide 25
  • What are KPIs
  • Why Identify KPIs
  • Pitfalls
  • KPI Ideas Assets
  • KPI Ideas People
  • KPI Ideas Materials amp Services
  • KPI Ideas Other Factors
  • Expected vs Actual
  • Slide 34
  • Management Tools and Dashboards
  • Dashboards
  • Scorecards
  • Comparing Technologies
  • Why Use Them
  • Benefits
  • How to Implement
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Rule 1 ndash Have Context
  • Rule 2 - Segment
  • Rule 3 ndash Include Comments
  • Rules 4 amp 5
  • Slide 48
  • What is a Report Generator
  • Slide 50
  • Standard Reports
  • Your Standard Reports
  • Ad Hoc Reports
  • Slide 54
  • Steps in Generating a Report
  • Connect to Information Source
  • Select Template (Widget)
  • Select a Data Source
  • Add Graphics
  • Print Report
  • Slide 61
  • Electronic Document Management
  • EDM Functions
  • First What is a Document
  • Capturing Paper Documents
  • Storage - Know Where They Go
  • Storage ndash Library Services
  • Storage - Indexing
  • Metadata
  • Metadata Stored By PPT
  • Metadata Prompts
  • Content Server Architecture
  • Repository Services
  • Library Services
  • Core Content Management Services
  • Process Automation Services
  • Storage Workflow
  • Rules-based Workflow
  • Manage Check-inCheckout
  • Checkout
  • Slide 81
  • Slide 82
  • Check-in
  • Slide 84
  • Versioning
  • New Version
  • Collaboration
  • Integration
  • Security

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 36

Dashboards

Dashboards are reporting tools that consolidate and arrange numbers metrics and sometimes scorecards on a single screen

Theyre often tailored for a specific role and display metrics targeted for a single point-of-view or department

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 37

Scorecards

Scorecards are applications that show progress toward a benchmark goal or objective

They use KPIs which (if chosen wisely) actually indicate the performance of the utility

Scorecards may be part of dashboards but are different because they usually include multiple points-of-view

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 38

Comparing Technologies

Dashboard Scorecard

Purpose Monitors and measures operational processes

Monitors progress toward established objectives

Data Events Transactional Aggregates Consolidation

Refresh Rate

Near real-time (ldquolatest and greatestrdquo)

Periodic (ldquosnapshotsrdquo)

Measures Exceptions linked to operations

Targets linked to strategic plans

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 39

Why Use Them

1048707 CommunicateRefine Strategy

1048707 Increase Visibility

1048707 Increase Coordination

1048707 Increase Motivation

1048707 Give a Consistent View

1048707 Reduce Costs and Redundancy

1048707 Empower Users

1048707 Deliver Actionable Information

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 40

Benefits

A performance dashboard allows you to

Monitor critical processes and activities using metrics that trigger alerts when potential problems arise

Analyze the root cause of problems by exploring relevant and timely information from multiple sources and at various levels of detail

Manage people and processes to improve decisions optimize performance and steer the organization in the right direction

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 41

How to Implement

Define the key performance indicators (KPIs) that need to be measured in your dashboard (preferably no more than 10)

Identify the specific data needed to build your KPIs

Does the data exist

If so where

How can it be collected

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 42

How to Implement

If data-collection gaps exist find ways to fill the gaps then develop a plan to implement the changes

Find the simplest tool that meets your needs but still allows future growth

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 43

How to Implement

Budget for

The initial cost of the dashboard

Annual maintenance

Fees to implement the system

Cost of changes and updates

Start with one system

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 44

Rule 1 ndash Have Context

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

Q3 2007 Q4 2007 Q1 2008 Q2 2008

Benchmarks or Goals

Prior performance

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 45

Rule 2 - Segment

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

Q3 2007 Q4 2007 Q1 2008 Q2 2008

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 46

Rule 3 ndash Include Comments

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

Q3 2007 Q4 2007 Q1 2008 Q2 2008

Causes of good or poor performance

Ways to improve performance

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 47

Rules 4 amp 5

Keep your dashboard to 1 pagescreen (no more than 10 KEY metrics)

Change your dashboard as conditions change

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 48

Welcome

Asset Management Functions and Features

Performance Indicators and Metrics

Management Tools and Dashboards

Report Generation

Document Management Functions and Features

Closing and Sneak Peek at Day 2

Agenda ndash Day 1

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 49

What is a Report Generator

A good report generator is software that

Retrieves data from different sources

Has data analysis capabilities

Has modifiable templates for presenting data

Has features for consolidating data totaling at multiple levels charting conditional formatting and page-based output

Generates reports automatically and on demand

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 50

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 51

Standard Reports

Standard reports are predefined and generated

Periodically (end of shift day month etc)

Upon process events (batch completed critical process event)

By request (downtime analysis inventory levels)

Predefined with automatic updating of most recent data

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 52

Your Standard Reports

What standard reports do you produce

What information sources are needed

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 53

Ad Hoc Reports

Ad hoc reports are temporary reports created by a user when information is not available in standard reports

They are usually just printouts of information available on a single system (printing the alarm log at the time of a process failure)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 54

Ad Hoc Reports

What ad hoc reports have you produced

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 55

Steps in Generating a Report

1 Connect to a data source

2 Select a template

3 Select a data source

4 Add graphics

5 Print

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 56

Connect to Information Source

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 57

Select Template (Widget)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 58

Select a Data Source

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 59

Add Graphics

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 60

Print Report

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 61

Welcome

Asset Management Functions and Features

Performance Indicators and Metrics

Management Tools and Dashboards

Report Generation

Document Management Functions and Features

Closing and Sneak Peek at Day 2

Agenda ndash Day 1

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 62

Electronic Document Management

aka Electronic Content Management

Itrsquos the control of documents and their life cycle

How and when documents are created

How they are reviewed

How they are published

How they are used

How they are retained

Ultimately how they are destroyed

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 63

EDM Functions

EDM includes five basic functions

Capture of electronic and paper documents

Storage of the electronic files

Delivery to the end users

Preservation and destruction of the files

Management from creation to disposalhellip management is part of each other function

Wersquoll start with Storage since you need to know where theyrsquoll go before they get there

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 64

First What is a Document

In the old days a document was one or more sheets of paperhellipin the really old days it was a parchment sheepskin clay tablet or stone

Recently it was a word processed file

In todayrsquos EDM world a document is any electronic file of any size in any format that can be saved on a computer

What file formats do you use (doc png etc)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 65

Capturing Paper Documents

Electronic images of paper documents are created using scanners or multifunction printers

Optical Character Recognition (OCR) software is often used whether integrated into the hardware or as stand-alone software in order to convert digital images into editable text

Converting images into vector drawings is not as easy but getting better

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 66

Storage - Know Where They Go

Where are documents stored

Database repositories

Data warehouses

How do people get there

On-screen navigation

Storing documents involves some document management

Where they are stored (what server etc)

For how long they are stored

Migration from one storage media to another

Document destruction

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 67

Storage ndash Library Services

The storage function includes processes referred to as Library Services

They determine how documents will be filed and what methods will be used to organize or index the documents to assist in later retrieval

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 68

Storage - Indexing

During the process of storing a document information is collected about the document that will make it easier to search for and retrieve

This information is arranged in a separate table (much like the index in a book) and helps narrow and speed up searches by retrieving only those files that match the indexed information

Each document has a unique ID but also has metadata associated with it

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 69

Metadata

Metadata is typically stored for each document (the document storage date and the user name storing it)

Some metadata is usually extracted from the document automatically (date modified author etc)

The EDM system may also prompt the user storing a document to enter additional metadata

Many EDM systems use optical character recognition on scanned images or perform text extraction on electronic documents This text is used to help locate documents by identifying probable keywords or in full text searches

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 70

Metadata Stored By PPT

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 71

Metadata Prompts

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 72

Content Server Architecture

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 73

Repository Services

Single content amp data repository

Unique document ID

Document attributes

Data dictionary

Object relational management

Authentication services

Backuprecovery

Distributionreplication

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 74

Library Services

Provides a separate virtual repository for Web content

Provides access control

Allows checkout amp check-in

Provides versioning

Manages content storage

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 75

Core Content Management Services

Allows searches

Creates renditions

Allows annotations

Manages virtual documents

Provides dynamic content assembly

Manages links

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 76

Process Automation Services

Provides workflows

Manages document life cycles

Provides notifications

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 77

Storage Workflow

Most EDM systems provide a workflow process routing a document for approval before it is stored

Workflows can be Manual (requiring a user to view the document and decide

who to send it to) Rules-based (allowing an administrator to create a rule

that determines the flow of the document through an organization)

Dynamic (allowing branches to be created in a workflow process)

When a workflow is started for a document the EDMS typically routes the document through the approval process

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 78

Rules-based Workflow

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 79

Manage Check-inCheckout

EDM systems typically include check-incheck-out procedures to ensure only one version of a document is being edited at a time

When a document is checked out to one user the system locks out any other checkout attempts

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 80

Checkout

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 81

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 82

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 83

Check-in

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 84

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 85

Versioning

Versioning is tied to the check-incheckout process

It is usually automatic with manual overwriting capability (for checking in a new version as 20 instead of 12 as the system may have numbered it)

It allows users to see all versions of a document and retrieve previous versions for comparison or reediting

Versioning is useful for documents that change over time and require updating still allowing reversion to a previous copy

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 86

New Version

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 87

Collaboration

Collaboration should be inherent in an EDMS

Documents should be capable of being retrieved by an authorized user and worked on

Access should be blocked to other users while work is being performed on the document

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 88

Integration

Many document management systems attempt to integrate document management directly into other applications so that users may retrieve existing documents directly from the document management system repository make changes and save the changed document back to the repository as a new version all without leaving the application

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 89

Security

Document security is vital in many document management applications

Compliance requirements for certain types of documents are complex (the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act imposes strict security requirements on medical documents)

Some document management systems have a rights management module that allows an administrator to give access to documents based on type to only certain people or groups of people

  • Agenda ndash Day 1
  • Welcome
  • Goals
  • Introductions
  • Ground Rules
  • Slide 7
  • What is Asset Management
  • Balancing Act
  • Why Asset Management
  • All utilities are feeling the pinch
  • Life-Cycle Asset Management
  • Slide 13
  • Slide 14
  • Slide 15
  • Slide 16
  • Life-Cycle Span vs Life-Cycle Cost
  • Essentials of Asset Management
  • CMMS vs EAM
  • Levels of Asset Management
  • The Relationship Between Maintenance and Asset Management
  • Relies on Integration
  • Seeks to Maximize Value
  • Why CMMSsEAMs Fail
  • Slide 25
  • What are KPIs
  • Why Identify KPIs
  • Pitfalls
  • KPI Ideas Assets
  • KPI Ideas People
  • KPI Ideas Materials amp Services
  • KPI Ideas Other Factors
  • Expected vs Actual
  • Slide 34
  • Management Tools and Dashboards
  • Dashboards
  • Scorecards
  • Comparing Technologies
  • Why Use Them
  • Benefits
  • How to Implement
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Rule 1 ndash Have Context
  • Rule 2 - Segment
  • Rule 3 ndash Include Comments
  • Rules 4 amp 5
  • Slide 48
  • What is a Report Generator
  • Slide 50
  • Standard Reports
  • Your Standard Reports
  • Ad Hoc Reports
  • Slide 54
  • Steps in Generating a Report
  • Connect to Information Source
  • Select Template (Widget)
  • Select a Data Source
  • Add Graphics
  • Print Report
  • Slide 61
  • Electronic Document Management
  • EDM Functions
  • First What is a Document
  • Capturing Paper Documents
  • Storage - Know Where They Go
  • Storage ndash Library Services
  • Storage - Indexing
  • Metadata
  • Metadata Stored By PPT
  • Metadata Prompts
  • Content Server Architecture
  • Repository Services
  • Library Services
  • Core Content Management Services
  • Process Automation Services
  • Storage Workflow
  • Rules-based Workflow
  • Manage Check-inCheckout
  • Checkout
  • Slide 81
  • Slide 82
  • Check-in
  • Slide 84
  • Versioning
  • New Version
  • Collaboration
  • Integration
  • Security

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 37

Scorecards

Scorecards are applications that show progress toward a benchmark goal or objective

They use KPIs which (if chosen wisely) actually indicate the performance of the utility

Scorecards may be part of dashboards but are different because they usually include multiple points-of-view

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 38

Comparing Technologies

Dashboard Scorecard

Purpose Monitors and measures operational processes

Monitors progress toward established objectives

Data Events Transactional Aggregates Consolidation

Refresh Rate

Near real-time (ldquolatest and greatestrdquo)

Periodic (ldquosnapshotsrdquo)

Measures Exceptions linked to operations

Targets linked to strategic plans

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 39

Why Use Them

1048707 CommunicateRefine Strategy

1048707 Increase Visibility

1048707 Increase Coordination

1048707 Increase Motivation

1048707 Give a Consistent View

1048707 Reduce Costs and Redundancy

1048707 Empower Users

1048707 Deliver Actionable Information

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 40

Benefits

A performance dashboard allows you to

Monitor critical processes and activities using metrics that trigger alerts when potential problems arise

Analyze the root cause of problems by exploring relevant and timely information from multiple sources and at various levels of detail

Manage people and processes to improve decisions optimize performance and steer the organization in the right direction

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 41

How to Implement

Define the key performance indicators (KPIs) that need to be measured in your dashboard (preferably no more than 10)

Identify the specific data needed to build your KPIs

Does the data exist

If so where

How can it be collected

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 42

How to Implement

If data-collection gaps exist find ways to fill the gaps then develop a plan to implement the changes

Find the simplest tool that meets your needs but still allows future growth

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 43

How to Implement

Budget for

The initial cost of the dashboard

Annual maintenance

Fees to implement the system

Cost of changes and updates

Start with one system

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 44

Rule 1 ndash Have Context

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

Q3 2007 Q4 2007 Q1 2008 Q2 2008

Benchmarks or Goals

Prior performance

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 45

Rule 2 - Segment

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

Q3 2007 Q4 2007 Q1 2008 Q2 2008

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 46

Rule 3 ndash Include Comments

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

Q3 2007 Q4 2007 Q1 2008 Q2 2008

Causes of good or poor performance

Ways to improve performance

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 47

Rules 4 amp 5

Keep your dashboard to 1 pagescreen (no more than 10 KEY metrics)

Change your dashboard as conditions change

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 48

Welcome

Asset Management Functions and Features

Performance Indicators and Metrics

Management Tools and Dashboards

Report Generation

Document Management Functions and Features

Closing and Sneak Peek at Day 2

Agenda ndash Day 1

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 49

What is a Report Generator

A good report generator is software that

Retrieves data from different sources

Has data analysis capabilities

Has modifiable templates for presenting data

Has features for consolidating data totaling at multiple levels charting conditional formatting and page-based output

Generates reports automatically and on demand

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 50

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 51

Standard Reports

Standard reports are predefined and generated

Periodically (end of shift day month etc)

Upon process events (batch completed critical process event)

By request (downtime analysis inventory levels)

Predefined with automatic updating of most recent data

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 52

Your Standard Reports

What standard reports do you produce

What information sources are needed

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 53

Ad Hoc Reports

Ad hoc reports are temporary reports created by a user when information is not available in standard reports

They are usually just printouts of information available on a single system (printing the alarm log at the time of a process failure)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 54

Ad Hoc Reports

What ad hoc reports have you produced

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 55

Steps in Generating a Report

1 Connect to a data source

2 Select a template

3 Select a data source

4 Add graphics

5 Print

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 56

Connect to Information Source

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 57

Select Template (Widget)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 58

Select a Data Source

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 59

Add Graphics

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 60

Print Report

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 61

Welcome

Asset Management Functions and Features

Performance Indicators and Metrics

Management Tools and Dashboards

Report Generation

Document Management Functions and Features

Closing and Sneak Peek at Day 2

Agenda ndash Day 1

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 62

Electronic Document Management

aka Electronic Content Management

Itrsquos the control of documents and their life cycle

How and when documents are created

How they are reviewed

How they are published

How they are used

How they are retained

Ultimately how they are destroyed

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 63

EDM Functions

EDM includes five basic functions

Capture of electronic and paper documents

Storage of the electronic files

Delivery to the end users

Preservation and destruction of the files

Management from creation to disposalhellip management is part of each other function

Wersquoll start with Storage since you need to know where theyrsquoll go before they get there

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 64

First What is a Document

In the old days a document was one or more sheets of paperhellipin the really old days it was a parchment sheepskin clay tablet or stone

Recently it was a word processed file

In todayrsquos EDM world a document is any electronic file of any size in any format that can be saved on a computer

What file formats do you use (doc png etc)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 65

Capturing Paper Documents

Electronic images of paper documents are created using scanners or multifunction printers

Optical Character Recognition (OCR) software is often used whether integrated into the hardware or as stand-alone software in order to convert digital images into editable text

Converting images into vector drawings is not as easy but getting better

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 66

Storage - Know Where They Go

Where are documents stored

Database repositories

Data warehouses

How do people get there

On-screen navigation

Storing documents involves some document management

Where they are stored (what server etc)

For how long they are stored

Migration from one storage media to another

Document destruction

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 67

Storage ndash Library Services

The storage function includes processes referred to as Library Services

They determine how documents will be filed and what methods will be used to organize or index the documents to assist in later retrieval

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 68

Storage - Indexing

During the process of storing a document information is collected about the document that will make it easier to search for and retrieve

This information is arranged in a separate table (much like the index in a book) and helps narrow and speed up searches by retrieving only those files that match the indexed information

Each document has a unique ID but also has metadata associated with it

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 69

Metadata

Metadata is typically stored for each document (the document storage date and the user name storing it)

Some metadata is usually extracted from the document automatically (date modified author etc)

The EDM system may also prompt the user storing a document to enter additional metadata

Many EDM systems use optical character recognition on scanned images or perform text extraction on electronic documents This text is used to help locate documents by identifying probable keywords or in full text searches

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 70

Metadata Stored By PPT

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 71

Metadata Prompts

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 72

Content Server Architecture

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 73

Repository Services

Single content amp data repository

Unique document ID

Document attributes

Data dictionary

Object relational management

Authentication services

Backuprecovery

Distributionreplication

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 74

Library Services

Provides a separate virtual repository for Web content

Provides access control

Allows checkout amp check-in

Provides versioning

Manages content storage

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 75

Core Content Management Services

Allows searches

Creates renditions

Allows annotations

Manages virtual documents

Provides dynamic content assembly

Manages links

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 76

Process Automation Services

Provides workflows

Manages document life cycles

Provides notifications

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 77

Storage Workflow

Most EDM systems provide a workflow process routing a document for approval before it is stored

Workflows can be Manual (requiring a user to view the document and decide

who to send it to) Rules-based (allowing an administrator to create a rule

that determines the flow of the document through an organization)

Dynamic (allowing branches to be created in a workflow process)

When a workflow is started for a document the EDMS typically routes the document through the approval process

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 78

Rules-based Workflow

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 79

Manage Check-inCheckout

EDM systems typically include check-incheck-out procedures to ensure only one version of a document is being edited at a time

When a document is checked out to one user the system locks out any other checkout attempts

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 80

Checkout

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 81

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 82

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 83

Check-in

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 84

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 85

Versioning

Versioning is tied to the check-incheckout process

It is usually automatic with manual overwriting capability (for checking in a new version as 20 instead of 12 as the system may have numbered it)

It allows users to see all versions of a document and retrieve previous versions for comparison or reediting

Versioning is useful for documents that change over time and require updating still allowing reversion to a previous copy

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 86

New Version

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 87

Collaboration

Collaboration should be inherent in an EDMS

Documents should be capable of being retrieved by an authorized user and worked on

Access should be blocked to other users while work is being performed on the document

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 88

Integration

Many document management systems attempt to integrate document management directly into other applications so that users may retrieve existing documents directly from the document management system repository make changes and save the changed document back to the repository as a new version all without leaving the application

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 89

Security

Document security is vital in many document management applications

Compliance requirements for certain types of documents are complex (the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act imposes strict security requirements on medical documents)

Some document management systems have a rights management module that allows an administrator to give access to documents based on type to only certain people or groups of people

  • Agenda ndash Day 1
  • Welcome
  • Goals
  • Introductions
  • Ground Rules
  • Slide 7
  • What is Asset Management
  • Balancing Act
  • Why Asset Management
  • All utilities are feeling the pinch
  • Life-Cycle Asset Management
  • Slide 13
  • Slide 14
  • Slide 15
  • Slide 16
  • Life-Cycle Span vs Life-Cycle Cost
  • Essentials of Asset Management
  • CMMS vs EAM
  • Levels of Asset Management
  • The Relationship Between Maintenance and Asset Management
  • Relies on Integration
  • Seeks to Maximize Value
  • Why CMMSsEAMs Fail
  • Slide 25
  • What are KPIs
  • Why Identify KPIs
  • Pitfalls
  • KPI Ideas Assets
  • KPI Ideas People
  • KPI Ideas Materials amp Services
  • KPI Ideas Other Factors
  • Expected vs Actual
  • Slide 34
  • Management Tools and Dashboards
  • Dashboards
  • Scorecards
  • Comparing Technologies
  • Why Use Them
  • Benefits
  • How to Implement
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Rule 1 ndash Have Context
  • Rule 2 - Segment
  • Rule 3 ndash Include Comments
  • Rules 4 amp 5
  • Slide 48
  • What is a Report Generator
  • Slide 50
  • Standard Reports
  • Your Standard Reports
  • Ad Hoc Reports
  • Slide 54
  • Steps in Generating a Report
  • Connect to Information Source
  • Select Template (Widget)
  • Select a Data Source
  • Add Graphics
  • Print Report
  • Slide 61
  • Electronic Document Management
  • EDM Functions
  • First What is a Document
  • Capturing Paper Documents
  • Storage - Know Where They Go
  • Storage ndash Library Services
  • Storage - Indexing
  • Metadata
  • Metadata Stored By PPT
  • Metadata Prompts
  • Content Server Architecture
  • Repository Services
  • Library Services
  • Core Content Management Services
  • Process Automation Services
  • Storage Workflow
  • Rules-based Workflow
  • Manage Check-inCheckout
  • Checkout
  • Slide 81
  • Slide 82
  • Check-in
  • Slide 84
  • Versioning
  • New Version
  • Collaboration
  • Integration
  • Security

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 38

Comparing Technologies

Dashboard Scorecard

Purpose Monitors and measures operational processes

Monitors progress toward established objectives

Data Events Transactional Aggregates Consolidation

Refresh Rate

Near real-time (ldquolatest and greatestrdquo)

Periodic (ldquosnapshotsrdquo)

Measures Exceptions linked to operations

Targets linked to strategic plans

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 39

Why Use Them

1048707 CommunicateRefine Strategy

1048707 Increase Visibility

1048707 Increase Coordination

1048707 Increase Motivation

1048707 Give a Consistent View

1048707 Reduce Costs and Redundancy

1048707 Empower Users

1048707 Deliver Actionable Information

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 40

Benefits

A performance dashboard allows you to

Monitor critical processes and activities using metrics that trigger alerts when potential problems arise

Analyze the root cause of problems by exploring relevant and timely information from multiple sources and at various levels of detail

Manage people and processes to improve decisions optimize performance and steer the organization in the right direction

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 41

How to Implement

Define the key performance indicators (KPIs) that need to be measured in your dashboard (preferably no more than 10)

Identify the specific data needed to build your KPIs

Does the data exist

If so where

How can it be collected

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 42

How to Implement

If data-collection gaps exist find ways to fill the gaps then develop a plan to implement the changes

Find the simplest tool that meets your needs but still allows future growth

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 43

How to Implement

Budget for

The initial cost of the dashboard

Annual maintenance

Fees to implement the system

Cost of changes and updates

Start with one system

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 44

Rule 1 ndash Have Context

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

Q3 2007 Q4 2007 Q1 2008 Q2 2008

Benchmarks or Goals

Prior performance

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 45

Rule 2 - Segment

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

Q3 2007 Q4 2007 Q1 2008 Q2 2008

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 46

Rule 3 ndash Include Comments

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

Q3 2007 Q4 2007 Q1 2008 Q2 2008

Causes of good or poor performance

Ways to improve performance

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 47

Rules 4 amp 5

Keep your dashboard to 1 pagescreen (no more than 10 KEY metrics)

Change your dashboard as conditions change

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 48

Welcome

Asset Management Functions and Features

Performance Indicators and Metrics

Management Tools and Dashboards

Report Generation

Document Management Functions and Features

Closing and Sneak Peek at Day 2

Agenda ndash Day 1

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 49

What is a Report Generator

A good report generator is software that

Retrieves data from different sources

Has data analysis capabilities

Has modifiable templates for presenting data

Has features for consolidating data totaling at multiple levels charting conditional formatting and page-based output

Generates reports automatically and on demand

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 50

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 51

Standard Reports

Standard reports are predefined and generated

Periodically (end of shift day month etc)

Upon process events (batch completed critical process event)

By request (downtime analysis inventory levels)

Predefined with automatic updating of most recent data

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 52

Your Standard Reports

What standard reports do you produce

What information sources are needed

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 53

Ad Hoc Reports

Ad hoc reports are temporary reports created by a user when information is not available in standard reports

They are usually just printouts of information available on a single system (printing the alarm log at the time of a process failure)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 54

Ad Hoc Reports

What ad hoc reports have you produced

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 55

Steps in Generating a Report

1 Connect to a data source

2 Select a template

3 Select a data source

4 Add graphics

5 Print

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 56

Connect to Information Source

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 57

Select Template (Widget)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 58

Select a Data Source

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 59

Add Graphics

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 60

Print Report

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 61

Welcome

Asset Management Functions and Features

Performance Indicators and Metrics

Management Tools and Dashboards

Report Generation

Document Management Functions and Features

Closing and Sneak Peek at Day 2

Agenda ndash Day 1

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 62

Electronic Document Management

aka Electronic Content Management

Itrsquos the control of documents and their life cycle

How and when documents are created

How they are reviewed

How they are published

How they are used

How they are retained

Ultimately how they are destroyed

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 63

EDM Functions

EDM includes five basic functions

Capture of electronic and paper documents

Storage of the electronic files

Delivery to the end users

Preservation and destruction of the files

Management from creation to disposalhellip management is part of each other function

Wersquoll start with Storage since you need to know where theyrsquoll go before they get there

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 64

First What is a Document

In the old days a document was one or more sheets of paperhellipin the really old days it was a parchment sheepskin clay tablet or stone

Recently it was a word processed file

In todayrsquos EDM world a document is any electronic file of any size in any format that can be saved on a computer

What file formats do you use (doc png etc)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 65

Capturing Paper Documents

Electronic images of paper documents are created using scanners or multifunction printers

Optical Character Recognition (OCR) software is often used whether integrated into the hardware or as stand-alone software in order to convert digital images into editable text

Converting images into vector drawings is not as easy but getting better

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 66

Storage - Know Where They Go

Where are documents stored

Database repositories

Data warehouses

How do people get there

On-screen navigation

Storing documents involves some document management

Where they are stored (what server etc)

For how long they are stored

Migration from one storage media to another

Document destruction

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 67

Storage ndash Library Services

The storage function includes processes referred to as Library Services

They determine how documents will be filed and what methods will be used to organize or index the documents to assist in later retrieval

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 68

Storage - Indexing

During the process of storing a document information is collected about the document that will make it easier to search for and retrieve

This information is arranged in a separate table (much like the index in a book) and helps narrow and speed up searches by retrieving only those files that match the indexed information

Each document has a unique ID but also has metadata associated with it

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 69

Metadata

Metadata is typically stored for each document (the document storage date and the user name storing it)

Some metadata is usually extracted from the document automatically (date modified author etc)

The EDM system may also prompt the user storing a document to enter additional metadata

Many EDM systems use optical character recognition on scanned images or perform text extraction on electronic documents This text is used to help locate documents by identifying probable keywords or in full text searches

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 70

Metadata Stored By PPT

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 71

Metadata Prompts

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 72

Content Server Architecture

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 73

Repository Services

Single content amp data repository

Unique document ID

Document attributes

Data dictionary

Object relational management

Authentication services

Backuprecovery

Distributionreplication

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 74

Library Services

Provides a separate virtual repository for Web content

Provides access control

Allows checkout amp check-in

Provides versioning

Manages content storage

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 75

Core Content Management Services

Allows searches

Creates renditions

Allows annotations

Manages virtual documents

Provides dynamic content assembly

Manages links

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 76

Process Automation Services

Provides workflows

Manages document life cycles

Provides notifications

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 77

Storage Workflow

Most EDM systems provide a workflow process routing a document for approval before it is stored

Workflows can be Manual (requiring a user to view the document and decide

who to send it to) Rules-based (allowing an administrator to create a rule

that determines the flow of the document through an organization)

Dynamic (allowing branches to be created in a workflow process)

When a workflow is started for a document the EDMS typically routes the document through the approval process

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 78

Rules-based Workflow

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 79

Manage Check-inCheckout

EDM systems typically include check-incheck-out procedures to ensure only one version of a document is being edited at a time

When a document is checked out to one user the system locks out any other checkout attempts

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 80

Checkout

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 81

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 82

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 83

Check-in

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 84

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 85

Versioning

Versioning is tied to the check-incheckout process

It is usually automatic with manual overwriting capability (for checking in a new version as 20 instead of 12 as the system may have numbered it)

It allows users to see all versions of a document and retrieve previous versions for comparison or reediting

Versioning is useful for documents that change over time and require updating still allowing reversion to a previous copy

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 86

New Version

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 87

Collaboration

Collaboration should be inherent in an EDMS

Documents should be capable of being retrieved by an authorized user and worked on

Access should be blocked to other users while work is being performed on the document

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 88

Integration

Many document management systems attempt to integrate document management directly into other applications so that users may retrieve existing documents directly from the document management system repository make changes and save the changed document back to the repository as a new version all without leaving the application

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 89

Security

Document security is vital in many document management applications

Compliance requirements for certain types of documents are complex (the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act imposes strict security requirements on medical documents)

Some document management systems have a rights management module that allows an administrator to give access to documents based on type to only certain people or groups of people

  • Agenda ndash Day 1
  • Welcome
  • Goals
  • Introductions
  • Ground Rules
  • Slide 7
  • What is Asset Management
  • Balancing Act
  • Why Asset Management
  • All utilities are feeling the pinch
  • Life-Cycle Asset Management
  • Slide 13
  • Slide 14
  • Slide 15
  • Slide 16
  • Life-Cycle Span vs Life-Cycle Cost
  • Essentials of Asset Management
  • CMMS vs EAM
  • Levels of Asset Management
  • The Relationship Between Maintenance and Asset Management
  • Relies on Integration
  • Seeks to Maximize Value
  • Why CMMSsEAMs Fail
  • Slide 25
  • What are KPIs
  • Why Identify KPIs
  • Pitfalls
  • KPI Ideas Assets
  • KPI Ideas People
  • KPI Ideas Materials amp Services
  • KPI Ideas Other Factors
  • Expected vs Actual
  • Slide 34
  • Management Tools and Dashboards
  • Dashboards
  • Scorecards
  • Comparing Technologies
  • Why Use Them
  • Benefits
  • How to Implement
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Rule 1 ndash Have Context
  • Rule 2 - Segment
  • Rule 3 ndash Include Comments
  • Rules 4 amp 5
  • Slide 48
  • What is a Report Generator
  • Slide 50
  • Standard Reports
  • Your Standard Reports
  • Ad Hoc Reports
  • Slide 54
  • Steps in Generating a Report
  • Connect to Information Source
  • Select Template (Widget)
  • Select a Data Source
  • Add Graphics
  • Print Report
  • Slide 61
  • Electronic Document Management
  • EDM Functions
  • First What is a Document
  • Capturing Paper Documents
  • Storage - Know Where They Go
  • Storage ndash Library Services
  • Storage - Indexing
  • Metadata
  • Metadata Stored By PPT
  • Metadata Prompts
  • Content Server Architecture
  • Repository Services
  • Library Services
  • Core Content Management Services
  • Process Automation Services
  • Storage Workflow
  • Rules-based Workflow
  • Manage Check-inCheckout
  • Checkout
  • Slide 81
  • Slide 82
  • Check-in
  • Slide 84
  • Versioning
  • New Version
  • Collaboration
  • Integration
  • Security

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 39

Why Use Them

1048707 CommunicateRefine Strategy

1048707 Increase Visibility

1048707 Increase Coordination

1048707 Increase Motivation

1048707 Give a Consistent View

1048707 Reduce Costs and Redundancy

1048707 Empower Users

1048707 Deliver Actionable Information

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 40

Benefits

A performance dashboard allows you to

Monitor critical processes and activities using metrics that trigger alerts when potential problems arise

Analyze the root cause of problems by exploring relevant and timely information from multiple sources and at various levels of detail

Manage people and processes to improve decisions optimize performance and steer the organization in the right direction

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 41

How to Implement

Define the key performance indicators (KPIs) that need to be measured in your dashboard (preferably no more than 10)

Identify the specific data needed to build your KPIs

Does the data exist

If so where

How can it be collected

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 42

How to Implement

If data-collection gaps exist find ways to fill the gaps then develop a plan to implement the changes

Find the simplest tool that meets your needs but still allows future growth

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 43

How to Implement

Budget for

The initial cost of the dashboard

Annual maintenance

Fees to implement the system

Cost of changes and updates

Start with one system

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 44

Rule 1 ndash Have Context

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

Q3 2007 Q4 2007 Q1 2008 Q2 2008

Benchmarks or Goals

Prior performance

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 45

Rule 2 - Segment

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

Q3 2007 Q4 2007 Q1 2008 Q2 2008

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 46

Rule 3 ndash Include Comments

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

Q3 2007 Q4 2007 Q1 2008 Q2 2008

Causes of good or poor performance

Ways to improve performance

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 47

Rules 4 amp 5

Keep your dashboard to 1 pagescreen (no more than 10 KEY metrics)

Change your dashboard as conditions change

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 48

Welcome

Asset Management Functions and Features

Performance Indicators and Metrics

Management Tools and Dashboards

Report Generation

Document Management Functions and Features

Closing and Sneak Peek at Day 2

Agenda ndash Day 1

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 49

What is a Report Generator

A good report generator is software that

Retrieves data from different sources

Has data analysis capabilities

Has modifiable templates for presenting data

Has features for consolidating data totaling at multiple levels charting conditional formatting and page-based output

Generates reports automatically and on demand

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 50

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 51

Standard Reports

Standard reports are predefined and generated

Periodically (end of shift day month etc)

Upon process events (batch completed critical process event)

By request (downtime analysis inventory levels)

Predefined with automatic updating of most recent data

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 52

Your Standard Reports

What standard reports do you produce

What information sources are needed

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 53

Ad Hoc Reports

Ad hoc reports are temporary reports created by a user when information is not available in standard reports

They are usually just printouts of information available on a single system (printing the alarm log at the time of a process failure)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 54

Ad Hoc Reports

What ad hoc reports have you produced

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 55

Steps in Generating a Report

1 Connect to a data source

2 Select a template

3 Select a data source

4 Add graphics

5 Print

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 56

Connect to Information Source

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 57

Select Template (Widget)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 58

Select a Data Source

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 59

Add Graphics

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 60

Print Report

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 61

Welcome

Asset Management Functions and Features

Performance Indicators and Metrics

Management Tools and Dashboards

Report Generation

Document Management Functions and Features

Closing and Sneak Peek at Day 2

Agenda ndash Day 1

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 62

Electronic Document Management

aka Electronic Content Management

Itrsquos the control of documents and their life cycle

How and when documents are created

How they are reviewed

How they are published

How they are used

How they are retained

Ultimately how they are destroyed

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 63

EDM Functions

EDM includes five basic functions

Capture of electronic and paper documents

Storage of the electronic files

Delivery to the end users

Preservation and destruction of the files

Management from creation to disposalhellip management is part of each other function

Wersquoll start with Storage since you need to know where theyrsquoll go before they get there

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 64

First What is a Document

In the old days a document was one or more sheets of paperhellipin the really old days it was a parchment sheepskin clay tablet or stone

Recently it was a word processed file

In todayrsquos EDM world a document is any electronic file of any size in any format that can be saved on a computer

What file formats do you use (doc png etc)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 65

Capturing Paper Documents

Electronic images of paper documents are created using scanners or multifunction printers

Optical Character Recognition (OCR) software is often used whether integrated into the hardware or as stand-alone software in order to convert digital images into editable text

Converting images into vector drawings is not as easy but getting better

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 66

Storage - Know Where They Go

Where are documents stored

Database repositories

Data warehouses

How do people get there

On-screen navigation

Storing documents involves some document management

Where they are stored (what server etc)

For how long they are stored

Migration from one storage media to another

Document destruction

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 67

Storage ndash Library Services

The storage function includes processes referred to as Library Services

They determine how documents will be filed and what methods will be used to organize or index the documents to assist in later retrieval

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 68

Storage - Indexing

During the process of storing a document information is collected about the document that will make it easier to search for and retrieve

This information is arranged in a separate table (much like the index in a book) and helps narrow and speed up searches by retrieving only those files that match the indexed information

Each document has a unique ID but also has metadata associated with it

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 69

Metadata

Metadata is typically stored for each document (the document storage date and the user name storing it)

Some metadata is usually extracted from the document automatically (date modified author etc)

The EDM system may also prompt the user storing a document to enter additional metadata

Many EDM systems use optical character recognition on scanned images or perform text extraction on electronic documents This text is used to help locate documents by identifying probable keywords or in full text searches

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 70

Metadata Stored By PPT

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 71

Metadata Prompts

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 72

Content Server Architecture

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 73

Repository Services

Single content amp data repository

Unique document ID

Document attributes

Data dictionary

Object relational management

Authentication services

Backuprecovery

Distributionreplication

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 74

Library Services

Provides a separate virtual repository for Web content

Provides access control

Allows checkout amp check-in

Provides versioning

Manages content storage

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 75

Core Content Management Services

Allows searches

Creates renditions

Allows annotations

Manages virtual documents

Provides dynamic content assembly

Manages links

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 76

Process Automation Services

Provides workflows

Manages document life cycles

Provides notifications

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 77

Storage Workflow

Most EDM systems provide a workflow process routing a document for approval before it is stored

Workflows can be Manual (requiring a user to view the document and decide

who to send it to) Rules-based (allowing an administrator to create a rule

that determines the flow of the document through an organization)

Dynamic (allowing branches to be created in a workflow process)

When a workflow is started for a document the EDMS typically routes the document through the approval process

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 78

Rules-based Workflow

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 79

Manage Check-inCheckout

EDM systems typically include check-incheck-out procedures to ensure only one version of a document is being edited at a time

When a document is checked out to one user the system locks out any other checkout attempts

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 80

Checkout

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 81

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 82

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 83

Check-in

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 84

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 85

Versioning

Versioning is tied to the check-incheckout process

It is usually automatic with manual overwriting capability (for checking in a new version as 20 instead of 12 as the system may have numbered it)

It allows users to see all versions of a document and retrieve previous versions for comparison or reediting

Versioning is useful for documents that change over time and require updating still allowing reversion to a previous copy

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 86

New Version

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 87

Collaboration

Collaboration should be inherent in an EDMS

Documents should be capable of being retrieved by an authorized user and worked on

Access should be blocked to other users while work is being performed on the document

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 88

Integration

Many document management systems attempt to integrate document management directly into other applications so that users may retrieve existing documents directly from the document management system repository make changes and save the changed document back to the repository as a new version all without leaving the application

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 89

Security

Document security is vital in many document management applications

Compliance requirements for certain types of documents are complex (the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act imposes strict security requirements on medical documents)

Some document management systems have a rights management module that allows an administrator to give access to documents based on type to only certain people or groups of people

  • Agenda ndash Day 1
  • Welcome
  • Goals
  • Introductions
  • Ground Rules
  • Slide 7
  • What is Asset Management
  • Balancing Act
  • Why Asset Management
  • All utilities are feeling the pinch
  • Life-Cycle Asset Management
  • Slide 13
  • Slide 14
  • Slide 15
  • Slide 16
  • Life-Cycle Span vs Life-Cycle Cost
  • Essentials of Asset Management
  • CMMS vs EAM
  • Levels of Asset Management
  • The Relationship Between Maintenance and Asset Management
  • Relies on Integration
  • Seeks to Maximize Value
  • Why CMMSsEAMs Fail
  • Slide 25
  • What are KPIs
  • Why Identify KPIs
  • Pitfalls
  • KPI Ideas Assets
  • KPI Ideas People
  • KPI Ideas Materials amp Services
  • KPI Ideas Other Factors
  • Expected vs Actual
  • Slide 34
  • Management Tools and Dashboards
  • Dashboards
  • Scorecards
  • Comparing Technologies
  • Why Use Them
  • Benefits
  • How to Implement
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Rule 1 ndash Have Context
  • Rule 2 - Segment
  • Rule 3 ndash Include Comments
  • Rules 4 amp 5
  • Slide 48
  • What is a Report Generator
  • Slide 50
  • Standard Reports
  • Your Standard Reports
  • Ad Hoc Reports
  • Slide 54
  • Steps in Generating a Report
  • Connect to Information Source
  • Select Template (Widget)
  • Select a Data Source
  • Add Graphics
  • Print Report
  • Slide 61
  • Electronic Document Management
  • EDM Functions
  • First What is a Document
  • Capturing Paper Documents
  • Storage - Know Where They Go
  • Storage ndash Library Services
  • Storage - Indexing
  • Metadata
  • Metadata Stored By PPT
  • Metadata Prompts
  • Content Server Architecture
  • Repository Services
  • Library Services
  • Core Content Management Services
  • Process Automation Services
  • Storage Workflow
  • Rules-based Workflow
  • Manage Check-inCheckout
  • Checkout
  • Slide 81
  • Slide 82
  • Check-in
  • Slide 84
  • Versioning
  • New Version
  • Collaboration
  • Integration
  • Security

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 40

Benefits

A performance dashboard allows you to

Monitor critical processes and activities using metrics that trigger alerts when potential problems arise

Analyze the root cause of problems by exploring relevant and timely information from multiple sources and at various levels of detail

Manage people and processes to improve decisions optimize performance and steer the organization in the right direction

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 41

How to Implement

Define the key performance indicators (KPIs) that need to be measured in your dashboard (preferably no more than 10)

Identify the specific data needed to build your KPIs

Does the data exist

If so where

How can it be collected

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 42

How to Implement

If data-collection gaps exist find ways to fill the gaps then develop a plan to implement the changes

Find the simplest tool that meets your needs but still allows future growth

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 43

How to Implement

Budget for

The initial cost of the dashboard

Annual maintenance

Fees to implement the system

Cost of changes and updates

Start with one system

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 44

Rule 1 ndash Have Context

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

Q3 2007 Q4 2007 Q1 2008 Q2 2008

Benchmarks or Goals

Prior performance

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 45

Rule 2 - Segment

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

Q3 2007 Q4 2007 Q1 2008 Q2 2008

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 46

Rule 3 ndash Include Comments

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

Q3 2007 Q4 2007 Q1 2008 Q2 2008

Causes of good or poor performance

Ways to improve performance

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 47

Rules 4 amp 5

Keep your dashboard to 1 pagescreen (no more than 10 KEY metrics)

Change your dashboard as conditions change

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 48

Welcome

Asset Management Functions and Features

Performance Indicators and Metrics

Management Tools and Dashboards

Report Generation

Document Management Functions and Features

Closing and Sneak Peek at Day 2

Agenda ndash Day 1

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 49

What is a Report Generator

A good report generator is software that

Retrieves data from different sources

Has data analysis capabilities

Has modifiable templates for presenting data

Has features for consolidating data totaling at multiple levels charting conditional formatting and page-based output

Generates reports automatically and on demand

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 50

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 51

Standard Reports

Standard reports are predefined and generated

Periodically (end of shift day month etc)

Upon process events (batch completed critical process event)

By request (downtime analysis inventory levels)

Predefined with automatic updating of most recent data

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 52

Your Standard Reports

What standard reports do you produce

What information sources are needed

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 53

Ad Hoc Reports

Ad hoc reports are temporary reports created by a user when information is not available in standard reports

They are usually just printouts of information available on a single system (printing the alarm log at the time of a process failure)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 54

Ad Hoc Reports

What ad hoc reports have you produced

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 55

Steps in Generating a Report

1 Connect to a data source

2 Select a template

3 Select a data source

4 Add graphics

5 Print

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 56

Connect to Information Source

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 57

Select Template (Widget)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 58

Select a Data Source

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 59

Add Graphics

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 60

Print Report

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 61

Welcome

Asset Management Functions and Features

Performance Indicators and Metrics

Management Tools and Dashboards

Report Generation

Document Management Functions and Features

Closing and Sneak Peek at Day 2

Agenda ndash Day 1

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 62

Electronic Document Management

aka Electronic Content Management

Itrsquos the control of documents and their life cycle

How and when documents are created

How they are reviewed

How they are published

How they are used

How they are retained

Ultimately how they are destroyed

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 63

EDM Functions

EDM includes five basic functions

Capture of electronic and paper documents

Storage of the electronic files

Delivery to the end users

Preservation and destruction of the files

Management from creation to disposalhellip management is part of each other function

Wersquoll start with Storage since you need to know where theyrsquoll go before they get there

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 64

First What is a Document

In the old days a document was one or more sheets of paperhellipin the really old days it was a parchment sheepskin clay tablet or stone

Recently it was a word processed file

In todayrsquos EDM world a document is any electronic file of any size in any format that can be saved on a computer

What file formats do you use (doc png etc)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 65

Capturing Paper Documents

Electronic images of paper documents are created using scanners or multifunction printers

Optical Character Recognition (OCR) software is often used whether integrated into the hardware or as stand-alone software in order to convert digital images into editable text

Converting images into vector drawings is not as easy but getting better

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 66

Storage - Know Where They Go

Where are documents stored

Database repositories

Data warehouses

How do people get there

On-screen navigation

Storing documents involves some document management

Where they are stored (what server etc)

For how long they are stored

Migration from one storage media to another

Document destruction

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 67

Storage ndash Library Services

The storage function includes processes referred to as Library Services

They determine how documents will be filed and what methods will be used to organize or index the documents to assist in later retrieval

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 68

Storage - Indexing

During the process of storing a document information is collected about the document that will make it easier to search for and retrieve

This information is arranged in a separate table (much like the index in a book) and helps narrow and speed up searches by retrieving only those files that match the indexed information

Each document has a unique ID but also has metadata associated with it

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 69

Metadata

Metadata is typically stored for each document (the document storage date and the user name storing it)

Some metadata is usually extracted from the document automatically (date modified author etc)

The EDM system may also prompt the user storing a document to enter additional metadata

Many EDM systems use optical character recognition on scanned images or perform text extraction on electronic documents This text is used to help locate documents by identifying probable keywords or in full text searches

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 70

Metadata Stored By PPT

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 71

Metadata Prompts

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 72

Content Server Architecture

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 73

Repository Services

Single content amp data repository

Unique document ID

Document attributes

Data dictionary

Object relational management

Authentication services

Backuprecovery

Distributionreplication

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 74

Library Services

Provides a separate virtual repository for Web content

Provides access control

Allows checkout amp check-in

Provides versioning

Manages content storage

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 75

Core Content Management Services

Allows searches

Creates renditions

Allows annotations

Manages virtual documents

Provides dynamic content assembly

Manages links

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 76

Process Automation Services

Provides workflows

Manages document life cycles

Provides notifications

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 77

Storage Workflow

Most EDM systems provide a workflow process routing a document for approval before it is stored

Workflows can be Manual (requiring a user to view the document and decide

who to send it to) Rules-based (allowing an administrator to create a rule

that determines the flow of the document through an organization)

Dynamic (allowing branches to be created in a workflow process)

When a workflow is started for a document the EDMS typically routes the document through the approval process

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 78

Rules-based Workflow

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 79

Manage Check-inCheckout

EDM systems typically include check-incheck-out procedures to ensure only one version of a document is being edited at a time

When a document is checked out to one user the system locks out any other checkout attempts

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 80

Checkout

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 81

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 82

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 83

Check-in

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 84

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 85

Versioning

Versioning is tied to the check-incheckout process

It is usually automatic with manual overwriting capability (for checking in a new version as 20 instead of 12 as the system may have numbered it)

It allows users to see all versions of a document and retrieve previous versions for comparison or reediting

Versioning is useful for documents that change over time and require updating still allowing reversion to a previous copy

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 86

New Version

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 87

Collaboration

Collaboration should be inherent in an EDMS

Documents should be capable of being retrieved by an authorized user and worked on

Access should be blocked to other users while work is being performed on the document

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 88

Integration

Many document management systems attempt to integrate document management directly into other applications so that users may retrieve existing documents directly from the document management system repository make changes and save the changed document back to the repository as a new version all without leaving the application

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 89

Security

Document security is vital in many document management applications

Compliance requirements for certain types of documents are complex (the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act imposes strict security requirements on medical documents)

Some document management systems have a rights management module that allows an administrator to give access to documents based on type to only certain people or groups of people

  • Agenda ndash Day 1
  • Welcome
  • Goals
  • Introductions
  • Ground Rules
  • Slide 7
  • What is Asset Management
  • Balancing Act
  • Why Asset Management
  • All utilities are feeling the pinch
  • Life-Cycle Asset Management
  • Slide 13
  • Slide 14
  • Slide 15
  • Slide 16
  • Life-Cycle Span vs Life-Cycle Cost
  • Essentials of Asset Management
  • CMMS vs EAM
  • Levels of Asset Management
  • The Relationship Between Maintenance and Asset Management
  • Relies on Integration
  • Seeks to Maximize Value
  • Why CMMSsEAMs Fail
  • Slide 25
  • What are KPIs
  • Why Identify KPIs
  • Pitfalls
  • KPI Ideas Assets
  • KPI Ideas People
  • KPI Ideas Materials amp Services
  • KPI Ideas Other Factors
  • Expected vs Actual
  • Slide 34
  • Management Tools and Dashboards
  • Dashboards
  • Scorecards
  • Comparing Technologies
  • Why Use Them
  • Benefits
  • How to Implement
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Rule 1 ndash Have Context
  • Rule 2 - Segment
  • Rule 3 ndash Include Comments
  • Rules 4 amp 5
  • Slide 48
  • What is a Report Generator
  • Slide 50
  • Standard Reports
  • Your Standard Reports
  • Ad Hoc Reports
  • Slide 54
  • Steps in Generating a Report
  • Connect to Information Source
  • Select Template (Widget)
  • Select a Data Source
  • Add Graphics
  • Print Report
  • Slide 61
  • Electronic Document Management
  • EDM Functions
  • First What is a Document
  • Capturing Paper Documents
  • Storage - Know Where They Go
  • Storage ndash Library Services
  • Storage - Indexing
  • Metadata
  • Metadata Stored By PPT
  • Metadata Prompts
  • Content Server Architecture
  • Repository Services
  • Library Services
  • Core Content Management Services
  • Process Automation Services
  • Storage Workflow
  • Rules-based Workflow
  • Manage Check-inCheckout
  • Checkout
  • Slide 81
  • Slide 82
  • Check-in
  • Slide 84
  • Versioning
  • New Version
  • Collaboration
  • Integration
  • Security

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 41

How to Implement

Define the key performance indicators (KPIs) that need to be measured in your dashboard (preferably no more than 10)

Identify the specific data needed to build your KPIs

Does the data exist

If so where

How can it be collected

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 42

How to Implement

If data-collection gaps exist find ways to fill the gaps then develop a plan to implement the changes

Find the simplest tool that meets your needs but still allows future growth

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 43

How to Implement

Budget for

The initial cost of the dashboard

Annual maintenance

Fees to implement the system

Cost of changes and updates

Start with one system

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 44

Rule 1 ndash Have Context

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

Q3 2007 Q4 2007 Q1 2008 Q2 2008

Benchmarks or Goals

Prior performance

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 45

Rule 2 - Segment

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

Q3 2007 Q4 2007 Q1 2008 Q2 2008

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 46

Rule 3 ndash Include Comments

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

Q3 2007 Q4 2007 Q1 2008 Q2 2008

Causes of good or poor performance

Ways to improve performance

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 47

Rules 4 amp 5

Keep your dashboard to 1 pagescreen (no more than 10 KEY metrics)

Change your dashboard as conditions change

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 48

Welcome

Asset Management Functions and Features

Performance Indicators and Metrics

Management Tools and Dashboards

Report Generation

Document Management Functions and Features

Closing and Sneak Peek at Day 2

Agenda ndash Day 1

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 49

What is a Report Generator

A good report generator is software that

Retrieves data from different sources

Has data analysis capabilities

Has modifiable templates for presenting data

Has features for consolidating data totaling at multiple levels charting conditional formatting and page-based output

Generates reports automatically and on demand

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 50

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 51

Standard Reports

Standard reports are predefined and generated

Periodically (end of shift day month etc)

Upon process events (batch completed critical process event)

By request (downtime analysis inventory levels)

Predefined with automatic updating of most recent data

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 52

Your Standard Reports

What standard reports do you produce

What information sources are needed

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 53

Ad Hoc Reports

Ad hoc reports are temporary reports created by a user when information is not available in standard reports

They are usually just printouts of information available on a single system (printing the alarm log at the time of a process failure)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 54

Ad Hoc Reports

What ad hoc reports have you produced

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 55

Steps in Generating a Report

1 Connect to a data source

2 Select a template

3 Select a data source

4 Add graphics

5 Print

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 56

Connect to Information Source

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 57

Select Template (Widget)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 58

Select a Data Source

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 59

Add Graphics

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 60

Print Report

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 61

Welcome

Asset Management Functions and Features

Performance Indicators and Metrics

Management Tools and Dashboards

Report Generation

Document Management Functions and Features

Closing and Sneak Peek at Day 2

Agenda ndash Day 1

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 62

Electronic Document Management

aka Electronic Content Management

Itrsquos the control of documents and their life cycle

How and when documents are created

How they are reviewed

How they are published

How they are used

How they are retained

Ultimately how they are destroyed

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 63

EDM Functions

EDM includes five basic functions

Capture of electronic and paper documents

Storage of the electronic files

Delivery to the end users

Preservation and destruction of the files

Management from creation to disposalhellip management is part of each other function

Wersquoll start with Storage since you need to know where theyrsquoll go before they get there

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 64

First What is a Document

In the old days a document was one or more sheets of paperhellipin the really old days it was a parchment sheepskin clay tablet or stone

Recently it was a word processed file

In todayrsquos EDM world a document is any electronic file of any size in any format that can be saved on a computer

What file formats do you use (doc png etc)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 65

Capturing Paper Documents

Electronic images of paper documents are created using scanners or multifunction printers

Optical Character Recognition (OCR) software is often used whether integrated into the hardware or as stand-alone software in order to convert digital images into editable text

Converting images into vector drawings is not as easy but getting better

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 66

Storage - Know Where They Go

Where are documents stored

Database repositories

Data warehouses

How do people get there

On-screen navigation

Storing documents involves some document management

Where they are stored (what server etc)

For how long they are stored

Migration from one storage media to another

Document destruction

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 67

Storage ndash Library Services

The storage function includes processes referred to as Library Services

They determine how documents will be filed and what methods will be used to organize or index the documents to assist in later retrieval

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 68

Storage - Indexing

During the process of storing a document information is collected about the document that will make it easier to search for and retrieve

This information is arranged in a separate table (much like the index in a book) and helps narrow and speed up searches by retrieving only those files that match the indexed information

Each document has a unique ID but also has metadata associated with it

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 69

Metadata

Metadata is typically stored for each document (the document storage date and the user name storing it)

Some metadata is usually extracted from the document automatically (date modified author etc)

The EDM system may also prompt the user storing a document to enter additional metadata

Many EDM systems use optical character recognition on scanned images or perform text extraction on electronic documents This text is used to help locate documents by identifying probable keywords or in full text searches

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 70

Metadata Stored By PPT

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 71

Metadata Prompts

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 72

Content Server Architecture

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 73

Repository Services

Single content amp data repository

Unique document ID

Document attributes

Data dictionary

Object relational management

Authentication services

Backuprecovery

Distributionreplication

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 74

Library Services

Provides a separate virtual repository for Web content

Provides access control

Allows checkout amp check-in

Provides versioning

Manages content storage

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 75

Core Content Management Services

Allows searches

Creates renditions

Allows annotations

Manages virtual documents

Provides dynamic content assembly

Manages links

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 76

Process Automation Services

Provides workflows

Manages document life cycles

Provides notifications

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 77

Storage Workflow

Most EDM systems provide a workflow process routing a document for approval before it is stored

Workflows can be Manual (requiring a user to view the document and decide

who to send it to) Rules-based (allowing an administrator to create a rule

that determines the flow of the document through an organization)

Dynamic (allowing branches to be created in a workflow process)

When a workflow is started for a document the EDMS typically routes the document through the approval process

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 78

Rules-based Workflow

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 79

Manage Check-inCheckout

EDM systems typically include check-incheck-out procedures to ensure only one version of a document is being edited at a time

When a document is checked out to one user the system locks out any other checkout attempts

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 80

Checkout

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 81

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 82

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 83

Check-in

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 84

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 85

Versioning

Versioning is tied to the check-incheckout process

It is usually automatic with manual overwriting capability (for checking in a new version as 20 instead of 12 as the system may have numbered it)

It allows users to see all versions of a document and retrieve previous versions for comparison or reediting

Versioning is useful for documents that change over time and require updating still allowing reversion to a previous copy

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 86

New Version

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 87

Collaboration

Collaboration should be inherent in an EDMS

Documents should be capable of being retrieved by an authorized user and worked on

Access should be blocked to other users while work is being performed on the document

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 88

Integration

Many document management systems attempt to integrate document management directly into other applications so that users may retrieve existing documents directly from the document management system repository make changes and save the changed document back to the repository as a new version all without leaving the application

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 89

Security

Document security is vital in many document management applications

Compliance requirements for certain types of documents are complex (the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act imposes strict security requirements on medical documents)

Some document management systems have a rights management module that allows an administrator to give access to documents based on type to only certain people or groups of people

  • Agenda ndash Day 1
  • Welcome
  • Goals
  • Introductions
  • Ground Rules
  • Slide 7
  • What is Asset Management
  • Balancing Act
  • Why Asset Management
  • All utilities are feeling the pinch
  • Life-Cycle Asset Management
  • Slide 13
  • Slide 14
  • Slide 15
  • Slide 16
  • Life-Cycle Span vs Life-Cycle Cost
  • Essentials of Asset Management
  • CMMS vs EAM
  • Levels of Asset Management
  • The Relationship Between Maintenance and Asset Management
  • Relies on Integration
  • Seeks to Maximize Value
  • Why CMMSsEAMs Fail
  • Slide 25
  • What are KPIs
  • Why Identify KPIs
  • Pitfalls
  • KPI Ideas Assets
  • KPI Ideas People
  • KPI Ideas Materials amp Services
  • KPI Ideas Other Factors
  • Expected vs Actual
  • Slide 34
  • Management Tools and Dashboards
  • Dashboards
  • Scorecards
  • Comparing Technologies
  • Why Use Them
  • Benefits
  • How to Implement
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Rule 1 ndash Have Context
  • Rule 2 - Segment
  • Rule 3 ndash Include Comments
  • Rules 4 amp 5
  • Slide 48
  • What is a Report Generator
  • Slide 50
  • Standard Reports
  • Your Standard Reports
  • Ad Hoc Reports
  • Slide 54
  • Steps in Generating a Report
  • Connect to Information Source
  • Select Template (Widget)
  • Select a Data Source
  • Add Graphics
  • Print Report
  • Slide 61
  • Electronic Document Management
  • EDM Functions
  • First What is a Document
  • Capturing Paper Documents
  • Storage - Know Where They Go
  • Storage ndash Library Services
  • Storage - Indexing
  • Metadata
  • Metadata Stored By PPT
  • Metadata Prompts
  • Content Server Architecture
  • Repository Services
  • Library Services
  • Core Content Management Services
  • Process Automation Services
  • Storage Workflow
  • Rules-based Workflow
  • Manage Check-inCheckout
  • Checkout
  • Slide 81
  • Slide 82
  • Check-in
  • Slide 84
  • Versioning
  • New Version
  • Collaboration
  • Integration
  • Security

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 42

How to Implement

If data-collection gaps exist find ways to fill the gaps then develop a plan to implement the changes

Find the simplest tool that meets your needs but still allows future growth

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 43

How to Implement

Budget for

The initial cost of the dashboard

Annual maintenance

Fees to implement the system

Cost of changes and updates

Start with one system

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 44

Rule 1 ndash Have Context

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

Q3 2007 Q4 2007 Q1 2008 Q2 2008

Benchmarks or Goals

Prior performance

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 45

Rule 2 - Segment

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

Q3 2007 Q4 2007 Q1 2008 Q2 2008

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 46

Rule 3 ndash Include Comments

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

Q3 2007 Q4 2007 Q1 2008 Q2 2008

Causes of good or poor performance

Ways to improve performance

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 47

Rules 4 amp 5

Keep your dashboard to 1 pagescreen (no more than 10 KEY metrics)

Change your dashboard as conditions change

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 48

Welcome

Asset Management Functions and Features

Performance Indicators and Metrics

Management Tools and Dashboards

Report Generation

Document Management Functions and Features

Closing and Sneak Peek at Day 2

Agenda ndash Day 1

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 49

What is a Report Generator

A good report generator is software that

Retrieves data from different sources

Has data analysis capabilities

Has modifiable templates for presenting data

Has features for consolidating data totaling at multiple levels charting conditional formatting and page-based output

Generates reports automatically and on demand

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 50

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 51

Standard Reports

Standard reports are predefined and generated

Periodically (end of shift day month etc)

Upon process events (batch completed critical process event)

By request (downtime analysis inventory levels)

Predefined with automatic updating of most recent data

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 52

Your Standard Reports

What standard reports do you produce

What information sources are needed

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 53

Ad Hoc Reports

Ad hoc reports are temporary reports created by a user when information is not available in standard reports

They are usually just printouts of information available on a single system (printing the alarm log at the time of a process failure)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 54

Ad Hoc Reports

What ad hoc reports have you produced

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 55

Steps in Generating a Report

1 Connect to a data source

2 Select a template

3 Select a data source

4 Add graphics

5 Print

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 56

Connect to Information Source

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 57

Select Template (Widget)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 58

Select a Data Source

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 59

Add Graphics

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 60

Print Report

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 61

Welcome

Asset Management Functions and Features

Performance Indicators and Metrics

Management Tools and Dashboards

Report Generation

Document Management Functions and Features

Closing and Sneak Peek at Day 2

Agenda ndash Day 1

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 62

Electronic Document Management

aka Electronic Content Management

Itrsquos the control of documents and their life cycle

How and when documents are created

How they are reviewed

How they are published

How they are used

How they are retained

Ultimately how they are destroyed

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 63

EDM Functions

EDM includes five basic functions

Capture of electronic and paper documents

Storage of the electronic files

Delivery to the end users

Preservation and destruction of the files

Management from creation to disposalhellip management is part of each other function

Wersquoll start with Storage since you need to know where theyrsquoll go before they get there

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 64

First What is a Document

In the old days a document was one or more sheets of paperhellipin the really old days it was a parchment sheepskin clay tablet or stone

Recently it was a word processed file

In todayrsquos EDM world a document is any electronic file of any size in any format that can be saved on a computer

What file formats do you use (doc png etc)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 65

Capturing Paper Documents

Electronic images of paper documents are created using scanners or multifunction printers

Optical Character Recognition (OCR) software is often used whether integrated into the hardware or as stand-alone software in order to convert digital images into editable text

Converting images into vector drawings is not as easy but getting better

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 66

Storage - Know Where They Go

Where are documents stored

Database repositories

Data warehouses

How do people get there

On-screen navigation

Storing documents involves some document management

Where they are stored (what server etc)

For how long they are stored

Migration from one storage media to another

Document destruction

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 67

Storage ndash Library Services

The storage function includes processes referred to as Library Services

They determine how documents will be filed and what methods will be used to organize or index the documents to assist in later retrieval

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 68

Storage - Indexing

During the process of storing a document information is collected about the document that will make it easier to search for and retrieve

This information is arranged in a separate table (much like the index in a book) and helps narrow and speed up searches by retrieving only those files that match the indexed information

Each document has a unique ID but also has metadata associated with it

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 69

Metadata

Metadata is typically stored for each document (the document storage date and the user name storing it)

Some metadata is usually extracted from the document automatically (date modified author etc)

The EDM system may also prompt the user storing a document to enter additional metadata

Many EDM systems use optical character recognition on scanned images or perform text extraction on electronic documents This text is used to help locate documents by identifying probable keywords or in full text searches

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 70

Metadata Stored By PPT

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 71

Metadata Prompts

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 72

Content Server Architecture

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 73

Repository Services

Single content amp data repository

Unique document ID

Document attributes

Data dictionary

Object relational management

Authentication services

Backuprecovery

Distributionreplication

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 74

Library Services

Provides a separate virtual repository for Web content

Provides access control

Allows checkout amp check-in

Provides versioning

Manages content storage

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 75

Core Content Management Services

Allows searches

Creates renditions

Allows annotations

Manages virtual documents

Provides dynamic content assembly

Manages links

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 76

Process Automation Services

Provides workflows

Manages document life cycles

Provides notifications

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 77

Storage Workflow

Most EDM systems provide a workflow process routing a document for approval before it is stored

Workflows can be Manual (requiring a user to view the document and decide

who to send it to) Rules-based (allowing an administrator to create a rule

that determines the flow of the document through an organization)

Dynamic (allowing branches to be created in a workflow process)

When a workflow is started for a document the EDMS typically routes the document through the approval process

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 78

Rules-based Workflow

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 79

Manage Check-inCheckout

EDM systems typically include check-incheck-out procedures to ensure only one version of a document is being edited at a time

When a document is checked out to one user the system locks out any other checkout attempts

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 80

Checkout

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 81

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 82

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 83

Check-in

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 84

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 85

Versioning

Versioning is tied to the check-incheckout process

It is usually automatic with manual overwriting capability (for checking in a new version as 20 instead of 12 as the system may have numbered it)

It allows users to see all versions of a document and retrieve previous versions for comparison or reediting

Versioning is useful for documents that change over time and require updating still allowing reversion to a previous copy

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 86

New Version

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 87

Collaboration

Collaboration should be inherent in an EDMS

Documents should be capable of being retrieved by an authorized user and worked on

Access should be blocked to other users while work is being performed on the document

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 88

Integration

Many document management systems attempt to integrate document management directly into other applications so that users may retrieve existing documents directly from the document management system repository make changes and save the changed document back to the repository as a new version all without leaving the application

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 89

Security

Document security is vital in many document management applications

Compliance requirements for certain types of documents are complex (the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act imposes strict security requirements on medical documents)

Some document management systems have a rights management module that allows an administrator to give access to documents based on type to only certain people or groups of people

  • Agenda ndash Day 1
  • Welcome
  • Goals
  • Introductions
  • Ground Rules
  • Slide 7
  • What is Asset Management
  • Balancing Act
  • Why Asset Management
  • All utilities are feeling the pinch
  • Life-Cycle Asset Management
  • Slide 13
  • Slide 14
  • Slide 15
  • Slide 16
  • Life-Cycle Span vs Life-Cycle Cost
  • Essentials of Asset Management
  • CMMS vs EAM
  • Levels of Asset Management
  • The Relationship Between Maintenance and Asset Management
  • Relies on Integration
  • Seeks to Maximize Value
  • Why CMMSsEAMs Fail
  • Slide 25
  • What are KPIs
  • Why Identify KPIs
  • Pitfalls
  • KPI Ideas Assets
  • KPI Ideas People
  • KPI Ideas Materials amp Services
  • KPI Ideas Other Factors
  • Expected vs Actual
  • Slide 34
  • Management Tools and Dashboards
  • Dashboards
  • Scorecards
  • Comparing Technologies
  • Why Use Them
  • Benefits
  • How to Implement
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Rule 1 ndash Have Context
  • Rule 2 - Segment
  • Rule 3 ndash Include Comments
  • Rules 4 amp 5
  • Slide 48
  • What is a Report Generator
  • Slide 50
  • Standard Reports
  • Your Standard Reports
  • Ad Hoc Reports
  • Slide 54
  • Steps in Generating a Report
  • Connect to Information Source
  • Select Template (Widget)
  • Select a Data Source
  • Add Graphics
  • Print Report
  • Slide 61
  • Electronic Document Management
  • EDM Functions
  • First What is a Document
  • Capturing Paper Documents
  • Storage - Know Where They Go
  • Storage ndash Library Services
  • Storage - Indexing
  • Metadata
  • Metadata Stored By PPT
  • Metadata Prompts
  • Content Server Architecture
  • Repository Services
  • Library Services
  • Core Content Management Services
  • Process Automation Services
  • Storage Workflow
  • Rules-based Workflow
  • Manage Check-inCheckout
  • Checkout
  • Slide 81
  • Slide 82
  • Check-in
  • Slide 84
  • Versioning
  • New Version
  • Collaboration
  • Integration
  • Security

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 43

How to Implement

Budget for

The initial cost of the dashboard

Annual maintenance

Fees to implement the system

Cost of changes and updates

Start with one system

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 44

Rule 1 ndash Have Context

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

Q3 2007 Q4 2007 Q1 2008 Q2 2008

Benchmarks or Goals

Prior performance

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 45

Rule 2 - Segment

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

Q3 2007 Q4 2007 Q1 2008 Q2 2008

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 46

Rule 3 ndash Include Comments

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

Q3 2007 Q4 2007 Q1 2008 Q2 2008

Causes of good or poor performance

Ways to improve performance

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 47

Rules 4 amp 5

Keep your dashboard to 1 pagescreen (no more than 10 KEY metrics)

Change your dashboard as conditions change

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 48

Welcome

Asset Management Functions and Features

Performance Indicators and Metrics

Management Tools and Dashboards

Report Generation

Document Management Functions and Features

Closing and Sneak Peek at Day 2

Agenda ndash Day 1

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 49

What is a Report Generator

A good report generator is software that

Retrieves data from different sources

Has data analysis capabilities

Has modifiable templates for presenting data

Has features for consolidating data totaling at multiple levels charting conditional formatting and page-based output

Generates reports automatically and on demand

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 50

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 51

Standard Reports

Standard reports are predefined and generated

Periodically (end of shift day month etc)

Upon process events (batch completed critical process event)

By request (downtime analysis inventory levels)

Predefined with automatic updating of most recent data

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 52

Your Standard Reports

What standard reports do you produce

What information sources are needed

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 53

Ad Hoc Reports

Ad hoc reports are temporary reports created by a user when information is not available in standard reports

They are usually just printouts of information available on a single system (printing the alarm log at the time of a process failure)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 54

Ad Hoc Reports

What ad hoc reports have you produced

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 55

Steps in Generating a Report

1 Connect to a data source

2 Select a template

3 Select a data source

4 Add graphics

5 Print

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 56

Connect to Information Source

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 57

Select Template (Widget)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 58

Select a Data Source

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 59

Add Graphics

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 60

Print Report

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 61

Welcome

Asset Management Functions and Features

Performance Indicators and Metrics

Management Tools and Dashboards

Report Generation

Document Management Functions and Features

Closing and Sneak Peek at Day 2

Agenda ndash Day 1

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 62

Electronic Document Management

aka Electronic Content Management

Itrsquos the control of documents and their life cycle

How and when documents are created

How they are reviewed

How they are published

How they are used

How they are retained

Ultimately how they are destroyed

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 63

EDM Functions

EDM includes five basic functions

Capture of electronic and paper documents

Storage of the electronic files

Delivery to the end users

Preservation and destruction of the files

Management from creation to disposalhellip management is part of each other function

Wersquoll start with Storage since you need to know where theyrsquoll go before they get there

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 64

First What is a Document

In the old days a document was one or more sheets of paperhellipin the really old days it was a parchment sheepskin clay tablet or stone

Recently it was a word processed file

In todayrsquos EDM world a document is any electronic file of any size in any format that can be saved on a computer

What file formats do you use (doc png etc)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 65

Capturing Paper Documents

Electronic images of paper documents are created using scanners or multifunction printers

Optical Character Recognition (OCR) software is often used whether integrated into the hardware or as stand-alone software in order to convert digital images into editable text

Converting images into vector drawings is not as easy but getting better

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 66

Storage - Know Where They Go

Where are documents stored

Database repositories

Data warehouses

How do people get there

On-screen navigation

Storing documents involves some document management

Where they are stored (what server etc)

For how long they are stored

Migration from one storage media to another

Document destruction

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 67

Storage ndash Library Services

The storage function includes processes referred to as Library Services

They determine how documents will be filed and what methods will be used to organize or index the documents to assist in later retrieval

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 68

Storage - Indexing

During the process of storing a document information is collected about the document that will make it easier to search for and retrieve

This information is arranged in a separate table (much like the index in a book) and helps narrow and speed up searches by retrieving only those files that match the indexed information

Each document has a unique ID but also has metadata associated with it

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 69

Metadata

Metadata is typically stored for each document (the document storage date and the user name storing it)

Some metadata is usually extracted from the document automatically (date modified author etc)

The EDM system may also prompt the user storing a document to enter additional metadata

Many EDM systems use optical character recognition on scanned images or perform text extraction on electronic documents This text is used to help locate documents by identifying probable keywords or in full text searches

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 70

Metadata Stored By PPT

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 71

Metadata Prompts

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 72

Content Server Architecture

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 73

Repository Services

Single content amp data repository

Unique document ID

Document attributes

Data dictionary

Object relational management

Authentication services

Backuprecovery

Distributionreplication

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 74

Library Services

Provides a separate virtual repository for Web content

Provides access control

Allows checkout amp check-in

Provides versioning

Manages content storage

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 75

Core Content Management Services

Allows searches

Creates renditions

Allows annotations

Manages virtual documents

Provides dynamic content assembly

Manages links

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 76

Process Automation Services

Provides workflows

Manages document life cycles

Provides notifications

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 77

Storage Workflow

Most EDM systems provide a workflow process routing a document for approval before it is stored

Workflows can be Manual (requiring a user to view the document and decide

who to send it to) Rules-based (allowing an administrator to create a rule

that determines the flow of the document through an organization)

Dynamic (allowing branches to be created in a workflow process)

When a workflow is started for a document the EDMS typically routes the document through the approval process

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 78

Rules-based Workflow

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 79

Manage Check-inCheckout

EDM systems typically include check-incheck-out procedures to ensure only one version of a document is being edited at a time

When a document is checked out to one user the system locks out any other checkout attempts

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 80

Checkout

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 81

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 82

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 83

Check-in

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 84

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 85

Versioning

Versioning is tied to the check-incheckout process

It is usually automatic with manual overwriting capability (for checking in a new version as 20 instead of 12 as the system may have numbered it)

It allows users to see all versions of a document and retrieve previous versions for comparison or reediting

Versioning is useful for documents that change over time and require updating still allowing reversion to a previous copy

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 86

New Version

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 87

Collaboration

Collaboration should be inherent in an EDMS

Documents should be capable of being retrieved by an authorized user and worked on

Access should be blocked to other users while work is being performed on the document

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 88

Integration

Many document management systems attempt to integrate document management directly into other applications so that users may retrieve existing documents directly from the document management system repository make changes and save the changed document back to the repository as a new version all without leaving the application

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 89

Security

Document security is vital in many document management applications

Compliance requirements for certain types of documents are complex (the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act imposes strict security requirements on medical documents)

Some document management systems have a rights management module that allows an administrator to give access to documents based on type to only certain people or groups of people

  • Agenda ndash Day 1
  • Welcome
  • Goals
  • Introductions
  • Ground Rules
  • Slide 7
  • What is Asset Management
  • Balancing Act
  • Why Asset Management
  • All utilities are feeling the pinch
  • Life-Cycle Asset Management
  • Slide 13
  • Slide 14
  • Slide 15
  • Slide 16
  • Life-Cycle Span vs Life-Cycle Cost
  • Essentials of Asset Management
  • CMMS vs EAM
  • Levels of Asset Management
  • The Relationship Between Maintenance and Asset Management
  • Relies on Integration
  • Seeks to Maximize Value
  • Why CMMSsEAMs Fail
  • Slide 25
  • What are KPIs
  • Why Identify KPIs
  • Pitfalls
  • KPI Ideas Assets
  • KPI Ideas People
  • KPI Ideas Materials amp Services
  • KPI Ideas Other Factors
  • Expected vs Actual
  • Slide 34
  • Management Tools and Dashboards
  • Dashboards
  • Scorecards
  • Comparing Technologies
  • Why Use Them
  • Benefits
  • How to Implement
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Rule 1 ndash Have Context
  • Rule 2 - Segment
  • Rule 3 ndash Include Comments
  • Rules 4 amp 5
  • Slide 48
  • What is a Report Generator
  • Slide 50
  • Standard Reports
  • Your Standard Reports
  • Ad Hoc Reports
  • Slide 54
  • Steps in Generating a Report
  • Connect to Information Source
  • Select Template (Widget)
  • Select a Data Source
  • Add Graphics
  • Print Report
  • Slide 61
  • Electronic Document Management
  • EDM Functions
  • First What is a Document
  • Capturing Paper Documents
  • Storage - Know Where They Go
  • Storage ndash Library Services
  • Storage - Indexing
  • Metadata
  • Metadata Stored By PPT
  • Metadata Prompts
  • Content Server Architecture
  • Repository Services
  • Library Services
  • Core Content Management Services
  • Process Automation Services
  • Storage Workflow
  • Rules-based Workflow
  • Manage Check-inCheckout
  • Checkout
  • Slide 81
  • Slide 82
  • Check-in
  • Slide 84
  • Versioning
  • New Version
  • Collaboration
  • Integration
  • Security

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 44

Rule 1 ndash Have Context

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

Q3 2007 Q4 2007 Q1 2008 Q2 2008

Benchmarks or Goals

Prior performance

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 45

Rule 2 - Segment

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

Q3 2007 Q4 2007 Q1 2008 Q2 2008

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 46

Rule 3 ndash Include Comments

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

Q3 2007 Q4 2007 Q1 2008 Q2 2008

Causes of good or poor performance

Ways to improve performance

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 47

Rules 4 amp 5

Keep your dashboard to 1 pagescreen (no more than 10 KEY metrics)

Change your dashboard as conditions change

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 48

Welcome

Asset Management Functions and Features

Performance Indicators and Metrics

Management Tools and Dashboards

Report Generation

Document Management Functions and Features

Closing and Sneak Peek at Day 2

Agenda ndash Day 1

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 49

What is a Report Generator

A good report generator is software that

Retrieves data from different sources

Has data analysis capabilities

Has modifiable templates for presenting data

Has features for consolidating data totaling at multiple levels charting conditional formatting and page-based output

Generates reports automatically and on demand

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 50

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 51

Standard Reports

Standard reports are predefined and generated

Periodically (end of shift day month etc)

Upon process events (batch completed critical process event)

By request (downtime analysis inventory levels)

Predefined with automatic updating of most recent data

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 52

Your Standard Reports

What standard reports do you produce

What information sources are needed

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 53

Ad Hoc Reports

Ad hoc reports are temporary reports created by a user when information is not available in standard reports

They are usually just printouts of information available on a single system (printing the alarm log at the time of a process failure)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 54

Ad Hoc Reports

What ad hoc reports have you produced

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 55

Steps in Generating a Report

1 Connect to a data source

2 Select a template

3 Select a data source

4 Add graphics

5 Print

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 56

Connect to Information Source

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 57

Select Template (Widget)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 58

Select a Data Source

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 59

Add Graphics

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 60

Print Report

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 61

Welcome

Asset Management Functions and Features

Performance Indicators and Metrics

Management Tools and Dashboards

Report Generation

Document Management Functions and Features

Closing and Sneak Peek at Day 2

Agenda ndash Day 1

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 62

Electronic Document Management

aka Electronic Content Management

Itrsquos the control of documents and their life cycle

How and when documents are created

How they are reviewed

How they are published

How they are used

How they are retained

Ultimately how they are destroyed

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 63

EDM Functions

EDM includes five basic functions

Capture of electronic and paper documents

Storage of the electronic files

Delivery to the end users

Preservation and destruction of the files

Management from creation to disposalhellip management is part of each other function

Wersquoll start with Storage since you need to know where theyrsquoll go before they get there

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 64

First What is a Document

In the old days a document was one or more sheets of paperhellipin the really old days it was a parchment sheepskin clay tablet or stone

Recently it was a word processed file

In todayrsquos EDM world a document is any electronic file of any size in any format that can be saved on a computer

What file formats do you use (doc png etc)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 65

Capturing Paper Documents

Electronic images of paper documents are created using scanners or multifunction printers

Optical Character Recognition (OCR) software is often used whether integrated into the hardware or as stand-alone software in order to convert digital images into editable text

Converting images into vector drawings is not as easy but getting better

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 66

Storage - Know Where They Go

Where are documents stored

Database repositories

Data warehouses

How do people get there

On-screen navigation

Storing documents involves some document management

Where they are stored (what server etc)

For how long they are stored

Migration from one storage media to another

Document destruction

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 67

Storage ndash Library Services

The storage function includes processes referred to as Library Services

They determine how documents will be filed and what methods will be used to organize or index the documents to assist in later retrieval

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 68

Storage - Indexing

During the process of storing a document information is collected about the document that will make it easier to search for and retrieve

This information is arranged in a separate table (much like the index in a book) and helps narrow and speed up searches by retrieving only those files that match the indexed information

Each document has a unique ID but also has metadata associated with it

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 69

Metadata

Metadata is typically stored for each document (the document storage date and the user name storing it)

Some metadata is usually extracted from the document automatically (date modified author etc)

The EDM system may also prompt the user storing a document to enter additional metadata

Many EDM systems use optical character recognition on scanned images or perform text extraction on electronic documents This text is used to help locate documents by identifying probable keywords or in full text searches

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 70

Metadata Stored By PPT

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 71

Metadata Prompts

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 72

Content Server Architecture

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 73

Repository Services

Single content amp data repository

Unique document ID

Document attributes

Data dictionary

Object relational management

Authentication services

Backuprecovery

Distributionreplication

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 74

Library Services

Provides a separate virtual repository for Web content

Provides access control

Allows checkout amp check-in

Provides versioning

Manages content storage

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 75

Core Content Management Services

Allows searches

Creates renditions

Allows annotations

Manages virtual documents

Provides dynamic content assembly

Manages links

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 76

Process Automation Services

Provides workflows

Manages document life cycles

Provides notifications

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 77

Storage Workflow

Most EDM systems provide a workflow process routing a document for approval before it is stored

Workflows can be Manual (requiring a user to view the document and decide

who to send it to) Rules-based (allowing an administrator to create a rule

that determines the flow of the document through an organization)

Dynamic (allowing branches to be created in a workflow process)

When a workflow is started for a document the EDMS typically routes the document through the approval process

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 78

Rules-based Workflow

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 79

Manage Check-inCheckout

EDM systems typically include check-incheck-out procedures to ensure only one version of a document is being edited at a time

When a document is checked out to one user the system locks out any other checkout attempts

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 80

Checkout

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 81

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 82

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 83

Check-in

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 84

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 85

Versioning

Versioning is tied to the check-incheckout process

It is usually automatic with manual overwriting capability (for checking in a new version as 20 instead of 12 as the system may have numbered it)

It allows users to see all versions of a document and retrieve previous versions for comparison or reediting

Versioning is useful for documents that change over time and require updating still allowing reversion to a previous copy

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 86

New Version

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 87

Collaboration

Collaboration should be inherent in an EDMS

Documents should be capable of being retrieved by an authorized user and worked on

Access should be blocked to other users while work is being performed on the document

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 88

Integration

Many document management systems attempt to integrate document management directly into other applications so that users may retrieve existing documents directly from the document management system repository make changes and save the changed document back to the repository as a new version all without leaving the application

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 89

Security

Document security is vital in many document management applications

Compliance requirements for certain types of documents are complex (the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act imposes strict security requirements on medical documents)

Some document management systems have a rights management module that allows an administrator to give access to documents based on type to only certain people or groups of people

  • Agenda ndash Day 1
  • Welcome
  • Goals
  • Introductions
  • Ground Rules
  • Slide 7
  • What is Asset Management
  • Balancing Act
  • Why Asset Management
  • All utilities are feeling the pinch
  • Life-Cycle Asset Management
  • Slide 13
  • Slide 14
  • Slide 15
  • Slide 16
  • Life-Cycle Span vs Life-Cycle Cost
  • Essentials of Asset Management
  • CMMS vs EAM
  • Levels of Asset Management
  • The Relationship Between Maintenance and Asset Management
  • Relies on Integration
  • Seeks to Maximize Value
  • Why CMMSsEAMs Fail
  • Slide 25
  • What are KPIs
  • Why Identify KPIs
  • Pitfalls
  • KPI Ideas Assets
  • KPI Ideas People
  • KPI Ideas Materials amp Services
  • KPI Ideas Other Factors
  • Expected vs Actual
  • Slide 34
  • Management Tools and Dashboards
  • Dashboards
  • Scorecards
  • Comparing Technologies
  • Why Use Them
  • Benefits
  • How to Implement
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Rule 1 ndash Have Context
  • Rule 2 - Segment
  • Rule 3 ndash Include Comments
  • Rules 4 amp 5
  • Slide 48
  • What is a Report Generator
  • Slide 50
  • Standard Reports
  • Your Standard Reports
  • Ad Hoc Reports
  • Slide 54
  • Steps in Generating a Report
  • Connect to Information Source
  • Select Template (Widget)
  • Select a Data Source
  • Add Graphics
  • Print Report
  • Slide 61
  • Electronic Document Management
  • EDM Functions
  • First What is a Document
  • Capturing Paper Documents
  • Storage - Know Where They Go
  • Storage ndash Library Services
  • Storage - Indexing
  • Metadata
  • Metadata Stored By PPT
  • Metadata Prompts
  • Content Server Architecture
  • Repository Services
  • Library Services
  • Core Content Management Services
  • Process Automation Services
  • Storage Workflow
  • Rules-based Workflow
  • Manage Check-inCheckout
  • Checkout
  • Slide 81
  • Slide 82
  • Check-in
  • Slide 84
  • Versioning
  • New Version
  • Collaboration
  • Integration
  • Security

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 45

Rule 2 - Segment

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

Q3 2007 Q4 2007 Q1 2008 Q2 2008

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 46

Rule 3 ndash Include Comments

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

Q3 2007 Q4 2007 Q1 2008 Q2 2008

Causes of good or poor performance

Ways to improve performance

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 47

Rules 4 amp 5

Keep your dashboard to 1 pagescreen (no more than 10 KEY metrics)

Change your dashboard as conditions change

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 48

Welcome

Asset Management Functions and Features

Performance Indicators and Metrics

Management Tools and Dashboards

Report Generation

Document Management Functions and Features

Closing and Sneak Peek at Day 2

Agenda ndash Day 1

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 49

What is a Report Generator

A good report generator is software that

Retrieves data from different sources

Has data analysis capabilities

Has modifiable templates for presenting data

Has features for consolidating data totaling at multiple levels charting conditional formatting and page-based output

Generates reports automatically and on demand

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 50

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 51

Standard Reports

Standard reports are predefined and generated

Periodically (end of shift day month etc)

Upon process events (batch completed critical process event)

By request (downtime analysis inventory levels)

Predefined with automatic updating of most recent data

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 52

Your Standard Reports

What standard reports do you produce

What information sources are needed

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 53

Ad Hoc Reports

Ad hoc reports are temporary reports created by a user when information is not available in standard reports

They are usually just printouts of information available on a single system (printing the alarm log at the time of a process failure)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 54

Ad Hoc Reports

What ad hoc reports have you produced

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 55

Steps in Generating a Report

1 Connect to a data source

2 Select a template

3 Select a data source

4 Add graphics

5 Print

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 56

Connect to Information Source

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 57

Select Template (Widget)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 58

Select a Data Source

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 59

Add Graphics

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 60

Print Report

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 61

Welcome

Asset Management Functions and Features

Performance Indicators and Metrics

Management Tools and Dashboards

Report Generation

Document Management Functions and Features

Closing and Sneak Peek at Day 2

Agenda ndash Day 1

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 62

Electronic Document Management

aka Electronic Content Management

Itrsquos the control of documents and their life cycle

How and when documents are created

How they are reviewed

How they are published

How they are used

How they are retained

Ultimately how they are destroyed

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 63

EDM Functions

EDM includes five basic functions

Capture of electronic and paper documents

Storage of the electronic files

Delivery to the end users

Preservation and destruction of the files

Management from creation to disposalhellip management is part of each other function

Wersquoll start with Storage since you need to know where theyrsquoll go before they get there

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 64

First What is a Document

In the old days a document was one or more sheets of paperhellipin the really old days it was a parchment sheepskin clay tablet or stone

Recently it was a word processed file

In todayrsquos EDM world a document is any electronic file of any size in any format that can be saved on a computer

What file formats do you use (doc png etc)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 65

Capturing Paper Documents

Electronic images of paper documents are created using scanners or multifunction printers

Optical Character Recognition (OCR) software is often used whether integrated into the hardware or as stand-alone software in order to convert digital images into editable text

Converting images into vector drawings is not as easy but getting better

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 66

Storage - Know Where They Go

Where are documents stored

Database repositories

Data warehouses

How do people get there

On-screen navigation

Storing documents involves some document management

Where they are stored (what server etc)

For how long they are stored

Migration from one storage media to another

Document destruction

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 67

Storage ndash Library Services

The storage function includes processes referred to as Library Services

They determine how documents will be filed and what methods will be used to organize or index the documents to assist in later retrieval

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 68

Storage - Indexing

During the process of storing a document information is collected about the document that will make it easier to search for and retrieve

This information is arranged in a separate table (much like the index in a book) and helps narrow and speed up searches by retrieving only those files that match the indexed information

Each document has a unique ID but also has metadata associated with it

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 69

Metadata

Metadata is typically stored for each document (the document storage date and the user name storing it)

Some metadata is usually extracted from the document automatically (date modified author etc)

The EDM system may also prompt the user storing a document to enter additional metadata

Many EDM systems use optical character recognition on scanned images or perform text extraction on electronic documents This text is used to help locate documents by identifying probable keywords or in full text searches

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 70

Metadata Stored By PPT

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 71

Metadata Prompts

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 72

Content Server Architecture

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 73

Repository Services

Single content amp data repository

Unique document ID

Document attributes

Data dictionary

Object relational management

Authentication services

Backuprecovery

Distributionreplication

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 74

Library Services

Provides a separate virtual repository for Web content

Provides access control

Allows checkout amp check-in

Provides versioning

Manages content storage

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 75

Core Content Management Services

Allows searches

Creates renditions

Allows annotations

Manages virtual documents

Provides dynamic content assembly

Manages links

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 76

Process Automation Services

Provides workflows

Manages document life cycles

Provides notifications

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 77

Storage Workflow

Most EDM systems provide a workflow process routing a document for approval before it is stored

Workflows can be Manual (requiring a user to view the document and decide

who to send it to) Rules-based (allowing an administrator to create a rule

that determines the flow of the document through an organization)

Dynamic (allowing branches to be created in a workflow process)

When a workflow is started for a document the EDMS typically routes the document through the approval process

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 78

Rules-based Workflow

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 79

Manage Check-inCheckout

EDM systems typically include check-incheck-out procedures to ensure only one version of a document is being edited at a time

When a document is checked out to one user the system locks out any other checkout attempts

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 80

Checkout

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 81

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 82

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 83

Check-in

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 84

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 85

Versioning

Versioning is tied to the check-incheckout process

It is usually automatic with manual overwriting capability (for checking in a new version as 20 instead of 12 as the system may have numbered it)

It allows users to see all versions of a document and retrieve previous versions for comparison or reediting

Versioning is useful for documents that change over time and require updating still allowing reversion to a previous copy

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 86

New Version

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 87

Collaboration

Collaboration should be inherent in an EDMS

Documents should be capable of being retrieved by an authorized user and worked on

Access should be blocked to other users while work is being performed on the document

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 88

Integration

Many document management systems attempt to integrate document management directly into other applications so that users may retrieve existing documents directly from the document management system repository make changes and save the changed document back to the repository as a new version all without leaving the application

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 89

Security

Document security is vital in many document management applications

Compliance requirements for certain types of documents are complex (the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act imposes strict security requirements on medical documents)

Some document management systems have a rights management module that allows an administrator to give access to documents based on type to only certain people or groups of people

  • Agenda ndash Day 1
  • Welcome
  • Goals
  • Introductions
  • Ground Rules
  • Slide 7
  • What is Asset Management
  • Balancing Act
  • Why Asset Management
  • All utilities are feeling the pinch
  • Life-Cycle Asset Management
  • Slide 13
  • Slide 14
  • Slide 15
  • Slide 16
  • Life-Cycle Span vs Life-Cycle Cost
  • Essentials of Asset Management
  • CMMS vs EAM
  • Levels of Asset Management
  • The Relationship Between Maintenance and Asset Management
  • Relies on Integration
  • Seeks to Maximize Value
  • Why CMMSsEAMs Fail
  • Slide 25
  • What are KPIs
  • Why Identify KPIs
  • Pitfalls
  • KPI Ideas Assets
  • KPI Ideas People
  • KPI Ideas Materials amp Services
  • KPI Ideas Other Factors
  • Expected vs Actual
  • Slide 34
  • Management Tools and Dashboards
  • Dashboards
  • Scorecards
  • Comparing Technologies
  • Why Use Them
  • Benefits
  • How to Implement
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Rule 1 ndash Have Context
  • Rule 2 - Segment
  • Rule 3 ndash Include Comments
  • Rules 4 amp 5
  • Slide 48
  • What is a Report Generator
  • Slide 50
  • Standard Reports
  • Your Standard Reports
  • Ad Hoc Reports
  • Slide 54
  • Steps in Generating a Report
  • Connect to Information Source
  • Select Template (Widget)
  • Select a Data Source
  • Add Graphics
  • Print Report
  • Slide 61
  • Electronic Document Management
  • EDM Functions
  • First What is a Document
  • Capturing Paper Documents
  • Storage - Know Where They Go
  • Storage ndash Library Services
  • Storage - Indexing
  • Metadata
  • Metadata Stored By PPT
  • Metadata Prompts
  • Content Server Architecture
  • Repository Services
  • Library Services
  • Core Content Management Services
  • Process Automation Services
  • Storage Workflow
  • Rules-based Workflow
  • Manage Check-inCheckout
  • Checkout
  • Slide 81
  • Slide 82
  • Check-in
  • Slide 84
  • Versioning
  • New Version
  • Collaboration
  • Integration
  • Security

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 46

Rule 3 ndash Include Comments

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

Q3 2007 Q4 2007 Q1 2008 Q2 2008

Causes of good or poor performance

Ways to improve performance

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 47

Rules 4 amp 5

Keep your dashboard to 1 pagescreen (no more than 10 KEY metrics)

Change your dashboard as conditions change

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 48

Welcome

Asset Management Functions and Features

Performance Indicators and Metrics

Management Tools and Dashboards

Report Generation

Document Management Functions and Features

Closing and Sneak Peek at Day 2

Agenda ndash Day 1

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 49

What is a Report Generator

A good report generator is software that

Retrieves data from different sources

Has data analysis capabilities

Has modifiable templates for presenting data

Has features for consolidating data totaling at multiple levels charting conditional formatting and page-based output

Generates reports automatically and on demand

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 50

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 51

Standard Reports

Standard reports are predefined and generated

Periodically (end of shift day month etc)

Upon process events (batch completed critical process event)

By request (downtime analysis inventory levels)

Predefined with automatic updating of most recent data

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 52

Your Standard Reports

What standard reports do you produce

What information sources are needed

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 53

Ad Hoc Reports

Ad hoc reports are temporary reports created by a user when information is not available in standard reports

They are usually just printouts of information available on a single system (printing the alarm log at the time of a process failure)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 54

Ad Hoc Reports

What ad hoc reports have you produced

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 55

Steps in Generating a Report

1 Connect to a data source

2 Select a template

3 Select a data source

4 Add graphics

5 Print

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 56

Connect to Information Source

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 57

Select Template (Widget)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 58

Select a Data Source

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 59

Add Graphics

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 60

Print Report

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 61

Welcome

Asset Management Functions and Features

Performance Indicators and Metrics

Management Tools and Dashboards

Report Generation

Document Management Functions and Features

Closing and Sneak Peek at Day 2

Agenda ndash Day 1

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 62

Electronic Document Management

aka Electronic Content Management

Itrsquos the control of documents and their life cycle

How and when documents are created

How they are reviewed

How they are published

How they are used

How they are retained

Ultimately how they are destroyed

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 63

EDM Functions

EDM includes five basic functions

Capture of electronic and paper documents

Storage of the electronic files

Delivery to the end users

Preservation and destruction of the files

Management from creation to disposalhellip management is part of each other function

Wersquoll start with Storage since you need to know where theyrsquoll go before they get there

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 64

First What is a Document

In the old days a document was one or more sheets of paperhellipin the really old days it was a parchment sheepskin clay tablet or stone

Recently it was a word processed file

In todayrsquos EDM world a document is any electronic file of any size in any format that can be saved on a computer

What file formats do you use (doc png etc)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 65

Capturing Paper Documents

Electronic images of paper documents are created using scanners or multifunction printers

Optical Character Recognition (OCR) software is often used whether integrated into the hardware or as stand-alone software in order to convert digital images into editable text

Converting images into vector drawings is not as easy but getting better

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 66

Storage - Know Where They Go

Where are documents stored

Database repositories

Data warehouses

How do people get there

On-screen navigation

Storing documents involves some document management

Where they are stored (what server etc)

For how long they are stored

Migration from one storage media to another

Document destruction

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 67

Storage ndash Library Services

The storage function includes processes referred to as Library Services

They determine how documents will be filed and what methods will be used to organize or index the documents to assist in later retrieval

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 68

Storage - Indexing

During the process of storing a document information is collected about the document that will make it easier to search for and retrieve

This information is arranged in a separate table (much like the index in a book) and helps narrow and speed up searches by retrieving only those files that match the indexed information

Each document has a unique ID but also has metadata associated with it

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 69

Metadata

Metadata is typically stored for each document (the document storage date and the user name storing it)

Some metadata is usually extracted from the document automatically (date modified author etc)

The EDM system may also prompt the user storing a document to enter additional metadata

Many EDM systems use optical character recognition on scanned images or perform text extraction on electronic documents This text is used to help locate documents by identifying probable keywords or in full text searches

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 70

Metadata Stored By PPT

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 71

Metadata Prompts

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 72

Content Server Architecture

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 73

Repository Services

Single content amp data repository

Unique document ID

Document attributes

Data dictionary

Object relational management

Authentication services

Backuprecovery

Distributionreplication

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 74

Library Services

Provides a separate virtual repository for Web content

Provides access control

Allows checkout amp check-in

Provides versioning

Manages content storage

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 75

Core Content Management Services

Allows searches

Creates renditions

Allows annotations

Manages virtual documents

Provides dynamic content assembly

Manages links

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 76

Process Automation Services

Provides workflows

Manages document life cycles

Provides notifications

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 77

Storage Workflow

Most EDM systems provide a workflow process routing a document for approval before it is stored

Workflows can be Manual (requiring a user to view the document and decide

who to send it to) Rules-based (allowing an administrator to create a rule

that determines the flow of the document through an organization)

Dynamic (allowing branches to be created in a workflow process)

When a workflow is started for a document the EDMS typically routes the document through the approval process

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 78

Rules-based Workflow

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 79

Manage Check-inCheckout

EDM systems typically include check-incheck-out procedures to ensure only one version of a document is being edited at a time

When a document is checked out to one user the system locks out any other checkout attempts

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 80

Checkout

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 81

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 82

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 83

Check-in

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 84

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 85

Versioning

Versioning is tied to the check-incheckout process

It is usually automatic with manual overwriting capability (for checking in a new version as 20 instead of 12 as the system may have numbered it)

It allows users to see all versions of a document and retrieve previous versions for comparison or reediting

Versioning is useful for documents that change over time and require updating still allowing reversion to a previous copy

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 86

New Version

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 87

Collaboration

Collaboration should be inherent in an EDMS

Documents should be capable of being retrieved by an authorized user and worked on

Access should be blocked to other users while work is being performed on the document

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 88

Integration

Many document management systems attempt to integrate document management directly into other applications so that users may retrieve existing documents directly from the document management system repository make changes and save the changed document back to the repository as a new version all without leaving the application

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 89

Security

Document security is vital in many document management applications

Compliance requirements for certain types of documents are complex (the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act imposes strict security requirements on medical documents)

Some document management systems have a rights management module that allows an administrator to give access to documents based on type to only certain people or groups of people

  • Agenda ndash Day 1
  • Welcome
  • Goals
  • Introductions
  • Ground Rules
  • Slide 7
  • What is Asset Management
  • Balancing Act
  • Why Asset Management
  • All utilities are feeling the pinch
  • Life-Cycle Asset Management
  • Slide 13
  • Slide 14
  • Slide 15
  • Slide 16
  • Life-Cycle Span vs Life-Cycle Cost
  • Essentials of Asset Management
  • CMMS vs EAM
  • Levels of Asset Management
  • The Relationship Between Maintenance and Asset Management
  • Relies on Integration
  • Seeks to Maximize Value
  • Why CMMSsEAMs Fail
  • Slide 25
  • What are KPIs
  • Why Identify KPIs
  • Pitfalls
  • KPI Ideas Assets
  • KPI Ideas People
  • KPI Ideas Materials amp Services
  • KPI Ideas Other Factors
  • Expected vs Actual
  • Slide 34
  • Management Tools and Dashboards
  • Dashboards
  • Scorecards
  • Comparing Technologies
  • Why Use Them
  • Benefits
  • How to Implement
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Rule 1 ndash Have Context
  • Rule 2 - Segment
  • Rule 3 ndash Include Comments
  • Rules 4 amp 5
  • Slide 48
  • What is a Report Generator
  • Slide 50
  • Standard Reports
  • Your Standard Reports
  • Ad Hoc Reports
  • Slide 54
  • Steps in Generating a Report
  • Connect to Information Source
  • Select Template (Widget)
  • Select a Data Source
  • Add Graphics
  • Print Report
  • Slide 61
  • Electronic Document Management
  • EDM Functions
  • First What is a Document
  • Capturing Paper Documents
  • Storage - Know Where They Go
  • Storage ndash Library Services
  • Storage - Indexing
  • Metadata
  • Metadata Stored By PPT
  • Metadata Prompts
  • Content Server Architecture
  • Repository Services
  • Library Services
  • Core Content Management Services
  • Process Automation Services
  • Storage Workflow
  • Rules-based Workflow
  • Manage Check-inCheckout
  • Checkout
  • Slide 81
  • Slide 82
  • Check-in
  • Slide 84
  • Versioning
  • New Version
  • Collaboration
  • Integration
  • Security

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 47

Rules 4 amp 5

Keep your dashboard to 1 pagescreen (no more than 10 KEY metrics)

Change your dashboard as conditions change

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 48

Welcome

Asset Management Functions and Features

Performance Indicators and Metrics

Management Tools and Dashboards

Report Generation

Document Management Functions and Features

Closing and Sneak Peek at Day 2

Agenda ndash Day 1

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 49

What is a Report Generator

A good report generator is software that

Retrieves data from different sources

Has data analysis capabilities

Has modifiable templates for presenting data

Has features for consolidating data totaling at multiple levels charting conditional formatting and page-based output

Generates reports automatically and on demand

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 50

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 51

Standard Reports

Standard reports are predefined and generated

Periodically (end of shift day month etc)

Upon process events (batch completed critical process event)

By request (downtime analysis inventory levels)

Predefined with automatic updating of most recent data

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 52

Your Standard Reports

What standard reports do you produce

What information sources are needed

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 53

Ad Hoc Reports

Ad hoc reports are temporary reports created by a user when information is not available in standard reports

They are usually just printouts of information available on a single system (printing the alarm log at the time of a process failure)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 54

Ad Hoc Reports

What ad hoc reports have you produced

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 55

Steps in Generating a Report

1 Connect to a data source

2 Select a template

3 Select a data source

4 Add graphics

5 Print

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 56

Connect to Information Source

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 57

Select Template (Widget)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 58

Select a Data Source

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 59

Add Graphics

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 60

Print Report

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 61

Welcome

Asset Management Functions and Features

Performance Indicators and Metrics

Management Tools and Dashboards

Report Generation

Document Management Functions and Features

Closing and Sneak Peek at Day 2

Agenda ndash Day 1

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 62

Electronic Document Management

aka Electronic Content Management

Itrsquos the control of documents and their life cycle

How and when documents are created

How they are reviewed

How they are published

How they are used

How they are retained

Ultimately how they are destroyed

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 63

EDM Functions

EDM includes five basic functions

Capture of electronic and paper documents

Storage of the electronic files

Delivery to the end users

Preservation and destruction of the files

Management from creation to disposalhellip management is part of each other function

Wersquoll start with Storage since you need to know where theyrsquoll go before they get there

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 64

First What is a Document

In the old days a document was one or more sheets of paperhellipin the really old days it was a parchment sheepskin clay tablet or stone

Recently it was a word processed file

In todayrsquos EDM world a document is any electronic file of any size in any format that can be saved on a computer

What file formats do you use (doc png etc)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 65

Capturing Paper Documents

Electronic images of paper documents are created using scanners or multifunction printers

Optical Character Recognition (OCR) software is often used whether integrated into the hardware or as stand-alone software in order to convert digital images into editable text

Converting images into vector drawings is not as easy but getting better

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 66

Storage - Know Where They Go

Where are documents stored

Database repositories

Data warehouses

How do people get there

On-screen navigation

Storing documents involves some document management

Where they are stored (what server etc)

For how long they are stored

Migration from one storage media to another

Document destruction

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 67

Storage ndash Library Services

The storage function includes processes referred to as Library Services

They determine how documents will be filed and what methods will be used to organize or index the documents to assist in later retrieval

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 68

Storage - Indexing

During the process of storing a document information is collected about the document that will make it easier to search for and retrieve

This information is arranged in a separate table (much like the index in a book) and helps narrow and speed up searches by retrieving only those files that match the indexed information

Each document has a unique ID but also has metadata associated with it

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 69

Metadata

Metadata is typically stored for each document (the document storage date and the user name storing it)

Some metadata is usually extracted from the document automatically (date modified author etc)

The EDM system may also prompt the user storing a document to enter additional metadata

Many EDM systems use optical character recognition on scanned images or perform text extraction on electronic documents This text is used to help locate documents by identifying probable keywords or in full text searches

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 70

Metadata Stored By PPT

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 71

Metadata Prompts

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 72

Content Server Architecture

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 73

Repository Services

Single content amp data repository

Unique document ID

Document attributes

Data dictionary

Object relational management

Authentication services

Backuprecovery

Distributionreplication

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 74

Library Services

Provides a separate virtual repository for Web content

Provides access control

Allows checkout amp check-in

Provides versioning

Manages content storage

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 75

Core Content Management Services

Allows searches

Creates renditions

Allows annotations

Manages virtual documents

Provides dynamic content assembly

Manages links

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 76

Process Automation Services

Provides workflows

Manages document life cycles

Provides notifications

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 77

Storage Workflow

Most EDM systems provide a workflow process routing a document for approval before it is stored

Workflows can be Manual (requiring a user to view the document and decide

who to send it to) Rules-based (allowing an administrator to create a rule

that determines the flow of the document through an organization)

Dynamic (allowing branches to be created in a workflow process)

When a workflow is started for a document the EDMS typically routes the document through the approval process

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 78

Rules-based Workflow

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 79

Manage Check-inCheckout

EDM systems typically include check-incheck-out procedures to ensure only one version of a document is being edited at a time

When a document is checked out to one user the system locks out any other checkout attempts

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 80

Checkout

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 81

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 82

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 83

Check-in

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 84

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 85

Versioning

Versioning is tied to the check-incheckout process

It is usually automatic with manual overwriting capability (for checking in a new version as 20 instead of 12 as the system may have numbered it)

It allows users to see all versions of a document and retrieve previous versions for comparison or reediting

Versioning is useful for documents that change over time and require updating still allowing reversion to a previous copy

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 86

New Version

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 87

Collaboration

Collaboration should be inherent in an EDMS

Documents should be capable of being retrieved by an authorized user and worked on

Access should be blocked to other users while work is being performed on the document

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 88

Integration

Many document management systems attempt to integrate document management directly into other applications so that users may retrieve existing documents directly from the document management system repository make changes and save the changed document back to the repository as a new version all without leaving the application

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 89

Security

Document security is vital in many document management applications

Compliance requirements for certain types of documents are complex (the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act imposes strict security requirements on medical documents)

Some document management systems have a rights management module that allows an administrator to give access to documents based on type to only certain people or groups of people

  • Agenda ndash Day 1
  • Welcome
  • Goals
  • Introductions
  • Ground Rules
  • Slide 7
  • What is Asset Management
  • Balancing Act
  • Why Asset Management
  • All utilities are feeling the pinch
  • Life-Cycle Asset Management
  • Slide 13
  • Slide 14
  • Slide 15
  • Slide 16
  • Life-Cycle Span vs Life-Cycle Cost
  • Essentials of Asset Management
  • CMMS vs EAM
  • Levels of Asset Management
  • The Relationship Between Maintenance and Asset Management
  • Relies on Integration
  • Seeks to Maximize Value
  • Why CMMSsEAMs Fail
  • Slide 25
  • What are KPIs
  • Why Identify KPIs
  • Pitfalls
  • KPI Ideas Assets
  • KPI Ideas People
  • KPI Ideas Materials amp Services
  • KPI Ideas Other Factors
  • Expected vs Actual
  • Slide 34
  • Management Tools and Dashboards
  • Dashboards
  • Scorecards
  • Comparing Technologies
  • Why Use Them
  • Benefits
  • How to Implement
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Rule 1 ndash Have Context
  • Rule 2 - Segment
  • Rule 3 ndash Include Comments
  • Rules 4 amp 5
  • Slide 48
  • What is a Report Generator
  • Slide 50
  • Standard Reports
  • Your Standard Reports
  • Ad Hoc Reports
  • Slide 54
  • Steps in Generating a Report
  • Connect to Information Source
  • Select Template (Widget)
  • Select a Data Source
  • Add Graphics
  • Print Report
  • Slide 61
  • Electronic Document Management
  • EDM Functions
  • First What is a Document
  • Capturing Paper Documents
  • Storage - Know Where They Go
  • Storage ndash Library Services
  • Storage - Indexing
  • Metadata
  • Metadata Stored By PPT
  • Metadata Prompts
  • Content Server Architecture
  • Repository Services
  • Library Services
  • Core Content Management Services
  • Process Automation Services
  • Storage Workflow
  • Rules-based Workflow
  • Manage Check-inCheckout
  • Checkout
  • Slide 81
  • Slide 82
  • Check-in
  • Slide 84
  • Versioning
  • New Version
  • Collaboration
  • Integration
  • Security

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 48

Welcome

Asset Management Functions and Features

Performance Indicators and Metrics

Management Tools and Dashboards

Report Generation

Document Management Functions and Features

Closing and Sneak Peek at Day 2

Agenda ndash Day 1

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 49

What is a Report Generator

A good report generator is software that

Retrieves data from different sources

Has data analysis capabilities

Has modifiable templates for presenting data

Has features for consolidating data totaling at multiple levels charting conditional formatting and page-based output

Generates reports automatically and on demand

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 50

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 51

Standard Reports

Standard reports are predefined and generated

Periodically (end of shift day month etc)

Upon process events (batch completed critical process event)

By request (downtime analysis inventory levels)

Predefined with automatic updating of most recent data

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 52

Your Standard Reports

What standard reports do you produce

What information sources are needed

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 53

Ad Hoc Reports

Ad hoc reports are temporary reports created by a user when information is not available in standard reports

They are usually just printouts of information available on a single system (printing the alarm log at the time of a process failure)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 54

Ad Hoc Reports

What ad hoc reports have you produced

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 55

Steps in Generating a Report

1 Connect to a data source

2 Select a template

3 Select a data source

4 Add graphics

5 Print

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 56

Connect to Information Source

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 57

Select Template (Widget)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 58

Select a Data Source

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 59

Add Graphics

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 60

Print Report

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 61

Welcome

Asset Management Functions and Features

Performance Indicators and Metrics

Management Tools and Dashboards

Report Generation

Document Management Functions and Features

Closing and Sneak Peek at Day 2

Agenda ndash Day 1

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 62

Electronic Document Management

aka Electronic Content Management

Itrsquos the control of documents and their life cycle

How and when documents are created

How they are reviewed

How they are published

How they are used

How they are retained

Ultimately how they are destroyed

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 63

EDM Functions

EDM includes five basic functions

Capture of electronic and paper documents

Storage of the electronic files

Delivery to the end users

Preservation and destruction of the files

Management from creation to disposalhellip management is part of each other function

Wersquoll start with Storage since you need to know where theyrsquoll go before they get there

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 64

First What is a Document

In the old days a document was one or more sheets of paperhellipin the really old days it was a parchment sheepskin clay tablet or stone

Recently it was a word processed file

In todayrsquos EDM world a document is any electronic file of any size in any format that can be saved on a computer

What file formats do you use (doc png etc)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 65

Capturing Paper Documents

Electronic images of paper documents are created using scanners or multifunction printers

Optical Character Recognition (OCR) software is often used whether integrated into the hardware or as stand-alone software in order to convert digital images into editable text

Converting images into vector drawings is not as easy but getting better

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 66

Storage - Know Where They Go

Where are documents stored

Database repositories

Data warehouses

How do people get there

On-screen navigation

Storing documents involves some document management

Where they are stored (what server etc)

For how long they are stored

Migration from one storage media to another

Document destruction

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 67

Storage ndash Library Services

The storage function includes processes referred to as Library Services

They determine how documents will be filed and what methods will be used to organize or index the documents to assist in later retrieval

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 68

Storage - Indexing

During the process of storing a document information is collected about the document that will make it easier to search for and retrieve

This information is arranged in a separate table (much like the index in a book) and helps narrow and speed up searches by retrieving only those files that match the indexed information

Each document has a unique ID but also has metadata associated with it

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 69

Metadata

Metadata is typically stored for each document (the document storage date and the user name storing it)

Some metadata is usually extracted from the document automatically (date modified author etc)

The EDM system may also prompt the user storing a document to enter additional metadata

Many EDM systems use optical character recognition on scanned images or perform text extraction on electronic documents This text is used to help locate documents by identifying probable keywords or in full text searches

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 70

Metadata Stored By PPT

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 71

Metadata Prompts

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 72

Content Server Architecture

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 73

Repository Services

Single content amp data repository

Unique document ID

Document attributes

Data dictionary

Object relational management

Authentication services

Backuprecovery

Distributionreplication

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 74

Library Services

Provides a separate virtual repository for Web content

Provides access control

Allows checkout amp check-in

Provides versioning

Manages content storage

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 75

Core Content Management Services

Allows searches

Creates renditions

Allows annotations

Manages virtual documents

Provides dynamic content assembly

Manages links

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 76

Process Automation Services

Provides workflows

Manages document life cycles

Provides notifications

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 77

Storage Workflow

Most EDM systems provide a workflow process routing a document for approval before it is stored

Workflows can be Manual (requiring a user to view the document and decide

who to send it to) Rules-based (allowing an administrator to create a rule

that determines the flow of the document through an organization)

Dynamic (allowing branches to be created in a workflow process)

When a workflow is started for a document the EDMS typically routes the document through the approval process

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 78

Rules-based Workflow

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 79

Manage Check-inCheckout

EDM systems typically include check-incheck-out procedures to ensure only one version of a document is being edited at a time

When a document is checked out to one user the system locks out any other checkout attempts

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 80

Checkout

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 81

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 82

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 83

Check-in

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 84

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 85

Versioning

Versioning is tied to the check-incheckout process

It is usually automatic with manual overwriting capability (for checking in a new version as 20 instead of 12 as the system may have numbered it)

It allows users to see all versions of a document and retrieve previous versions for comparison or reediting

Versioning is useful for documents that change over time and require updating still allowing reversion to a previous copy

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 86

New Version

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 87

Collaboration

Collaboration should be inherent in an EDMS

Documents should be capable of being retrieved by an authorized user and worked on

Access should be blocked to other users while work is being performed on the document

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 88

Integration

Many document management systems attempt to integrate document management directly into other applications so that users may retrieve existing documents directly from the document management system repository make changes and save the changed document back to the repository as a new version all without leaving the application

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 89

Security

Document security is vital in many document management applications

Compliance requirements for certain types of documents are complex (the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act imposes strict security requirements on medical documents)

Some document management systems have a rights management module that allows an administrator to give access to documents based on type to only certain people or groups of people

  • Agenda ndash Day 1
  • Welcome
  • Goals
  • Introductions
  • Ground Rules
  • Slide 7
  • What is Asset Management
  • Balancing Act
  • Why Asset Management
  • All utilities are feeling the pinch
  • Life-Cycle Asset Management
  • Slide 13
  • Slide 14
  • Slide 15
  • Slide 16
  • Life-Cycle Span vs Life-Cycle Cost
  • Essentials of Asset Management
  • CMMS vs EAM
  • Levels of Asset Management
  • The Relationship Between Maintenance and Asset Management
  • Relies on Integration
  • Seeks to Maximize Value
  • Why CMMSsEAMs Fail
  • Slide 25
  • What are KPIs
  • Why Identify KPIs
  • Pitfalls
  • KPI Ideas Assets
  • KPI Ideas People
  • KPI Ideas Materials amp Services
  • KPI Ideas Other Factors
  • Expected vs Actual
  • Slide 34
  • Management Tools and Dashboards
  • Dashboards
  • Scorecards
  • Comparing Technologies
  • Why Use Them
  • Benefits
  • How to Implement
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Rule 1 ndash Have Context
  • Rule 2 - Segment
  • Rule 3 ndash Include Comments
  • Rules 4 amp 5
  • Slide 48
  • What is a Report Generator
  • Slide 50
  • Standard Reports
  • Your Standard Reports
  • Ad Hoc Reports
  • Slide 54
  • Steps in Generating a Report
  • Connect to Information Source
  • Select Template (Widget)
  • Select a Data Source
  • Add Graphics
  • Print Report
  • Slide 61
  • Electronic Document Management
  • EDM Functions
  • First What is a Document
  • Capturing Paper Documents
  • Storage - Know Where They Go
  • Storage ndash Library Services
  • Storage - Indexing
  • Metadata
  • Metadata Stored By PPT
  • Metadata Prompts
  • Content Server Architecture
  • Repository Services
  • Library Services
  • Core Content Management Services
  • Process Automation Services
  • Storage Workflow
  • Rules-based Workflow
  • Manage Check-inCheckout
  • Checkout
  • Slide 81
  • Slide 82
  • Check-in
  • Slide 84
  • Versioning
  • New Version
  • Collaboration
  • Integration
  • Security

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 49

What is a Report Generator

A good report generator is software that

Retrieves data from different sources

Has data analysis capabilities

Has modifiable templates for presenting data

Has features for consolidating data totaling at multiple levels charting conditional formatting and page-based output

Generates reports automatically and on demand

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 50

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 51

Standard Reports

Standard reports are predefined and generated

Periodically (end of shift day month etc)

Upon process events (batch completed critical process event)

By request (downtime analysis inventory levels)

Predefined with automatic updating of most recent data

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 52

Your Standard Reports

What standard reports do you produce

What information sources are needed

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 53

Ad Hoc Reports

Ad hoc reports are temporary reports created by a user when information is not available in standard reports

They are usually just printouts of information available on a single system (printing the alarm log at the time of a process failure)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 54

Ad Hoc Reports

What ad hoc reports have you produced

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 55

Steps in Generating a Report

1 Connect to a data source

2 Select a template

3 Select a data source

4 Add graphics

5 Print

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 56

Connect to Information Source

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 57

Select Template (Widget)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 58

Select a Data Source

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 59

Add Graphics

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 60

Print Report

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 61

Welcome

Asset Management Functions and Features

Performance Indicators and Metrics

Management Tools and Dashboards

Report Generation

Document Management Functions and Features

Closing and Sneak Peek at Day 2

Agenda ndash Day 1

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 62

Electronic Document Management

aka Electronic Content Management

Itrsquos the control of documents and their life cycle

How and when documents are created

How they are reviewed

How they are published

How they are used

How they are retained

Ultimately how they are destroyed

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 63

EDM Functions

EDM includes five basic functions

Capture of electronic and paper documents

Storage of the electronic files

Delivery to the end users

Preservation and destruction of the files

Management from creation to disposalhellip management is part of each other function

Wersquoll start with Storage since you need to know where theyrsquoll go before they get there

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 64

First What is a Document

In the old days a document was one or more sheets of paperhellipin the really old days it was a parchment sheepskin clay tablet or stone

Recently it was a word processed file

In todayrsquos EDM world a document is any electronic file of any size in any format that can be saved on a computer

What file formats do you use (doc png etc)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 65

Capturing Paper Documents

Electronic images of paper documents are created using scanners or multifunction printers

Optical Character Recognition (OCR) software is often used whether integrated into the hardware or as stand-alone software in order to convert digital images into editable text

Converting images into vector drawings is not as easy but getting better

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 66

Storage - Know Where They Go

Where are documents stored

Database repositories

Data warehouses

How do people get there

On-screen navigation

Storing documents involves some document management

Where they are stored (what server etc)

For how long they are stored

Migration from one storage media to another

Document destruction

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 67

Storage ndash Library Services

The storage function includes processes referred to as Library Services

They determine how documents will be filed and what methods will be used to organize or index the documents to assist in later retrieval

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 68

Storage - Indexing

During the process of storing a document information is collected about the document that will make it easier to search for and retrieve

This information is arranged in a separate table (much like the index in a book) and helps narrow and speed up searches by retrieving only those files that match the indexed information

Each document has a unique ID but also has metadata associated with it

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 69

Metadata

Metadata is typically stored for each document (the document storage date and the user name storing it)

Some metadata is usually extracted from the document automatically (date modified author etc)

The EDM system may also prompt the user storing a document to enter additional metadata

Many EDM systems use optical character recognition on scanned images or perform text extraction on electronic documents This text is used to help locate documents by identifying probable keywords or in full text searches

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 70

Metadata Stored By PPT

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 71

Metadata Prompts

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 72

Content Server Architecture

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 73

Repository Services

Single content amp data repository

Unique document ID

Document attributes

Data dictionary

Object relational management

Authentication services

Backuprecovery

Distributionreplication

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 74

Library Services

Provides a separate virtual repository for Web content

Provides access control

Allows checkout amp check-in

Provides versioning

Manages content storage

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 75

Core Content Management Services

Allows searches

Creates renditions

Allows annotations

Manages virtual documents

Provides dynamic content assembly

Manages links

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 76

Process Automation Services

Provides workflows

Manages document life cycles

Provides notifications

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 77

Storage Workflow

Most EDM systems provide a workflow process routing a document for approval before it is stored

Workflows can be Manual (requiring a user to view the document and decide

who to send it to) Rules-based (allowing an administrator to create a rule

that determines the flow of the document through an organization)

Dynamic (allowing branches to be created in a workflow process)

When a workflow is started for a document the EDMS typically routes the document through the approval process

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 78

Rules-based Workflow

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 79

Manage Check-inCheckout

EDM systems typically include check-incheck-out procedures to ensure only one version of a document is being edited at a time

When a document is checked out to one user the system locks out any other checkout attempts

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 80

Checkout

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 81

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 82

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 83

Check-in

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 84

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 85

Versioning

Versioning is tied to the check-incheckout process

It is usually automatic with manual overwriting capability (for checking in a new version as 20 instead of 12 as the system may have numbered it)

It allows users to see all versions of a document and retrieve previous versions for comparison or reediting

Versioning is useful for documents that change over time and require updating still allowing reversion to a previous copy

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 86

New Version

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 87

Collaboration

Collaboration should be inherent in an EDMS

Documents should be capable of being retrieved by an authorized user and worked on

Access should be blocked to other users while work is being performed on the document

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 88

Integration

Many document management systems attempt to integrate document management directly into other applications so that users may retrieve existing documents directly from the document management system repository make changes and save the changed document back to the repository as a new version all without leaving the application

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 89

Security

Document security is vital in many document management applications

Compliance requirements for certain types of documents are complex (the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act imposes strict security requirements on medical documents)

Some document management systems have a rights management module that allows an administrator to give access to documents based on type to only certain people or groups of people

  • Agenda ndash Day 1
  • Welcome
  • Goals
  • Introductions
  • Ground Rules
  • Slide 7
  • What is Asset Management
  • Balancing Act
  • Why Asset Management
  • All utilities are feeling the pinch
  • Life-Cycle Asset Management
  • Slide 13
  • Slide 14
  • Slide 15
  • Slide 16
  • Life-Cycle Span vs Life-Cycle Cost
  • Essentials of Asset Management
  • CMMS vs EAM
  • Levels of Asset Management
  • The Relationship Between Maintenance and Asset Management
  • Relies on Integration
  • Seeks to Maximize Value
  • Why CMMSsEAMs Fail
  • Slide 25
  • What are KPIs
  • Why Identify KPIs
  • Pitfalls
  • KPI Ideas Assets
  • KPI Ideas People
  • KPI Ideas Materials amp Services
  • KPI Ideas Other Factors
  • Expected vs Actual
  • Slide 34
  • Management Tools and Dashboards
  • Dashboards
  • Scorecards
  • Comparing Technologies
  • Why Use Them
  • Benefits
  • How to Implement
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Rule 1 ndash Have Context
  • Rule 2 - Segment
  • Rule 3 ndash Include Comments
  • Rules 4 amp 5
  • Slide 48
  • What is a Report Generator
  • Slide 50
  • Standard Reports
  • Your Standard Reports
  • Ad Hoc Reports
  • Slide 54
  • Steps in Generating a Report
  • Connect to Information Source
  • Select Template (Widget)
  • Select a Data Source
  • Add Graphics
  • Print Report
  • Slide 61
  • Electronic Document Management
  • EDM Functions
  • First What is a Document
  • Capturing Paper Documents
  • Storage - Know Where They Go
  • Storage ndash Library Services
  • Storage - Indexing
  • Metadata
  • Metadata Stored By PPT
  • Metadata Prompts
  • Content Server Architecture
  • Repository Services
  • Library Services
  • Core Content Management Services
  • Process Automation Services
  • Storage Workflow
  • Rules-based Workflow
  • Manage Check-inCheckout
  • Checkout
  • Slide 81
  • Slide 82
  • Check-in
  • Slide 84
  • Versioning
  • New Version
  • Collaboration
  • Integration
  • Security

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 50

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 51

Standard Reports

Standard reports are predefined and generated

Periodically (end of shift day month etc)

Upon process events (batch completed critical process event)

By request (downtime analysis inventory levels)

Predefined with automatic updating of most recent data

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 52

Your Standard Reports

What standard reports do you produce

What information sources are needed

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 53

Ad Hoc Reports

Ad hoc reports are temporary reports created by a user when information is not available in standard reports

They are usually just printouts of information available on a single system (printing the alarm log at the time of a process failure)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 54

Ad Hoc Reports

What ad hoc reports have you produced

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 55

Steps in Generating a Report

1 Connect to a data source

2 Select a template

3 Select a data source

4 Add graphics

5 Print

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 56

Connect to Information Source

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 57

Select Template (Widget)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 58

Select a Data Source

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 59

Add Graphics

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 60

Print Report

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 61

Welcome

Asset Management Functions and Features

Performance Indicators and Metrics

Management Tools and Dashboards

Report Generation

Document Management Functions and Features

Closing and Sneak Peek at Day 2

Agenda ndash Day 1

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 62

Electronic Document Management

aka Electronic Content Management

Itrsquos the control of documents and their life cycle

How and when documents are created

How they are reviewed

How they are published

How they are used

How they are retained

Ultimately how they are destroyed

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 63

EDM Functions

EDM includes five basic functions

Capture of electronic and paper documents

Storage of the electronic files

Delivery to the end users

Preservation and destruction of the files

Management from creation to disposalhellip management is part of each other function

Wersquoll start with Storage since you need to know where theyrsquoll go before they get there

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 64

First What is a Document

In the old days a document was one or more sheets of paperhellipin the really old days it was a parchment sheepskin clay tablet or stone

Recently it was a word processed file

In todayrsquos EDM world a document is any electronic file of any size in any format that can be saved on a computer

What file formats do you use (doc png etc)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 65

Capturing Paper Documents

Electronic images of paper documents are created using scanners or multifunction printers

Optical Character Recognition (OCR) software is often used whether integrated into the hardware or as stand-alone software in order to convert digital images into editable text

Converting images into vector drawings is not as easy but getting better

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 66

Storage - Know Where They Go

Where are documents stored

Database repositories

Data warehouses

How do people get there

On-screen navigation

Storing documents involves some document management

Where they are stored (what server etc)

For how long they are stored

Migration from one storage media to another

Document destruction

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 67

Storage ndash Library Services

The storage function includes processes referred to as Library Services

They determine how documents will be filed and what methods will be used to organize or index the documents to assist in later retrieval

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 68

Storage - Indexing

During the process of storing a document information is collected about the document that will make it easier to search for and retrieve

This information is arranged in a separate table (much like the index in a book) and helps narrow and speed up searches by retrieving only those files that match the indexed information

Each document has a unique ID but also has metadata associated with it

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 69

Metadata

Metadata is typically stored for each document (the document storage date and the user name storing it)

Some metadata is usually extracted from the document automatically (date modified author etc)

The EDM system may also prompt the user storing a document to enter additional metadata

Many EDM systems use optical character recognition on scanned images or perform text extraction on electronic documents This text is used to help locate documents by identifying probable keywords or in full text searches

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 70

Metadata Stored By PPT

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 71

Metadata Prompts

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 72

Content Server Architecture

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 73

Repository Services

Single content amp data repository

Unique document ID

Document attributes

Data dictionary

Object relational management

Authentication services

Backuprecovery

Distributionreplication

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 74

Library Services

Provides a separate virtual repository for Web content

Provides access control

Allows checkout amp check-in

Provides versioning

Manages content storage

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 75

Core Content Management Services

Allows searches

Creates renditions

Allows annotations

Manages virtual documents

Provides dynamic content assembly

Manages links

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 76

Process Automation Services

Provides workflows

Manages document life cycles

Provides notifications

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 77

Storage Workflow

Most EDM systems provide a workflow process routing a document for approval before it is stored

Workflows can be Manual (requiring a user to view the document and decide

who to send it to) Rules-based (allowing an administrator to create a rule

that determines the flow of the document through an organization)

Dynamic (allowing branches to be created in a workflow process)

When a workflow is started for a document the EDMS typically routes the document through the approval process

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 78

Rules-based Workflow

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 79

Manage Check-inCheckout

EDM systems typically include check-incheck-out procedures to ensure only one version of a document is being edited at a time

When a document is checked out to one user the system locks out any other checkout attempts

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 80

Checkout

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 81

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 82

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 83

Check-in

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 84

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 85

Versioning

Versioning is tied to the check-incheckout process

It is usually automatic with manual overwriting capability (for checking in a new version as 20 instead of 12 as the system may have numbered it)

It allows users to see all versions of a document and retrieve previous versions for comparison or reediting

Versioning is useful for documents that change over time and require updating still allowing reversion to a previous copy

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 86

New Version

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 87

Collaboration

Collaboration should be inherent in an EDMS

Documents should be capable of being retrieved by an authorized user and worked on

Access should be blocked to other users while work is being performed on the document

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 88

Integration

Many document management systems attempt to integrate document management directly into other applications so that users may retrieve existing documents directly from the document management system repository make changes and save the changed document back to the repository as a new version all without leaving the application

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 89

Security

Document security is vital in many document management applications

Compliance requirements for certain types of documents are complex (the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act imposes strict security requirements on medical documents)

Some document management systems have a rights management module that allows an administrator to give access to documents based on type to only certain people or groups of people

  • Agenda ndash Day 1
  • Welcome
  • Goals
  • Introductions
  • Ground Rules
  • Slide 7
  • What is Asset Management
  • Balancing Act
  • Why Asset Management
  • All utilities are feeling the pinch
  • Life-Cycle Asset Management
  • Slide 13
  • Slide 14
  • Slide 15
  • Slide 16
  • Life-Cycle Span vs Life-Cycle Cost
  • Essentials of Asset Management
  • CMMS vs EAM
  • Levels of Asset Management
  • The Relationship Between Maintenance and Asset Management
  • Relies on Integration
  • Seeks to Maximize Value
  • Why CMMSsEAMs Fail
  • Slide 25
  • What are KPIs
  • Why Identify KPIs
  • Pitfalls
  • KPI Ideas Assets
  • KPI Ideas People
  • KPI Ideas Materials amp Services
  • KPI Ideas Other Factors
  • Expected vs Actual
  • Slide 34
  • Management Tools and Dashboards
  • Dashboards
  • Scorecards
  • Comparing Technologies
  • Why Use Them
  • Benefits
  • How to Implement
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Rule 1 ndash Have Context
  • Rule 2 - Segment
  • Rule 3 ndash Include Comments
  • Rules 4 amp 5
  • Slide 48
  • What is a Report Generator
  • Slide 50
  • Standard Reports
  • Your Standard Reports
  • Ad Hoc Reports
  • Slide 54
  • Steps in Generating a Report
  • Connect to Information Source
  • Select Template (Widget)
  • Select a Data Source
  • Add Graphics
  • Print Report
  • Slide 61
  • Electronic Document Management
  • EDM Functions
  • First What is a Document
  • Capturing Paper Documents
  • Storage - Know Where They Go
  • Storage ndash Library Services
  • Storage - Indexing
  • Metadata
  • Metadata Stored By PPT
  • Metadata Prompts
  • Content Server Architecture
  • Repository Services
  • Library Services
  • Core Content Management Services
  • Process Automation Services
  • Storage Workflow
  • Rules-based Workflow
  • Manage Check-inCheckout
  • Checkout
  • Slide 81
  • Slide 82
  • Check-in
  • Slide 84
  • Versioning
  • New Version
  • Collaboration
  • Integration
  • Security

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 51

Standard Reports

Standard reports are predefined and generated

Periodically (end of shift day month etc)

Upon process events (batch completed critical process event)

By request (downtime analysis inventory levels)

Predefined with automatic updating of most recent data

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 52

Your Standard Reports

What standard reports do you produce

What information sources are needed

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 53

Ad Hoc Reports

Ad hoc reports are temporary reports created by a user when information is not available in standard reports

They are usually just printouts of information available on a single system (printing the alarm log at the time of a process failure)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 54

Ad Hoc Reports

What ad hoc reports have you produced

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 55

Steps in Generating a Report

1 Connect to a data source

2 Select a template

3 Select a data source

4 Add graphics

5 Print

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 56

Connect to Information Source

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 57

Select Template (Widget)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 58

Select a Data Source

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 59

Add Graphics

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 60

Print Report

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 61

Welcome

Asset Management Functions and Features

Performance Indicators and Metrics

Management Tools and Dashboards

Report Generation

Document Management Functions and Features

Closing and Sneak Peek at Day 2

Agenda ndash Day 1

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 62

Electronic Document Management

aka Electronic Content Management

Itrsquos the control of documents and their life cycle

How and when documents are created

How they are reviewed

How they are published

How they are used

How they are retained

Ultimately how they are destroyed

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 63

EDM Functions

EDM includes five basic functions

Capture of electronic and paper documents

Storage of the electronic files

Delivery to the end users

Preservation and destruction of the files

Management from creation to disposalhellip management is part of each other function

Wersquoll start with Storage since you need to know where theyrsquoll go before they get there

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 64

First What is a Document

In the old days a document was one or more sheets of paperhellipin the really old days it was a parchment sheepskin clay tablet or stone

Recently it was a word processed file

In todayrsquos EDM world a document is any electronic file of any size in any format that can be saved on a computer

What file formats do you use (doc png etc)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 65

Capturing Paper Documents

Electronic images of paper documents are created using scanners or multifunction printers

Optical Character Recognition (OCR) software is often used whether integrated into the hardware or as stand-alone software in order to convert digital images into editable text

Converting images into vector drawings is not as easy but getting better

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 66

Storage - Know Where They Go

Where are documents stored

Database repositories

Data warehouses

How do people get there

On-screen navigation

Storing documents involves some document management

Where they are stored (what server etc)

For how long they are stored

Migration from one storage media to another

Document destruction

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 67

Storage ndash Library Services

The storage function includes processes referred to as Library Services

They determine how documents will be filed and what methods will be used to organize or index the documents to assist in later retrieval

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 68

Storage - Indexing

During the process of storing a document information is collected about the document that will make it easier to search for and retrieve

This information is arranged in a separate table (much like the index in a book) and helps narrow and speed up searches by retrieving only those files that match the indexed information

Each document has a unique ID but also has metadata associated with it

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 69

Metadata

Metadata is typically stored for each document (the document storage date and the user name storing it)

Some metadata is usually extracted from the document automatically (date modified author etc)

The EDM system may also prompt the user storing a document to enter additional metadata

Many EDM systems use optical character recognition on scanned images or perform text extraction on electronic documents This text is used to help locate documents by identifying probable keywords or in full text searches

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 70

Metadata Stored By PPT

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 71

Metadata Prompts

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 72

Content Server Architecture

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 73

Repository Services

Single content amp data repository

Unique document ID

Document attributes

Data dictionary

Object relational management

Authentication services

Backuprecovery

Distributionreplication

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 74

Library Services

Provides a separate virtual repository for Web content

Provides access control

Allows checkout amp check-in

Provides versioning

Manages content storage

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 75

Core Content Management Services

Allows searches

Creates renditions

Allows annotations

Manages virtual documents

Provides dynamic content assembly

Manages links

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 76

Process Automation Services

Provides workflows

Manages document life cycles

Provides notifications

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 77

Storage Workflow

Most EDM systems provide a workflow process routing a document for approval before it is stored

Workflows can be Manual (requiring a user to view the document and decide

who to send it to) Rules-based (allowing an administrator to create a rule

that determines the flow of the document through an organization)

Dynamic (allowing branches to be created in a workflow process)

When a workflow is started for a document the EDMS typically routes the document through the approval process

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 78

Rules-based Workflow

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 79

Manage Check-inCheckout

EDM systems typically include check-incheck-out procedures to ensure only one version of a document is being edited at a time

When a document is checked out to one user the system locks out any other checkout attempts

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 80

Checkout

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 81

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 82

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 83

Check-in

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 84

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 85

Versioning

Versioning is tied to the check-incheckout process

It is usually automatic with manual overwriting capability (for checking in a new version as 20 instead of 12 as the system may have numbered it)

It allows users to see all versions of a document and retrieve previous versions for comparison or reediting

Versioning is useful for documents that change over time and require updating still allowing reversion to a previous copy

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 86

New Version

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 87

Collaboration

Collaboration should be inherent in an EDMS

Documents should be capable of being retrieved by an authorized user and worked on

Access should be blocked to other users while work is being performed on the document

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 88

Integration

Many document management systems attempt to integrate document management directly into other applications so that users may retrieve existing documents directly from the document management system repository make changes and save the changed document back to the repository as a new version all without leaving the application

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 89

Security

Document security is vital in many document management applications

Compliance requirements for certain types of documents are complex (the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act imposes strict security requirements on medical documents)

Some document management systems have a rights management module that allows an administrator to give access to documents based on type to only certain people or groups of people

  • Agenda ndash Day 1
  • Welcome
  • Goals
  • Introductions
  • Ground Rules
  • Slide 7
  • What is Asset Management
  • Balancing Act
  • Why Asset Management
  • All utilities are feeling the pinch
  • Life-Cycle Asset Management
  • Slide 13
  • Slide 14
  • Slide 15
  • Slide 16
  • Life-Cycle Span vs Life-Cycle Cost
  • Essentials of Asset Management
  • CMMS vs EAM
  • Levels of Asset Management
  • The Relationship Between Maintenance and Asset Management
  • Relies on Integration
  • Seeks to Maximize Value
  • Why CMMSsEAMs Fail
  • Slide 25
  • What are KPIs
  • Why Identify KPIs
  • Pitfalls
  • KPI Ideas Assets
  • KPI Ideas People
  • KPI Ideas Materials amp Services
  • KPI Ideas Other Factors
  • Expected vs Actual
  • Slide 34
  • Management Tools and Dashboards
  • Dashboards
  • Scorecards
  • Comparing Technologies
  • Why Use Them
  • Benefits
  • How to Implement
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Rule 1 ndash Have Context
  • Rule 2 - Segment
  • Rule 3 ndash Include Comments
  • Rules 4 amp 5
  • Slide 48
  • What is a Report Generator
  • Slide 50
  • Standard Reports
  • Your Standard Reports
  • Ad Hoc Reports
  • Slide 54
  • Steps in Generating a Report
  • Connect to Information Source
  • Select Template (Widget)
  • Select a Data Source
  • Add Graphics
  • Print Report
  • Slide 61
  • Electronic Document Management
  • EDM Functions
  • First What is a Document
  • Capturing Paper Documents
  • Storage - Know Where They Go
  • Storage ndash Library Services
  • Storage - Indexing
  • Metadata
  • Metadata Stored By PPT
  • Metadata Prompts
  • Content Server Architecture
  • Repository Services
  • Library Services
  • Core Content Management Services
  • Process Automation Services
  • Storage Workflow
  • Rules-based Workflow
  • Manage Check-inCheckout
  • Checkout
  • Slide 81
  • Slide 82
  • Check-in
  • Slide 84
  • Versioning
  • New Version
  • Collaboration
  • Integration
  • Security

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 52

Your Standard Reports

What standard reports do you produce

What information sources are needed

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 53

Ad Hoc Reports

Ad hoc reports are temporary reports created by a user when information is not available in standard reports

They are usually just printouts of information available on a single system (printing the alarm log at the time of a process failure)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 54

Ad Hoc Reports

What ad hoc reports have you produced

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 55

Steps in Generating a Report

1 Connect to a data source

2 Select a template

3 Select a data source

4 Add graphics

5 Print

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 56

Connect to Information Source

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 57

Select Template (Widget)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 58

Select a Data Source

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 59

Add Graphics

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 60

Print Report

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 61

Welcome

Asset Management Functions and Features

Performance Indicators and Metrics

Management Tools and Dashboards

Report Generation

Document Management Functions and Features

Closing and Sneak Peek at Day 2

Agenda ndash Day 1

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 62

Electronic Document Management

aka Electronic Content Management

Itrsquos the control of documents and their life cycle

How and when documents are created

How they are reviewed

How they are published

How they are used

How they are retained

Ultimately how they are destroyed

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 63

EDM Functions

EDM includes five basic functions

Capture of electronic and paper documents

Storage of the electronic files

Delivery to the end users

Preservation and destruction of the files

Management from creation to disposalhellip management is part of each other function

Wersquoll start with Storage since you need to know where theyrsquoll go before they get there

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 64

First What is a Document

In the old days a document was one or more sheets of paperhellipin the really old days it was a parchment sheepskin clay tablet or stone

Recently it was a word processed file

In todayrsquos EDM world a document is any electronic file of any size in any format that can be saved on a computer

What file formats do you use (doc png etc)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 65

Capturing Paper Documents

Electronic images of paper documents are created using scanners or multifunction printers

Optical Character Recognition (OCR) software is often used whether integrated into the hardware or as stand-alone software in order to convert digital images into editable text

Converting images into vector drawings is not as easy but getting better

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 66

Storage - Know Where They Go

Where are documents stored

Database repositories

Data warehouses

How do people get there

On-screen navigation

Storing documents involves some document management

Where they are stored (what server etc)

For how long they are stored

Migration from one storage media to another

Document destruction

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 67

Storage ndash Library Services

The storage function includes processes referred to as Library Services

They determine how documents will be filed and what methods will be used to organize or index the documents to assist in later retrieval

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 68

Storage - Indexing

During the process of storing a document information is collected about the document that will make it easier to search for and retrieve

This information is arranged in a separate table (much like the index in a book) and helps narrow and speed up searches by retrieving only those files that match the indexed information

Each document has a unique ID but also has metadata associated with it

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 69

Metadata

Metadata is typically stored for each document (the document storage date and the user name storing it)

Some metadata is usually extracted from the document automatically (date modified author etc)

The EDM system may also prompt the user storing a document to enter additional metadata

Many EDM systems use optical character recognition on scanned images or perform text extraction on electronic documents This text is used to help locate documents by identifying probable keywords or in full text searches

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 70

Metadata Stored By PPT

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 71

Metadata Prompts

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 72

Content Server Architecture

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 73

Repository Services

Single content amp data repository

Unique document ID

Document attributes

Data dictionary

Object relational management

Authentication services

Backuprecovery

Distributionreplication

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 74

Library Services

Provides a separate virtual repository for Web content

Provides access control

Allows checkout amp check-in

Provides versioning

Manages content storage

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 75

Core Content Management Services

Allows searches

Creates renditions

Allows annotations

Manages virtual documents

Provides dynamic content assembly

Manages links

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 76

Process Automation Services

Provides workflows

Manages document life cycles

Provides notifications

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 77

Storage Workflow

Most EDM systems provide a workflow process routing a document for approval before it is stored

Workflows can be Manual (requiring a user to view the document and decide

who to send it to) Rules-based (allowing an administrator to create a rule

that determines the flow of the document through an organization)

Dynamic (allowing branches to be created in a workflow process)

When a workflow is started for a document the EDMS typically routes the document through the approval process

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 78

Rules-based Workflow

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 79

Manage Check-inCheckout

EDM systems typically include check-incheck-out procedures to ensure only one version of a document is being edited at a time

When a document is checked out to one user the system locks out any other checkout attempts

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 80

Checkout

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 81

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 82

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 83

Check-in

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 84

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 85

Versioning

Versioning is tied to the check-incheckout process

It is usually automatic with manual overwriting capability (for checking in a new version as 20 instead of 12 as the system may have numbered it)

It allows users to see all versions of a document and retrieve previous versions for comparison or reediting

Versioning is useful for documents that change over time and require updating still allowing reversion to a previous copy

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 86

New Version

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 87

Collaboration

Collaboration should be inherent in an EDMS

Documents should be capable of being retrieved by an authorized user and worked on

Access should be blocked to other users while work is being performed on the document

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 88

Integration

Many document management systems attempt to integrate document management directly into other applications so that users may retrieve existing documents directly from the document management system repository make changes and save the changed document back to the repository as a new version all without leaving the application

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 89

Security

Document security is vital in many document management applications

Compliance requirements for certain types of documents are complex (the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act imposes strict security requirements on medical documents)

Some document management systems have a rights management module that allows an administrator to give access to documents based on type to only certain people or groups of people

  • Agenda ndash Day 1
  • Welcome
  • Goals
  • Introductions
  • Ground Rules
  • Slide 7
  • What is Asset Management
  • Balancing Act
  • Why Asset Management
  • All utilities are feeling the pinch
  • Life-Cycle Asset Management
  • Slide 13
  • Slide 14
  • Slide 15
  • Slide 16
  • Life-Cycle Span vs Life-Cycle Cost
  • Essentials of Asset Management
  • CMMS vs EAM
  • Levels of Asset Management
  • The Relationship Between Maintenance and Asset Management
  • Relies on Integration
  • Seeks to Maximize Value
  • Why CMMSsEAMs Fail
  • Slide 25
  • What are KPIs
  • Why Identify KPIs
  • Pitfalls
  • KPI Ideas Assets
  • KPI Ideas People
  • KPI Ideas Materials amp Services
  • KPI Ideas Other Factors
  • Expected vs Actual
  • Slide 34
  • Management Tools and Dashboards
  • Dashboards
  • Scorecards
  • Comparing Technologies
  • Why Use Them
  • Benefits
  • How to Implement
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Rule 1 ndash Have Context
  • Rule 2 - Segment
  • Rule 3 ndash Include Comments
  • Rules 4 amp 5
  • Slide 48
  • What is a Report Generator
  • Slide 50
  • Standard Reports
  • Your Standard Reports
  • Ad Hoc Reports
  • Slide 54
  • Steps in Generating a Report
  • Connect to Information Source
  • Select Template (Widget)
  • Select a Data Source
  • Add Graphics
  • Print Report
  • Slide 61
  • Electronic Document Management
  • EDM Functions
  • First What is a Document
  • Capturing Paper Documents
  • Storage - Know Where They Go
  • Storage ndash Library Services
  • Storage - Indexing
  • Metadata
  • Metadata Stored By PPT
  • Metadata Prompts
  • Content Server Architecture
  • Repository Services
  • Library Services
  • Core Content Management Services
  • Process Automation Services
  • Storage Workflow
  • Rules-based Workflow
  • Manage Check-inCheckout
  • Checkout
  • Slide 81
  • Slide 82
  • Check-in
  • Slide 84
  • Versioning
  • New Version
  • Collaboration
  • Integration
  • Security

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 53

Ad Hoc Reports

Ad hoc reports are temporary reports created by a user when information is not available in standard reports

They are usually just printouts of information available on a single system (printing the alarm log at the time of a process failure)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 54

Ad Hoc Reports

What ad hoc reports have you produced

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 55

Steps in Generating a Report

1 Connect to a data source

2 Select a template

3 Select a data source

4 Add graphics

5 Print

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 56

Connect to Information Source

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 57

Select Template (Widget)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 58

Select a Data Source

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 59

Add Graphics

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 60

Print Report

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 61

Welcome

Asset Management Functions and Features

Performance Indicators and Metrics

Management Tools and Dashboards

Report Generation

Document Management Functions and Features

Closing and Sneak Peek at Day 2

Agenda ndash Day 1

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 62

Electronic Document Management

aka Electronic Content Management

Itrsquos the control of documents and their life cycle

How and when documents are created

How they are reviewed

How they are published

How they are used

How they are retained

Ultimately how they are destroyed

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 63

EDM Functions

EDM includes five basic functions

Capture of electronic and paper documents

Storage of the electronic files

Delivery to the end users

Preservation and destruction of the files

Management from creation to disposalhellip management is part of each other function

Wersquoll start with Storage since you need to know where theyrsquoll go before they get there

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 64

First What is a Document

In the old days a document was one or more sheets of paperhellipin the really old days it was a parchment sheepskin clay tablet or stone

Recently it was a word processed file

In todayrsquos EDM world a document is any electronic file of any size in any format that can be saved on a computer

What file formats do you use (doc png etc)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 65

Capturing Paper Documents

Electronic images of paper documents are created using scanners or multifunction printers

Optical Character Recognition (OCR) software is often used whether integrated into the hardware or as stand-alone software in order to convert digital images into editable text

Converting images into vector drawings is not as easy but getting better

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 66

Storage - Know Where They Go

Where are documents stored

Database repositories

Data warehouses

How do people get there

On-screen navigation

Storing documents involves some document management

Where they are stored (what server etc)

For how long they are stored

Migration from one storage media to another

Document destruction

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 67

Storage ndash Library Services

The storage function includes processes referred to as Library Services

They determine how documents will be filed and what methods will be used to organize or index the documents to assist in later retrieval

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 68

Storage - Indexing

During the process of storing a document information is collected about the document that will make it easier to search for and retrieve

This information is arranged in a separate table (much like the index in a book) and helps narrow and speed up searches by retrieving only those files that match the indexed information

Each document has a unique ID but also has metadata associated with it

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 69

Metadata

Metadata is typically stored for each document (the document storage date and the user name storing it)

Some metadata is usually extracted from the document automatically (date modified author etc)

The EDM system may also prompt the user storing a document to enter additional metadata

Many EDM systems use optical character recognition on scanned images or perform text extraction on electronic documents This text is used to help locate documents by identifying probable keywords or in full text searches

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 70

Metadata Stored By PPT

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 71

Metadata Prompts

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 72

Content Server Architecture

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 73

Repository Services

Single content amp data repository

Unique document ID

Document attributes

Data dictionary

Object relational management

Authentication services

Backuprecovery

Distributionreplication

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 74

Library Services

Provides a separate virtual repository for Web content

Provides access control

Allows checkout amp check-in

Provides versioning

Manages content storage

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 75

Core Content Management Services

Allows searches

Creates renditions

Allows annotations

Manages virtual documents

Provides dynamic content assembly

Manages links

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 76

Process Automation Services

Provides workflows

Manages document life cycles

Provides notifications

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 77

Storage Workflow

Most EDM systems provide a workflow process routing a document for approval before it is stored

Workflows can be Manual (requiring a user to view the document and decide

who to send it to) Rules-based (allowing an administrator to create a rule

that determines the flow of the document through an organization)

Dynamic (allowing branches to be created in a workflow process)

When a workflow is started for a document the EDMS typically routes the document through the approval process

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 78

Rules-based Workflow

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 79

Manage Check-inCheckout

EDM systems typically include check-incheck-out procedures to ensure only one version of a document is being edited at a time

When a document is checked out to one user the system locks out any other checkout attempts

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 80

Checkout

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 81

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 82

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 83

Check-in

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 84

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 85

Versioning

Versioning is tied to the check-incheckout process

It is usually automatic with manual overwriting capability (for checking in a new version as 20 instead of 12 as the system may have numbered it)

It allows users to see all versions of a document and retrieve previous versions for comparison or reediting

Versioning is useful for documents that change over time and require updating still allowing reversion to a previous copy

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 86

New Version

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 87

Collaboration

Collaboration should be inherent in an EDMS

Documents should be capable of being retrieved by an authorized user and worked on

Access should be blocked to other users while work is being performed on the document

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 88

Integration

Many document management systems attempt to integrate document management directly into other applications so that users may retrieve existing documents directly from the document management system repository make changes and save the changed document back to the repository as a new version all without leaving the application

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 89

Security

Document security is vital in many document management applications

Compliance requirements for certain types of documents are complex (the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act imposes strict security requirements on medical documents)

Some document management systems have a rights management module that allows an administrator to give access to documents based on type to only certain people or groups of people

  • Agenda ndash Day 1
  • Welcome
  • Goals
  • Introductions
  • Ground Rules
  • Slide 7
  • What is Asset Management
  • Balancing Act
  • Why Asset Management
  • All utilities are feeling the pinch
  • Life-Cycle Asset Management
  • Slide 13
  • Slide 14
  • Slide 15
  • Slide 16
  • Life-Cycle Span vs Life-Cycle Cost
  • Essentials of Asset Management
  • CMMS vs EAM
  • Levels of Asset Management
  • The Relationship Between Maintenance and Asset Management
  • Relies on Integration
  • Seeks to Maximize Value
  • Why CMMSsEAMs Fail
  • Slide 25
  • What are KPIs
  • Why Identify KPIs
  • Pitfalls
  • KPI Ideas Assets
  • KPI Ideas People
  • KPI Ideas Materials amp Services
  • KPI Ideas Other Factors
  • Expected vs Actual
  • Slide 34
  • Management Tools and Dashboards
  • Dashboards
  • Scorecards
  • Comparing Technologies
  • Why Use Them
  • Benefits
  • How to Implement
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Rule 1 ndash Have Context
  • Rule 2 - Segment
  • Rule 3 ndash Include Comments
  • Rules 4 amp 5
  • Slide 48
  • What is a Report Generator
  • Slide 50
  • Standard Reports
  • Your Standard Reports
  • Ad Hoc Reports
  • Slide 54
  • Steps in Generating a Report
  • Connect to Information Source
  • Select Template (Widget)
  • Select a Data Source
  • Add Graphics
  • Print Report
  • Slide 61
  • Electronic Document Management
  • EDM Functions
  • First What is a Document
  • Capturing Paper Documents
  • Storage - Know Where They Go
  • Storage ndash Library Services
  • Storage - Indexing
  • Metadata
  • Metadata Stored By PPT
  • Metadata Prompts
  • Content Server Architecture
  • Repository Services
  • Library Services
  • Core Content Management Services
  • Process Automation Services
  • Storage Workflow
  • Rules-based Workflow
  • Manage Check-inCheckout
  • Checkout
  • Slide 81
  • Slide 82
  • Check-in
  • Slide 84
  • Versioning
  • New Version
  • Collaboration
  • Integration
  • Security

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 54

Ad Hoc Reports

What ad hoc reports have you produced

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 55

Steps in Generating a Report

1 Connect to a data source

2 Select a template

3 Select a data source

4 Add graphics

5 Print

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 56

Connect to Information Source

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 57

Select Template (Widget)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 58

Select a Data Source

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 59

Add Graphics

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 60

Print Report

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 61

Welcome

Asset Management Functions and Features

Performance Indicators and Metrics

Management Tools and Dashboards

Report Generation

Document Management Functions and Features

Closing and Sneak Peek at Day 2

Agenda ndash Day 1

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 62

Electronic Document Management

aka Electronic Content Management

Itrsquos the control of documents and their life cycle

How and when documents are created

How they are reviewed

How they are published

How they are used

How they are retained

Ultimately how they are destroyed

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 63

EDM Functions

EDM includes five basic functions

Capture of electronic and paper documents

Storage of the electronic files

Delivery to the end users

Preservation and destruction of the files

Management from creation to disposalhellip management is part of each other function

Wersquoll start with Storage since you need to know where theyrsquoll go before they get there

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 64

First What is a Document

In the old days a document was one or more sheets of paperhellipin the really old days it was a parchment sheepskin clay tablet or stone

Recently it was a word processed file

In todayrsquos EDM world a document is any electronic file of any size in any format that can be saved on a computer

What file formats do you use (doc png etc)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 65

Capturing Paper Documents

Electronic images of paper documents are created using scanners or multifunction printers

Optical Character Recognition (OCR) software is often used whether integrated into the hardware or as stand-alone software in order to convert digital images into editable text

Converting images into vector drawings is not as easy but getting better

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 66

Storage - Know Where They Go

Where are documents stored

Database repositories

Data warehouses

How do people get there

On-screen navigation

Storing documents involves some document management

Where they are stored (what server etc)

For how long they are stored

Migration from one storage media to another

Document destruction

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 67

Storage ndash Library Services

The storage function includes processes referred to as Library Services

They determine how documents will be filed and what methods will be used to organize or index the documents to assist in later retrieval

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 68

Storage - Indexing

During the process of storing a document information is collected about the document that will make it easier to search for and retrieve

This information is arranged in a separate table (much like the index in a book) and helps narrow and speed up searches by retrieving only those files that match the indexed information

Each document has a unique ID but also has metadata associated with it

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 69

Metadata

Metadata is typically stored for each document (the document storage date and the user name storing it)

Some metadata is usually extracted from the document automatically (date modified author etc)

The EDM system may also prompt the user storing a document to enter additional metadata

Many EDM systems use optical character recognition on scanned images or perform text extraction on electronic documents This text is used to help locate documents by identifying probable keywords or in full text searches

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 70

Metadata Stored By PPT

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 71

Metadata Prompts

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 72

Content Server Architecture

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 73

Repository Services

Single content amp data repository

Unique document ID

Document attributes

Data dictionary

Object relational management

Authentication services

Backuprecovery

Distributionreplication

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 74

Library Services

Provides a separate virtual repository for Web content

Provides access control

Allows checkout amp check-in

Provides versioning

Manages content storage

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 75

Core Content Management Services

Allows searches

Creates renditions

Allows annotations

Manages virtual documents

Provides dynamic content assembly

Manages links

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 76

Process Automation Services

Provides workflows

Manages document life cycles

Provides notifications

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 77

Storage Workflow

Most EDM systems provide a workflow process routing a document for approval before it is stored

Workflows can be Manual (requiring a user to view the document and decide

who to send it to) Rules-based (allowing an administrator to create a rule

that determines the flow of the document through an organization)

Dynamic (allowing branches to be created in a workflow process)

When a workflow is started for a document the EDMS typically routes the document through the approval process

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 78

Rules-based Workflow

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 79

Manage Check-inCheckout

EDM systems typically include check-incheck-out procedures to ensure only one version of a document is being edited at a time

When a document is checked out to one user the system locks out any other checkout attempts

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 80

Checkout

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 81

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 82

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 83

Check-in

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 84

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 85

Versioning

Versioning is tied to the check-incheckout process

It is usually automatic with manual overwriting capability (for checking in a new version as 20 instead of 12 as the system may have numbered it)

It allows users to see all versions of a document and retrieve previous versions for comparison or reediting

Versioning is useful for documents that change over time and require updating still allowing reversion to a previous copy

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 86

New Version

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 87

Collaboration

Collaboration should be inherent in an EDMS

Documents should be capable of being retrieved by an authorized user and worked on

Access should be blocked to other users while work is being performed on the document

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 88

Integration

Many document management systems attempt to integrate document management directly into other applications so that users may retrieve existing documents directly from the document management system repository make changes and save the changed document back to the repository as a new version all without leaving the application

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 89

Security

Document security is vital in many document management applications

Compliance requirements for certain types of documents are complex (the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act imposes strict security requirements on medical documents)

Some document management systems have a rights management module that allows an administrator to give access to documents based on type to only certain people or groups of people

  • Agenda ndash Day 1
  • Welcome
  • Goals
  • Introductions
  • Ground Rules
  • Slide 7
  • What is Asset Management
  • Balancing Act
  • Why Asset Management
  • All utilities are feeling the pinch
  • Life-Cycle Asset Management
  • Slide 13
  • Slide 14
  • Slide 15
  • Slide 16
  • Life-Cycle Span vs Life-Cycle Cost
  • Essentials of Asset Management
  • CMMS vs EAM
  • Levels of Asset Management
  • The Relationship Between Maintenance and Asset Management
  • Relies on Integration
  • Seeks to Maximize Value
  • Why CMMSsEAMs Fail
  • Slide 25
  • What are KPIs
  • Why Identify KPIs
  • Pitfalls
  • KPI Ideas Assets
  • KPI Ideas People
  • KPI Ideas Materials amp Services
  • KPI Ideas Other Factors
  • Expected vs Actual
  • Slide 34
  • Management Tools and Dashboards
  • Dashboards
  • Scorecards
  • Comparing Technologies
  • Why Use Them
  • Benefits
  • How to Implement
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Rule 1 ndash Have Context
  • Rule 2 - Segment
  • Rule 3 ndash Include Comments
  • Rules 4 amp 5
  • Slide 48
  • What is a Report Generator
  • Slide 50
  • Standard Reports
  • Your Standard Reports
  • Ad Hoc Reports
  • Slide 54
  • Steps in Generating a Report
  • Connect to Information Source
  • Select Template (Widget)
  • Select a Data Source
  • Add Graphics
  • Print Report
  • Slide 61
  • Electronic Document Management
  • EDM Functions
  • First What is a Document
  • Capturing Paper Documents
  • Storage - Know Where They Go
  • Storage ndash Library Services
  • Storage - Indexing
  • Metadata
  • Metadata Stored By PPT
  • Metadata Prompts
  • Content Server Architecture
  • Repository Services
  • Library Services
  • Core Content Management Services
  • Process Automation Services
  • Storage Workflow
  • Rules-based Workflow
  • Manage Check-inCheckout
  • Checkout
  • Slide 81
  • Slide 82
  • Check-in
  • Slide 84
  • Versioning
  • New Version
  • Collaboration
  • Integration
  • Security

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 55

Steps in Generating a Report

1 Connect to a data source

2 Select a template

3 Select a data source

4 Add graphics

5 Print

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 56

Connect to Information Source

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 57

Select Template (Widget)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 58

Select a Data Source

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 59

Add Graphics

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 60

Print Report

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 61

Welcome

Asset Management Functions and Features

Performance Indicators and Metrics

Management Tools and Dashboards

Report Generation

Document Management Functions and Features

Closing and Sneak Peek at Day 2

Agenda ndash Day 1

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 62

Electronic Document Management

aka Electronic Content Management

Itrsquos the control of documents and their life cycle

How and when documents are created

How they are reviewed

How they are published

How they are used

How they are retained

Ultimately how they are destroyed

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 63

EDM Functions

EDM includes five basic functions

Capture of electronic and paper documents

Storage of the electronic files

Delivery to the end users

Preservation and destruction of the files

Management from creation to disposalhellip management is part of each other function

Wersquoll start with Storage since you need to know where theyrsquoll go before they get there

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 64

First What is a Document

In the old days a document was one or more sheets of paperhellipin the really old days it was a parchment sheepskin clay tablet or stone

Recently it was a word processed file

In todayrsquos EDM world a document is any electronic file of any size in any format that can be saved on a computer

What file formats do you use (doc png etc)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 65

Capturing Paper Documents

Electronic images of paper documents are created using scanners or multifunction printers

Optical Character Recognition (OCR) software is often used whether integrated into the hardware or as stand-alone software in order to convert digital images into editable text

Converting images into vector drawings is not as easy but getting better

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 66

Storage - Know Where They Go

Where are documents stored

Database repositories

Data warehouses

How do people get there

On-screen navigation

Storing documents involves some document management

Where they are stored (what server etc)

For how long they are stored

Migration from one storage media to another

Document destruction

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 67

Storage ndash Library Services

The storage function includes processes referred to as Library Services

They determine how documents will be filed and what methods will be used to organize or index the documents to assist in later retrieval

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 68

Storage - Indexing

During the process of storing a document information is collected about the document that will make it easier to search for and retrieve

This information is arranged in a separate table (much like the index in a book) and helps narrow and speed up searches by retrieving only those files that match the indexed information

Each document has a unique ID but also has metadata associated with it

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 69

Metadata

Metadata is typically stored for each document (the document storage date and the user name storing it)

Some metadata is usually extracted from the document automatically (date modified author etc)

The EDM system may also prompt the user storing a document to enter additional metadata

Many EDM systems use optical character recognition on scanned images or perform text extraction on electronic documents This text is used to help locate documents by identifying probable keywords or in full text searches

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 70

Metadata Stored By PPT

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 71

Metadata Prompts

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 72

Content Server Architecture

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 73

Repository Services

Single content amp data repository

Unique document ID

Document attributes

Data dictionary

Object relational management

Authentication services

Backuprecovery

Distributionreplication

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 74

Library Services

Provides a separate virtual repository for Web content

Provides access control

Allows checkout amp check-in

Provides versioning

Manages content storage

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 75

Core Content Management Services

Allows searches

Creates renditions

Allows annotations

Manages virtual documents

Provides dynamic content assembly

Manages links

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 76

Process Automation Services

Provides workflows

Manages document life cycles

Provides notifications

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 77

Storage Workflow

Most EDM systems provide a workflow process routing a document for approval before it is stored

Workflows can be Manual (requiring a user to view the document and decide

who to send it to) Rules-based (allowing an administrator to create a rule

that determines the flow of the document through an organization)

Dynamic (allowing branches to be created in a workflow process)

When a workflow is started for a document the EDMS typically routes the document through the approval process

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 78

Rules-based Workflow

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 79

Manage Check-inCheckout

EDM systems typically include check-incheck-out procedures to ensure only one version of a document is being edited at a time

When a document is checked out to one user the system locks out any other checkout attempts

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 80

Checkout

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 81

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 82

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 83

Check-in

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 84

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 85

Versioning

Versioning is tied to the check-incheckout process

It is usually automatic with manual overwriting capability (for checking in a new version as 20 instead of 12 as the system may have numbered it)

It allows users to see all versions of a document and retrieve previous versions for comparison or reediting

Versioning is useful for documents that change over time and require updating still allowing reversion to a previous copy

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 86

New Version

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 87

Collaboration

Collaboration should be inherent in an EDMS

Documents should be capable of being retrieved by an authorized user and worked on

Access should be blocked to other users while work is being performed on the document

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 88

Integration

Many document management systems attempt to integrate document management directly into other applications so that users may retrieve existing documents directly from the document management system repository make changes and save the changed document back to the repository as a new version all without leaving the application

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 89

Security

Document security is vital in many document management applications

Compliance requirements for certain types of documents are complex (the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act imposes strict security requirements on medical documents)

Some document management systems have a rights management module that allows an administrator to give access to documents based on type to only certain people or groups of people

  • Agenda ndash Day 1
  • Welcome
  • Goals
  • Introductions
  • Ground Rules
  • Slide 7
  • What is Asset Management
  • Balancing Act
  • Why Asset Management
  • All utilities are feeling the pinch
  • Life-Cycle Asset Management
  • Slide 13
  • Slide 14
  • Slide 15
  • Slide 16
  • Life-Cycle Span vs Life-Cycle Cost
  • Essentials of Asset Management
  • CMMS vs EAM
  • Levels of Asset Management
  • The Relationship Between Maintenance and Asset Management
  • Relies on Integration
  • Seeks to Maximize Value
  • Why CMMSsEAMs Fail
  • Slide 25
  • What are KPIs
  • Why Identify KPIs
  • Pitfalls
  • KPI Ideas Assets
  • KPI Ideas People
  • KPI Ideas Materials amp Services
  • KPI Ideas Other Factors
  • Expected vs Actual
  • Slide 34
  • Management Tools and Dashboards
  • Dashboards
  • Scorecards
  • Comparing Technologies
  • Why Use Them
  • Benefits
  • How to Implement
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Rule 1 ndash Have Context
  • Rule 2 - Segment
  • Rule 3 ndash Include Comments
  • Rules 4 amp 5
  • Slide 48
  • What is a Report Generator
  • Slide 50
  • Standard Reports
  • Your Standard Reports
  • Ad Hoc Reports
  • Slide 54
  • Steps in Generating a Report
  • Connect to Information Source
  • Select Template (Widget)
  • Select a Data Source
  • Add Graphics
  • Print Report
  • Slide 61
  • Electronic Document Management
  • EDM Functions
  • First What is a Document
  • Capturing Paper Documents
  • Storage - Know Where They Go
  • Storage ndash Library Services
  • Storage - Indexing
  • Metadata
  • Metadata Stored By PPT
  • Metadata Prompts
  • Content Server Architecture
  • Repository Services
  • Library Services
  • Core Content Management Services
  • Process Automation Services
  • Storage Workflow
  • Rules-based Workflow
  • Manage Check-inCheckout
  • Checkout
  • Slide 81
  • Slide 82
  • Check-in
  • Slide 84
  • Versioning
  • New Version
  • Collaboration
  • Integration
  • Security

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 56

Connect to Information Source

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 57

Select Template (Widget)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 58

Select a Data Source

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 59

Add Graphics

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 60

Print Report

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 61

Welcome

Asset Management Functions and Features

Performance Indicators and Metrics

Management Tools and Dashboards

Report Generation

Document Management Functions and Features

Closing and Sneak Peek at Day 2

Agenda ndash Day 1

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 62

Electronic Document Management

aka Electronic Content Management

Itrsquos the control of documents and their life cycle

How and when documents are created

How they are reviewed

How they are published

How they are used

How they are retained

Ultimately how they are destroyed

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 63

EDM Functions

EDM includes five basic functions

Capture of electronic and paper documents

Storage of the electronic files

Delivery to the end users

Preservation and destruction of the files

Management from creation to disposalhellip management is part of each other function

Wersquoll start with Storage since you need to know where theyrsquoll go before they get there

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 64

First What is a Document

In the old days a document was one or more sheets of paperhellipin the really old days it was a parchment sheepskin clay tablet or stone

Recently it was a word processed file

In todayrsquos EDM world a document is any electronic file of any size in any format that can be saved on a computer

What file formats do you use (doc png etc)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 65

Capturing Paper Documents

Electronic images of paper documents are created using scanners or multifunction printers

Optical Character Recognition (OCR) software is often used whether integrated into the hardware or as stand-alone software in order to convert digital images into editable text

Converting images into vector drawings is not as easy but getting better

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 66

Storage - Know Where They Go

Where are documents stored

Database repositories

Data warehouses

How do people get there

On-screen navigation

Storing documents involves some document management

Where they are stored (what server etc)

For how long they are stored

Migration from one storage media to another

Document destruction

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 67

Storage ndash Library Services

The storage function includes processes referred to as Library Services

They determine how documents will be filed and what methods will be used to organize or index the documents to assist in later retrieval

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 68

Storage - Indexing

During the process of storing a document information is collected about the document that will make it easier to search for and retrieve

This information is arranged in a separate table (much like the index in a book) and helps narrow and speed up searches by retrieving only those files that match the indexed information

Each document has a unique ID but also has metadata associated with it

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 69

Metadata

Metadata is typically stored for each document (the document storage date and the user name storing it)

Some metadata is usually extracted from the document automatically (date modified author etc)

The EDM system may also prompt the user storing a document to enter additional metadata

Many EDM systems use optical character recognition on scanned images or perform text extraction on electronic documents This text is used to help locate documents by identifying probable keywords or in full text searches

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 70

Metadata Stored By PPT

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 71

Metadata Prompts

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 72

Content Server Architecture

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 73

Repository Services

Single content amp data repository

Unique document ID

Document attributes

Data dictionary

Object relational management

Authentication services

Backuprecovery

Distributionreplication

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 74

Library Services

Provides a separate virtual repository for Web content

Provides access control

Allows checkout amp check-in

Provides versioning

Manages content storage

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 75

Core Content Management Services

Allows searches

Creates renditions

Allows annotations

Manages virtual documents

Provides dynamic content assembly

Manages links

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 76

Process Automation Services

Provides workflows

Manages document life cycles

Provides notifications

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 77

Storage Workflow

Most EDM systems provide a workflow process routing a document for approval before it is stored

Workflows can be Manual (requiring a user to view the document and decide

who to send it to) Rules-based (allowing an administrator to create a rule

that determines the flow of the document through an organization)

Dynamic (allowing branches to be created in a workflow process)

When a workflow is started for a document the EDMS typically routes the document through the approval process

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 78

Rules-based Workflow

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 79

Manage Check-inCheckout

EDM systems typically include check-incheck-out procedures to ensure only one version of a document is being edited at a time

When a document is checked out to one user the system locks out any other checkout attempts

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 80

Checkout

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 81

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 82

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 83

Check-in

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 84

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 85

Versioning

Versioning is tied to the check-incheckout process

It is usually automatic with manual overwriting capability (for checking in a new version as 20 instead of 12 as the system may have numbered it)

It allows users to see all versions of a document and retrieve previous versions for comparison or reediting

Versioning is useful for documents that change over time and require updating still allowing reversion to a previous copy

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 86

New Version

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 87

Collaboration

Collaboration should be inherent in an EDMS

Documents should be capable of being retrieved by an authorized user and worked on

Access should be blocked to other users while work is being performed on the document

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 88

Integration

Many document management systems attempt to integrate document management directly into other applications so that users may retrieve existing documents directly from the document management system repository make changes and save the changed document back to the repository as a new version all without leaving the application

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 89

Security

Document security is vital in many document management applications

Compliance requirements for certain types of documents are complex (the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act imposes strict security requirements on medical documents)

Some document management systems have a rights management module that allows an administrator to give access to documents based on type to only certain people or groups of people

  • Agenda ndash Day 1
  • Welcome
  • Goals
  • Introductions
  • Ground Rules
  • Slide 7
  • What is Asset Management
  • Balancing Act
  • Why Asset Management
  • All utilities are feeling the pinch
  • Life-Cycle Asset Management
  • Slide 13
  • Slide 14
  • Slide 15
  • Slide 16
  • Life-Cycle Span vs Life-Cycle Cost
  • Essentials of Asset Management
  • CMMS vs EAM
  • Levels of Asset Management
  • The Relationship Between Maintenance and Asset Management
  • Relies on Integration
  • Seeks to Maximize Value
  • Why CMMSsEAMs Fail
  • Slide 25
  • What are KPIs
  • Why Identify KPIs
  • Pitfalls
  • KPI Ideas Assets
  • KPI Ideas People
  • KPI Ideas Materials amp Services
  • KPI Ideas Other Factors
  • Expected vs Actual
  • Slide 34
  • Management Tools and Dashboards
  • Dashboards
  • Scorecards
  • Comparing Technologies
  • Why Use Them
  • Benefits
  • How to Implement
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Rule 1 ndash Have Context
  • Rule 2 - Segment
  • Rule 3 ndash Include Comments
  • Rules 4 amp 5
  • Slide 48
  • What is a Report Generator
  • Slide 50
  • Standard Reports
  • Your Standard Reports
  • Ad Hoc Reports
  • Slide 54
  • Steps in Generating a Report
  • Connect to Information Source
  • Select Template (Widget)
  • Select a Data Source
  • Add Graphics
  • Print Report
  • Slide 61
  • Electronic Document Management
  • EDM Functions
  • First What is a Document
  • Capturing Paper Documents
  • Storage - Know Where They Go
  • Storage ndash Library Services
  • Storage - Indexing
  • Metadata
  • Metadata Stored By PPT
  • Metadata Prompts
  • Content Server Architecture
  • Repository Services
  • Library Services
  • Core Content Management Services
  • Process Automation Services
  • Storage Workflow
  • Rules-based Workflow
  • Manage Check-inCheckout
  • Checkout
  • Slide 81
  • Slide 82
  • Check-in
  • Slide 84
  • Versioning
  • New Version
  • Collaboration
  • Integration
  • Security

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 57

Select Template (Widget)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 58

Select a Data Source

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 59

Add Graphics

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 60

Print Report

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 61

Welcome

Asset Management Functions and Features

Performance Indicators and Metrics

Management Tools and Dashboards

Report Generation

Document Management Functions and Features

Closing and Sneak Peek at Day 2

Agenda ndash Day 1

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 62

Electronic Document Management

aka Electronic Content Management

Itrsquos the control of documents and their life cycle

How and when documents are created

How they are reviewed

How they are published

How they are used

How they are retained

Ultimately how they are destroyed

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 63

EDM Functions

EDM includes five basic functions

Capture of electronic and paper documents

Storage of the electronic files

Delivery to the end users

Preservation and destruction of the files

Management from creation to disposalhellip management is part of each other function

Wersquoll start with Storage since you need to know where theyrsquoll go before they get there

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 64

First What is a Document

In the old days a document was one or more sheets of paperhellipin the really old days it was a parchment sheepskin clay tablet or stone

Recently it was a word processed file

In todayrsquos EDM world a document is any electronic file of any size in any format that can be saved on a computer

What file formats do you use (doc png etc)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 65

Capturing Paper Documents

Electronic images of paper documents are created using scanners or multifunction printers

Optical Character Recognition (OCR) software is often used whether integrated into the hardware or as stand-alone software in order to convert digital images into editable text

Converting images into vector drawings is not as easy but getting better

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 66

Storage - Know Where They Go

Where are documents stored

Database repositories

Data warehouses

How do people get there

On-screen navigation

Storing documents involves some document management

Where they are stored (what server etc)

For how long they are stored

Migration from one storage media to another

Document destruction

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 67

Storage ndash Library Services

The storage function includes processes referred to as Library Services

They determine how documents will be filed and what methods will be used to organize or index the documents to assist in later retrieval

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 68

Storage - Indexing

During the process of storing a document information is collected about the document that will make it easier to search for and retrieve

This information is arranged in a separate table (much like the index in a book) and helps narrow and speed up searches by retrieving only those files that match the indexed information

Each document has a unique ID but also has metadata associated with it

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 69

Metadata

Metadata is typically stored for each document (the document storage date and the user name storing it)

Some metadata is usually extracted from the document automatically (date modified author etc)

The EDM system may also prompt the user storing a document to enter additional metadata

Many EDM systems use optical character recognition on scanned images or perform text extraction on electronic documents This text is used to help locate documents by identifying probable keywords or in full text searches

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 70

Metadata Stored By PPT

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 71

Metadata Prompts

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 72

Content Server Architecture

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 73

Repository Services

Single content amp data repository

Unique document ID

Document attributes

Data dictionary

Object relational management

Authentication services

Backuprecovery

Distributionreplication

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 74

Library Services

Provides a separate virtual repository for Web content

Provides access control

Allows checkout amp check-in

Provides versioning

Manages content storage

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 75

Core Content Management Services

Allows searches

Creates renditions

Allows annotations

Manages virtual documents

Provides dynamic content assembly

Manages links

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 76

Process Automation Services

Provides workflows

Manages document life cycles

Provides notifications

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 77

Storage Workflow

Most EDM systems provide a workflow process routing a document for approval before it is stored

Workflows can be Manual (requiring a user to view the document and decide

who to send it to) Rules-based (allowing an administrator to create a rule

that determines the flow of the document through an organization)

Dynamic (allowing branches to be created in a workflow process)

When a workflow is started for a document the EDMS typically routes the document through the approval process

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 78

Rules-based Workflow

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 79

Manage Check-inCheckout

EDM systems typically include check-incheck-out procedures to ensure only one version of a document is being edited at a time

When a document is checked out to one user the system locks out any other checkout attempts

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 80

Checkout

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 81

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 82

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 83

Check-in

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 84

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 85

Versioning

Versioning is tied to the check-incheckout process

It is usually automatic with manual overwriting capability (for checking in a new version as 20 instead of 12 as the system may have numbered it)

It allows users to see all versions of a document and retrieve previous versions for comparison or reediting

Versioning is useful for documents that change over time and require updating still allowing reversion to a previous copy

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 86

New Version

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 87

Collaboration

Collaboration should be inherent in an EDMS

Documents should be capable of being retrieved by an authorized user and worked on

Access should be blocked to other users while work is being performed on the document

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 88

Integration

Many document management systems attempt to integrate document management directly into other applications so that users may retrieve existing documents directly from the document management system repository make changes and save the changed document back to the repository as a new version all without leaving the application

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 89

Security

Document security is vital in many document management applications

Compliance requirements for certain types of documents are complex (the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act imposes strict security requirements on medical documents)

Some document management systems have a rights management module that allows an administrator to give access to documents based on type to only certain people or groups of people

  • Agenda ndash Day 1
  • Welcome
  • Goals
  • Introductions
  • Ground Rules
  • Slide 7
  • What is Asset Management
  • Balancing Act
  • Why Asset Management
  • All utilities are feeling the pinch
  • Life-Cycle Asset Management
  • Slide 13
  • Slide 14
  • Slide 15
  • Slide 16
  • Life-Cycle Span vs Life-Cycle Cost
  • Essentials of Asset Management
  • CMMS vs EAM
  • Levels of Asset Management
  • The Relationship Between Maintenance and Asset Management
  • Relies on Integration
  • Seeks to Maximize Value
  • Why CMMSsEAMs Fail
  • Slide 25
  • What are KPIs
  • Why Identify KPIs
  • Pitfalls
  • KPI Ideas Assets
  • KPI Ideas People
  • KPI Ideas Materials amp Services
  • KPI Ideas Other Factors
  • Expected vs Actual
  • Slide 34
  • Management Tools and Dashboards
  • Dashboards
  • Scorecards
  • Comparing Technologies
  • Why Use Them
  • Benefits
  • How to Implement
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Rule 1 ndash Have Context
  • Rule 2 - Segment
  • Rule 3 ndash Include Comments
  • Rules 4 amp 5
  • Slide 48
  • What is a Report Generator
  • Slide 50
  • Standard Reports
  • Your Standard Reports
  • Ad Hoc Reports
  • Slide 54
  • Steps in Generating a Report
  • Connect to Information Source
  • Select Template (Widget)
  • Select a Data Source
  • Add Graphics
  • Print Report
  • Slide 61
  • Electronic Document Management
  • EDM Functions
  • First What is a Document
  • Capturing Paper Documents
  • Storage - Know Where They Go
  • Storage ndash Library Services
  • Storage - Indexing
  • Metadata
  • Metadata Stored By PPT
  • Metadata Prompts
  • Content Server Architecture
  • Repository Services
  • Library Services
  • Core Content Management Services
  • Process Automation Services
  • Storage Workflow
  • Rules-based Workflow
  • Manage Check-inCheckout
  • Checkout
  • Slide 81
  • Slide 82
  • Check-in
  • Slide 84
  • Versioning
  • New Version
  • Collaboration
  • Integration
  • Security

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 58

Select a Data Source

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 59

Add Graphics

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 60

Print Report

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 61

Welcome

Asset Management Functions and Features

Performance Indicators and Metrics

Management Tools and Dashboards

Report Generation

Document Management Functions and Features

Closing and Sneak Peek at Day 2

Agenda ndash Day 1

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 62

Electronic Document Management

aka Electronic Content Management

Itrsquos the control of documents and their life cycle

How and when documents are created

How they are reviewed

How they are published

How they are used

How they are retained

Ultimately how they are destroyed

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 63

EDM Functions

EDM includes five basic functions

Capture of electronic and paper documents

Storage of the electronic files

Delivery to the end users

Preservation and destruction of the files

Management from creation to disposalhellip management is part of each other function

Wersquoll start with Storage since you need to know where theyrsquoll go before they get there

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 64

First What is a Document

In the old days a document was one or more sheets of paperhellipin the really old days it was a parchment sheepskin clay tablet or stone

Recently it was a word processed file

In todayrsquos EDM world a document is any electronic file of any size in any format that can be saved on a computer

What file formats do you use (doc png etc)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 65

Capturing Paper Documents

Electronic images of paper documents are created using scanners or multifunction printers

Optical Character Recognition (OCR) software is often used whether integrated into the hardware or as stand-alone software in order to convert digital images into editable text

Converting images into vector drawings is not as easy but getting better

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 66

Storage - Know Where They Go

Where are documents stored

Database repositories

Data warehouses

How do people get there

On-screen navigation

Storing documents involves some document management

Where they are stored (what server etc)

For how long they are stored

Migration from one storage media to another

Document destruction

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 67

Storage ndash Library Services

The storage function includes processes referred to as Library Services

They determine how documents will be filed and what methods will be used to organize or index the documents to assist in later retrieval

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 68

Storage - Indexing

During the process of storing a document information is collected about the document that will make it easier to search for and retrieve

This information is arranged in a separate table (much like the index in a book) and helps narrow and speed up searches by retrieving only those files that match the indexed information

Each document has a unique ID but also has metadata associated with it

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 69

Metadata

Metadata is typically stored for each document (the document storage date and the user name storing it)

Some metadata is usually extracted from the document automatically (date modified author etc)

The EDM system may also prompt the user storing a document to enter additional metadata

Many EDM systems use optical character recognition on scanned images or perform text extraction on electronic documents This text is used to help locate documents by identifying probable keywords or in full text searches

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 70

Metadata Stored By PPT

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 71

Metadata Prompts

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 72

Content Server Architecture

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 73

Repository Services

Single content amp data repository

Unique document ID

Document attributes

Data dictionary

Object relational management

Authentication services

Backuprecovery

Distributionreplication

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 74

Library Services

Provides a separate virtual repository for Web content

Provides access control

Allows checkout amp check-in

Provides versioning

Manages content storage

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 75

Core Content Management Services

Allows searches

Creates renditions

Allows annotations

Manages virtual documents

Provides dynamic content assembly

Manages links

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 76

Process Automation Services

Provides workflows

Manages document life cycles

Provides notifications

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 77

Storage Workflow

Most EDM systems provide a workflow process routing a document for approval before it is stored

Workflows can be Manual (requiring a user to view the document and decide

who to send it to) Rules-based (allowing an administrator to create a rule

that determines the flow of the document through an organization)

Dynamic (allowing branches to be created in a workflow process)

When a workflow is started for a document the EDMS typically routes the document through the approval process

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 78

Rules-based Workflow

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 79

Manage Check-inCheckout

EDM systems typically include check-incheck-out procedures to ensure only one version of a document is being edited at a time

When a document is checked out to one user the system locks out any other checkout attempts

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 80

Checkout

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 81

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 82

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 83

Check-in

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 84

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 85

Versioning

Versioning is tied to the check-incheckout process

It is usually automatic with manual overwriting capability (for checking in a new version as 20 instead of 12 as the system may have numbered it)

It allows users to see all versions of a document and retrieve previous versions for comparison or reediting

Versioning is useful for documents that change over time and require updating still allowing reversion to a previous copy

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 86

New Version

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 87

Collaboration

Collaboration should be inherent in an EDMS

Documents should be capable of being retrieved by an authorized user and worked on

Access should be blocked to other users while work is being performed on the document

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 88

Integration

Many document management systems attempt to integrate document management directly into other applications so that users may retrieve existing documents directly from the document management system repository make changes and save the changed document back to the repository as a new version all without leaving the application

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 89

Security

Document security is vital in many document management applications

Compliance requirements for certain types of documents are complex (the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act imposes strict security requirements on medical documents)

Some document management systems have a rights management module that allows an administrator to give access to documents based on type to only certain people or groups of people

  • Agenda ndash Day 1
  • Welcome
  • Goals
  • Introductions
  • Ground Rules
  • Slide 7
  • What is Asset Management
  • Balancing Act
  • Why Asset Management
  • All utilities are feeling the pinch
  • Life-Cycle Asset Management
  • Slide 13
  • Slide 14
  • Slide 15
  • Slide 16
  • Life-Cycle Span vs Life-Cycle Cost
  • Essentials of Asset Management
  • CMMS vs EAM
  • Levels of Asset Management
  • The Relationship Between Maintenance and Asset Management
  • Relies on Integration
  • Seeks to Maximize Value
  • Why CMMSsEAMs Fail
  • Slide 25
  • What are KPIs
  • Why Identify KPIs
  • Pitfalls
  • KPI Ideas Assets
  • KPI Ideas People
  • KPI Ideas Materials amp Services
  • KPI Ideas Other Factors
  • Expected vs Actual
  • Slide 34
  • Management Tools and Dashboards
  • Dashboards
  • Scorecards
  • Comparing Technologies
  • Why Use Them
  • Benefits
  • How to Implement
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Rule 1 ndash Have Context
  • Rule 2 - Segment
  • Rule 3 ndash Include Comments
  • Rules 4 amp 5
  • Slide 48
  • What is a Report Generator
  • Slide 50
  • Standard Reports
  • Your Standard Reports
  • Ad Hoc Reports
  • Slide 54
  • Steps in Generating a Report
  • Connect to Information Source
  • Select Template (Widget)
  • Select a Data Source
  • Add Graphics
  • Print Report
  • Slide 61
  • Electronic Document Management
  • EDM Functions
  • First What is a Document
  • Capturing Paper Documents
  • Storage - Know Where They Go
  • Storage ndash Library Services
  • Storage - Indexing
  • Metadata
  • Metadata Stored By PPT
  • Metadata Prompts
  • Content Server Architecture
  • Repository Services
  • Library Services
  • Core Content Management Services
  • Process Automation Services
  • Storage Workflow
  • Rules-based Workflow
  • Manage Check-inCheckout
  • Checkout
  • Slide 81
  • Slide 82
  • Check-in
  • Slide 84
  • Versioning
  • New Version
  • Collaboration
  • Integration
  • Security

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 59

Add Graphics

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 60

Print Report

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 61

Welcome

Asset Management Functions and Features

Performance Indicators and Metrics

Management Tools and Dashboards

Report Generation

Document Management Functions and Features

Closing and Sneak Peek at Day 2

Agenda ndash Day 1

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 62

Electronic Document Management

aka Electronic Content Management

Itrsquos the control of documents and their life cycle

How and when documents are created

How they are reviewed

How they are published

How they are used

How they are retained

Ultimately how they are destroyed

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 63

EDM Functions

EDM includes five basic functions

Capture of electronic and paper documents

Storage of the electronic files

Delivery to the end users

Preservation and destruction of the files

Management from creation to disposalhellip management is part of each other function

Wersquoll start with Storage since you need to know where theyrsquoll go before they get there

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 64

First What is a Document

In the old days a document was one or more sheets of paperhellipin the really old days it was a parchment sheepskin clay tablet or stone

Recently it was a word processed file

In todayrsquos EDM world a document is any electronic file of any size in any format that can be saved on a computer

What file formats do you use (doc png etc)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 65

Capturing Paper Documents

Electronic images of paper documents are created using scanners or multifunction printers

Optical Character Recognition (OCR) software is often used whether integrated into the hardware or as stand-alone software in order to convert digital images into editable text

Converting images into vector drawings is not as easy but getting better

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 66

Storage - Know Where They Go

Where are documents stored

Database repositories

Data warehouses

How do people get there

On-screen navigation

Storing documents involves some document management

Where they are stored (what server etc)

For how long they are stored

Migration from one storage media to another

Document destruction

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 67

Storage ndash Library Services

The storage function includes processes referred to as Library Services

They determine how documents will be filed and what methods will be used to organize or index the documents to assist in later retrieval

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 68

Storage - Indexing

During the process of storing a document information is collected about the document that will make it easier to search for and retrieve

This information is arranged in a separate table (much like the index in a book) and helps narrow and speed up searches by retrieving only those files that match the indexed information

Each document has a unique ID but also has metadata associated with it

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 69

Metadata

Metadata is typically stored for each document (the document storage date and the user name storing it)

Some metadata is usually extracted from the document automatically (date modified author etc)

The EDM system may also prompt the user storing a document to enter additional metadata

Many EDM systems use optical character recognition on scanned images or perform text extraction on electronic documents This text is used to help locate documents by identifying probable keywords or in full text searches

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 70

Metadata Stored By PPT

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 71

Metadata Prompts

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 72

Content Server Architecture

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 73

Repository Services

Single content amp data repository

Unique document ID

Document attributes

Data dictionary

Object relational management

Authentication services

Backuprecovery

Distributionreplication

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 74

Library Services

Provides a separate virtual repository for Web content

Provides access control

Allows checkout amp check-in

Provides versioning

Manages content storage

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 75

Core Content Management Services

Allows searches

Creates renditions

Allows annotations

Manages virtual documents

Provides dynamic content assembly

Manages links

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 76

Process Automation Services

Provides workflows

Manages document life cycles

Provides notifications

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 77

Storage Workflow

Most EDM systems provide a workflow process routing a document for approval before it is stored

Workflows can be Manual (requiring a user to view the document and decide

who to send it to) Rules-based (allowing an administrator to create a rule

that determines the flow of the document through an organization)

Dynamic (allowing branches to be created in a workflow process)

When a workflow is started for a document the EDMS typically routes the document through the approval process

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 78

Rules-based Workflow

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 79

Manage Check-inCheckout

EDM systems typically include check-incheck-out procedures to ensure only one version of a document is being edited at a time

When a document is checked out to one user the system locks out any other checkout attempts

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 80

Checkout

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 81

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 82

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 83

Check-in

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 84

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 85

Versioning

Versioning is tied to the check-incheckout process

It is usually automatic with manual overwriting capability (for checking in a new version as 20 instead of 12 as the system may have numbered it)

It allows users to see all versions of a document and retrieve previous versions for comparison or reediting

Versioning is useful for documents that change over time and require updating still allowing reversion to a previous copy

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 86

New Version

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 87

Collaboration

Collaboration should be inherent in an EDMS

Documents should be capable of being retrieved by an authorized user and worked on

Access should be blocked to other users while work is being performed on the document

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 88

Integration

Many document management systems attempt to integrate document management directly into other applications so that users may retrieve existing documents directly from the document management system repository make changes and save the changed document back to the repository as a new version all without leaving the application

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 89

Security

Document security is vital in many document management applications

Compliance requirements for certain types of documents are complex (the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act imposes strict security requirements on medical documents)

Some document management systems have a rights management module that allows an administrator to give access to documents based on type to only certain people or groups of people

  • Agenda ndash Day 1
  • Welcome
  • Goals
  • Introductions
  • Ground Rules
  • Slide 7
  • What is Asset Management
  • Balancing Act
  • Why Asset Management
  • All utilities are feeling the pinch
  • Life-Cycle Asset Management
  • Slide 13
  • Slide 14
  • Slide 15
  • Slide 16
  • Life-Cycle Span vs Life-Cycle Cost
  • Essentials of Asset Management
  • CMMS vs EAM
  • Levels of Asset Management
  • The Relationship Between Maintenance and Asset Management
  • Relies on Integration
  • Seeks to Maximize Value
  • Why CMMSsEAMs Fail
  • Slide 25
  • What are KPIs
  • Why Identify KPIs
  • Pitfalls
  • KPI Ideas Assets
  • KPI Ideas People
  • KPI Ideas Materials amp Services
  • KPI Ideas Other Factors
  • Expected vs Actual
  • Slide 34
  • Management Tools and Dashboards
  • Dashboards
  • Scorecards
  • Comparing Technologies
  • Why Use Them
  • Benefits
  • How to Implement
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Rule 1 ndash Have Context
  • Rule 2 - Segment
  • Rule 3 ndash Include Comments
  • Rules 4 amp 5
  • Slide 48
  • What is a Report Generator
  • Slide 50
  • Standard Reports
  • Your Standard Reports
  • Ad Hoc Reports
  • Slide 54
  • Steps in Generating a Report
  • Connect to Information Source
  • Select Template (Widget)
  • Select a Data Source
  • Add Graphics
  • Print Report
  • Slide 61
  • Electronic Document Management
  • EDM Functions
  • First What is a Document
  • Capturing Paper Documents
  • Storage - Know Where They Go
  • Storage ndash Library Services
  • Storage - Indexing
  • Metadata
  • Metadata Stored By PPT
  • Metadata Prompts
  • Content Server Architecture
  • Repository Services
  • Library Services
  • Core Content Management Services
  • Process Automation Services
  • Storage Workflow
  • Rules-based Workflow
  • Manage Check-inCheckout
  • Checkout
  • Slide 81
  • Slide 82
  • Check-in
  • Slide 84
  • Versioning
  • New Version
  • Collaboration
  • Integration
  • Security

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 60

Print Report

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 61

Welcome

Asset Management Functions and Features

Performance Indicators and Metrics

Management Tools and Dashboards

Report Generation

Document Management Functions and Features

Closing and Sneak Peek at Day 2

Agenda ndash Day 1

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 62

Electronic Document Management

aka Electronic Content Management

Itrsquos the control of documents and their life cycle

How and when documents are created

How they are reviewed

How they are published

How they are used

How they are retained

Ultimately how they are destroyed

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 63

EDM Functions

EDM includes five basic functions

Capture of electronic and paper documents

Storage of the electronic files

Delivery to the end users

Preservation and destruction of the files

Management from creation to disposalhellip management is part of each other function

Wersquoll start with Storage since you need to know where theyrsquoll go before they get there

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 64

First What is a Document

In the old days a document was one or more sheets of paperhellipin the really old days it was a parchment sheepskin clay tablet or stone

Recently it was a word processed file

In todayrsquos EDM world a document is any electronic file of any size in any format that can be saved on a computer

What file formats do you use (doc png etc)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 65

Capturing Paper Documents

Electronic images of paper documents are created using scanners or multifunction printers

Optical Character Recognition (OCR) software is often used whether integrated into the hardware or as stand-alone software in order to convert digital images into editable text

Converting images into vector drawings is not as easy but getting better

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 66

Storage - Know Where They Go

Where are documents stored

Database repositories

Data warehouses

How do people get there

On-screen navigation

Storing documents involves some document management

Where they are stored (what server etc)

For how long they are stored

Migration from one storage media to another

Document destruction

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 67

Storage ndash Library Services

The storage function includes processes referred to as Library Services

They determine how documents will be filed and what methods will be used to organize or index the documents to assist in later retrieval

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 68

Storage - Indexing

During the process of storing a document information is collected about the document that will make it easier to search for and retrieve

This information is arranged in a separate table (much like the index in a book) and helps narrow and speed up searches by retrieving only those files that match the indexed information

Each document has a unique ID but also has metadata associated with it

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 69

Metadata

Metadata is typically stored for each document (the document storage date and the user name storing it)

Some metadata is usually extracted from the document automatically (date modified author etc)

The EDM system may also prompt the user storing a document to enter additional metadata

Many EDM systems use optical character recognition on scanned images or perform text extraction on electronic documents This text is used to help locate documents by identifying probable keywords or in full text searches

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 70

Metadata Stored By PPT

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 71

Metadata Prompts

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 72

Content Server Architecture

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 73

Repository Services

Single content amp data repository

Unique document ID

Document attributes

Data dictionary

Object relational management

Authentication services

Backuprecovery

Distributionreplication

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 74

Library Services

Provides a separate virtual repository for Web content

Provides access control

Allows checkout amp check-in

Provides versioning

Manages content storage

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 75

Core Content Management Services

Allows searches

Creates renditions

Allows annotations

Manages virtual documents

Provides dynamic content assembly

Manages links

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 76

Process Automation Services

Provides workflows

Manages document life cycles

Provides notifications

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 77

Storage Workflow

Most EDM systems provide a workflow process routing a document for approval before it is stored

Workflows can be Manual (requiring a user to view the document and decide

who to send it to) Rules-based (allowing an administrator to create a rule

that determines the flow of the document through an organization)

Dynamic (allowing branches to be created in a workflow process)

When a workflow is started for a document the EDMS typically routes the document through the approval process

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 78

Rules-based Workflow

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 79

Manage Check-inCheckout

EDM systems typically include check-incheck-out procedures to ensure only one version of a document is being edited at a time

When a document is checked out to one user the system locks out any other checkout attempts

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 80

Checkout

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 81

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 82

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 83

Check-in

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 84

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 85

Versioning

Versioning is tied to the check-incheckout process

It is usually automatic with manual overwriting capability (for checking in a new version as 20 instead of 12 as the system may have numbered it)

It allows users to see all versions of a document and retrieve previous versions for comparison or reediting

Versioning is useful for documents that change over time and require updating still allowing reversion to a previous copy

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 86

New Version

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 87

Collaboration

Collaboration should be inherent in an EDMS

Documents should be capable of being retrieved by an authorized user and worked on

Access should be blocked to other users while work is being performed on the document

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 88

Integration

Many document management systems attempt to integrate document management directly into other applications so that users may retrieve existing documents directly from the document management system repository make changes and save the changed document back to the repository as a new version all without leaving the application

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 89

Security

Document security is vital in many document management applications

Compliance requirements for certain types of documents are complex (the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act imposes strict security requirements on medical documents)

Some document management systems have a rights management module that allows an administrator to give access to documents based on type to only certain people or groups of people

  • Agenda ndash Day 1
  • Welcome
  • Goals
  • Introductions
  • Ground Rules
  • Slide 7
  • What is Asset Management
  • Balancing Act
  • Why Asset Management
  • All utilities are feeling the pinch
  • Life-Cycle Asset Management
  • Slide 13
  • Slide 14
  • Slide 15
  • Slide 16
  • Life-Cycle Span vs Life-Cycle Cost
  • Essentials of Asset Management
  • CMMS vs EAM
  • Levels of Asset Management
  • The Relationship Between Maintenance and Asset Management
  • Relies on Integration
  • Seeks to Maximize Value
  • Why CMMSsEAMs Fail
  • Slide 25
  • What are KPIs
  • Why Identify KPIs
  • Pitfalls
  • KPI Ideas Assets
  • KPI Ideas People
  • KPI Ideas Materials amp Services
  • KPI Ideas Other Factors
  • Expected vs Actual
  • Slide 34
  • Management Tools and Dashboards
  • Dashboards
  • Scorecards
  • Comparing Technologies
  • Why Use Them
  • Benefits
  • How to Implement
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Rule 1 ndash Have Context
  • Rule 2 - Segment
  • Rule 3 ndash Include Comments
  • Rules 4 amp 5
  • Slide 48
  • What is a Report Generator
  • Slide 50
  • Standard Reports
  • Your Standard Reports
  • Ad Hoc Reports
  • Slide 54
  • Steps in Generating a Report
  • Connect to Information Source
  • Select Template (Widget)
  • Select a Data Source
  • Add Graphics
  • Print Report
  • Slide 61
  • Electronic Document Management
  • EDM Functions
  • First What is a Document
  • Capturing Paper Documents
  • Storage - Know Where They Go
  • Storage ndash Library Services
  • Storage - Indexing
  • Metadata
  • Metadata Stored By PPT
  • Metadata Prompts
  • Content Server Architecture
  • Repository Services
  • Library Services
  • Core Content Management Services
  • Process Automation Services
  • Storage Workflow
  • Rules-based Workflow
  • Manage Check-inCheckout
  • Checkout
  • Slide 81
  • Slide 82
  • Check-in
  • Slide 84
  • Versioning
  • New Version
  • Collaboration
  • Integration
  • Security

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 61

Welcome

Asset Management Functions and Features

Performance Indicators and Metrics

Management Tools and Dashboards

Report Generation

Document Management Functions and Features

Closing and Sneak Peek at Day 2

Agenda ndash Day 1

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 62

Electronic Document Management

aka Electronic Content Management

Itrsquos the control of documents and their life cycle

How and when documents are created

How they are reviewed

How they are published

How they are used

How they are retained

Ultimately how they are destroyed

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 63

EDM Functions

EDM includes five basic functions

Capture of electronic and paper documents

Storage of the electronic files

Delivery to the end users

Preservation and destruction of the files

Management from creation to disposalhellip management is part of each other function

Wersquoll start with Storage since you need to know where theyrsquoll go before they get there

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 64

First What is a Document

In the old days a document was one or more sheets of paperhellipin the really old days it was a parchment sheepskin clay tablet or stone

Recently it was a word processed file

In todayrsquos EDM world a document is any electronic file of any size in any format that can be saved on a computer

What file formats do you use (doc png etc)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 65

Capturing Paper Documents

Electronic images of paper documents are created using scanners or multifunction printers

Optical Character Recognition (OCR) software is often used whether integrated into the hardware or as stand-alone software in order to convert digital images into editable text

Converting images into vector drawings is not as easy but getting better

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 66

Storage - Know Where They Go

Where are documents stored

Database repositories

Data warehouses

How do people get there

On-screen navigation

Storing documents involves some document management

Where they are stored (what server etc)

For how long they are stored

Migration from one storage media to another

Document destruction

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 67

Storage ndash Library Services

The storage function includes processes referred to as Library Services

They determine how documents will be filed and what methods will be used to organize or index the documents to assist in later retrieval

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 68

Storage - Indexing

During the process of storing a document information is collected about the document that will make it easier to search for and retrieve

This information is arranged in a separate table (much like the index in a book) and helps narrow and speed up searches by retrieving only those files that match the indexed information

Each document has a unique ID but also has metadata associated with it

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 69

Metadata

Metadata is typically stored for each document (the document storage date and the user name storing it)

Some metadata is usually extracted from the document automatically (date modified author etc)

The EDM system may also prompt the user storing a document to enter additional metadata

Many EDM systems use optical character recognition on scanned images or perform text extraction on electronic documents This text is used to help locate documents by identifying probable keywords or in full text searches

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 70

Metadata Stored By PPT

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 71

Metadata Prompts

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 72

Content Server Architecture

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 73

Repository Services

Single content amp data repository

Unique document ID

Document attributes

Data dictionary

Object relational management

Authentication services

Backuprecovery

Distributionreplication

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 74

Library Services

Provides a separate virtual repository for Web content

Provides access control

Allows checkout amp check-in

Provides versioning

Manages content storage

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 75

Core Content Management Services

Allows searches

Creates renditions

Allows annotations

Manages virtual documents

Provides dynamic content assembly

Manages links

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 76

Process Automation Services

Provides workflows

Manages document life cycles

Provides notifications

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 77

Storage Workflow

Most EDM systems provide a workflow process routing a document for approval before it is stored

Workflows can be Manual (requiring a user to view the document and decide

who to send it to) Rules-based (allowing an administrator to create a rule

that determines the flow of the document through an organization)

Dynamic (allowing branches to be created in a workflow process)

When a workflow is started for a document the EDMS typically routes the document through the approval process

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 78

Rules-based Workflow

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 79

Manage Check-inCheckout

EDM systems typically include check-incheck-out procedures to ensure only one version of a document is being edited at a time

When a document is checked out to one user the system locks out any other checkout attempts

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 80

Checkout

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 81

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 82

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 83

Check-in

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 84

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 85

Versioning

Versioning is tied to the check-incheckout process

It is usually automatic with manual overwriting capability (for checking in a new version as 20 instead of 12 as the system may have numbered it)

It allows users to see all versions of a document and retrieve previous versions for comparison or reediting

Versioning is useful for documents that change over time and require updating still allowing reversion to a previous copy

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 86

New Version

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 87

Collaboration

Collaboration should be inherent in an EDMS

Documents should be capable of being retrieved by an authorized user and worked on

Access should be blocked to other users while work is being performed on the document

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 88

Integration

Many document management systems attempt to integrate document management directly into other applications so that users may retrieve existing documents directly from the document management system repository make changes and save the changed document back to the repository as a new version all without leaving the application

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 89

Security

Document security is vital in many document management applications

Compliance requirements for certain types of documents are complex (the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act imposes strict security requirements on medical documents)

Some document management systems have a rights management module that allows an administrator to give access to documents based on type to only certain people or groups of people

  • Agenda ndash Day 1
  • Welcome
  • Goals
  • Introductions
  • Ground Rules
  • Slide 7
  • What is Asset Management
  • Balancing Act
  • Why Asset Management
  • All utilities are feeling the pinch
  • Life-Cycle Asset Management
  • Slide 13
  • Slide 14
  • Slide 15
  • Slide 16
  • Life-Cycle Span vs Life-Cycle Cost
  • Essentials of Asset Management
  • CMMS vs EAM
  • Levels of Asset Management
  • The Relationship Between Maintenance and Asset Management
  • Relies on Integration
  • Seeks to Maximize Value
  • Why CMMSsEAMs Fail
  • Slide 25
  • What are KPIs
  • Why Identify KPIs
  • Pitfalls
  • KPI Ideas Assets
  • KPI Ideas People
  • KPI Ideas Materials amp Services
  • KPI Ideas Other Factors
  • Expected vs Actual
  • Slide 34
  • Management Tools and Dashboards
  • Dashboards
  • Scorecards
  • Comparing Technologies
  • Why Use Them
  • Benefits
  • How to Implement
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Rule 1 ndash Have Context
  • Rule 2 - Segment
  • Rule 3 ndash Include Comments
  • Rules 4 amp 5
  • Slide 48
  • What is a Report Generator
  • Slide 50
  • Standard Reports
  • Your Standard Reports
  • Ad Hoc Reports
  • Slide 54
  • Steps in Generating a Report
  • Connect to Information Source
  • Select Template (Widget)
  • Select a Data Source
  • Add Graphics
  • Print Report
  • Slide 61
  • Electronic Document Management
  • EDM Functions
  • First What is a Document
  • Capturing Paper Documents
  • Storage - Know Where They Go
  • Storage ndash Library Services
  • Storage - Indexing
  • Metadata
  • Metadata Stored By PPT
  • Metadata Prompts
  • Content Server Architecture
  • Repository Services
  • Library Services
  • Core Content Management Services
  • Process Automation Services
  • Storage Workflow
  • Rules-based Workflow
  • Manage Check-inCheckout
  • Checkout
  • Slide 81
  • Slide 82
  • Check-in
  • Slide 84
  • Versioning
  • New Version
  • Collaboration
  • Integration
  • Security

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 62

Electronic Document Management

aka Electronic Content Management

Itrsquos the control of documents and their life cycle

How and when documents are created

How they are reviewed

How they are published

How they are used

How they are retained

Ultimately how they are destroyed

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 63

EDM Functions

EDM includes five basic functions

Capture of electronic and paper documents

Storage of the electronic files

Delivery to the end users

Preservation and destruction of the files

Management from creation to disposalhellip management is part of each other function

Wersquoll start with Storage since you need to know where theyrsquoll go before they get there

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 64

First What is a Document

In the old days a document was one or more sheets of paperhellipin the really old days it was a parchment sheepskin clay tablet or stone

Recently it was a word processed file

In todayrsquos EDM world a document is any electronic file of any size in any format that can be saved on a computer

What file formats do you use (doc png etc)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 65

Capturing Paper Documents

Electronic images of paper documents are created using scanners or multifunction printers

Optical Character Recognition (OCR) software is often used whether integrated into the hardware or as stand-alone software in order to convert digital images into editable text

Converting images into vector drawings is not as easy but getting better

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 66

Storage - Know Where They Go

Where are documents stored

Database repositories

Data warehouses

How do people get there

On-screen navigation

Storing documents involves some document management

Where they are stored (what server etc)

For how long they are stored

Migration from one storage media to another

Document destruction

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 67

Storage ndash Library Services

The storage function includes processes referred to as Library Services

They determine how documents will be filed and what methods will be used to organize or index the documents to assist in later retrieval

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 68

Storage - Indexing

During the process of storing a document information is collected about the document that will make it easier to search for and retrieve

This information is arranged in a separate table (much like the index in a book) and helps narrow and speed up searches by retrieving only those files that match the indexed information

Each document has a unique ID but also has metadata associated with it

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 69

Metadata

Metadata is typically stored for each document (the document storage date and the user name storing it)

Some metadata is usually extracted from the document automatically (date modified author etc)

The EDM system may also prompt the user storing a document to enter additional metadata

Many EDM systems use optical character recognition on scanned images or perform text extraction on electronic documents This text is used to help locate documents by identifying probable keywords or in full text searches

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 70

Metadata Stored By PPT

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 71

Metadata Prompts

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 72

Content Server Architecture

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 73

Repository Services

Single content amp data repository

Unique document ID

Document attributes

Data dictionary

Object relational management

Authentication services

Backuprecovery

Distributionreplication

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 74

Library Services

Provides a separate virtual repository for Web content

Provides access control

Allows checkout amp check-in

Provides versioning

Manages content storage

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 75

Core Content Management Services

Allows searches

Creates renditions

Allows annotations

Manages virtual documents

Provides dynamic content assembly

Manages links

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 76

Process Automation Services

Provides workflows

Manages document life cycles

Provides notifications

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 77

Storage Workflow

Most EDM systems provide a workflow process routing a document for approval before it is stored

Workflows can be Manual (requiring a user to view the document and decide

who to send it to) Rules-based (allowing an administrator to create a rule

that determines the flow of the document through an organization)

Dynamic (allowing branches to be created in a workflow process)

When a workflow is started for a document the EDMS typically routes the document through the approval process

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 78

Rules-based Workflow

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 79

Manage Check-inCheckout

EDM systems typically include check-incheck-out procedures to ensure only one version of a document is being edited at a time

When a document is checked out to one user the system locks out any other checkout attempts

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 80

Checkout

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 81

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 82

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 83

Check-in

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 84

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 85

Versioning

Versioning is tied to the check-incheckout process

It is usually automatic with manual overwriting capability (for checking in a new version as 20 instead of 12 as the system may have numbered it)

It allows users to see all versions of a document and retrieve previous versions for comparison or reediting

Versioning is useful for documents that change over time and require updating still allowing reversion to a previous copy

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 86

New Version

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 87

Collaboration

Collaboration should be inherent in an EDMS

Documents should be capable of being retrieved by an authorized user and worked on

Access should be blocked to other users while work is being performed on the document

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 88

Integration

Many document management systems attempt to integrate document management directly into other applications so that users may retrieve existing documents directly from the document management system repository make changes and save the changed document back to the repository as a new version all without leaving the application

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 89

Security

Document security is vital in many document management applications

Compliance requirements for certain types of documents are complex (the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act imposes strict security requirements on medical documents)

Some document management systems have a rights management module that allows an administrator to give access to documents based on type to only certain people or groups of people

  • Agenda ndash Day 1
  • Welcome
  • Goals
  • Introductions
  • Ground Rules
  • Slide 7
  • What is Asset Management
  • Balancing Act
  • Why Asset Management
  • All utilities are feeling the pinch
  • Life-Cycle Asset Management
  • Slide 13
  • Slide 14
  • Slide 15
  • Slide 16
  • Life-Cycle Span vs Life-Cycle Cost
  • Essentials of Asset Management
  • CMMS vs EAM
  • Levels of Asset Management
  • The Relationship Between Maintenance and Asset Management
  • Relies on Integration
  • Seeks to Maximize Value
  • Why CMMSsEAMs Fail
  • Slide 25
  • What are KPIs
  • Why Identify KPIs
  • Pitfalls
  • KPI Ideas Assets
  • KPI Ideas People
  • KPI Ideas Materials amp Services
  • KPI Ideas Other Factors
  • Expected vs Actual
  • Slide 34
  • Management Tools and Dashboards
  • Dashboards
  • Scorecards
  • Comparing Technologies
  • Why Use Them
  • Benefits
  • How to Implement
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Rule 1 ndash Have Context
  • Rule 2 - Segment
  • Rule 3 ndash Include Comments
  • Rules 4 amp 5
  • Slide 48
  • What is a Report Generator
  • Slide 50
  • Standard Reports
  • Your Standard Reports
  • Ad Hoc Reports
  • Slide 54
  • Steps in Generating a Report
  • Connect to Information Source
  • Select Template (Widget)
  • Select a Data Source
  • Add Graphics
  • Print Report
  • Slide 61
  • Electronic Document Management
  • EDM Functions
  • First What is a Document
  • Capturing Paper Documents
  • Storage - Know Where They Go
  • Storage ndash Library Services
  • Storage - Indexing
  • Metadata
  • Metadata Stored By PPT
  • Metadata Prompts
  • Content Server Architecture
  • Repository Services
  • Library Services
  • Core Content Management Services
  • Process Automation Services
  • Storage Workflow
  • Rules-based Workflow
  • Manage Check-inCheckout
  • Checkout
  • Slide 81
  • Slide 82
  • Check-in
  • Slide 84
  • Versioning
  • New Version
  • Collaboration
  • Integration
  • Security

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 63

EDM Functions

EDM includes five basic functions

Capture of electronic and paper documents

Storage of the electronic files

Delivery to the end users

Preservation and destruction of the files

Management from creation to disposalhellip management is part of each other function

Wersquoll start with Storage since you need to know where theyrsquoll go before they get there

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 64

First What is a Document

In the old days a document was one or more sheets of paperhellipin the really old days it was a parchment sheepskin clay tablet or stone

Recently it was a word processed file

In todayrsquos EDM world a document is any electronic file of any size in any format that can be saved on a computer

What file formats do you use (doc png etc)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 65

Capturing Paper Documents

Electronic images of paper documents are created using scanners or multifunction printers

Optical Character Recognition (OCR) software is often used whether integrated into the hardware or as stand-alone software in order to convert digital images into editable text

Converting images into vector drawings is not as easy but getting better

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 66

Storage - Know Where They Go

Where are documents stored

Database repositories

Data warehouses

How do people get there

On-screen navigation

Storing documents involves some document management

Where they are stored (what server etc)

For how long they are stored

Migration from one storage media to another

Document destruction

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 67

Storage ndash Library Services

The storage function includes processes referred to as Library Services

They determine how documents will be filed and what methods will be used to organize or index the documents to assist in later retrieval

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 68

Storage - Indexing

During the process of storing a document information is collected about the document that will make it easier to search for and retrieve

This information is arranged in a separate table (much like the index in a book) and helps narrow and speed up searches by retrieving only those files that match the indexed information

Each document has a unique ID but also has metadata associated with it

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 69

Metadata

Metadata is typically stored for each document (the document storage date and the user name storing it)

Some metadata is usually extracted from the document automatically (date modified author etc)

The EDM system may also prompt the user storing a document to enter additional metadata

Many EDM systems use optical character recognition on scanned images or perform text extraction on electronic documents This text is used to help locate documents by identifying probable keywords or in full text searches

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 70

Metadata Stored By PPT

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 71

Metadata Prompts

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 72

Content Server Architecture

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 73

Repository Services

Single content amp data repository

Unique document ID

Document attributes

Data dictionary

Object relational management

Authentication services

Backuprecovery

Distributionreplication

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 74

Library Services

Provides a separate virtual repository for Web content

Provides access control

Allows checkout amp check-in

Provides versioning

Manages content storage

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 75

Core Content Management Services

Allows searches

Creates renditions

Allows annotations

Manages virtual documents

Provides dynamic content assembly

Manages links

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 76

Process Automation Services

Provides workflows

Manages document life cycles

Provides notifications

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 77

Storage Workflow

Most EDM systems provide a workflow process routing a document for approval before it is stored

Workflows can be Manual (requiring a user to view the document and decide

who to send it to) Rules-based (allowing an administrator to create a rule

that determines the flow of the document through an organization)

Dynamic (allowing branches to be created in a workflow process)

When a workflow is started for a document the EDMS typically routes the document through the approval process

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 78

Rules-based Workflow

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 79

Manage Check-inCheckout

EDM systems typically include check-incheck-out procedures to ensure only one version of a document is being edited at a time

When a document is checked out to one user the system locks out any other checkout attempts

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 80

Checkout

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 81

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 82

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 83

Check-in

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 84

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 85

Versioning

Versioning is tied to the check-incheckout process

It is usually automatic with manual overwriting capability (for checking in a new version as 20 instead of 12 as the system may have numbered it)

It allows users to see all versions of a document and retrieve previous versions for comparison or reediting

Versioning is useful for documents that change over time and require updating still allowing reversion to a previous copy

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 86

New Version

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 87

Collaboration

Collaboration should be inherent in an EDMS

Documents should be capable of being retrieved by an authorized user and worked on

Access should be blocked to other users while work is being performed on the document

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 88

Integration

Many document management systems attempt to integrate document management directly into other applications so that users may retrieve existing documents directly from the document management system repository make changes and save the changed document back to the repository as a new version all without leaving the application

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 89

Security

Document security is vital in many document management applications

Compliance requirements for certain types of documents are complex (the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act imposes strict security requirements on medical documents)

Some document management systems have a rights management module that allows an administrator to give access to documents based on type to only certain people or groups of people

  • Agenda ndash Day 1
  • Welcome
  • Goals
  • Introductions
  • Ground Rules
  • Slide 7
  • What is Asset Management
  • Balancing Act
  • Why Asset Management
  • All utilities are feeling the pinch
  • Life-Cycle Asset Management
  • Slide 13
  • Slide 14
  • Slide 15
  • Slide 16
  • Life-Cycle Span vs Life-Cycle Cost
  • Essentials of Asset Management
  • CMMS vs EAM
  • Levels of Asset Management
  • The Relationship Between Maintenance and Asset Management
  • Relies on Integration
  • Seeks to Maximize Value
  • Why CMMSsEAMs Fail
  • Slide 25
  • What are KPIs
  • Why Identify KPIs
  • Pitfalls
  • KPI Ideas Assets
  • KPI Ideas People
  • KPI Ideas Materials amp Services
  • KPI Ideas Other Factors
  • Expected vs Actual
  • Slide 34
  • Management Tools and Dashboards
  • Dashboards
  • Scorecards
  • Comparing Technologies
  • Why Use Them
  • Benefits
  • How to Implement
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Rule 1 ndash Have Context
  • Rule 2 - Segment
  • Rule 3 ndash Include Comments
  • Rules 4 amp 5
  • Slide 48
  • What is a Report Generator
  • Slide 50
  • Standard Reports
  • Your Standard Reports
  • Ad Hoc Reports
  • Slide 54
  • Steps in Generating a Report
  • Connect to Information Source
  • Select Template (Widget)
  • Select a Data Source
  • Add Graphics
  • Print Report
  • Slide 61
  • Electronic Document Management
  • EDM Functions
  • First What is a Document
  • Capturing Paper Documents
  • Storage - Know Where They Go
  • Storage ndash Library Services
  • Storage - Indexing
  • Metadata
  • Metadata Stored By PPT
  • Metadata Prompts
  • Content Server Architecture
  • Repository Services
  • Library Services
  • Core Content Management Services
  • Process Automation Services
  • Storage Workflow
  • Rules-based Workflow
  • Manage Check-inCheckout
  • Checkout
  • Slide 81
  • Slide 82
  • Check-in
  • Slide 84
  • Versioning
  • New Version
  • Collaboration
  • Integration
  • Security

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 64

First What is a Document

In the old days a document was one or more sheets of paperhellipin the really old days it was a parchment sheepskin clay tablet or stone

Recently it was a word processed file

In todayrsquos EDM world a document is any electronic file of any size in any format that can be saved on a computer

What file formats do you use (doc png etc)

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 65

Capturing Paper Documents

Electronic images of paper documents are created using scanners or multifunction printers

Optical Character Recognition (OCR) software is often used whether integrated into the hardware or as stand-alone software in order to convert digital images into editable text

Converting images into vector drawings is not as easy but getting better

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 66

Storage - Know Where They Go

Where are documents stored

Database repositories

Data warehouses

How do people get there

On-screen navigation

Storing documents involves some document management

Where they are stored (what server etc)

For how long they are stored

Migration from one storage media to another

Document destruction

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 67

Storage ndash Library Services

The storage function includes processes referred to as Library Services

They determine how documents will be filed and what methods will be used to organize or index the documents to assist in later retrieval

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 68

Storage - Indexing

During the process of storing a document information is collected about the document that will make it easier to search for and retrieve

This information is arranged in a separate table (much like the index in a book) and helps narrow and speed up searches by retrieving only those files that match the indexed information

Each document has a unique ID but also has metadata associated with it

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 69

Metadata

Metadata is typically stored for each document (the document storage date and the user name storing it)

Some metadata is usually extracted from the document automatically (date modified author etc)

The EDM system may also prompt the user storing a document to enter additional metadata

Many EDM systems use optical character recognition on scanned images or perform text extraction on electronic documents This text is used to help locate documents by identifying probable keywords or in full text searches

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 70

Metadata Stored By PPT

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 71

Metadata Prompts

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 72

Content Server Architecture

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 73

Repository Services

Single content amp data repository

Unique document ID

Document attributes

Data dictionary

Object relational management

Authentication services

Backuprecovery

Distributionreplication

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 74

Library Services

Provides a separate virtual repository for Web content

Provides access control

Allows checkout amp check-in

Provides versioning

Manages content storage

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 75

Core Content Management Services

Allows searches

Creates renditions

Allows annotations

Manages virtual documents

Provides dynamic content assembly

Manages links

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 76

Process Automation Services

Provides workflows

Manages document life cycles

Provides notifications

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 77

Storage Workflow

Most EDM systems provide a workflow process routing a document for approval before it is stored

Workflows can be Manual (requiring a user to view the document and decide

who to send it to) Rules-based (allowing an administrator to create a rule

that determines the flow of the document through an organization)

Dynamic (allowing branches to be created in a workflow process)

When a workflow is started for a document the EDMS typically routes the document through the approval process

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 78

Rules-based Workflow

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 79

Manage Check-inCheckout

EDM systems typically include check-incheck-out procedures to ensure only one version of a document is being edited at a time

When a document is checked out to one user the system locks out any other checkout attempts

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 80

Checkout

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 81

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 82

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 83

Check-in

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 84

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 85

Versioning

Versioning is tied to the check-incheckout process

It is usually automatic with manual overwriting capability (for checking in a new version as 20 instead of 12 as the system may have numbered it)

It allows users to see all versions of a document and retrieve previous versions for comparison or reediting

Versioning is useful for documents that change over time and require updating still allowing reversion to a previous copy

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 86

New Version

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 87

Collaboration

Collaboration should be inherent in an EDMS

Documents should be capable of being retrieved by an authorized user and worked on

Access should be blocked to other users while work is being performed on the document

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 88

Integration

Many document management systems attempt to integrate document management directly into other applications so that users may retrieve existing documents directly from the document management system repository make changes and save the changed document back to the repository as a new version all without leaving the application

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 89

Security

Document security is vital in many document management applications

Compliance requirements for certain types of documents are complex (the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act imposes strict security requirements on medical documents)

Some document management systems have a rights management module that allows an administrator to give access to documents based on type to only certain people or groups of people

  • Agenda ndash Day 1
  • Welcome
  • Goals
  • Introductions
  • Ground Rules
  • Slide 7
  • What is Asset Management
  • Balancing Act
  • Why Asset Management
  • All utilities are feeling the pinch
  • Life-Cycle Asset Management
  • Slide 13
  • Slide 14
  • Slide 15
  • Slide 16
  • Life-Cycle Span vs Life-Cycle Cost
  • Essentials of Asset Management
  • CMMS vs EAM
  • Levels of Asset Management
  • The Relationship Between Maintenance and Asset Management
  • Relies on Integration
  • Seeks to Maximize Value
  • Why CMMSsEAMs Fail
  • Slide 25
  • What are KPIs
  • Why Identify KPIs
  • Pitfalls
  • KPI Ideas Assets
  • KPI Ideas People
  • KPI Ideas Materials amp Services
  • KPI Ideas Other Factors
  • Expected vs Actual
  • Slide 34
  • Management Tools and Dashboards
  • Dashboards
  • Scorecards
  • Comparing Technologies
  • Why Use Them
  • Benefits
  • How to Implement
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Rule 1 ndash Have Context
  • Rule 2 - Segment
  • Rule 3 ndash Include Comments
  • Rules 4 amp 5
  • Slide 48
  • What is a Report Generator
  • Slide 50
  • Standard Reports
  • Your Standard Reports
  • Ad Hoc Reports
  • Slide 54
  • Steps in Generating a Report
  • Connect to Information Source
  • Select Template (Widget)
  • Select a Data Source
  • Add Graphics
  • Print Report
  • Slide 61
  • Electronic Document Management
  • EDM Functions
  • First What is a Document
  • Capturing Paper Documents
  • Storage - Know Where They Go
  • Storage ndash Library Services
  • Storage - Indexing
  • Metadata
  • Metadata Stored By PPT
  • Metadata Prompts
  • Content Server Architecture
  • Repository Services
  • Library Services
  • Core Content Management Services
  • Process Automation Services
  • Storage Workflow
  • Rules-based Workflow
  • Manage Check-inCheckout
  • Checkout
  • Slide 81
  • Slide 82
  • Check-in
  • Slide 84
  • Versioning
  • New Version
  • Collaboration
  • Integration
  • Security

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 65

Capturing Paper Documents

Electronic images of paper documents are created using scanners or multifunction printers

Optical Character Recognition (OCR) software is often used whether integrated into the hardware or as stand-alone software in order to convert digital images into editable text

Converting images into vector drawings is not as easy but getting better

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 66

Storage - Know Where They Go

Where are documents stored

Database repositories

Data warehouses

How do people get there

On-screen navigation

Storing documents involves some document management

Where they are stored (what server etc)

For how long they are stored

Migration from one storage media to another

Document destruction

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 67

Storage ndash Library Services

The storage function includes processes referred to as Library Services

They determine how documents will be filed and what methods will be used to organize or index the documents to assist in later retrieval

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 68

Storage - Indexing

During the process of storing a document information is collected about the document that will make it easier to search for and retrieve

This information is arranged in a separate table (much like the index in a book) and helps narrow and speed up searches by retrieving only those files that match the indexed information

Each document has a unique ID but also has metadata associated with it

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 69

Metadata

Metadata is typically stored for each document (the document storage date and the user name storing it)

Some metadata is usually extracted from the document automatically (date modified author etc)

The EDM system may also prompt the user storing a document to enter additional metadata

Many EDM systems use optical character recognition on scanned images or perform text extraction on electronic documents This text is used to help locate documents by identifying probable keywords or in full text searches

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 70

Metadata Stored By PPT

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 71

Metadata Prompts

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 72

Content Server Architecture

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 73

Repository Services

Single content amp data repository

Unique document ID

Document attributes

Data dictionary

Object relational management

Authentication services

Backuprecovery

Distributionreplication

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 74

Library Services

Provides a separate virtual repository for Web content

Provides access control

Allows checkout amp check-in

Provides versioning

Manages content storage

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 75

Core Content Management Services

Allows searches

Creates renditions

Allows annotations

Manages virtual documents

Provides dynamic content assembly

Manages links

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 76

Process Automation Services

Provides workflows

Manages document life cycles

Provides notifications

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 77

Storage Workflow

Most EDM systems provide a workflow process routing a document for approval before it is stored

Workflows can be Manual (requiring a user to view the document and decide

who to send it to) Rules-based (allowing an administrator to create a rule

that determines the flow of the document through an organization)

Dynamic (allowing branches to be created in a workflow process)

When a workflow is started for a document the EDMS typically routes the document through the approval process

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 78

Rules-based Workflow

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 79

Manage Check-inCheckout

EDM systems typically include check-incheck-out procedures to ensure only one version of a document is being edited at a time

When a document is checked out to one user the system locks out any other checkout attempts

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 80

Checkout

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 81

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 82

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 83

Check-in

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 84

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 85

Versioning

Versioning is tied to the check-incheckout process

It is usually automatic with manual overwriting capability (for checking in a new version as 20 instead of 12 as the system may have numbered it)

It allows users to see all versions of a document and retrieve previous versions for comparison or reediting

Versioning is useful for documents that change over time and require updating still allowing reversion to a previous copy

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 86

New Version

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 87

Collaboration

Collaboration should be inherent in an EDMS

Documents should be capable of being retrieved by an authorized user and worked on

Access should be blocked to other users while work is being performed on the document

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 88

Integration

Many document management systems attempt to integrate document management directly into other applications so that users may retrieve existing documents directly from the document management system repository make changes and save the changed document back to the repository as a new version all without leaving the application

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 89

Security

Document security is vital in many document management applications

Compliance requirements for certain types of documents are complex (the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act imposes strict security requirements on medical documents)

Some document management systems have a rights management module that allows an administrator to give access to documents based on type to only certain people or groups of people

  • Agenda ndash Day 1
  • Welcome
  • Goals
  • Introductions
  • Ground Rules
  • Slide 7
  • What is Asset Management
  • Balancing Act
  • Why Asset Management
  • All utilities are feeling the pinch
  • Life-Cycle Asset Management
  • Slide 13
  • Slide 14
  • Slide 15
  • Slide 16
  • Life-Cycle Span vs Life-Cycle Cost
  • Essentials of Asset Management
  • CMMS vs EAM
  • Levels of Asset Management
  • The Relationship Between Maintenance and Asset Management
  • Relies on Integration
  • Seeks to Maximize Value
  • Why CMMSsEAMs Fail
  • Slide 25
  • What are KPIs
  • Why Identify KPIs
  • Pitfalls
  • KPI Ideas Assets
  • KPI Ideas People
  • KPI Ideas Materials amp Services
  • KPI Ideas Other Factors
  • Expected vs Actual
  • Slide 34
  • Management Tools and Dashboards
  • Dashboards
  • Scorecards
  • Comparing Technologies
  • Why Use Them
  • Benefits
  • How to Implement
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Rule 1 ndash Have Context
  • Rule 2 - Segment
  • Rule 3 ndash Include Comments
  • Rules 4 amp 5
  • Slide 48
  • What is a Report Generator
  • Slide 50
  • Standard Reports
  • Your Standard Reports
  • Ad Hoc Reports
  • Slide 54
  • Steps in Generating a Report
  • Connect to Information Source
  • Select Template (Widget)
  • Select a Data Source
  • Add Graphics
  • Print Report
  • Slide 61
  • Electronic Document Management
  • EDM Functions
  • First What is a Document
  • Capturing Paper Documents
  • Storage - Know Where They Go
  • Storage ndash Library Services
  • Storage - Indexing
  • Metadata
  • Metadata Stored By PPT
  • Metadata Prompts
  • Content Server Architecture
  • Repository Services
  • Library Services
  • Core Content Management Services
  • Process Automation Services
  • Storage Workflow
  • Rules-based Workflow
  • Manage Check-inCheckout
  • Checkout
  • Slide 81
  • Slide 82
  • Check-in
  • Slide 84
  • Versioning
  • New Version
  • Collaboration
  • Integration
  • Security

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 66

Storage - Know Where They Go

Where are documents stored

Database repositories

Data warehouses

How do people get there

On-screen navigation

Storing documents involves some document management

Where they are stored (what server etc)

For how long they are stored

Migration from one storage media to another

Document destruction

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 67

Storage ndash Library Services

The storage function includes processes referred to as Library Services

They determine how documents will be filed and what methods will be used to organize or index the documents to assist in later retrieval

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 68

Storage - Indexing

During the process of storing a document information is collected about the document that will make it easier to search for and retrieve

This information is arranged in a separate table (much like the index in a book) and helps narrow and speed up searches by retrieving only those files that match the indexed information

Each document has a unique ID but also has metadata associated with it

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 69

Metadata

Metadata is typically stored for each document (the document storage date and the user name storing it)

Some metadata is usually extracted from the document automatically (date modified author etc)

The EDM system may also prompt the user storing a document to enter additional metadata

Many EDM systems use optical character recognition on scanned images or perform text extraction on electronic documents This text is used to help locate documents by identifying probable keywords or in full text searches

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 70

Metadata Stored By PPT

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 71

Metadata Prompts

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 72

Content Server Architecture

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 73

Repository Services

Single content amp data repository

Unique document ID

Document attributes

Data dictionary

Object relational management

Authentication services

Backuprecovery

Distributionreplication

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 74

Library Services

Provides a separate virtual repository for Web content

Provides access control

Allows checkout amp check-in

Provides versioning

Manages content storage

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 75

Core Content Management Services

Allows searches

Creates renditions

Allows annotations

Manages virtual documents

Provides dynamic content assembly

Manages links

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 76

Process Automation Services

Provides workflows

Manages document life cycles

Provides notifications

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 77

Storage Workflow

Most EDM systems provide a workflow process routing a document for approval before it is stored

Workflows can be Manual (requiring a user to view the document and decide

who to send it to) Rules-based (allowing an administrator to create a rule

that determines the flow of the document through an organization)

Dynamic (allowing branches to be created in a workflow process)

When a workflow is started for a document the EDMS typically routes the document through the approval process

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 78

Rules-based Workflow

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 79

Manage Check-inCheckout

EDM systems typically include check-incheck-out procedures to ensure only one version of a document is being edited at a time

When a document is checked out to one user the system locks out any other checkout attempts

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 80

Checkout

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 81

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 82

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 83

Check-in

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 84

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 85

Versioning

Versioning is tied to the check-incheckout process

It is usually automatic with manual overwriting capability (for checking in a new version as 20 instead of 12 as the system may have numbered it)

It allows users to see all versions of a document and retrieve previous versions for comparison or reediting

Versioning is useful for documents that change over time and require updating still allowing reversion to a previous copy

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 86

New Version

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 87

Collaboration

Collaboration should be inherent in an EDMS

Documents should be capable of being retrieved by an authorized user and worked on

Access should be blocked to other users while work is being performed on the document

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 88

Integration

Many document management systems attempt to integrate document management directly into other applications so that users may retrieve existing documents directly from the document management system repository make changes and save the changed document back to the repository as a new version all without leaving the application

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 89

Security

Document security is vital in many document management applications

Compliance requirements for certain types of documents are complex (the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act imposes strict security requirements on medical documents)

Some document management systems have a rights management module that allows an administrator to give access to documents based on type to only certain people or groups of people

  • Agenda ndash Day 1
  • Welcome
  • Goals
  • Introductions
  • Ground Rules
  • Slide 7
  • What is Asset Management
  • Balancing Act
  • Why Asset Management
  • All utilities are feeling the pinch
  • Life-Cycle Asset Management
  • Slide 13
  • Slide 14
  • Slide 15
  • Slide 16
  • Life-Cycle Span vs Life-Cycle Cost
  • Essentials of Asset Management
  • CMMS vs EAM
  • Levels of Asset Management
  • The Relationship Between Maintenance and Asset Management
  • Relies on Integration
  • Seeks to Maximize Value
  • Why CMMSsEAMs Fail
  • Slide 25
  • What are KPIs
  • Why Identify KPIs
  • Pitfalls
  • KPI Ideas Assets
  • KPI Ideas People
  • KPI Ideas Materials amp Services
  • KPI Ideas Other Factors
  • Expected vs Actual
  • Slide 34
  • Management Tools and Dashboards
  • Dashboards
  • Scorecards
  • Comparing Technologies
  • Why Use Them
  • Benefits
  • How to Implement
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Rule 1 ndash Have Context
  • Rule 2 - Segment
  • Rule 3 ndash Include Comments
  • Rules 4 amp 5
  • Slide 48
  • What is a Report Generator
  • Slide 50
  • Standard Reports
  • Your Standard Reports
  • Ad Hoc Reports
  • Slide 54
  • Steps in Generating a Report
  • Connect to Information Source
  • Select Template (Widget)
  • Select a Data Source
  • Add Graphics
  • Print Report
  • Slide 61
  • Electronic Document Management
  • EDM Functions
  • First What is a Document
  • Capturing Paper Documents
  • Storage - Know Where They Go
  • Storage ndash Library Services
  • Storage - Indexing
  • Metadata
  • Metadata Stored By PPT
  • Metadata Prompts
  • Content Server Architecture
  • Repository Services
  • Library Services
  • Core Content Management Services
  • Process Automation Services
  • Storage Workflow
  • Rules-based Workflow
  • Manage Check-inCheckout
  • Checkout
  • Slide 81
  • Slide 82
  • Check-in
  • Slide 84
  • Versioning
  • New Version
  • Collaboration
  • Integration
  • Security

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 67

Storage ndash Library Services

The storage function includes processes referred to as Library Services

They determine how documents will be filed and what methods will be used to organize or index the documents to assist in later retrieval

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 68

Storage - Indexing

During the process of storing a document information is collected about the document that will make it easier to search for and retrieve

This information is arranged in a separate table (much like the index in a book) and helps narrow and speed up searches by retrieving only those files that match the indexed information

Each document has a unique ID but also has metadata associated with it

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 69

Metadata

Metadata is typically stored for each document (the document storage date and the user name storing it)

Some metadata is usually extracted from the document automatically (date modified author etc)

The EDM system may also prompt the user storing a document to enter additional metadata

Many EDM systems use optical character recognition on scanned images or perform text extraction on electronic documents This text is used to help locate documents by identifying probable keywords or in full text searches

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 70

Metadata Stored By PPT

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 71

Metadata Prompts

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 72

Content Server Architecture

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 73

Repository Services

Single content amp data repository

Unique document ID

Document attributes

Data dictionary

Object relational management

Authentication services

Backuprecovery

Distributionreplication

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 74

Library Services

Provides a separate virtual repository for Web content

Provides access control

Allows checkout amp check-in

Provides versioning

Manages content storage

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 75

Core Content Management Services

Allows searches

Creates renditions

Allows annotations

Manages virtual documents

Provides dynamic content assembly

Manages links

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 76

Process Automation Services

Provides workflows

Manages document life cycles

Provides notifications

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 77

Storage Workflow

Most EDM systems provide a workflow process routing a document for approval before it is stored

Workflows can be Manual (requiring a user to view the document and decide

who to send it to) Rules-based (allowing an administrator to create a rule

that determines the flow of the document through an organization)

Dynamic (allowing branches to be created in a workflow process)

When a workflow is started for a document the EDMS typically routes the document through the approval process

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 78

Rules-based Workflow

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 79

Manage Check-inCheckout

EDM systems typically include check-incheck-out procedures to ensure only one version of a document is being edited at a time

When a document is checked out to one user the system locks out any other checkout attempts

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 80

Checkout

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 81

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 82

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 83

Check-in

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 84

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 85

Versioning

Versioning is tied to the check-incheckout process

It is usually automatic with manual overwriting capability (for checking in a new version as 20 instead of 12 as the system may have numbered it)

It allows users to see all versions of a document and retrieve previous versions for comparison or reediting

Versioning is useful for documents that change over time and require updating still allowing reversion to a previous copy

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 86

New Version

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 87

Collaboration

Collaboration should be inherent in an EDMS

Documents should be capable of being retrieved by an authorized user and worked on

Access should be blocked to other users while work is being performed on the document

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 88

Integration

Many document management systems attempt to integrate document management directly into other applications so that users may retrieve existing documents directly from the document management system repository make changes and save the changed document back to the repository as a new version all without leaving the application

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 89

Security

Document security is vital in many document management applications

Compliance requirements for certain types of documents are complex (the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act imposes strict security requirements on medical documents)

Some document management systems have a rights management module that allows an administrator to give access to documents based on type to only certain people or groups of people

  • Agenda ndash Day 1
  • Welcome
  • Goals
  • Introductions
  • Ground Rules
  • Slide 7
  • What is Asset Management
  • Balancing Act
  • Why Asset Management
  • All utilities are feeling the pinch
  • Life-Cycle Asset Management
  • Slide 13
  • Slide 14
  • Slide 15
  • Slide 16
  • Life-Cycle Span vs Life-Cycle Cost
  • Essentials of Asset Management
  • CMMS vs EAM
  • Levels of Asset Management
  • The Relationship Between Maintenance and Asset Management
  • Relies on Integration
  • Seeks to Maximize Value
  • Why CMMSsEAMs Fail
  • Slide 25
  • What are KPIs
  • Why Identify KPIs
  • Pitfalls
  • KPI Ideas Assets
  • KPI Ideas People
  • KPI Ideas Materials amp Services
  • KPI Ideas Other Factors
  • Expected vs Actual
  • Slide 34
  • Management Tools and Dashboards
  • Dashboards
  • Scorecards
  • Comparing Technologies
  • Why Use Them
  • Benefits
  • How to Implement
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Rule 1 ndash Have Context
  • Rule 2 - Segment
  • Rule 3 ndash Include Comments
  • Rules 4 amp 5
  • Slide 48
  • What is a Report Generator
  • Slide 50
  • Standard Reports
  • Your Standard Reports
  • Ad Hoc Reports
  • Slide 54
  • Steps in Generating a Report
  • Connect to Information Source
  • Select Template (Widget)
  • Select a Data Source
  • Add Graphics
  • Print Report
  • Slide 61
  • Electronic Document Management
  • EDM Functions
  • First What is a Document
  • Capturing Paper Documents
  • Storage - Know Where They Go
  • Storage ndash Library Services
  • Storage - Indexing
  • Metadata
  • Metadata Stored By PPT
  • Metadata Prompts
  • Content Server Architecture
  • Repository Services
  • Library Services
  • Core Content Management Services
  • Process Automation Services
  • Storage Workflow
  • Rules-based Workflow
  • Manage Check-inCheckout
  • Checkout
  • Slide 81
  • Slide 82
  • Check-in
  • Slide 84
  • Versioning
  • New Version
  • Collaboration
  • Integration
  • Security

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 68

Storage - Indexing

During the process of storing a document information is collected about the document that will make it easier to search for and retrieve

This information is arranged in a separate table (much like the index in a book) and helps narrow and speed up searches by retrieving only those files that match the indexed information

Each document has a unique ID but also has metadata associated with it

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 69

Metadata

Metadata is typically stored for each document (the document storage date and the user name storing it)

Some metadata is usually extracted from the document automatically (date modified author etc)

The EDM system may also prompt the user storing a document to enter additional metadata

Many EDM systems use optical character recognition on scanned images or perform text extraction on electronic documents This text is used to help locate documents by identifying probable keywords or in full text searches

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 70

Metadata Stored By PPT

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 71

Metadata Prompts

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 72

Content Server Architecture

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 73

Repository Services

Single content amp data repository

Unique document ID

Document attributes

Data dictionary

Object relational management

Authentication services

Backuprecovery

Distributionreplication

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 74

Library Services

Provides a separate virtual repository for Web content

Provides access control

Allows checkout amp check-in

Provides versioning

Manages content storage

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 75

Core Content Management Services

Allows searches

Creates renditions

Allows annotations

Manages virtual documents

Provides dynamic content assembly

Manages links

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 76

Process Automation Services

Provides workflows

Manages document life cycles

Provides notifications

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 77

Storage Workflow

Most EDM systems provide a workflow process routing a document for approval before it is stored

Workflows can be Manual (requiring a user to view the document and decide

who to send it to) Rules-based (allowing an administrator to create a rule

that determines the flow of the document through an organization)

Dynamic (allowing branches to be created in a workflow process)

When a workflow is started for a document the EDMS typically routes the document through the approval process

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 78

Rules-based Workflow

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 79

Manage Check-inCheckout

EDM systems typically include check-incheck-out procedures to ensure only one version of a document is being edited at a time

When a document is checked out to one user the system locks out any other checkout attempts

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 80

Checkout

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 81

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 82

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 83

Check-in

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 84

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 85

Versioning

Versioning is tied to the check-incheckout process

It is usually automatic with manual overwriting capability (for checking in a new version as 20 instead of 12 as the system may have numbered it)

It allows users to see all versions of a document and retrieve previous versions for comparison or reediting

Versioning is useful for documents that change over time and require updating still allowing reversion to a previous copy

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 86

New Version

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 87

Collaboration

Collaboration should be inherent in an EDMS

Documents should be capable of being retrieved by an authorized user and worked on

Access should be blocked to other users while work is being performed on the document

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 88

Integration

Many document management systems attempt to integrate document management directly into other applications so that users may retrieve existing documents directly from the document management system repository make changes and save the changed document back to the repository as a new version all without leaving the application

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 89

Security

Document security is vital in many document management applications

Compliance requirements for certain types of documents are complex (the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act imposes strict security requirements on medical documents)

Some document management systems have a rights management module that allows an administrator to give access to documents based on type to only certain people or groups of people

  • Agenda ndash Day 1
  • Welcome
  • Goals
  • Introductions
  • Ground Rules
  • Slide 7
  • What is Asset Management
  • Balancing Act
  • Why Asset Management
  • All utilities are feeling the pinch
  • Life-Cycle Asset Management
  • Slide 13
  • Slide 14
  • Slide 15
  • Slide 16
  • Life-Cycle Span vs Life-Cycle Cost
  • Essentials of Asset Management
  • CMMS vs EAM
  • Levels of Asset Management
  • The Relationship Between Maintenance and Asset Management
  • Relies on Integration
  • Seeks to Maximize Value
  • Why CMMSsEAMs Fail
  • Slide 25
  • What are KPIs
  • Why Identify KPIs
  • Pitfalls
  • KPI Ideas Assets
  • KPI Ideas People
  • KPI Ideas Materials amp Services
  • KPI Ideas Other Factors
  • Expected vs Actual
  • Slide 34
  • Management Tools and Dashboards
  • Dashboards
  • Scorecards
  • Comparing Technologies
  • Why Use Them
  • Benefits
  • How to Implement
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Rule 1 ndash Have Context
  • Rule 2 - Segment
  • Rule 3 ndash Include Comments
  • Rules 4 amp 5
  • Slide 48
  • What is a Report Generator
  • Slide 50
  • Standard Reports
  • Your Standard Reports
  • Ad Hoc Reports
  • Slide 54
  • Steps in Generating a Report
  • Connect to Information Source
  • Select Template (Widget)
  • Select a Data Source
  • Add Graphics
  • Print Report
  • Slide 61
  • Electronic Document Management
  • EDM Functions
  • First What is a Document
  • Capturing Paper Documents
  • Storage - Know Where They Go
  • Storage ndash Library Services
  • Storage - Indexing
  • Metadata
  • Metadata Stored By PPT
  • Metadata Prompts
  • Content Server Architecture
  • Repository Services
  • Library Services
  • Core Content Management Services
  • Process Automation Services
  • Storage Workflow
  • Rules-based Workflow
  • Manage Check-inCheckout
  • Checkout
  • Slide 81
  • Slide 82
  • Check-in
  • Slide 84
  • Versioning
  • New Version
  • Collaboration
  • Integration
  • Security

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 69

Metadata

Metadata is typically stored for each document (the document storage date and the user name storing it)

Some metadata is usually extracted from the document automatically (date modified author etc)

The EDM system may also prompt the user storing a document to enter additional metadata

Many EDM systems use optical character recognition on scanned images or perform text extraction on electronic documents This text is used to help locate documents by identifying probable keywords or in full text searches

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 70

Metadata Stored By PPT

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 71

Metadata Prompts

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 72

Content Server Architecture

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 73

Repository Services

Single content amp data repository

Unique document ID

Document attributes

Data dictionary

Object relational management

Authentication services

Backuprecovery

Distributionreplication

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 74

Library Services

Provides a separate virtual repository for Web content

Provides access control

Allows checkout amp check-in

Provides versioning

Manages content storage

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 75

Core Content Management Services

Allows searches

Creates renditions

Allows annotations

Manages virtual documents

Provides dynamic content assembly

Manages links

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 76

Process Automation Services

Provides workflows

Manages document life cycles

Provides notifications

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 77

Storage Workflow

Most EDM systems provide a workflow process routing a document for approval before it is stored

Workflows can be Manual (requiring a user to view the document and decide

who to send it to) Rules-based (allowing an administrator to create a rule

that determines the flow of the document through an organization)

Dynamic (allowing branches to be created in a workflow process)

When a workflow is started for a document the EDMS typically routes the document through the approval process

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 78

Rules-based Workflow

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 79

Manage Check-inCheckout

EDM systems typically include check-incheck-out procedures to ensure only one version of a document is being edited at a time

When a document is checked out to one user the system locks out any other checkout attempts

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 80

Checkout

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 81

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 82

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 83

Check-in

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 84

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 85

Versioning

Versioning is tied to the check-incheckout process

It is usually automatic with manual overwriting capability (for checking in a new version as 20 instead of 12 as the system may have numbered it)

It allows users to see all versions of a document and retrieve previous versions for comparison or reediting

Versioning is useful for documents that change over time and require updating still allowing reversion to a previous copy

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 86

New Version

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 87

Collaboration

Collaboration should be inherent in an EDMS

Documents should be capable of being retrieved by an authorized user and worked on

Access should be blocked to other users while work is being performed on the document

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 88

Integration

Many document management systems attempt to integrate document management directly into other applications so that users may retrieve existing documents directly from the document management system repository make changes and save the changed document back to the repository as a new version all without leaving the application

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 89

Security

Document security is vital in many document management applications

Compliance requirements for certain types of documents are complex (the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act imposes strict security requirements on medical documents)

Some document management systems have a rights management module that allows an administrator to give access to documents based on type to only certain people or groups of people

  • Agenda ndash Day 1
  • Welcome
  • Goals
  • Introductions
  • Ground Rules
  • Slide 7
  • What is Asset Management
  • Balancing Act
  • Why Asset Management
  • All utilities are feeling the pinch
  • Life-Cycle Asset Management
  • Slide 13
  • Slide 14
  • Slide 15
  • Slide 16
  • Life-Cycle Span vs Life-Cycle Cost
  • Essentials of Asset Management
  • CMMS vs EAM
  • Levels of Asset Management
  • The Relationship Between Maintenance and Asset Management
  • Relies on Integration
  • Seeks to Maximize Value
  • Why CMMSsEAMs Fail
  • Slide 25
  • What are KPIs
  • Why Identify KPIs
  • Pitfalls
  • KPI Ideas Assets
  • KPI Ideas People
  • KPI Ideas Materials amp Services
  • KPI Ideas Other Factors
  • Expected vs Actual
  • Slide 34
  • Management Tools and Dashboards
  • Dashboards
  • Scorecards
  • Comparing Technologies
  • Why Use Them
  • Benefits
  • How to Implement
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Rule 1 ndash Have Context
  • Rule 2 - Segment
  • Rule 3 ndash Include Comments
  • Rules 4 amp 5
  • Slide 48
  • What is a Report Generator
  • Slide 50
  • Standard Reports
  • Your Standard Reports
  • Ad Hoc Reports
  • Slide 54
  • Steps in Generating a Report
  • Connect to Information Source
  • Select Template (Widget)
  • Select a Data Source
  • Add Graphics
  • Print Report
  • Slide 61
  • Electronic Document Management
  • EDM Functions
  • First What is a Document
  • Capturing Paper Documents
  • Storage - Know Where They Go
  • Storage ndash Library Services
  • Storage - Indexing
  • Metadata
  • Metadata Stored By PPT
  • Metadata Prompts
  • Content Server Architecture
  • Repository Services
  • Library Services
  • Core Content Management Services
  • Process Automation Services
  • Storage Workflow
  • Rules-based Workflow
  • Manage Check-inCheckout
  • Checkout
  • Slide 81
  • Slide 82
  • Check-in
  • Slide 84
  • Versioning
  • New Version
  • Collaboration
  • Integration
  • Security

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 70

Metadata Stored By PPT

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 71

Metadata Prompts

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 72

Content Server Architecture

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 73

Repository Services

Single content amp data repository

Unique document ID

Document attributes

Data dictionary

Object relational management

Authentication services

Backuprecovery

Distributionreplication

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 74

Library Services

Provides a separate virtual repository for Web content

Provides access control

Allows checkout amp check-in

Provides versioning

Manages content storage

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 75

Core Content Management Services

Allows searches

Creates renditions

Allows annotations

Manages virtual documents

Provides dynamic content assembly

Manages links

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 76

Process Automation Services

Provides workflows

Manages document life cycles

Provides notifications

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 77

Storage Workflow

Most EDM systems provide a workflow process routing a document for approval before it is stored

Workflows can be Manual (requiring a user to view the document and decide

who to send it to) Rules-based (allowing an administrator to create a rule

that determines the flow of the document through an organization)

Dynamic (allowing branches to be created in a workflow process)

When a workflow is started for a document the EDMS typically routes the document through the approval process

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 78

Rules-based Workflow

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 79

Manage Check-inCheckout

EDM systems typically include check-incheck-out procedures to ensure only one version of a document is being edited at a time

When a document is checked out to one user the system locks out any other checkout attempts

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 80

Checkout

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 81

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 82

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 83

Check-in

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 84

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 85

Versioning

Versioning is tied to the check-incheckout process

It is usually automatic with manual overwriting capability (for checking in a new version as 20 instead of 12 as the system may have numbered it)

It allows users to see all versions of a document and retrieve previous versions for comparison or reediting

Versioning is useful for documents that change over time and require updating still allowing reversion to a previous copy

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 86

New Version

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 87

Collaboration

Collaboration should be inherent in an EDMS

Documents should be capable of being retrieved by an authorized user and worked on

Access should be blocked to other users while work is being performed on the document

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 88

Integration

Many document management systems attempt to integrate document management directly into other applications so that users may retrieve existing documents directly from the document management system repository make changes and save the changed document back to the repository as a new version all without leaving the application

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 89

Security

Document security is vital in many document management applications

Compliance requirements for certain types of documents are complex (the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act imposes strict security requirements on medical documents)

Some document management systems have a rights management module that allows an administrator to give access to documents based on type to only certain people or groups of people

  • Agenda ndash Day 1
  • Welcome
  • Goals
  • Introductions
  • Ground Rules
  • Slide 7
  • What is Asset Management
  • Balancing Act
  • Why Asset Management
  • All utilities are feeling the pinch
  • Life-Cycle Asset Management
  • Slide 13
  • Slide 14
  • Slide 15
  • Slide 16
  • Life-Cycle Span vs Life-Cycle Cost
  • Essentials of Asset Management
  • CMMS vs EAM
  • Levels of Asset Management
  • The Relationship Between Maintenance and Asset Management
  • Relies on Integration
  • Seeks to Maximize Value
  • Why CMMSsEAMs Fail
  • Slide 25
  • What are KPIs
  • Why Identify KPIs
  • Pitfalls
  • KPI Ideas Assets
  • KPI Ideas People
  • KPI Ideas Materials amp Services
  • KPI Ideas Other Factors
  • Expected vs Actual
  • Slide 34
  • Management Tools and Dashboards
  • Dashboards
  • Scorecards
  • Comparing Technologies
  • Why Use Them
  • Benefits
  • How to Implement
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Rule 1 ndash Have Context
  • Rule 2 - Segment
  • Rule 3 ndash Include Comments
  • Rules 4 amp 5
  • Slide 48
  • What is a Report Generator
  • Slide 50
  • Standard Reports
  • Your Standard Reports
  • Ad Hoc Reports
  • Slide 54
  • Steps in Generating a Report
  • Connect to Information Source
  • Select Template (Widget)
  • Select a Data Source
  • Add Graphics
  • Print Report
  • Slide 61
  • Electronic Document Management
  • EDM Functions
  • First What is a Document
  • Capturing Paper Documents
  • Storage - Know Where They Go
  • Storage ndash Library Services
  • Storage - Indexing
  • Metadata
  • Metadata Stored By PPT
  • Metadata Prompts
  • Content Server Architecture
  • Repository Services
  • Library Services
  • Core Content Management Services
  • Process Automation Services
  • Storage Workflow
  • Rules-based Workflow
  • Manage Check-inCheckout
  • Checkout
  • Slide 81
  • Slide 82
  • Check-in
  • Slide 84
  • Versioning
  • New Version
  • Collaboration
  • Integration
  • Security

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 71

Metadata Prompts

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 72

Content Server Architecture

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 73

Repository Services

Single content amp data repository

Unique document ID

Document attributes

Data dictionary

Object relational management

Authentication services

Backuprecovery

Distributionreplication

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 74

Library Services

Provides a separate virtual repository for Web content

Provides access control

Allows checkout amp check-in

Provides versioning

Manages content storage

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 75

Core Content Management Services

Allows searches

Creates renditions

Allows annotations

Manages virtual documents

Provides dynamic content assembly

Manages links

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 76

Process Automation Services

Provides workflows

Manages document life cycles

Provides notifications

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 77

Storage Workflow

Most EDM systems provide a workflow process routing a document for approval before it is stored

Workflows can be Manual (requiring a user to view the document and decide

who to send it to) Rules-based (allowing an administrator to create a rule

that determines the flow of the document through an organization)

Dynamic (allowing branches to be created in a workflow process)

When a workflow is started for a document the EDMS typically routes the document through the approval process

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 78

Rules-based Workflow

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 79

Manage Check-inCheckout

EDM systems typically include check-incheck-out procedures to ensure only one version of a document is being edited at a time

When a document is checked out to one user the system locks out any other checkout attempts

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 80

Checkout

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 81

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 82

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 83

Check-in

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 84

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 85

Versioning

Versioning is tied to the check-incheckout process

It is usually automatic with manual overwriting capability (for checking in a new version as 20 instead of 12 as the system may have numbered it)

It allows users to see all versions of a document and retrieve previous versions for comparison or reediting

Versioning is useful for documents that change over time and require updating still allowing reversion to a previous copy

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 86

New Version

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 87

Collaboration

Collaboration should be inherent in an EDMS

Documents should be capable of being retrieved by an authorized user and worked on

Access should be blocked to other users while work is being performed on the document

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 88

Integration

Many document management systems attempt to integrate document management directly into other applications so that users may retrieve existing documents directly from the document management system repository make changes and save the changed document back to the repository as a new version all without leaving the application

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 89

Security

Document security is vital in many document management applications

Compliance requirements for certain types of documents are complex (the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act imposes strict security requirements on medical documents)

Some document management systems have a rights management module that allows an administrator to give access to documents based on type to only certain people or groups of people

  • Agenda ndash Day 1
  • Welcome
  • Goals
  • Introductions
  • Ground Rules
  • Slide 7
  • What is Asset Management
  • Balancing Act
  • Why Asset Management
  • All utilities are feeling the pinch
  • Life-Cycle Asset Management
  • Slide 13
  • Slide 14
  • Slide 15
  • Slide 16
  • Life-Cycle Span vs Life-Cycle Cost
  • Essentials of Asset Management
  • CMMS vs EAM
  • Levels of Asset Management
  • The Relationship Between Maintenance and Asset Management
  • Relies on Integration
  • Seeks to Maximize Value
  • Why CMMSsEAMs Fail
  • Slide 25
  • What are KPIs
  • Why Identify KPIs
  • Pitfalls
  • KPI Ideas Assets
  • KPI Ideas People
  • KPI Ideas Materials amp Services
  • KPI Ideas Other Factors
  • Expected vs Actual
  • Slide 34
  • Management Tools and Dashboards
  • Dashboards
  • Scorecards
  • Comparing Technologies
  • Why Use Them
  • Benefits
  • How to Implement
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Rule 1 ndash Have Context
  • Rule 2 - Segment
  • Rule 3 ndash Include Comments
  • Rules 4 amp 5
  • Slide 48
  • What is a Report Generator
  • Slide 50
  • Standard Reports
  • Your Standard Reports
  • Ad Hoc Reports
  • Slide 54
  • Steps in Generating a Report
  • Connect to Information Source
  • Select Template (Widget)
  • Select a Data Source
  • Add Graphics
  • Print Report
  • Slide 61
  • Electronic Document Management
  • EDM Functions
  • First What is a Document
  • Capturing Paper Documents
  • Storage - Know Where They Go
  • Storage ndash Library Services
  • Storage - Indexing
  • Metadata
  • Metadata Stored By PPT
  • Metadata Prompts
  • Content Server Architecture
  • Repository Services
  • Library Services
  • Core Content Management Services
  • Process Automation Services
  • Storage Workflow
  • Rules-based Workflow
  • Manage Check-inCheckout
  • Checkout
  • Slide 81
  • Slide 82
  • Check-in
  • Slide 84
  • Versioning
  • New Version
  • Collaboration
  • Integration
  • Security

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 72

Content Server Architecture

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 73

Repository Services

Single content amp data repository

Unique document ID

Document attributes

Data dictionary

Object relational management

Authentication services

Backuprecovery

Distributionreplication

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 74

Library Services

Provides a separate virtual repository for Web content

Provides access control

Allows checkout amp check-in

Provides versioning

Manages content storage

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 75

Core Content Management Services

Allows searches

Creates renditions

Allows annotations

Manages virtual documents

Provides dynamic content assembly

Manages links

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 76

Process Automation Services

Provides workflows

Manages document life cycles

Provides notifications

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 77

Storage Workflow

Most EDM systems provide a workflow process routing a document for approval before it is stored

Workflows can be Manual (requiring a user to view the document and decide

who to send it to) Rules-based (allowing an administrator to create a rule

that determines the flow of the document through an organization)

Dynamic (allowing branches to be created in a workflow process)

When a workflow is started for a document the EDMS typically routes the document through the approval process

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 78

Rules-based Workflow

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 79

Manage Check-inCheckout

EDM systems typically include check-incheck-out procedures to ensure only one version of a document is being edited at a time

When a document is checked out to one user the system locks out any other checkout attempts

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 80

Checkout

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 81

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 82

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 83

Check-in

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 84

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 85

Versioning

Versioning is tied to the check-incheckout process

It is usually automatic with manual overwriting capability (for checking in a new version as 20 instead of 12 as the system may have numbered it)

It allows users to see all versions of a document and retrieve previous versions for comparison or reediting

Versioning is useful for documents that change over time and require updating still allowing reversion to a previous copy

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 86

New Version

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 87

Collaboration

Collaboration should be inherent in an EDMS

Documents should be capable of being retrieved by an authorized user and worked on

Access should be blocked to other users while work is being performed on the document

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 88

Integration

Many document management systems attempt to integrate document management directly into other applications so that users may retrieve existing documents directly from the document management system repository make changes and save the changed document back to the repository as a new version all without leaving the application

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 89

Security

Document security is vital in many document management applications

Compliance requirements for certain types of documents are complex (the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act imposes strict security requirements on medical documents)

Some document management systems have a rights management module that allows an administrator to give access to documents based on type to only certain people or groups of people

  • Agenda ndash Day 1
  • Welcome
  • Goals
  • Introductions
  • Ground Rules
  • Slide 7
  • What is Asset Management
  • Balancing Act
  • Why Asset Management
  • All utilities are feeling the pinch
  • Life-Cycle Asset Management
  • Slide 13
  • Slide 14
  • Slide 15
  • Slide 16
  • Life-Cycle Span vs Life-Cycle Cost
  • Essentials of Asset Management
  • CMMS vs EAM
  • Levels of Asset Management
  • The Relationship Between Maintenance and Asset Management
  • Relies on Integration
  • Seeks to Maximize Value
  • Why CMMSsEAMs Fail
  • Slide 25
  • What are KPIs
  • Why Identify KPIs
  • Pitfalls
  • KPI Ideas Assets
  • KPI Ideas People
  • KPI Ideas Materials amp Services
  • KPI Ideas Other Factors
  • Expected vs Actual
  • Slide 34
  • Management Tools and Dashboards
  • Dashboards
  • Scorecards
  • Comparing Technologies
  • Why Use Them
  • Benefits
  • How to Implement
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Rule 1 ndash Have Context
  • Rule 2 - Segment
  • Rule 3 ndash Include Comments
  • Rules 4 amp 5
  • Slide 48
  • What is a Report Generator
  • Slide 50
  • Standard Reports
  • Your Standard Reports
  • Ad Hoc Reports
  • Slide 54
  • Steps in Generating a Report
  • Connect to Information Source
  • Select Template (Widget)
  • Select a Data Source
  • Add Graphics
  • Print Report
  • Slide 61
  • Electronic Document Management
  • EDM Functions
  • First What is a Document
  • Capturing Paper Documents
  • Storage - Know Where They Go
  • Storage ndash Library Services
  • Storage - Indexing
  • Metadata
  • Metadata Stored By PPT
  • Metadata Prompts
  • Content Server Architecture
  • Repository Services
  • Library Services
  • Core Content Management Services
  • Process Automation Services
  • Storage Workflow
  • Rules-based Workflow
  • Manage Check-inCheckout
  • Checkout
  • Slide 81
  • Slide 82
  • Check-in
  • Slide 84
  • Versioning
  • New Version
  • Collaboration
  • Integration
  • Security

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 73

Repository Services

Single content amp data repository

Unique document ID

Document attributes

Data dictionary

Object relational management

Authentication services

Backuprecovery

Distributionreplication

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 74

Library Services

Provides a separate virtual repository for Web content

Provides access control

Allows checkout amp check-in

Provides versioning

Manages content storage

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 75

Core Content Management Services

Allows searches

Creates renditions

Allows annotations

Manages virtual documents

Provides dynamic content assembly

Manages links

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 76

Process Automation Services

Provides workflows

Manages document life cycles

Provides notifications

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 77

Storage Workflow

Most EDM systems provide a workflow process routing a document for approval before it is stored

Workflows can be Manual (requiring a user to view the document and decide

who to send it to) Rules-based (allowing an administrator to create a rule

that determines the flow of the document through an organization)

Dynamic (allowing branches to be created in a workflow process)

When a workflow is started for a document the EDMS typically routes the document through the approval process

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 78

Rules-based Workflow

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 79

Manage Check-inCheckout

EDM systems typically include check-incheck-out procedures to ensure only one version of a document is being edited at a time

When a document is checked out to one user the system locks out any other checkout attempts

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 80

Checkout

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 81

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 82

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 83

Check-in

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 84

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 85

Versioning

Versioning is tied to the check-incheckout process

It is usually automatic with manual overwriting capability (for checking in a new version as 20 instead of 12 as the system may have numbered it)

It allows users to see all versions of a document and retrieve previous versions for comparison or reediting

Versioning is useful for documents that change over time and require updating still allowing reversion to a previous copy

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 86

New Version

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 87

Collaboration

Collaboration should be inherent in an EDMS

Documents should be capable of being retrieved by an authorized user and worked on

Access should be blocked to other users while work is being performed on the document

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 88

Integration

Many document management systems attempt to integrate document management directly into other applications so that users may retrieve existing documents directly from the document management system repository make changes and save the changed document back to the repository as a new version all without leaving the application

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 89

Security

Document security is vital in many document management applications

Compliance requirements for certain types of documents are complex (the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act imposes strict security requirements on medical documents)

Some document management systems have a rights management module that allows an administrator to give access to documents based on type to only certain people or groups of people

  • Agenda ndash Day 1
  • Welcome
  • Goals
  • Introductions
  • Ground Rules
  • Slide 7
  • What is Asset Management
  • Balancing Act
  • Why Asset Management
  • All utilities are feeling the pinch
  • Life-Cycle Asset Management
  • Slide 13
  • Slide 14
  • Slide 15
  • Slide 16
  • Life-Cycle Span vs Life-Cycle Cost
  • Essentials of Asset Management
  • CMMS vs EAM
  • Levels of Asset Management
  • The Relationship Between Maintenance and Asset Management
  • Relies on Integration
  • Seeks to Maximize Value
  • Why CMMSsEAMs Fail
  • Slide 25
  • What are KPIs
  • Why Identify KPIs
  • Pitfalls
  • KPI Ideas Assets
  • KPI Ideas People
  • KPI Ideas Materials amp Services
  • KPI Ideas Other Factors
  • Expected vs Actual
  • Slide 34
  • Management Tools and Dashboards
  • Dashboards
  • Scorecards
  • Comparing Technologies
  • Why Use Them
  • Benefits
  • How to Implement
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Rule 1 ndash Have Context
  • Rule 2 - Segment
  • Rule 3 ndash Include Comments
  • Rules 4 amp 5
  • Slide 48
  • What is a Report Generator
  • Slide 50
  • Standard Reports
  • Your Standard Reports
  • Ad Hoc Reports
  • Slide 54
  • Steps in Generating a Report
  • Connect to Information Source
  • Select Template (Widget)
  • Select a Data Source
  • Add Graphics
  • Print Report
  • Slide 61
  • Electronic Document Management
  • EDM Functions
  • First What is a Document
  • Capturing Paper Documents
  • Storage - Know Where They Go
  • Storage ndash Library Services
  • Storage - Indexing
  • Metadata
  • Metadata Stored By PPT
  • Metadata Prompts
  • Content Server Architecture
  • Repository Services
  • Library Services
  • Core Content Management Services
  • Process Automation Services
  • Storage Workflow
  • Rules-based Workflow
  • Manage Check-inCheckout
  • Checkout
  • Slide 81
  • Slide 82
  • Check-in
  • Slide 84
  • Versioning
  • New Version
  • Collaboration
  • Integration
  • Security

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 74

Library Services

Provides a separate virtual repository for Web content

Provides access control

Allows checkout amp check-in

Provides versioning

Manages content storage

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 75

Core Content Management Services

Allows searches

Creates renditions

Allows annotations

Manages virtual documents

Provides dynamic content assembly

Manages links

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 76

Process Automation Services

Provides workflows

Manages document life cycles

Provides notifications

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 77

Storage Workflow

Most EDM systems provide a workflow process routing a document for approval before it is stored

Workflows can be Manual (requiring a user to view the document and decide

who to send it to) Rules-based (allowing an administrator to create a rule

that determines the flow of the document through an organization)

Dynamic (allowing branches to be created in a workflow process)

When a workflow is started for a document the EDMS typically routes the document through the approval process

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 78

Rules-based Workflow

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 79

Manage Check-inCheckout

EDM systems typically include check-incheck-out procedures to ensure only one version of a document is being edited at a time

When a document is checked out to one user the system locks out any other checkout attempts

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 80

Checkout

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 81

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 82

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 83

Check-in

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 84

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 85

Versioning

Versioning is tied to the check-incheckout process

It is usually automatic with manual overwriting capability (for checking in a new version as 20 instead of 12 as the system may have numbered it)

It allows users to see all versions of a document and retrieve previous versions for comparison or reediting

Versioning is useful for documents that change over time and require updating still allowing reversion to a previous copy

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 86

New Version

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 87

Collaboration

Collaboration should be inherent in an EDMS

Documents should be capable of being retrieved by an authorized user and worked on

Access should be blocked to other users while work is being performed on the document

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 88

Integration

Many document management systems attempt to integrate document management directly into other applications so that users may retrieve existing documents directly from the document management system repository make changes and save the changed document back to the repository as a new version all without leaving the application

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 89

Security

Document security is vital in many document management applications

Compliance requirements for certain types of documents are complex (the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act imposes strict security requirements on medical documents)

Some document management systems have a rights management module that allows an administrator to give access to documents based on type to only certain people or groups of people

  • Agenda ndash Day 1
  • Welcome
  • Goals
  • Introductions
  • Ground Rules
  • Slide 7
  • What is Asset Management
  • Balancing Act
  • Why Asset Management
  • All utilities are feeling the pinch
  • Life-Cycle Asset Management
  • Slide 13
  • Slide 14
  • Slide 15
  • Slide 16
  • Life-Cycle Span vs Life-Cycle Cost
  • Essentials of Asset Management
  • CMMS vs EAM
  • Levels of Asset Management
  • The Relationship Between Maintenance and Asset Management
  • Relies on Integration
  • Seeks to Maximize Value
  • Why CMMSsEAMs Fail
  • Slide 25
  • What are KPIs
  • Why Identify KPIs
  • Pitfalls
  • KPI Ideas Assets
  • KPI Ideas People
  • KPI Ideas Materials amp Services
  • KPI Ideas Other Factors
  • Expected vs Actual
  • Slide 34
  • Management Tools and Dashboards
  • Dashboards
  • Scorecards
  • Comparing Technologies
  • Why Use Them
  • Benefits
  • How to Implement
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Rule 1 ndash Have Context
  • Rule 2 - Segment
  • Rule 3 ndash Include Comments
  • Rules 4 amp 5
  • Slide 48
  • What is a Report Generator
  • Slide 50
  • Standard Reports
  • Your Standard Reports
  • Ad Hoc Reports
  • Slide 54
  • Steps in Generating a Report
  • Connect to Information Source
  • Select Template (Widget)
  • Select a Data Source
  • Add Graphics
  • Print Report
  • Slide 61
  • Electronic Document Management
  • EDM Functions
  • First What is a Document
  • Capturing Paper Documents
  • Storage - Know Where They Go
  • Storage ndash Library Services
  • Storage - Indexing
  • Metadata
  • Metadata Stored By PPT
  • Metadata Prompts
  • Content Server Architecture
  • Repository Services
  • Library Services
  • Core Content Management Services
  • Process Automation Services
  • Storage Workflow
  • Rules-based Workflow
  • Manage Check-inCheckout
  • Checkout
  • Slide 81
  • Slide 82
  • Check-in
  • Slide 84
  • Versioning
  • New Version
  • Collaboration
  • Integration
  • Security

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 75

Core Content Management Services

Allows searches

Creates renditions

Allows annotations

Manages virtual documents

Provides dynamic content assembly

Manages links

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 76

Process Automation Services

Provides workflows

Manages document life cycles

Provides notifications

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 77

Storage Workflow

Most EDM systems provide a workflow process routing a document for approval before it is stored

Workflows can be Manual (requiring a user to view the document and decide

who to send it to) Rules-based (allowing an administrator to create a rule

that determines the flow of the document through an organization)

Dynamic (allowing branches to be created in a workflow process)

When a workflow is started for a document the EDMS typically routes the document through the approval process

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 78

Rules-based Workflow

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 79

Manage Check-inCheckout

EDM systems typically include check-incheck-out procedures to ensure only one version of a document is being edited at a time

When a document is checked out to one user the system locks out any other checkout attempts

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 80

Checkout

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 81

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 82

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 83

Check-in

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 84

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 85

Versioning

Versioning is tied to the check-incheckout process

It is usually automatic with manual overwriting capability (for checking in a new version as 20 instead of 12 as the system may have numbered it)

It allows users to see all versions of a document and retrieve previous versions for comparison or reediting

Versioning is useful for documents that change over time and require updating still allowing reversion to a previous copy

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 86

New Version

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 87

Collaboration

Collaboration should be inherent in an EDMS

Documents should be capable of being retrieved by an authorized user and worked on

Access should be blocked to other users while work is being performed on the document

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 88

Integration

Many document management systems attempt to integrate document management directly into other applications so that users may retrieve existing documents directly from the document management system repository make changes and save the changed document back to the repository as a new version all without leaving the application

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 89

Security

Document security is vital in many document management applications

Compliance requirements for certain types of documents are complex (the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act imposes strict security requirements on medical documents)

Some document management systems have a rights management module that allows an administrator to give access to documents based on type to only certain people or groups of people

  • Agenda ndash Day 1
  • Welcome
  • Goals
  • Introductions
  • Ground Rules
  • Slide 7
  • What is Asset Management
  • Balancing Act
  • Why Asset Management
  • All utilities are feeling the pinch
  • Life-Cycle Asset Management
  • Slide 13
  • Slide 14
  • Slide 15
  • Slide 16
  • Life-Cycle Span vs Life-Cycle Cost
  • Essentials of Asset Management
  • CMMS vs EAM
  • Levels of Asset Management
  • The Relationship Between Maintenance and Asset Management
  • Relies on Integration
  • Seeks to Maximize Value
  • Why CMMSsEAMs Fail
  • Slide 25
  • What are KPIs
  • Why Identify KPIs
  • Pitfalls
  • KPI Ideas Assets
  • KPI Ideas People
  • KPI Ideas Materials amp Services
  • KPI Ideas Other Factors
  • Expected vs Actual
  • Slide 34
  • Management Tools and Dashboards
  • Dashboards
  • Scorecards
  • Comparing Technologies
  • Why Use Them
  • Benefits
  • How to Implement
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Rule 1 ndash Have Context
  • Rule 2 - Segment
  • Rule 3 ndash Include Comments
  • Rules 4 amp 5
  • Slide 48
  • What is a Report Generator
  • Slide 50
  • Standard Reports
  • Your Standard Reports
  • Ad Hoc Reports
  • Slide 54
  • Steps in Generating a Report
  • Connect to Information Source
  • Select Template (Widget)
  • Select a Data Source
  • Add Graphics
  • Print Report
  • Slide 61
  • Electronic Document Management
  • EDM Functions
  • First What is a Document
  • Capturing Paper Documents
  • Storage - Know Where They Go
  • Storage ndash Library Services
  • Storage - Indexing
  • Metadata
  • Metadata Stored By PPT
  • Metadata Prompts
  • Content Server Architecture
  • Repository Services
  • Library Services
  • Core Content Management Services
  • Process Automation Services
  • Storage Workflow
  • Rules-based Workflow
  • Manage Check-inCheckout
  • Checkout
  • Slide 81
  • Slide 82
  • Check-in
  • Slide 84
  • Versioning
  • New Version
  • Collaboration
  • Integration
  • Security

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 76

Process Automation Services

Provides workflows

Manages document life cycles

Provides notifications

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 77

Storage Workflow

Most EDM systems provide a workflow process routing a document for approval before it is stored

Workflows can be Manual (requiring a user to view the document and decide

who to send it to) Rules-based (allowing an administrator to create a rule

that determines the flow of the document through an organization)

Dynamic (allowing branches to be created in a workflow process)

When a workflow is started for a document the EDMS typically routes the document through the approval process

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 78

Rules-based Workflow

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 79

Manage Check-inCheckout

EDM systems typically include check-incheck-out procedures to ensure only one version of a document is being edited at a time

When a document is checked out to one user the system locks out any other checkout attempts

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 80

Checkout

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 81

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 82

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 83

Check-in

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 84

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 85

Versioning

Versioning is tied to the check-incheckout process

It is usually automatic with manual overwriting capability (for checking in a new version as 20 instead of 12 as the system may have numbered it)

It allows users to see all versions of a document and retrieve previous versions for comparison or reediting

Versioning is useful for documents that change over time and require updating still allowing reversion to a previous copy

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 86

New Version

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 87

Collaboration

Collaboration should be inherent in an EDMS

Documents should be capable of being retrieved by an authorized user and worked on

Access should be blocked to other users while work is being performed on the document

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 88

Integration

Many document management systems attempt to integrate document management directly into other applications so that users may retrieve existing documents directly from the document management system repository make changes and save the changed document back to the repository as a new version all without leaving the application

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 89

Security

Document security is vital in many document management applications

Compliance requirements for certain types of documents are complex (the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act imposes strict security requirements on medical documents)

Some document management systems have a rights management module that allows an administrator to give access to documents based on type to only certain people or groups of people

  • Agenda ndash Day 1
  • Welcome
  • Goals
  • Introductions
  • Ground Rules
  • Slide 7
  • What is Asset Management
  • Balancing Act
  • Why Asset Management
  • All utilities are feeling the pinch
  • Life-Cycle Asset Management
  • Slide 13
  • Slide 14
  • Slide 15
  • Slide 16
  • Life-Cycle Span vs Life-Cycle Cost
  • Essentials of Asset Management
  • CMMS vs EAM
  • Levels of Asset Management
  • The Relationship Between Maintenance and Asset Management
  • Relies on Integration
  • Seeks to Maximize Value
  • Why CMMSsEAMs Fail
  • Slide 25
  • What are KPIs
  • Why Identify KPIs
  • Pitfalls
  • KPI Ideas Assets
  • KPI Ideas People
  • KPI Ideas Materials amp Services
  • KPI Ideas Other Factors
  • Expected vs Actual
  • Slide 34
  • Management Tools and Dashboards
  • Dashboards
  • Scorecards
  • Comparing Technologies
  • Why Use Them
  • Benefits
  • How to Implement
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Rule 1 ndash Have Context
  • Rule 2 - Segment
  • Rule 3 ndash Include Comments
  • Rules 4 amp 5
  • Slide 48
  • What is a Report Generator
  • Slide 50
  • Standard Reports
  • Your Standard Reports
  • Ad Hoc Reports
  • Slide 54
  • Steps in Generating a Report
  • Connect to Information Source
  • Select Template (Widget)
  • Select a Data Source
  • Add Graphics
  • Print Report
  • Slide 61
  • Electronic Document Management
  • EDM Functions
  • First What is a Document
  • Capturing Paper Documents
  • Storage - Know Where They Go
  • Storage ndash Library Services
  • Storage - Indexing
  • Metadata
  • Metadata Stored By PPT
  • Metadata Prompts
  • Content Server Architecture
  • Repository Services
  • Library Services
  • Core Content Management Services
  • Process Automation Services
  • Storage Workflow
  • Rules-based Workflow
  • Manage Check-inCheckout
  • Checkout
  • Slide 81
  • Slide 82
  • Check-in
  • Slide 84
  • Versioning
  • New Version
  • Collaboration
  • Integration
  • Security

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 77

Storage Workflow

Most EDM systems provide a workflow process routing a document for approval before it is stored

Workflows can be Manual (requiring a user to view the document and decide

who to send it to) Rules-based (allowing an administrator to create a rule

that determines the flow of the document through an organization)

Dynamic (allowing branches to be created in a workflow process)

When a workflow is started for a document the EDMS typically routes the document through the approval process

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 78

Rules-based Workflow

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 79

Manage Check-inCheckout

EDM systems typically include check-incheck-out procedures to ensure only one version of a document is being edited at a time

When a document is checked out to one user the system locks out any other checkout attempts

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 80

Checkout

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 81

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 82

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 83

Check-in

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 84

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 85

Versioning

Versioning is tied to the check-incheckout process

It is usually automatic with manual overwriting capability (for checking in a new version as 20 instead of 12 as the system may have numbered it)

It allows users to see all versions of a document and retrieve previous versions for comparison or reediting

Versioning is useful for documents that change over time and require updating still allowing reversion to a previous copy

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 86

New Version

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 87

Collaboration

Collaboration should be inherent in an EDMS

Documents should be capable of being retrieved by an authorized user and worked on

Access should be blocked to other users while work is being performed on the document

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 88

Integration

Many document management systems attempt to integrate document management directly into other applications so that users may retrieve existing documents directly from the document management system repository make changes and save the changed document back to the repository as a new version all without leaving the application

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 89

Security

Document security is vital in many document management applications

Compliance requirements for certain types of documents are complex (the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act imposes strict security requirements on medical documents)

Some document management systems have a rights management module that allows an administrator to give access to documents based on type to only certain people or groups of people

  • Agenda ndash Day 1
  • Welcome
  • Goals
  • Introductions
  • Ground Rules
  • Slide 7
  • What is Asset Management
  • Balancing Act
  • Why Asset Management
  • All utilities are feeling the pinch
  • Life-Cycle Asset Management
  • Slide 13
  • Slide 14
  • Slide 15
  • Slide 16
  • Life-Cycle Span vs Life-Cycle Cost
  • Essentials of Asset Management
  • CMMS vs EAM
  • Levels of Asset Management
  • The Relationship Between Maintenance and Asset Management
  • Relies on Integration
  • Seeks to Maximize Value
  • Why CMMSsEAMs Fail
  • Slide 25
  • What are KPIs
  • Why Identify KPIs
  • Pitfalls
  • KPI Ideas Assets
  • KPI Ideas People
  • KPI Ideas Materials amp Services
  • KPI Ideas Other Factors
  • Expected vs Actual
  • Slide 34
  • Management Tools and Dashboards
  • Dashboards
  • Scorecards
  • Comparing Technologies
  • Why Use Them
  • Benefits
  • How to Implement
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Rule 1 ndash Have Context
  • Rule 2 - Segment
  • Rule 3 ndash Include Comments
  • Rules 4 amp 5
  • Slide 48
  • What is a Report Generator
  • Slide 50
  • Standard Reports
  • Your Standard Reports
  • Ad Hoc Reports
  • Slide 54
  • Steps in Generating a Report
  • Connect to Information Source
  • Select Template (Widget)
  • Select a Data Source
  • Add Graphics
  • Print Report
  • Slide 61
  • Electronic Document Management
  • EDM Functions
  • First What is a Document
  • Capturing Paper Documents
  • Storage - Know Where They Go
  • Storage ndash Library Services
  • Storage - Indexing
  • Metadata
  • Metadata Stored By PPT
  • Metadata Prompts
  • Content Server Architecture
  • Repository Services
  • Library Services
  • Core Content Management Services
  • Process Automation Services
  • Storage Workflow
  • Rules-based Workflow
  • Manage Check-inCheckout
  • Checkout
  • Slide 81
  • Slide 82
  • Check-in
  • Slide 84
  • Versioning
  • New Version
  • Collaboration
  • Integration
  • Security

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 78

Rules-based Workflow

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 79

Manage Check-inCheckout

EDM systems typically include check-incheck-out procedures to ensure only one version of a document is being edited at a time

When a document is checked out to one user the system locks out any other checkout attempts

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 80

Checkout

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 81

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 82

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 83

Check-in

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 84

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 85

Versioning

Versioning is tied to the check-incheckout process

It is usually automatic with manual overwriting capability (for checking in a new version as 20 instead of 12 as the system may have numbered it)

It allows users to see all versions of a document and retrieve previous versions for comparison or reediting

Versioning is useful for documents that change over time and require updating still allowing reversion to a previous copy

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 86

New Version

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 87

Collaboration

Collaboration should be inherent in an EDMS

Documents should be capable of being retrieved by an authorized user and worked on

Access should be blocked to other users while work is being performed on the document

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 88

Integration

Many document management systems attempt to integrate document management directly into other applications so that users may retrieve existing documents directly from the document management system repository make changes and save the changed document back to the repository as a new version all without leaving the application

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 89

Security

Document security is vital in many document management applications

Compliance requirements for certain types of documents are complex (the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act imposes strict security requirements on medical documents)

Some document management systems have a rights management module that allows an administrator to give access to documents based on type to only certain people or groups of people

  • Agenda ndash Day 1
  • Welcome
  • Goals
  • Introductions
  • Ground Rules
  • Slide 7
  • What is Asset Management
  • Balancing Act
  • Why Asset Management
  • All utilities are feeling the pinch
  • Life-Cycle Asset Management
  • Slide 13
  • Slide 14
  • Slide 15
  • Slide 16
  • Life-Cycle Span vs Life-Cycle Cost
  • Essentials of Asset Management
  • CMMS vs EAM
  • Levels of Asset Management
  • The Relationship Between Maintenance and Asset Management
  • Relies on Integration
  • Seeks to Maximize Value
  • Why CMMSsEAMs Fail
  • Slide 25
  • What are KPIs
  • Why Identify KPIs
  • Pitfalls
  • KPI Ideas Assets
  • KPI Ideas People
  • KPI Ideas Materials amp Services
  • KPI Ideas Other Factors
  • Expected vs Actual
  • Slide 34
  • Management Tools and Dashboards
  • Dashboards
  • Scorecards
  • Comparing Technologies
  • Why Use Them
  • Benefits
  • How to Implement
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Rule 1 ndash Have Context
  • Rule 2 - Segment
  • Rule 3 ndash Include Comments
  • Rules 4 amp 5
  • Slide 48
  • What is a Report Generator
  • Slide 50
  • Standard Reports
  • Your Standard Reports
  • Ad Hoc Reports
  • Slide 54
  • Steps in Generating a Report
  • Connect to Information Source
  • Select Template (Widget)
  • Select a Data Source
  • Add Graphics
  • Print Report
  • Slide 61
  • Electronic Document Management
  • EDM Functions
  • First What is a Document
  • Capturing Paper Documents
  • Storage - Know Where They Go
  • Storage ndash Library Services
  • Storage - Indexing
  • Metadata
  • Metadata Stored By PPT
  • Metadata Prompts
  • Content Server Architecture
  • Repository Services
  • Library Services
  • Core Content Management Services
  • Process Automation Services
  • Storage Workflow
  • Rules-based Workflow
  • Manage Check-inCheckout
  • Checkout
  • Slide 81
  • Slide 82
  • Check-in
  • Slide 84
  • Versioning
  • New Version
  • Collaboration
  • Integration
  • Security

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 79

Manage Check-inCheckout

EDM systems typically include check-incheck-out procedures to ensure only one version of a document is being edited at a time

When a document is checked out to one user the system locks out any other checkout attempts

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 80

Checkout

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 81

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 82

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 83

Check-in

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 84

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 85

Versioning

Versioning is tied to the check-incheckout process

It is usually automatic with manual overwriting capability (for checking in a new version as 20 instead of 12 as the system may have numbered it)

It allows users to see all versions of a document and retrieve previous versions for comparison or reediting

Versioning is useful for documents that change over time and require updating still allowing reversion to a previous copy

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 86

New Version

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 87

Collaboration

Collaboration should be inherent in an EDMS

Documents should be capable of being retrieved by an authorized user and worked on

Access should be blocked to other users while work is being performed on the document

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 88

Integration

Many document management systems attempt to integrate document management directly into other applications so that users may retrieve existing documents directly from the document management system repository make changes and save the changed document back to the repository as a new version all without leaving the application

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 89

Security

Document security is vital in many document management applications

Compliance requirements for certain types of documents are complex (the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act imposes strict security requirements on medical documents)

Some document management systems have a rights management module that allows an administrator to give access to documents based on type to only certain people or groups of people

  • Agenda ndash Day 1
  • Welcome
  • Goals
  • Introductions
  • Ground Rules
  • Slide 7
  • What is Asset Management
  • Balancing Act
  • Why Asset Management
  • All utilities are feeling the pinch
  • Life-Cycle Asset Management
  • Slide 13
  • Slide 14
  • Slide 15
  • Slide 16
  • Life-Cycle Span vs Life-Cycle Cost
  • Essentials of Asset Management
  • CMMS vs EAM
  • Levels of Asset Management
  • The Relationship Between Maintenance and Asset Management
  • Relies on Integration
  • Seeks to Maximize Value
  • Why CMMSsEAMs Fail
  • Slide 25
  • What are KPIs
  • Why Identify KPIs
  • Pitfalls
  • KPI Ideas Assets
  • KPI Ideas People
  • KPI Ideas Materials amp Services
  • KPI Ideas Other Factors
  • Expected vs Actual
  • Slide 34
  • Management Tools and Dashboards
  • Dashboards
  • Scorecards
  • Comparing Technologies
  • Why Use Them
  • Benefits
  • How to Implement
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Rule 1 ndash Have Context
  • Rule 2 - Segment
  • Rule 3 ndash Include Comments
  • Rules 4 amp 5
  • Slide 48
  • What is a Report Generator
  • Slide 50
  • Standard Reports
  • Your Standard Reports
  • Ad Hoc Reports
  • Slide 54
  • Steps in Generating a Report
  • Connect to Information Source
  • Select Template (Widget)
  • Select a Data Source
  • Add Graphics
  • Print Report
  • Slide 61
  • Electronic Document Management
  • EDM Functions
  • First What is a Document
  • Capturing Paper Documents
  • Storage - Know Where They Go
  • Storage ndash Library Services
  • Storage - Indexing
  • Metadata
  • Metadata Stored By PPT
  • Metadata Prompts
  • Content Server Architecture
  • Repository Services
  • Library Services
  • Core Content Management Services
  • Process Automation Services
  • Storage Workflow
  • Rules-based Workflow
  • Manage Check-inCheckout
  • Checkout
  • Slide 81
  • Slide 82
  • Check-in
  • Slide 84
  • Versioning
  • New Version
  • Collaboration
  • Integration
  • Security

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 80

Checkout

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 81

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 82

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 83

Check-in

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 84

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 85

Versioning

Versioning is tied to the check-incheckout process

It is usually automatic with manual overwriting capability (for checking in a new version as 20 instead of 12 as the system may have numbered it)

It allows users to see all versions of a document and retrieve previous versions for comparison or reediting

Versioning is useful for documents that change over time and require updating still allowing reversion to a previous copy

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 86

New Version

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 87

Collaboration

Collaboration should be inherent in an EDMS

Documents should be capable of being retrieved by an authorized user and worked on

Access should be blocked to other users while work is being performed on the document

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 88

Integration

Many document management systems attempt to integrate document management directly into other applications so that users may retrieve existing documents directly from the document management system repository make changes and save the changed document back to the repository as a new version all without leaving the application

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 89

Security

Document security is vital in many document management applications

Compliance requirements for certain types of documents are complex (the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act imposes strict security requirements on medical documents)

Some document management systems have a rights management module that allows an administrator to give access to documents based on type to only certain people or groups of people

  • Agenda ndash Day 1
  • Welcome
  • Goals
  • Introductions
  • Ground Rules
  • Slide 7
  • What is Asset Management
  • Balancing Act
  • Why Asset Management
  • All utilities are feeling the pinch
  • Life-Cycle Asset Management
  • Slide 13
  • Slide 14
  • Slide 15
  • Slide 16
  • Life-Cycle Span vs Life-Cycle Cost
  • Essentials of Asset Management
  • CMMS vs EAM
  • Levels of Asset Management
  • The Relationship Between Maintenance and Asset Management
  • Relies on Integration
  • Seeks to Maximize Value
  • Why CMMSsEAMs Fail
  • Slide 25
  • What are KPIs
  • Why Identify KPIs
  • Pitfalls
  • KPI Ideas Assets
  • KPI Ideas People
  • KPI Ideas Materials amp Services
  • KPI Ideas Other Factors
  • Expected vs Actual
  • Slide 34
  • Management Tools and Dashboards
  • Dashboards
  • Scorecards
  • Comparing Technologies
  • Why Use Them
  • Benefits
  • How to Implement
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Rule 1 ndash Have Context
  • Rule 2 - Segment
  • Rule 3 ndash Include Comments
  • Rules 4 amp 5
  • Slide 48
  • What is a Report Generator
  • Slide 50
  • Standard Reports
  • Your Standard Reports
  • Ad Hoc Reports
  • Slide 54
  • Steps in Generating a Report
  • Connect to Information Source
  • Select Template (Widget)
  • Select a Data Source
  • Add Graphics
  • Print Report
  • Slide 61
  • Electronic Document Management
  • EDM Functions
  • First What is a Document
  • Capturing Paper Documents
  • Storage - Know Where They Go
  • Storage ndash Library Services
  • Storage - Indexing
  • Metadata
  • Metadata Stored By PPT
  • Metadata Prompts
  • Content Server Architecture
  • Repository Services
  • Library Services
  • Core Content Management Services
  • Process Automation Services
  • Storage Workflow
  • Rules-based Workflow
  • Manage Check-inCheckout
  • Checkout
  • Slide 81
  • Slide 82
  • Check-in
  • Slide 84
  • Versioning
  • New Version
  • Collaboration
  • Integration
  • Security

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 81

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 82

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 83

Check-in

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 84

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 85

Versioning

Versioning is tied to the check-incheckout process

It is usually automatic with manual overwriting capability (for checking in a new version as 20 instead of 12 as the system may have numbered it)

It allows users to see all versions of a document and retrieve previous versions for comparison or reediting

Versioning is useful for documents that change over time and require updating still allowing reversion to a previous copy

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 86

New Version

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 87

Collaboration

Collaboration should be inherent in an EDMS

Documents should be capable of being retrieved by an authorized user and worked on

Access should be blocked to other users while work is being performed on the document

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 88

Integration

Many document management systems attempt to integrate document management directly into other applications so that users may retrieve existing documents directly from the document management system repository make changes and save the changed document back to the repository as a new version all without leaving the application

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 89

Security

Document security is vital in many document management applications

Compliance requirements for certain types of documents are complex (the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act imposes strict security requirements on medical documents)

Some document management systems have a rights management module that allows an administrator to give access to documents based on type to only certain people or groups of people

  • Agenda ndash Day 1
  • Welcome
  • Goals
  • Introductions
  • Ground Rules
  • Slide 7
  • What is Asset Management
  • Balancing Act
  • Why Asset Management
  • All utilities are feeling the pinch
  • Life-Cycle Asset Management
  • Slide 13
  • Slide 14
  • Slide 15
  • Slide 16
  • Life-Cycle Span vs Life-Cycle Cost
  • Essentials of Asset Management
  • CMMS vs EAM
  • Levels of Asset Management
  • The Relationship Between Maintenance and Asset Management
  • Relies on Integration
  • Seeks to Maximize Value
  • Why CMMSsEAMs Fail
  • Slide 25
  • What are KPIs
  • Why Identify KPIs
  • Pitfalls
  • KPI Ideas Assets
  • KPI Ideas People
  • KPI Ideas Materials amp Services
  • KPI Ideas Other Factors
  • Expected vs Actual
  • Slide 34
  • Management Tools and Dashboards
  • Dashboards
  • Scorecards
  • Comparing Technologies
  • Why Use Them
  • Benefits
  • How to Implement
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Rule 1 ndash Have Context
  • Rule 2 - Segment
  • Rule 3 ndash Include Comments
  • Rules 4 amp 5
  • Slide 48
  • What is a Report Generator
  • Slide 50
  • Standard Reports
  • Your Standard Reports
  • Ad Hoc Reports
  • Slide 54
  • Steps in Generating a Report
  • Connect to Information Source
  • Select Template (Widget)
  • Select a Data Source
  • Add Graphics
  • Print Report
  • Slide 61
  • Electronic Document Management
  • EDM Functions
  • First What is a Document
  • Capturing Paper Documents
  • Storage - Know Where They Go
  • Storage ndash Library Services
  • Storage - Indexing
  • Metadata
  • Metadata Stored By PPT
  • Metadata Prompts
  • Content Server Architecture
  • Repository Services
  • Library Services
  • Core Content Management Services
  • Process Automation Services
  • Storage Workflow
  • Rules-based Workflow
  • Manage Check-inCheckout
  • Checkout
  • Slide 81
  • Slide 82
  • Check-in
  • Slide 84
  • Versioning
  • New Version
  • Collaboration
  • Integration
  • Security

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 82

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 83

Check-in

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 84

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 85

Versioning

Versioning is tied to the check-incheckout process

It is usually automatic with manual overwriting capability (for checking in a new version as 20 instead of 12 as the system may have numbered it)

It allows users to see all versions of a document and retrieve previous versions for comparison or reediting

Versioning is useful for documents that change over time and require updating still allowing reversion to a previous copy

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 86

New Version

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 87

Collaboration

Collaboration should be inherent in an EDMS

Documents should be capable of being retrieved by an authorized user and worked on

Access should be blocked to other users while work is being performed on the document

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 88

Integration

Many document management systems attempt to integrate document management directly into other applications so that users may retrieve existing documents directly from the document management system repository make changes and save the changed document back to the repository as a new version all without leaving the application

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 89

Security

Document security is vital in many document management applications

Compliance requirements for certain types of documents are complex (the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act imposes strict security requirements on medical documents)

Some document management systems have a rights management module that allows an administrator to give access to documents based on type to only certain people or groups of people

  • Agenda ndash Day 1
  • Welcome
  • Goals
  • Introductions
  • Ground Rules
  • Slide 7
  • What is Asset Management
  • Balancing Act
  • Why Asset Management
  • All utilities are feeling the pinch
  • Life-Cycle Asset Management
  • Slide 13
  • Slide 14
  • Slide 15
  • Slide 16
  • Life-Cycle Span vs Life-Cycle Cost
  • Essentials of Asset Management
  • CMMS vs EAM
  • Levels of Asset Management
  • The Relationship Between Maintenance and Asset Management
  • Relies on Integration
  • Seeks to Maximize Value
  • Why CMMSsEAMs Fail
  • Slide 25
  • What are KPIs
  • Why Identify KPIs
  • Pitfalls
  • KPI Ideas Assets
  • KPI Ideas People
  • KPI Ideas Materials amp Services
  • KPI Ideas Other Factors
  • Expected vs Actual
  • Slide 34
  • Management Tools and Dashboards
  • Dashboards
  • Scorecards
  • Comparing Technologies
  • Why Use Them
  • Benefits
  • How to Implement
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Rule 1 ndash Have Context
  • Rule 2 - Segment
  • Rule 3 ndash Include Comments
  • Rules 4 amp 5
  • Slide 48
  • What is a Report Generator
  • Slide 50
  • Standard Reports
  • Your Standard Reports
  • Ad Hoc Reports
  • Slide 54
  • Steps in Generating a Report
  • Connect to Information Source
  • Select Template (Widget)
  • Select a Data Source
  • Add Graphics
  • Print Report
  • Slide 61
  • Electronic Document Management
  • EDM Functions
  • First What is a Document
  • Capturing Paper Documents
  • Storage - Know Where They Go
  • Storage ndash Library Services
  • Storage - Indexing
  • Metadata
  • Metadata Stored By PPT
  • Metadata Prompts
  • Content Server Architecture
  • Repository Services
  • Library Services
  • Core Content Management Services
  • Process Automation Services
  • Storage Workflow
  • Rules-based Workflow
  • Manage Check-inCheckout
  • Checkout
  • Slide 81
  • Slide 82
  • Check-in
  • Slide 84
  • Versioning
  • New Version
  • Collaboration
  • Integration
  • Security

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 83

Check-in

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 84

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 85

Versioning

Versioning is tied to the check-incheckout process

It is usually automatic with manual overwriting capability (for checking in a new version as 20 instead of 12 as the system may have numbered it)

It allows users to see all versions of a document and retrieve previous versions for comparison or reediting

Versioning is useful for documents that change over time and require updating still allowing reversion to a previous copy

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 86

New Version

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 87

Collaboration

Collaboration should be inherent in an EDMS

Documents should be capable of being retrieved by an authorized user and worked on

Access should be blocked to other users while work is being performed on the document

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 88

Integration

Many document management systems attempt to integrate document management directly into other applications so that users may retrieve existing documents directly from the document management system repository make changes and save the changed document back to the repository as a new version all without leaving the application

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 89

Security

Document security is vital in many document management applications

Compliance requirements for certain types of documents are complex (the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act imposes strict security requirements on medical documents)

Some document management systems have a rights management module that allows an administrator to give access to documents based on type to only certain people or groups of people

  • Agenda ndash Day 1
  • Welcome
  • Goals
  • Introductions
  • Ground Rules
  • Slide 7
  • What is Asset Management
  • Balancing Act
  • Why Asset Management
  • All utilities are feeling the pinch
  • Life-Cycle Asset Management
  • Slide 13
  • Slide 14
  • Slide 15
  • Slide 16
  • Life-Cycle Span vs Life-Cycle Cost
  • Essentials of Asset Management
  • CMMS vs EAM
  • Levels of Asset Management
  • The Relationship Between Maintenance and Asset Management
  • Relies on Integration
  • Seeks to Maximize Value
  • Why CMMSsEAMs Fail
  • Slide 25
  • What are KPIs
  • Why Identify KPIs
  • Pitfalls
  • KPI Ideas Assets
  • KPI Ideas People
  • KPI Ideas Materials amp Services
  • KPI Ideas Other Factors
  • Expected vs Actual
  • Slide 34
  • Management Tools and Dashboards
  • Dashboards
  • Scorecards
  • Comparing Technologies
  • Why Use Them
  • Benefits
  • How to Implement
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Rule 1 ndash Have Context
  • Rule 2 - Segment
  • Rule 3 ndash Include Comments
  • Rules 4 amp 5
  • Slide 48
  • What is a Report Generator
  • Slide 50
  • Standard Reports
  • Your Standard Reports
  • Ad Hoc Reports
  • Slide 54
  • Steps in Generating a Report
  • Connect to Information Source
  • Select Template (Widget)
  • Select a Data Source
  • Add Graphics
  • Print Report
  • Slide 61
  • Electronic Document Management
  • EDM Functions
  • First What is a Document
  • Capturing Paper Documents
  • Storage - Know Where They Go
  • Storage ndash Library Services
  • Storage - Indexing
  • Metadata
  • Metadata Stored By PPT
  • Metadata Prompts
  • Content Server Architecture
  • Repository Services
  • Library Services
  • Core Content Management Services
  • Process Automation Services
  • Storage Workflow
  • Rules-based Workflow
  • Manage Check-inCheckout
  • Checkout
  • Slide 81
  • Slide 82
  • Check-in
  • Slide 84
  • Versioning
  • New Version
  • Collaboration
  • Integration
  • Security

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 84

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 85

Versioning

Versioning is tied to the check-incheckout process

It is usually automatic with manual overwriting capability (for checking in a new version as 20 instead of 12 as the system may have numbered it)

It allows users to see all versions of a document and retrieve previous versions for comparison or reediting

Versioning is useful for documents that change over time and require updating still allowing reversion to a previous copy

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 86

New Version

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 87

Collaboration

Collaboration should be inherent in an EDMS

Documents should be capable of being retrieved by an authorized user and worked on

Access should be blocked to other users while work is being performed on the document

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 88

Integration

Many document management systems attempt to integrate document management directly into other applications so that users may retrieve existing documents directly from the document management system repository make changes and save the changed document back to the repository as a new version all without leaving the application

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 89

Security

Document security is vital in many document management applications

Compliance requirements for certain types of documents are complex (the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act imposes strict security requirements on medical documents)

Some document management systems have a rights management module that allows an administrator to give access to documents based on type to only certain people or groups of people

  • Agenda ndash Day 1
  • Welcome
  • Goals
  • Introductions
  • Ground Rules
  • Slide 7
  • What is Asset Management
  • Balancing Act
  • Why Asset Management
  • All utilities are feeling the pinch
  • Life-Cycle Asset Management
  • Slide 13
  • Slide 14
  • Slide 15
  • Slide 16
  • Life-Cycle Span vs Life-Cycle Cost
  • Essentials of Asset Management
  • CMMS vs EAM
  • Levels of Asset Management
  • The Relationship Between Maintenance and Asset Management
  • Relies on Integration
  • Seeks to Maximize Value
  • Why CMMSsEAMs Fail
  • Slide 25
  • What are KPIs
  • Why Identify KPIs
  • Pitfalls
  • KPI Ideas Assets
  • KPI Ideas People
  • KPI Ideas Materials amp Services
  • KPI Ideas Other Factors
  • Expected vs Actual
  • Slide 34
  • Management Tools and Dashboards
  • Dashboards
  • Scorecards
  • Comparing Technologies
  • Why Use Them
  • Benefits
  • How to Implement
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Rule 1 ndash Have Context
  • Rule 2 - Segment
  • Rule 3 ndash Include Comments
  • Rules 4 amp 5
  • Slide 48
  • What is a Report Generator
  • Slide 50
  • Standard Reports
  • Your Standard Reports
  • Ad Hoc Reports
  • Slide 54
  • Steps in Generating a Report
  • Connect to Information Source
  • Select Template (Widget)
  • Select a Data Source
  • Add Graphics
  • Print Report
  • Slide 61
  • Electronic Document Management
  • EDM Functions
  • First What is a Document
  • Capturing Paper Documents
  • Storage - Know Where They Go
  • Storage ndash Library Services
  • Storage - Indexing
  • Metadata
  • Metadata Stored By PPT
  • Metadata Prompts
  • Content Server Architecture
  • Repository Services
  • Library Services
  • Core Content Management Services
  • Process Automation Services
  • Storage Workflow
  • Rules-based Workflow
  • Manage Check-inCheckout
  • Checkout
  • Slide 81
  • Slide 82
  • Check-in
  • Slide 84
  • Versioning
  • New Version
  • Collaboration
  • Integration
  • Security

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 85

Versioning

Versioning is tied to the check-incheckout process

It is usually automatic with manual overwriting capability (for checking in a new version as 20 instead of 12 as the system may have numbered it)

It allows users to see all versions of a document and retrieve previous versions for comparison or reediting

Versioning is useful for documents that change over time and require updating still allowing reversion to a previous copy

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 86

New Version

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 87

Collaboration

Collaboration should be inherent in an EDMS

Documents should be capable of being retrieved by an authorized user and worked on

Access should be blocked to other users while work is being performed on the document

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 88

Integration

Many document management systems attempt to integrate document management directly into other applications so that users may retrieve existing documents directly from the document management system repository make changes and save the changed document back to the repository as a new version all without leaving the application

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 89

Security

Document security is vital in many document management applications

Compliance requirements for certain types of documents are complex (the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act imposes strict security requirements on medical documents)

Some document management systems have a rights management module that allows an administrator to give access to documents based on type to only certain people or groups of people

  • Agenda ndash Day 1
  • Welcome
  • Goals
  • Introductions
  • Ground Rules
  • Slide 7
  • What is Asset Management
  • Balancing Act
  • Why Asset Management
  • All utilities are feeling the pinch
  • Life-Cycle Asset Management
  • Slide 13
  • Slide 14
  • Slide 15
  • Slide 16
  • Life-Cycle Span vs Life-Cycle Cost
  • Essentials of Asset Management
  • CMMS vs EAM
  • Levels of Asset Management
  • The Relationship Between Maintenance and Asset Management
  • Relies on Integration
  • Seeks to Maximize Value
  • Why CMMSsEAMs Fail
  • Slide 25
  • What are KPIs
  • Why Identify KPIs
  • Pitfalls
  • KPI Ideas Assets
  • KPI Ideas People
  • KPI Ideas Materials amp Services
  • KPI Ideas Other Factors
  • Expected vs Actual
  • Slide 34
  • Management Tools and Dashboards
  • Dashboards
  • Scorecards
  • Comparing Technologies
  • Why Use Them
  • Benefits
  • How to Implement
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Rule 1 ndash Have Context
  • Rule 2 - Segment
  • Rule 3 ndash Include Comments
  • Rules 4 amp 5
  • Slide 48
  • What is a Report Generator
  • Slide 50
  • Standard Reports
  • Your Standard Reports
  • Ad Hoc Reports
  • Slide 54
  • Steps in Generating a Report
  • Connect to Information Source
  • Select Template (Widget)
  • Select a Data Source
  • Add Graphics
  • Print Report
  • Slide 61
  • Electronic Document Management
  • EDM Functions
  • First What is a Document
  • Capturing Paper Documents
  • Storage - Know Where They Go
  • Storage ndash Library Services
  • Storage - Indexing
  • Metadata
  • Metadata Stored By PPT
  • Metadata Prompts
  • Content Server Architecture
  • Repository Services
  • Library Services
  • Core Content Management Services
  • Process Automation Services
  • Storage Workflow
  • Rules-based Workflow
  • Manage Check-inCheckout
  • Checkout
  • Slide 81
  • Slide 82
  • Check-in
  • Slide 84
  • Versioning
  • New Version
  • Collaboration
  • Integration
  • Security

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 86

New Version

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 87

Collaboration

Collaboration should be inherent in an EDMS

Documents should be capable of being retrieved by an authorized user and worked on

Access should be blocked to other users while work is being performed on the document

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 88

Integration

Many document management systems attempt to integrate document management directly into other applications so that users may retrieve existing documents directly from the document management system repository make changes and save the changed document back to the repository as a new version all without leaving the application

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 89

Security

Document security is vital in many document management applications

Compliance requirements for certain types of documents are complex (the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act imposes strict security requirements on medical documents)

Some document management systems have a rights management module that allows an administrator to give access to documents based on type to only certain people or groups of people

  • Agenda ndash Day 1
  • Welcome
  • Goals
  • Introductions
  • Ground Rules
  • Slide 7
  • What is Asset Management
  • Balancing Act
  • Why Asset Management
  • All utilities are feeling the pinch
  • Life-Cycle Asset Management
  • Slide 13
  • Slide 14
  • Slide 15
  • Slide 16
  • Life-Cycle Span vs Life-Cycle Cost
  • Essentials of Asset Management
  • CMMS vs EAM
  • Levels of Asset Management
  • The Relationship Between Maintenance and Asset Management
  • Relies on Integration
  • Seeks to Maximize Value
  • Why CMMSsEAMs Fail
  • Slide 25
  • What are KPIs
  • Why Identify KPIs
  • Pitfalls
  • KPI Ideas Assets
  • KPI Ideas People
  • KPI Ideas Materials amp Services
  • KPI Ideas Other Factors
  • Expected vs Actual
  • Slide 34
  • Management Tools and Dashboards
  • Dashboards
  • Scorecards
  • Comparing Technologies
  • Why Use Them
  • Benefits
  • How to Implement
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Rule 1 ndash Have Context
  • Rule 2 - Segment
  • Rule 3 ndash Include Comments
  • Rules 4 amp 5
  • Slide 48
  • What is a Report Generator
  • Slide 50
  • Standard Reports
  • Your Standard Reports
  • Ad Hoc Reports
  • Slide 54
  • Steps in Generating a Report
  • Connect to Information Source
  • Select Template (Widget)
  • Select a Data Source
  • Add Graphics
  • Print Report
  • Slide 61
  • Electronic Document Management
  • EDM Functions
  • First What is a Document
  • Capturing Paper Documents
  • Storage - Know Where They Go
  • Storage ndash Library Services
  • Storage - Indexing
  • Metadata
  • Metadata Stored By PPT
  • Metadata Prompts
  • Content Server Architecture
  • Repository Services
  • Library Services
  • Core Content Management Services
  • Process Automation Services
  • Storage Workflow
  • Rules-based Workflow
  • Manage Check-inCheckout
  • Checkout
  • Slide 81
  • Slide 82
  • Check-in
  • Slide 84
  • Versioning
  • New Version
  • Collaboration
  • Integration
  • Security

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 87

Collaboration

Collaboration should be inherent in an EDMS

Documents should be capable of being retrieved by an authorized user and worked on

Access should be blocked to other users while work is being performed on the document

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 88

Integration

Many document management systems attempt to integrate document management directly into other applications so that users may retrieve existing documents directly from the document management system repository make changes and save the changed document back to the repository as a new version all without leaving the application

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 89

Security

Document security is vital in many document management applications

Compliance requirements for certain types of documents are complex (the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act imposes strict security requirements on medical documents)

Some document management systems have a rights management module that allows an administrator to give access to documents based on type to only certain people or groups of people

  • Agenda ndash Day 1
  • Welcome
  • Goals
  • Introductions
  • Ground Rules
  • Slide 7
  • What is Asset Management
  • Balancing Act
  • Why Asset Management
  • All utilities are feeling the pinch
  • Life-Cycle Asset Management
  • Slide 13
  • Slide 14
  • Slide 15
  • Slide 16
  • Life-Cycle Span vs Life-Cycle Cost
  • Essentials of Asset Management
  • CMMS vs EAM
  • Levels of Asset Management
  • The Relationship Between Maintenance and Asset Management
  • Relies on Integration
  • Seeks to Maximize Value
  • Why CMMSsEAMs Fail
  • Slide 25
  • What are KPIs
  • Why Identify KPIs
  • Pitfalls
  • KPI Ideas Assets
  • KPI Ideas People
  • KPI Ideas Materials amp Services
  • KPI Ideas Other Factors
  • Expected vs Actual
  • Slide 34
  • Management Tools and Dashboards
  • Dashboards
  • Scorecards
  • Comparing Technologies
  • Why Use Them
  • Benefits
  • How to Implement
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Rule 1 ndash Have Context
  • Rule 2 - Segment
  • Rule 3 ndash Include Comments
  • Rules 4 amp 5
  • Slide 48
  • What is a Report Generator
  • Slide 50
  • Standard Reports
  • Your Standard Reports
  • Ad Hoc Reports
  • Slide 54
  • Steps in Generating a Report
  • Connect to Information Source
  • Select Template (Widget)
  • Select a Data Source
  • Add Graphics
  • Print Report
  • Slide 61
  • Electronic Document Management
  • EDM Functions
  • First What is a Document
  • Capturing Paper Documents
  • Storage - Know Where They Go
  • Storage ndash Library Services
  • Storage - Indexing
  • Metadata
  • Metadata Stored By PPT
  • Metadata Prompts
  • Content Server Architecture
  • Repository Services
  • Library Services
  • Core Content Management Services
  • Process Automation Services
  • Storage Workflow
  • Rules-based Workflow
  • Manage Check-inCheckout
  • Checkout
  • Slide 81
  • Slide 82
  • Check-in
  • Slide 84
  • Versioning
  • New Version
  • Collaboration
  • Integration
  • Security

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 88

Integration

Many document management systems attempt to integrate document management directly into other applications so that users may retrieve existing documents directly from the document management system repository make changes and save the changed document back to the repository as a new version all without leaving the application

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 89

Security

Document security is vital in many document management applications

Compliance requirements for certain types of documents are complex (the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act imposes strict security requirements on medical documents)

Some document management systems have a rights management module that allows an administrator to give access to documents based on type to only certain people or groups of people

  • Agenda ndash Day 1
  • Welcome
  • Goals
  • Introductions
  • Ground Rules
  • Slide 7
  • What is Asset Management
  • Balancing Act
  • Why Asset Management
  • All utilities are feeling the pinch
  • Life-Cycle Asset Management
  • Slide 13
  • Slide 14
  • Slide 15
  • Slide 16
  • Life-Cycle Span vs Life-Cycle Cost
  • Essentials of Asset Management
  • CMMS vs EAM
  • Levels of Asset Management
  • The Relationship Between Maintenance and Asset Management
  • Relies on Integration
  • Seeks to Maximize Value
  • Why CMMSsEAMs Fail
  • Slide 25
  • What are KPIs
  • Why Identify KPIs
  • Pitfalls
  • KPI Ideas Assets
  • KPI Ideas People
  • KPI Ideas Materials amp Services
  • KPI Ideas Other Factors
  • Expected vs Actual
  • Slide 34
  • Management Tools and Dashboards
  • Dashboards
  • Scorecards
  • Comparing Technologies
  • Why Use Them
  • Benefits
  • How to Implement
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Rule 1 ndash Have Context
  • Rule 2 - Segment
  • Rule 3 ndash Include Comments
  • Rules 4 amp 5
  • Slide 48
  • What is a Report Generator
  • Slide 50
  • Standard Reports
  • Your Standard Reports
  • Ad Hoc Reports
  • Slide 54
  • Steps in Generating a Report
  • Connect to Information Source
  • Select Template (Widget)
  • Select a Data Source
  • Add Graphics
  • Print Report
  • Slide 61
  • Electronic Document Management
  • EDM Functions
  • First What is a Document
  • Capturing Paper Documents
  • Storage - Know Where They Go
  • Storage ndash Library Services
  • Storage - Indexing
  • Metadata
  • Metadata Stored By PPT
  • Metadata Prompts
  • Content Server Architecture
  • Repository Services
  • Library Services
  • Core Content Management Services
  • Process Automation Services
  • Storage Workflow
  • Rules-based Workflow
  • Manage Check-inCheckout
  • Checkout
  • Slide 81
  • Slide 82
  • Check-in
  • Slide 84
  • Versioning
  • New Version
  • Collaboration
  • Integration
  • Security

Copyright copy 2009 AWWA 89

Security

Document security is vital in many document management applications

Compliance requirements for certain types of documents are complex (the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act imposes strict security requirements on medical documents)

Some document management systems have a rights management module that allows an administrator to give access to documents based on type to only certain people or groups of people

  • Agenda ndash Day 1
  • Welcome
  • Goals
  • Introductions
  • Ground Rules
  • Slide 7
  • What is Asset Management
  • Balancing Act
  • Why Asset Management
  • All utilities are feeling the pinch
  • Life-Cycle Asset Management
  • Slide 13
  • Slide 14
  • Slide 15
  • Slide 16
  • Life-Cycle Span vs Life-Cycle Cost
  • Essentials of Asset Management
  • CMMS vs EAM
  • Levels of Asset Management
  • The Relationship Between Maintenance and Asset Management
  • Relies on Integration
  • Seeks to Maximize Value
  • Why CMMSsEAMs Fail
  • Slide 25
  • What are KPIs
  • Why Identify KPIs
  • Pitfalls
  • KPI Ideas Assets
  • KPI Ideas People
  • KPI Ideas Materials amp Services
  • KPI Ideas Other Factors
  • Expected vs Actual
  • Slide 34
  • Management Tools and Dashboards
  • Dashboards
  • Scorecards
  • Comparing Technologies
  • Why Use Them
  • Benefits
  • How to Implement
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Rule 1 ndash Have Context
  • Rule 2 - Segment
  • Rule 3 ndash Include Comments
  • Rules 4 amp 5
  • Slide 48
  • What is a Report Generator
  • Slide 50
  • Standard Reports
  • Your Standard Reports
  • Ad Hoc Reports
  • Slide 54
  • Steps in Generating a Report
  • Connect to Information Source
  • Select Template (Widget)
  • Select a Data Source
  • Add Graphics
  • Print Report
  • Slide 61
  • Electronic Document Management
  • EDM Functions
  • First What is a Document
  • Capturing Paper Documents
  • Storage - Know Where They Go
  • Storage ndash Library Services
  • Storage - Indexing
  • Metadata
  • Metadata Stored By PPT
  • Metadata Prompts
  • Content Server Architecture
  • Repository Services
  • Library Services
  • Core Content Management Services
  • Process Automation Services
  • Storage Workflow
  • Rules-based Workflow
  • Manage Check-inCheckout
  • Checkout
  • Slide 81
  • Slide 82
  • Check-in
  • Slide 84
  • Versioning
  • New Version
  • Collaboration
  • Integration
  • Security